Export Punjab

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
This is the first mammoth exercise of its kind which sought the involvement of all export related trade
bodies, departments of state and central governments.
I extend my sincere thanks to the Deputy Commissioners of all districts for their extensive support in
convening the meetings of DLEPCs in this difficult pandemic phase. I also thank all members of DLEPC
committees who participated enthusiastically in the meetings and provided critical inputs for the
report.
I thank to all Chambers of commerce, office bearers of the Chambers who were very supportive in
providing the required data and also helped a lot in analyzing it. This report with such a vast data on
exports from different viewpoints will enrich them and they will analyze it to get trends whether
sector wise or product wise in the International market to boost the exports of their region.
I would like to thank to Export Promotion Councils (EPCs), which are part of my ministry i.e. Ministry
of Commerce & Industry. The in-depth knowledge of resourceful office bearers of EPCs on exports,
their hold on exporters’ community made us easy access to true picture of exports of the region. I
thank to Federation of Indian Export Organizations (FIEO), Engineering Export Promotional Council
(EEPC) and Woolen Export Promotion Council (WEPC). I extend my special thanks to Shri Ashwani
Kumar (FIEO), Shri Tushar Jain (EEPC) and Shri Sanjay Chawla (WEPC) for their live support all times.
I want to extend my thanks to Shri Ashok Sethi (Rice Association), Shri Rajiv Chopra (Vardhaman
Group), Shri Varun Jain (Vallabh Textile), Shri Ramesh Kaushik (International Tractor) for their valuable
inputs related to their respective industries.
I want to admit that without State Government’s support, formulation of this report was impossible.
Officers of State Government has always been pro-active, informative and export friendly. I extend
my special thanks to Shri K.S Brar (Joint Director, Directorate of Industries) now retired, Shri Mukesh
Khanna (Joint Director, Directorate of Industries) and Shri Vishwa Bandhu (Deputy Director,
Directorate of Industries).
Acknowledgements of this report can only be completed by extending special thanks to Shri Alok
Shekhar Sir (IAS – Principal Secretary, Industries) Government of Punjab and Shri Sibin Sir (IAS -
Commissioner Industries) from the core of my heart, who guided me as a friend, younger brother,
philosopher in making of this report.
Last but not the least, I extend thanks to my own colleagues, Shri Navtej Singh (ITS - Deputy Director
General of Foreign Trade, Ludhiana), Dr. Manjeet Bhatoya (ITS - Deputy Director General of Foreign
Trade, Ludhiana) and Shri Ashok Kumar Bhushan (ITS - Assistant Director General of Foreign Trade,
Ludhiana). I feel pleasure in giving thanks to Ms. Preeti Kumari, a young professional who has done a
wonderful job in data mining, data exploring, typing, designing and formatting of this report.
Suvidh Shah, ITS

Joint Director General of Foreing Trade &
Head of the office of Additional DGFT, Ludhiana
Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 1

INDEX
PART CHAPTER SUBJECT PAGE NO
1 DISTRICT EXPORT HUB AS A CONCEPT 5-16
1 DISTRICT EXPORT HUB – VISION OF GOVERNMENT OF INDIA 6-9
FORMATION AND COMPOSITION OF DISTRICT LEVEL EXPORT PROMOTION COMMITTEE IN
2 PUNJAB 10-14
3 STATE LEVEL EXPORT PROMOTION COMMITTEE (SEPC) IN PUNJAB 15-16
2 ECONOMY AND EXPORTS OF PUNJAB 17-29
4 ECONOMIC PROFILE OF PUNJAB AT A GLANCE 18-20
5 ECONOMIC AND EXPORT DATA OF PUNJAB 21-29
3 DISTRICT PROFILES AND RECOMMENDATIONS 30-150
6 EXPORT POTENTIAL PRODUCTS OF THE DISTRICTS 31-31
7 AMRITSAR 32-38
8 BARNALA 39-42
9 BATHINDA 43-48
10 FARIDKOT 49-53
11 FATEHGARH SAHIB 54-57
12 FAZILKA 58-63
13 FEROZPUR 64-69
14 GURDASPUR 70-75
15 HOSHIARPUR 76-81
16 JALANDHAR 82-87
17 KAPURTHALA 88-93
18 LUDHIANA 94-101
19 MANSA 102-105
20 MOGA 106-111
21 PATHANKOT 112-115
22 PATIALA 116-121
23 RUPNAGAR 122-125
24 SANGRUR 126-129
25 SAS NAGAR 130-137
26 SBS NAGAR 138-141
27 SRI MUKTSAR SAHIB 142-145
28 TARAN TARAN 146-149
29 DISTRICT WISE SELECTED PRODUCTS 150-150
4 SECTOR: TEXTILE 151-203
30 HOSIERY 153-156
31 T- SHIRTS 157-160
32 SHIRTS 161-164
33 WOOLEN YARNS 165-170
34 GLOVES 171-173
35 WOOLEN JERSEY 174-176
36 BADGES 177-180
37 BLANKETS AND TRAVELING RUGS 181-183
38 SHAWLS 184-188
39 COTTON 189-192
40 COTTON YARNS 193-196
41 TERRY TOWELS 197-203
5 SECTOR : ENGINEERING 204-263
42 HAND TOOLS 205-207
43 BICYCLE 208-211
44 CUTTING TOOLS 212-215
45 AGRI IMPLEMENTS 216-225
46 ROLLING MILLS 226-229

47 WOOD WORKING MACHINES 230-234
48 SEWING MACHINE PARTS 235-241
49 LATHE MACHINES 242-246
50 TRACTORS 247-251
51 DIESEL ENGINE PARTS 252-259
52 CHILLED ROLLS 260-263
6 SECTOR : AGRO AND FOOD
53 BAKERY 264-267
54 RICE 268-273
55 LITCHI 274-275
56 NATURAL HONEY 276-278
57 HALDI POWDER 279-280
58 KINNOW 281-284
59 JAGGERY 285-288
60 POTATO 289-293
61 POTATO SEEDS 294-297
62 MAIZE 298-300
63 GUAVA 301-306
64 PEAS 307-310
65 WHEAT 311-314
66 MUSHROOM 315-319
67 VEGETABLE OIL 320-324
68 CURRY LEAVES 325-329
69 POULTRY (MEAT) 330-333
70 LIVE POULTRY 334-337
71 SEA FOOD 338-345
7 OTHER SECTORS
72 HANDICRAFTS (WOODEN) 346-353
73 HANDICRAFTS (TEXTILE) 354-357
74 SPORTS GOODS 358-363
75 PHARMACEUTICALS 364-370
76 PUNJABI ENTERTAINMENT – MOVIES AND DANCES 371-378
77 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 379-385
78 PAPERS 386-390
79 TOURISM 391-400
8 INDUSTRIAL POLICY OF PUNJAB
80 PUNJAB INDUSTRIAL AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT POLICY 2017 IN BRIEF 402-404
81 INFRASTRUCTURE IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY OF PUNJAB 405-407
82 POWER IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY OF PUNJAB 408-408
83 MSME DEVELOPMENT IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY OF PUNJAB 409-411
84 START UP & ENTERPRENEURSHIP IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY OF PUNJAB 412-413
85 SKILL DEVELOPMENT IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY OF PUNJAB 414-416
9 SWOT ANALYSIS AND SUGGESTIONS & RECOMMENDATIONS
86 SWOT ANALYSIS OF THE STATE OF PUNJAB 418-422
87 PROPOSAL FOR NEW SCHEMES 423-426
89 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 427-427

PART – 1
DISTRICT EXPORT HUB
AS A CONCEPT

CHAPTER - 1
DISTRICT AS AN EXPORT HUB – A VISION
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1. Government of India has initiated a new policy to transform every district into an export hub,
as an instrument of economic develoment across the country. Central to this vision is the idea
that every region in India has traditional products and technologies which can be harnessed
and promoted for export.
1.2. The Indian economy has grown steadily over the last couple of decades, and today it is the
fifth largest economy in the world, with a share of close to 8 percent in the global Gross
Domestic Product. However, its share in the global exports is disproportionately low at less
than 2 percent. This can be explained to some extent by the size and diversity of the domestic
market which has the capacity to consume most of the domestic production. However, the
the businesses also need to diversify into the export market for better economic returns, and
for this Government may also needs to incentivize.
1.3. Another factor is the predominance of the MSME sector in India. These MSMEs often lack
either the knowledge or the risk appetite to venture into the international market. However,
the importance of trade as a pillar of economic growth cannot be overstated. As the trends
of economic globalization only appear to intensify, it is imperative that the local economies
are seamlessly integrated into the global marketplace, thereby increasing the scope and
sustainability of growth.
1.4. Planning for export growth in India has historically been a centralized process. This new
approach of encouraging districts to become the export hubs not only decentralizes the
planning process, but also puts at its center the most valuable stakeholders, i.e. the local
producers and manufacturers. Exports are emphasized not just to reduce trade deficit but as
a mechanism for boosting rural economic growth too, making local products more attractive
for consumers across the world and supporting employment generation through empowering
of the MSME sector. For this purpose, the district is the ideal administrative level to integrate
the rural economy with the industrial economy and to create a green channel for the MSME
sector to access international markets.
1.5. However, as the global socio-economic and geo-political environment undergoes rapid
changes after Corona pandemic, a proactive plan of action is necessary to ensure that the
district is enabled to participate in and benefit from the fourth industrial revolution, i.e.
Industry 4.0. This revolution is predicted to bring about transformations not only in lifestyles
and consumer choices but will also change the very nature of production.

1.6. The districts with strong export performance can aspire to be leaders under this paradigm.
Further, it is recognized that rather than massive macroeconomic or structural measures, this
initiative requires targeted interventions in specific processes and sectors.
1.7. Therefore, the District Export Plan for the district aims to realize the vision of creating export
centric economic development through limited but sustainable interventions, targeted
specifically at the district level.
1.8. Districts Export Plans of all districts are finalized and approved by DEC (District Export
Committee) of the concerned district. Now, all district export plans are to be converted into
a comprehensive State Export Plan (SEP).
1.9. The State Export Plan of Punjab envisages all round development of economy through
exports. It is gist of all district export plans plus state level analysis of Strengths, Weaknesses,
Opportunities and Threats. It also describes recommendations and policy level changes and
intitiatives taken or being taken by State Government.
1.10. The State Export Plan is the pillar of Cooperative Federalism where Centre and State
governments are working together to boost exports. Till date, export was considered as
exclusive domain of the central government. Incentives, Duty Exemptions, Promotional
Schemes related Exports were regularly designed and implemented by the central
government from time to time through Foreign Trade Policy. However, this is the first time, a
mammoth exercise is being done throughout India to design State Export Plans for every
State. Under the exercise, Punjab State Export Plan will help the central administration, the
state administration, industries, chambers of commerce, academicians and general public to
understand overall look on economy and exports. It helps governments to develop
promotionary measures and schemes related to exports from the state.
2. POLICY VISION
2.1 This initiative is intended as the next step in competitive and cooperative federalism, taking trade
planning to the district level so that an inclusive, participative, ground root approach can be adopted.
This vision then is:
“to transform every state through every district into an export powerhouse, competitive with and
integrated into the technologically advanced global market, through a participative approach which
emphasizes and values the ‘local’, connects the rural and urban economies seamlessly and produces
sustainable and equitable economic development”.
3. MISSION
3.1 The mission of this plan is to synergize the efforts of the center and the state government and to
create institutional mechanisms to promote trade. This institutional structure will be set up at the
district and will act as both the creator and the implementor of sustainable district level export
promotion strategies.

3.2 The institutional mechanisms will focus on translating the demands of modernization into scalable
solutions for MSMEs as well as industry leaders to enter and succeed in the field of exports. These
solutions will aim to increase the competitiveness of domestic industry, boost exports through both
an increase in volume and through value addition, create sustainable employment- generating
economic growth and lead to rapid socio-economic development.
4. OBJECTIVES
4.1 The objectives of this District Export Promotion Plan are:
 To enhance the volume of exports from each district.

 To create a flexible and permanent institutional mechanism with participation from all
stakeholders to act as a facilitator and guidance system for export incentivization.
 To identify lead products and sectors for targeted and continued interventions for export
promotion
 To synergize various schemes at the center, state and district level which address industry,
agriculture and exports
 To provide support both domestically and internationally to local industry from the
production stage to the exporting stage.
 To increase efficiency in the supply chains and augment export infrastructure
 To augment both supply and demand through product and market diversification.
5. STRATEGY
5.1 The choice of strategy is determined by the opportunities offered by decentralised local level
planning as well the constraints presented by the lack of official district level data on exports.
5.2. Therefore, the approach adopted includes broad-based consultations with district administration,
district industries centre, local industry including exporters, export promotion councils, industry
associations, lead banks, inspection and control authorities etc. The information gathered from these
consultations is intended to augment the limited official data through qualitative first-hand testimony
regarding the condition of exports in the district.
5.3 An assessment of the current situation will help in the creation of an economic profile and an
export profile of the district. This is used to identify the lead export products and sectors in the district
as well as the major challenges and opportunities for the export community and the MSMEs. Based
on the product and the problems indicated by the industry, specific solutions are designed for
implementation at the district level as well as to be recommended to the state and central
government.
5.4 This exercise is not intended to be a one-time activity. The District Export Promotion Committees,
which have been set up in all districts of the state, will seek to set up a mechanism to provide
continuous facilitation to the industry in dealings with the complexities and concerns in the export
procedures. These committees have been composed in a manner which can best serve all the needs
of the industry and trade in the district.

5.5. The strategy for export promotion will not be limited to measures related to export only but will
comprehensively address all aspects having direct and indirect impact from farm to fork and factory
to consumer. A study of the entire value chain, particularly in the lead sectors and products is critical
for this purpose. From such a study, agenda points have to be formulated to improve infrastructure,
financing facilities, marketing and so on.
5.6 A policy with all good intentions may not yield any results without effective implementation.
Mechanisms for implementing, reviewing and reporting on the policy have also been outlined in this
document. Such reviewing is intended to enable course correction based on the feedback received
from the various stakeholders. Expected outcomes and timelines have been outlined along with nodal
agencies responsible for specific measures against which the efficacy of the policy can be assessed.
5.7 In addition to the lead sectors, certain sunrise sectors, both in goods and services have been
identified to create a favorable ecosystem so that the economies of the district as well as the state
continue to be competitive, sustainable and dynamic.
5.8 The policy has also considered the best way to technology to benefit exporters in the district.
Digitization of processes to facilitate faster and simpler procedures will be encouraged.

CHAPTER - 2
DISTRICT LEVEL EXPORT PROMOTION COMMITTEES(DEPC) IN PUNJAB
INTRODUCTION
Government of Punjab is always known for its proactiveness and has always been supportive to
the industries and exports. By adopting industries’ friendly policy, Government of Punjab through
Department of Industries & Commerce notified District Level Export Promotion Committees’
formation vide file number Comm/Dist Export Hub/DLEPC/2020/1372-A/25 dated 19.02.20 as
follows:

MEMBERS OF THE COMMITTEE
S.No Official / Department Members

1 Collector /DM/DC/ District Deputy Commissioner (District Concerned)
Development Officer Chairman
2 Designáted DGFT- RA 1. Dy. Director General of Foreign Trade 1,
Co – Chairman
2. Dy Director General of Foreign Trade 1,
Co – Chairman
3 GM- District industries Centre(DIC) GM District industries Centre( DIC) District
concerned ), Convenor
4 Nominated member from the State Joint Director, Commerce or their
Government ( Commerce & Representative
Industries Department
5 Lead Bank Manager Lead Bank Manager (District Concerned)
6 Representatives Department of Director MSME – DI, Ludhiana or their
MSME, GoI Representative
7 Representative- Sector Specific Rep of FIEO (All Districts)
Export Promotion Councils Rep of EEPC (All Districts)
Rep of AEPC (All Districts)
Rep of APEDA (All Districts)
Rep of WWEPC (Ludhiana& Amritsar)
Rep of PHARMEXCIL (Mohali)
Rep of Export Promotion Council for Handicrafts
(EPCH) (Hoshiarpur)
8 Representative – Quality & Standard Rep of Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS)
Implementation body Rep of Textile Commerce
9 Representative from District Trade / Rep of District Level Trade and Industry
Commerce Associations Associations as approved by DC.
10 Sector Specific Ministry in Rep of Ministry of Agriculture (All District)
Government of India Rep of Ministry of Textile (All Districts)
Rep of Ministry of Commerce & Industry (All
Districts)
Rep of Ministry of Steel, Mandi Gobindgarh
(Distt.Fatehgarh sahib) and Batala (Distt.
Gurdaspur).
Rep of Ministry of New and Renewable Energy
(All Districts)
11 Sector Specific Ministry of the State Rep of department of Agriculture (All districts),
Government Rep of department of Civil Aviation (Amritsar,
Ludhiana & Mohali),
Rep of Department of PWD (B&R) (Sangrur), Rep
of PAGREXCO (All Districts),
Rep of PSWC (Amritsar, Ludhiana, Jalandhar.
Sangrur & Mohali)
Rep of PSHEC (All Districts).
Rep of PBIP (All Districts)
12 Sectoral Agencies specific to product Rep of NABARD (All Districts)
identified in each District (NABARD Rep of LCS Rail Cargo (Amritsar)
etc.) Rep of LPAI (Amritsar)
Rep of AAICIAS (Amritsar, Ludhiana & Mohali)

Rep of AAI (Amritsar, Ludhiana, Jalandhar,
Amritsar, Sangrur & Mohali)
13 Other State Government Specific observer members as per discretion of
Representative (Need based) DC
THE ACTIVITIES OF THE DLEPC
 Creation of District Export Action plan for export augmentation of identified products for
exports form the district
 Monitoring sub-group activities for export promotion of identified sub-groups for each
product
 Resolution, Escalation and monitoring of issues in exports form the district for identified
potential products through regular meetings.
 Dissemination of information for information for trainings, seminars, guest lectures,
practical training, and exchange visits with other districts of excellence
 Updating online DLEPC Progress Monitoring Portal.
 Report progress at identified intervals to State Level Export Promotion Committee headed
by Chief Secretary, Punjab
THE TERMS OF REFERENCE
 Benchmarking baseline export promotion of District-current situation.

 Identification of potential export products from the district.
 Creation of district level export action plan with quantifiable targets.
 Creation of sub-groups for each identified potential export product-involving stakeholders,
like manufacturers, artisans, exporters of the identified products.
 Identification of bottlenecks for export of potential products.
 Identifying training and development need of district industries and coordination for
training with other departments
 Act as one-point officiators for export promotion at district level
 Liaison with and report progress to State Level Export Promotion Committee
 Update Online DLEPC progress Monitoring Portal
MEETINGS
DLEPC meetings are being regularly held in the districts under chairmanship of Deputy Commissioner
(District Collector), Co-chair with DGFT Officers, General Manager of DIC as convener with other
members.
Representatives of Industrial Associations in the districts, Export Promotion Councils, i.e. Federation
of Indian Export Organisations (FIEO), Engineering Export Promotion Council (EEPC), major industrial
groups, leaders of industrial clusters, officials related to banks and industrial departments were
present in the meeting.
Wide discussions were held on topics of Central and State government policies, problems in the state
and districts related to industries and export and experts in exports suggested various items for
promotion of exports from the district.

After deliberations, the committees decided on various sector/products as focus products for exports
from the districts.
STATUS OF DISTRICT EXPORT PLANS
Districts Export Plans of all districts are finalized and approved by DEC (District Export Committee) of
the concerned district. Now, all district export plans have been converted into comprehensive State
Export Plan (SEP).

CHAPTER - 3
STATE LEVEL EXPORT PROMOTION COMMITTEE (SEPC) IN PUNJAB
INTRODUCTION
Proceedings of the State Level Export Promotion Committee (SLEPC) VC Meeting to approve Punjab
State Exports Plan 2021-26 held under the Chairmanship of Chief Secretary, Punjab on 22/04/2021
at 10:00 am.
At the start of the meeting Principal Secretary, Industries & Commerce, Punjab welcomed the
participants. While giving brief details of the Punjab State Exports Plan, it was informed that under
Govt. of India scheme of ‘District as an export hub’ as well as ‘One District One Product scheme’ all
the 22 districts have prepared District Export action Plans and same have been approved by District

level Export Promotion Committee headed by respective DCs. Joint DGFT, Ludhiana being the Co-
Chairman of District Export Promotion Committee has compiled all the district level action plan and
has prepared a Punjab State Export Plan. The Punjab State Export Plan prepared by the Joint DGFT,
Ludhiana was circulated to all the members of the State Level Committee.
With the permission of the Chair, a presentation was given by Sh. Subodh Shah, Jt. DGFT, Ludhiana.
During the Presentation, it was informed to the State Level Committee that DGFT in consultation with
District Industry Centre, banking institutions and district administration along with various
stakeholders has prepared 22 district level exports plans. Besides the statistical details of the district,
each district plan contained the SWOT analysis as well as district level export data of potential items
which is being manufactured in the district. Considering the inputs given by the stakeholders, DLEPC
shortlisted the potential exportable items.
He further informed that, as on date, Punjab is ranked at 13th position by way of contribution to
export from the Country, whereas the adjoining state, Haryana is at 8th position. He also brought to
the notice of the Committee about the top 25 products which is being exported from Punjab i.e. rice,
terry towel, folding, pharmaceutical, Hosiery, Tractor parts, etc. highlighting that still there is a
potential to further increase export from these sector. Since the overall export from Punjab is only 2%
of the country’s export.
While discussing district export action plan of Amritsar as an example, he invited the attention of all
the members to the SWOT analysis conducted by them for Amritsar, wherein he pointed out that
Amritsar being historical city attracts tourists, which is its strength, whereas being the border district
it is prone to threat also. New tourism projects and innovation and improvement in handicraft being
produced locally are the opportunities to explore the strengths.
He further informs that the district level export plans of all other district have been prepared on the
similar line and all such plans have been consolidated to prepare the Punjab State Export Plan. While
inviting attention to SWOT analysis to the whole of Punjab, he informed that Punjab have very well-
developed infrastructure, and three major cities of Punjab namely Ludhiana, Amritsar and Jalandhar
are well connected by four lane Roads and have a few monopoly manufacturing items such as bicycle,
rice, woolen textile, honey, Punjab entertainment etc. Besides being landlocked state far away from
the ports, the connectivity with eastern and western dedicated corridors being developed will boost
the export from the state.
The Chairman asked all the committee members to give the comments on the presentation of DGFT.
Mr. Ashwani Kumar, Chairman of Victor Tools Jalandhar and Chairman FIEO appreciated the Plan
prepared by Joint DGFT. Sh. Bhavdeep Sardana, Chairman CII Punjab suggested that exhibition centers
at Jalandhar, Ludhiana and Amritsar are needed for boosting the exports. Mr. Rahul Ahuja, Past
Chairman CII and also exporter of auto parts, informed that the huge transport cost to ports is a
deterrent to the export and 1% freight subsidy offered by the IBDP 2017 must be provided without
any condition of ZED as the units of exporters are fully compliant as per buyer's demands.
Chairman asked all the members of the committee to again go through draft and submit their
suggestions within 2 days to PSIC and after compiling the same, the draft will be circulated to all the
member by Monday and after waiting for 24 hours and incorporating suggestion, if any, the draft will
be submitted for approval. The committee authorized chairman to give final approval.
Chairman appreciated the excellent work done by everyone while preparing the Punjab State Export
Plan in which district by district, product by product, issue by issue has been covered thoroughly and

further hoped that this will help the state in deciding what issues need to be taken on priority and
what measures are required immediately. The Chairman was optimistic that Punjab will finalize the
plan shortly and will be the first State in the country to do so.
The meeting has ended with a vote of thanks to the chair.
List of participants
1. Sh. VK Janjua, Addl. Chief Secretary, Labour & Employment, Punjab

2. Sh. A Venu Prashad, Financial Commissioner, Dept. of Taxation,
3. Sh. Alok Shekhar, Principal Secretary, Industries and Commerce,
4. Sh. Ajoy Kumar Sinha, Administrative Sectary, Local Govt. Punjab,
5. Sh. Sibin C. Director of Industries and Commerce
6. Sh. Manjit Singh Brar, Managing Director, Punjab Agro Industries Corporation
7. Sh. Yashanjit Singh, Managing Director, Punjab State Warehousing Corporation,
8. Rep of Punjab Small Industries & Export Corporation
9. Sh. A. Bipin Menon, Development Commissioner, Noida SEZ
10. Sh. Suvidh Shah, Joint DGFT, Ludhiana
11. Sh. Malvinder Sungh Jaggi, CA, PUDA
12. Sh. J.S. Jammu, Deputy CE, Punjab State Electricity Board, Patiala,
13. Sh. Pardeep Gupta, Rep of Punjab Pollution Control Board
14. Sh. Ashawani Kumar, Chairman, FIEO
15. Sh. Bhavdeep Sardana, Chairman , CII
16. Smt. Rimneet Kaur, Deputy Resident Director, PHDCCI

PART – 2
ECONOMY AND
EXPORTS OF PUNJAB

CHAPTER - 4
ECONOMIC PROFILE OF PUNJAB
PUNJAB AT A GLANCE
The State of Punjab is known for the enterprising spirit of its people which brought about the ‘green
revolution’ and also made Punjab a hub of micro, small and medium enterprise. The State is now on
a threshold of transition to a new culture of innovation and technology driven enterprise. Top-notch
infrastructure, excellent connectivity, premium educational institutes and conductive government
policy add to the strength of the State. The cutting-edge advantages Punjab offers to investors are:

BASIC STATISTICS OF PUNJAB
S. No Items Unit Number

1 Area Sq. Km 50,362
(i) Rural-Area 48,265
(ii) Urban Area 2097
2 Tehsils Number 81
3 (Population 2011) Lakh 277.04
Total Population 173.2
Rural Population
4 % of Rural to Total Population % 62.51
5 % of urban to Total Population % 37.49
6 Density Per Sq. Km 550

7 Literate & Educated Persons Number 1,89,88,611
8 Female per 1000 Male Number 893
9 Literacy % 76.7
POPULATION CHART OF PUNJAB (CENSUS DATA)
% Increase in No. of
Sr No District YR 2011 YR 2011 YR 2011 Population Females
(From 2001 per 1000
Rural Urban Total to 2011) Males
1 Gurdaspur 1643882 655144 22,99,026 9.3 895
2 Amritsar 1154831 1336060 24,90,891 15.48 884
3 Tarn-Taran 978611 141459 11,20,070 19.28 898
4 Kapurthala 1021388 1160365 21,81,753 11.16 913
5 Jalandhar 1021388 1160365 21,81,753 11.16 913
6 S.B.S Nagar 488857 125505 6,14,362 4.58 954
7 Hoshiarpur 1247969 334824 15,82,793 6.85 962
8 Roop Nagar 505529 177820 6,83,349 8.67 913
9 S.A.S Nagar 442112 544035 9,86,147 32.02 878
10 Ludhiana 1425201 2062681 34,87,882 15 869
11 Ferozepur 1474592 552239 20,26,831 16.08 893
12 Faridkot 400494 21794 6,18,008 12.18 889
13 Shri Mukatsar sahib 650004 252698 9,02,702 16.1 895
14 Moga 768499 223790 9,92,289 10.9 893
15 Bathinda 888943 499916 13,88,859 17.37 865
16 Mansa 605356 163452 7,68,808 11.62 880
17 Sangrur 1137633 516775 16,54,408 9.3 883
18 Barnala 405675 190619 5,96,294 13.16 876
19 Patiala 1130279 762003 18,92,282 19.4 888
20 Fatehgarh Sahib 414649 185165 5,99,814 11.39 871
(Source: Wikipedia)

CHAPTER - 5
ECONOMIC AND EXPORT DATA OF PUNJAB
RANK OF PUNJAB IN CONTRIBUTION TO GDP OF INDIA
Table: Rank of all states/UTs as per their GDP of 2019-20
Rank State/UT Nominal GDP (trillion INR, lakh crore ₹)

1 Maharashtra ₹28.78 lakh crore (US$400 billion)
2 Tamil Nadu ₹18.45 lakh crore (US$260 billion)
3 Uttar Pradesh ₹17.94 lakh crore (US$250 billion)
4 Karnataka ₹15.35 lakh crore (US$220 billion)
5 Gujarat ₹15.05 lakh crore (US$210 billion)
6 West Bengal ₹12.54 lakh crore (US$180 billion)
7 Rajasthan ₹10.20 lakh crore (US$140 billion)
8 Andhra Pradesh ₹9.73 lakh crore (US$140 billion)
9 Telangana ₹9.69 lakh crore (US$140 billion)
10 Madhya Pradesh ₹9.07 lakh crore (US$130 billion)
11 Delhi ₹8.56 lakh crore (US$120 billion)
12 Haryana ₹8.31 lakh crore (US$120 billion)
13 Kerala ₹7.81 lakh crore (US$110 billion)
14 Bihar ₹6.12 lakh crore (US$86 billion)
15 Punjab ₹5.75 lakh crore (US$81 billion)
16 Odisha ₹5.31 lakh crore (US$74 billion)
17 Assam ₹3.16 lakh crore (US$44 billion)
18 Chhattisgarh ₹3.29 lakh crore (US$46 billion)
19 Jharkhand ₹3.28 lakh crore (US$46 billion)
20 Uttarakhand ₹2.46 lakh crore (US$34 billion)
21 Himachal Pradesh ₹1.65 lakh crore (US$23 billion)
22 Jammu and Kashmir ₹1.56 lakh crore (US$22 billion)
23 Goa ₹0.731 lakh crore (US$10 billion)
24 Tripura ₹0.553 lakh crore (US$7.8 billion)
25 Chandigarh ₹0.421 lakh crore (US$5.9 billion)
26 Puducherry ₹0.408 lakh crore (US$5.7 billion)
27 Meghalaya ₹0.366 lakh crore (US$5.1 billion)
28 Sikkim ₹0.287 lakh crore (US$4.0 billion)
29 Manipur ₹0.325 lakh crore (US$4.6 billion)
30 Nagaland ₹0.272 lakh crore (US$3.8 billion)

31 Arunanchal Pradesh ₹0.246 lakh crore (US$3.4 billion)
32 Mizoram ₹0.195 lakh crore (US$2.7 billion)
33 Andaman and Nicobar ₹0.079 lakh crore (US$1.1 billion)
(Source: Wikipedia)
RANK OF PUNJAB IN CONTRIBUTION TO GST IN INDIA
Table: Rank of all states/UTs as per their GST collection in Oct-19 and Oct-20
Rank State Oct-19 Oct-20 Growth

INDIA 73,159 80,848 11%
1 Maharashtra 15,109 15,799 5%
2 Karnataka 6,675 6,998 5%
3 Tamil Nadu 6,109 6,901 13%
4 Gujarat 5,888 6,787 15%
5 Uttar Pradesh 5,103 5,471 7%
6 Haryana 4,578 5,433 19%
7 West Bengal 3,263 3,738 15%
8 Telangana 3,230 3,383 5%
9 Delhi 3,484 3,211 -8%
10 Rajasthan 2,425 2,966 22%
11 Andhra Pradesh 1,975 2,480 26%
12 Odisha 1,994 2,419 21%
13 Madhya Pradesh 2,053 2,403 17%
14 Chhattisgarh 1,570 1,974 26%
15 Jharkhand 1,437 1,771 23%
16 Kerala 1,549 1,665 7%
17 Punjab 1,189 1,376 16%
18 Uttarakhand 1,153 1,p272 10%
19 Assam 888 1,017 14%
20 Bihar 940 1,010 7%
21 Himachal Pradesh 669 691 3%
22 Jammu and Kashmir 313 377 21%
23 Goa 311 310 0%
24 Dadra and Nagar Haveli 130 283 118%
25 Sikkim 186 177 -5%
26 Puducherry 146 161 10%
27 Chandigarh 157 152 -3%

28 Meghalaya 113 117 4%
29 Centre Jurisdiction 97 114 17%
30 Arunachal Pradesh 41 98 138%
31 Other Territory 127 91 -28%
32 Tripura 54 57 5%
33 Manipur 43 43 0%
34 Mizoram 18 32 72%
35 Nagaland 25 30 20%
36 Andaman and Nicobar 32 19 -42%
37 Ladakh 0 15
38 Daman and Diu 83 7 -91%
39 Lakshadweep 2 1 -55%
(Source: Ministry of Finance)
RANK OF PUNJAB IN CONTRIBUTION TO EXPORTS FROM INDIA
Table: Rank of major states/UTs as per their Exports in 2018-19
Rank FY 18-19 Average from % to India's

14-15 to 18-19 Exports
INDIA 330.08 296.36
1 MAHARASHTRA 72.81 69.87 24%
2 GUJARAT 67.41 59.90 20%
3 TAMIL NADU 30.53 27.95 9%
4 UNSPECIFIED 21.29 16.60 6%
5 KARNATAKA 17.34 19.58 7%
6 ANDHRA PRADESH 14.09 13.42 5%
7 UTTAR PRADESH 16.29 13.78 5%
8 HARYANA 13.83 11.88 4%
9 DELHI 9.46 9.61 3%
10 WEST BENGAL 10.06 8.80 3%
11 KERALA 9.83 6.11 2%
12 RAJASTHAN 7.06 6.22 2%
13 PUNJAB 6.04 5.90 2%
14 ODISHA 6.30 5.24 2%
15 MADHYA PRADESH 6.38 4.83 2%
16 GOA 2.06 1.93 1%
17 TELANGANA 7.17 5.46 2%
18 DADRA & NAGAR HAVELI 2.14 1.80 1%
(Source: DGCIS)

EXPORT BASKET OF PUNJAB
Table: Top 25 products, exported from Punjab in 2018-19 with HS Code
Sr. Hs Code Commodity FY 18-19 in Rs

No
1 100630 SEMI/WHOLLY MILED RICE W/N POLISHED/GLAZED 66676297805
2 020230 BONELESS 15481539165
3 870899 OTR PRTSANDACCSSRS OF VHCLS OF HDG 8701-8705 15092143260
4 520523 SNGL YRN OF CMBD FBRS 14320606011
5 630260 TOILET LINEN AND KITCHEN LINEN, OF TERRY TOWELL 13054812577
6 520524 SNGL YRN OF CMBD FBRS MEASURNG 12230525163
7 730840 PROPS AND SMLR EQUIPMENT FOR SCAFFOLDING, 9784679992
SHUTTERING
8 820411 HND-OPRTED SPANERS AND WRENCHS NON-ADJUSTBLE 7937118251
9 294200 OTHER ORGANIC COMPOUNDS : CEFADROXIL AND ITS SALTS, 7300403599
IBUPROF
10 294190 OTHER : RIFAMPICIN AND ITS SALTS : 6797017318
11 870193 OTHER TRACTORS, OF AN ENGINE POWEREXCEEDING 37 KW 6544248014
BUT NOT EX
12 610520 MENS/BOYS SHIRTS OF MAN-MADE FIBRES 6365221396
13 300490 OTHER MEDCNE PUT UP FOR RETAIL SALE 6153694612
14 520512 SNGL YRN OF UNCMBD FBRS MEASURING<714.29 BUT >= 5779119515
232.56 DCTX
15 730890 OTHER STRUCTRS AND PARTS OF STRUCTRS ETC 5303709821
16 610990 T-SHIRT ETC OF OTHER TEXTILE MATERIALS 5261764062
17 730791 FLANGES OF OTHER IRON OR STEEL 4857331851
18 731815 OTHER SCREWS AND BOLTS, WHETHER OR NOT WITH THEIR 4845016743
NUTS OR
19 294110 PENICILLINS AND THR DRVTVS WTH A PENICILLANIC ACI 4493167559
20 520513 SNGL YRN OF UNCMBD FBRS MEASURNG<232.56 BUT 4082197635
>=192.31 DCTX(
21 520522 SNGL YRN OF CMBD FBRS MEASURNG<714.29 BUT >= 232.56 4080109650
DCTX
22 550953 OTHER YARN OF POLYSTER STAPLE FIBRS MIXED 3967389827
MAINLY/SOLELY WITH
23 380899 OTHER: 3704225598
24 870192 OTHER TRACTORS, OF AN ENGINE POWEREXCEEDING 18 KW 3590313456
BUT NOT EX
25 610910 T-SHIRTS ETC OF COTTON 3308127498
(Source: DGCIS)
SMALL/MSME INDUSTRIAL UNITS AS ON 31.3.2019
Sr.No Item 31.3.2019

1 No. of units as on 31-03-2018 206095
2 No. of units registered during 2018-19 53338
3 Unit De-registered during 2017-18 Nil
4 Total Units as on 31.3.2019 259433

5 Total Employment (2018-19) 1779275
6 Total Investment 2018-19 (Rs. in crores) 28450.51
7 Total Production 2018-19 (Rs. in crores) 134009.8
8 Maximum Unit in the District Ludhiana (Nos.) 75092
9 Maximum Employment in the District Ludhiana (Nos.) 580118
10 Maximum Investment in the District Ludhiana (Rs. in crores) 10491.3
11 Maximum Production in the District Ludhiana (Rs. in crores) 72916.67
12 Maximum Units in the Major Group of Industries (Mfg. of Food Products) 17406
13 Maximum Employment in the Major Group of Industries (Mfg. of Textile) 190491
Maximum Investment in the Major Group of Industries (Rs. in crores)
14 4068.4
(Mfg. of Food Products)
Maximum Production in the Major Group of Industries (Rs. in crores)
15 22561.14
(Mfg. of Transport Equipments)
(Source: DIC PUNJAB)
DISTRICT WISE DATA OF SMALL ENTERPRISES AS ON 31.03.19
Sr No. of
District Employment Fixed Investment Production
No Unit
(in Lakhs) (in Lakhs)
1 AMRITSAR 22159 109635 141191.59 707317.09
2 BARNALA 4747 27524 51059.42 410253.54
3 BATHINDA 7164 44323 72803.8 268573.84
4 FARIDKOT 4826 32508 40012.13 268466.88
5 FATEHGARH SAHIB 2108 7789 17765.3 721907.67
6 FAZILKA 3697 23870 46421 724385
7 FEROZEPUR 4385 16723 34506 88890
8 GURDASPUR 9641 65881 63324.32 204490.09
9 HOSHIARPUR 9810 46489 55026.78 54834.42
10 JALANDHAR 31692 253231 369707.22 567974.86
11 KAPURTHALA 8049 40322 53277.79 126575.74
12 LUDHIANA 75092 658582 1049130.55 7291667.14
13 MANSA 4438 13650 33698.83 73514.36
14 MOGA 7958 44875 73808.18 137396.62
15 MUKATSAR 4927 28896 49674.12 127826
16 NAWAN SHAHAR 4601 20664 24911 24331
17 PATIALA 13661 89935 160002.62 371150.86
18 ROOP NAGAR 3846 18736 26347.08 112930.79
19 SAS NAGAR 15690 112308 287053.37 193392.52
20 SANGRUR 18520 114833 181174.62 913302.06
21 TARAN TARN 2422 8501 14156.09 20800.49
TOTAL 259433 1779275 2845051.81 13409981

STATEMENT SHOWING INDUSTRY WISE & AREA WISE SMALL ENTERPRISES AS ON 31.03.2019
Fixed
Sr Digit No. of Production
Item Employment Investment
No Code Units (Lakh Rs.)
(Lakh Rs.)
Crop and animal production, hunting
1 1 611 3974 16277.25 17458.06
and related service activities
2 2 Forestry and logging
3 3 Fishing and aquaculture 3 1 2 0
4 5 Mining of coal and lignite 8 52 47 10
Extraction of crude petroleum and
5 6 5 25 91 0
natural gas
6 7 Mining of metal ores 23 124 599 37
7 8 Other mining and quarrying 77 700 1901 705.5
8 9 Mining support service activities 19 158 284 1060.49
9 10 Manufacture of food products 17406 157875 406840.41 2151444.26
10 11 Manufacture of beverages 582 5184 10556.53 16312.01
11 12 Manufacture of tobacco products 24 275 1281.29 3244.49
12 13 Manufacture of textiles 15291 190491 370138.2 1847108.91
13 14 Manufacture of wearing apparel 10133 85114 122205.92 857774.43
Manufacture of leather and related
14 15 8342 44905 38750.38 69826.87
products
Manufacture of wood and products of
15 16 4051 26510 36547.56 58548.84
wood and cork, except furniture
Manufacture of paper and paper
16 17 2225 21876 56452.34 147923.41
products
Printing and reproduction of recorded
17 18 2391 20277 35609 49946.97
media
Manufacture of coke and refined
18 19 1302 2911 5410.05 16033.89
petroleum products
Manufacture of chemicals and chemical
19 20 4617 32603 69301.62 214712.5
products
Manufacture of pharmaceuticals,
20 21 medicinal chemical and botanical 841 8340 18253.87 80613.75
products
Manufacture of rubber and plastics
21 22 4436 38791 90597.4 250514.08
products
Manufacture of other non-metallic
22 23 3749 52080 56053.58 189835.92
mineral products
23 24 Manufacture of basic metals 5335 76913 144842.75 1112494.18
Manufacture of fabricated metal
24 25 products, except machinery and 15908 151820 219267.85 659024.94
equipment
Manufacture of computer, electronic
25 26 965 9089 10236.57 82598.72
and optical products
26 27 Manufacture of electrical equipment 3566 34857 58289.82 160581.92
Manufacture of machinery and
27 28 17284 142437 231709.43 981188.43
equipment
Manufacture of motor vehicles, trailers
28 29 3543 39304 63254.99 270675.14
and semi-trailers

Manufacture of other transport
29 30 5198 88985 106171.7 2256114.79
equipment
30 31 Manufacture of furniture 6273 31751 22913.55 71157.15
31 32 Other manufacturing 5020 41423 81235.24 213264.28
Repair and installation of machinery
32 33 7980 47788 53617.07 89272.16
and equipment
Electricity, gas, steam and air
33 35 94 701 2151.11 6035.35
conditioning supply
34 36 Water collection, treatment and supply 61 527 851.13 574.39
35 37 Sewerage 3 795 604.53 1339.82
Waste collection, treatment and
36 38 56 363 1235 46.15
disposal activities; materials recovery
Remediation activities and other waste
37 39 6 16 28 0
management services
38 41 Construction of buildings 874 9285 15806.25 113100.86
39 42 Civil engineering 159 1357 3044.76 5520.72
40 43 Specialized construction activities 543 1988 3959.87 4380.36
Wholesale and retail trade and repair
41 45 4078 18260 21915.31 34491.02
of motor vehicles and motorcycles
Wholesale trade, except of motor
41 46 1263 7878 16210.43 43243.88
vehicles and motorcycles
Retail trade, except of motor vehicles
43 47 3554 13100 16275.73 48096.78
and motorcycles
Land transport and transport via
44 49 1124 5784 19114.25 109413.36
pipelines
45 50 Water transport 166 877 377.97 418.41
46 51 Air transport 54 206 260 309
Warehousing and support activities for
47 52 1912 9682 29162.51 66514.49
transportation
48 53 Postal and courier activities 206 460 934.4 202
49 55 Accommodation 389 3860 7850.34 14584.84
50 56 Food and beverage service activities 2874 9745 19541 59557.1
51 58 Publishing activities 175 1009 1473 1006
Motion picture, video and television
52 59 359 1469 2633 1512.5
programme production
Broadcasting and programming
53 60 238 717 297.75 292.52
activities
54 61 Telecommunications 1993 5681 10919.75 8265.08
Computer programming, consultancy
55 62 1803 9663 16804.43 8476.13
and related activities
56 63 Information service activities 1741 9622 15633.99 30854.38
Financial service activities, except
57 64 1050 4220 6576.14 7434.5
insurance and pension funding
Insurance, reinsurance and pension
58 65 funding, except compulsory social 82 238 518.6 72.8
securities
59 66 Other financial activities 550 1704 2937 6360.05
60 68 Real estate activities 578 2302 4373 5238.98
61 69 Legal and accounting activities 447 1609 2017.03 4887.06

Activities of head offices; management
62 70 136 668 812 130.2
consultancy activities
Architecture and engineering activities;
63 71 343 1918 4875.84 1716.9
technical testing and analysis
64 72 Scientific research and development 35 124 366.25 258.37
65 73 Advertising and market research 309 1518 2087.85 404.52
Other professional, scientific and
66 74 2592 9691 17821.83 45466.04
technical activities
67 75 Veterinary activities 164 464 1269 3408.74
68 77 Rental and leasing activities 544 2321 5675.57 22635.1
69 78 Employment activities 193 3452 2295 6175.51
Travel agency, tour operator and other
70 79 1800 4233 8754 9919.6
reservation service activities
71 80 Security and investigation activities 99 1152 486 2005
Services to buildings and landscape
72 81 198 1074 2220 2129
activities
Office administrative, office support
73 82 3018 13101 24194.39 21621.85
and other business support activities
Public administration and defence;
74 84 146 652 1187 81.72
compulsory social security
75 85 Education 1722 8941 10086 19874.13
76 86 Human health activities 1109 4838 10938.66 13790.31
77 87 Residential care activities 128 412 833 2776.72
Social work activities without
78 88 144 615 2715 1582.64
accommodation
Creative, arts and entertainment
79 90 340 1264 2138 1440
activities
Libraries, archives, museums and other
80 91 11 78 43 0
cultural activities
81 92 Gambling and betting activities 130 318 126.96 217.83
Sports activities and amusement and
82 93 200 672 1934.86 9495.47
recreation activities
83 94 Activities of membership organizations 96 325 514 89.4
Repair of computers and personal and
84 95 8569 21632 11595.2 44565.45
household goods
85 96 Other personal service activities 10663 39565 69400.56 28353.95
Activities of households as employers
86 97 4 9 15 0
of domestic personnel
Undifferentiated goods- and services-
87 98 producing activities of private 2711 9965 20749.78 131925.97
household for own use
Activities of extraterritorial
88 99 3654 12176 25658 15013.84
organizations and bodies
Total SIDO 212774 1621153 2774394.14 12837282.6
1 TEXTILE 5736 38197 23214.42 263419.48
2 HANDLOOM 11377 26883 3702.79 135147.71
3 KHADI & VILLAGE INDS. 10371 19542 2304.1 18725.21
4 HANDCRAFTS 3602 7772 1769.16 8587.1
5 SERICULTURE 529 1012 159.32 260.64
6 MISC. 15044 55485 34571.88 145535.97

TOTAL NON SIDO 46659 148891 65721.67 571676.11
GRAND TOTAL 259433 1779275 2845051.81 13409981
PER UNIT STATUS OF SMALL SCALE INDUSTRIAL UNITS AS ON 31.03.2019 (PUNJAB)
2013- 2014- 2015- 2016- 2017- 2018-

SR.NO. ITEM
14 15 16 17 18 19
1 Employment 7.11 7.19 7.33 7.51 7.21 6.85
(Nos.)
2 Fixed Investment (Rs. In Lacs) 8.28 9.28 9.75 10.94 11.02 10
3 Production (Rs. In Lacs) 47.66 53.42 56.35 59.82 57.53 51
DISTRICT WISE STATUS OF LARGE MEDIUM INDUSTRY AS ON 31.03.2019 (PUNJAB)
FIXED CAPITAL WORKING

SR. PRODUCTION
DISTRICT INVESTMENT ( CAPITAL EMPLOYMENT
NO. UNITS (RS IN LACS )
RS IN LACS ) ( RS IN LACS )
1 AMRITSAR 30 237507.61 112817.22 8425 636703.04
2 BARNALA 5 496389.68 190652.17 9174 315540
3 BATHINDA 18 2784923.75 123000.48 9643 5876668.41
4 FARIDKOT 1 549.74 1005.34 70 8855.93
5 FATEH’H SAHIB 34 153296.28 92763.72 7167 592703.274
6 FAZILKA 5 10495.277 4620.05 758 28293.96
7 FEROZEPUR 6 25701.27 19417.81 869 32436.12
8 GURDASPUR 11 106748.06 11544.07 1687 82896.1
9 HOSHIARPUR 20 448187.35 84420.32 16574 1039037.27
10 JALANDHAR 22 153307.66 53346.58 8901 185485.01
11 KAPURTHALA 9 342557.27 69509.16 13616 104569.86
12 LUDHIANA 254 3247864.79 1027605.03 123306 3936883.28
13 MANSA 4 33885.87 479433 2001 570176.82
14 MOGA 6 75427.71 7650.13 1878 178479.76
15 MUKATSAR 5 114430.88 30420.48 2723 616318.3
16 NAWAN SHAHAR 9 1184559.21 105099.04 5899 308801.44
17 PATIALA 36 346544.84 75545.07 11806 552429.95
18 PATHANKOT 5 21321.97 9526.4 505 40779.58
19 ROOP NAGAR 6 199783.81 78147.08 3475 297885.68
20 SAS NAGAR 45 905944.74 527502.51 91633 1904543.52
21 SANGRUR 12 69162.25 57897.95 18949 429593.15
22 TARAN TARN 6 24681.69 20693.76 764 252488.69
TOTAL 549 10983271.71 3182617.37 339823 17991569.14

PART – 3
DISTRICT PROFILES
AND
RECOMMENDATIONS

CHAPTER -6
EXPORT POTENTIAL PRODUCTS OF THE DISTRICT
HOW WE CHOSE THE PRODUCTS FOR EXPORTS?
1. Meetings of DLEPC
DLEPC meeting have been regularly held in the district under chairmanship of Deputy Commissioner
(District Collector), Co-chair with DGFT Officers, General Manager of DIC as convener with other
members.
Representatives of Industrial Associations in the districts, Export Promotion Council ie Federation of

Indian Export Organisations (FIEO), Engineering Export Promotion Council (EEPC), major industrial
groups, leaders of industrial clusters, officials related to banks and industrial departments have been
present in the meetings.
Wide discussions were held on topic of Central and State government policies, problems in the state
and districts related to industries and exports and experts in exports suggested various items for
promotion of exports from the district.
After deliberations, the committee decided various sector/products as focus products for exports
from the district, discussed in the next section.
2. Export data of the state
Directorate General of Commercial Intelligence and Statistics is the repository of trade data of India.
We have analysed last 10 years’ data of exports from the state. We have compared the export
potential with district infrastructure.
3. Export data of India and the world
Directorate General of Commercial Intelligence and Statistics is the repository of trade data of India.
WTO through Trade map is repository of data of world trade. We have analysed both in terms of
growth of export products.
4. Experience of departments and officers
DGFT from Central Government and District Industries Centre from State Government are bodies
working at the ground level for industries and exports. Officers of the departments have wide
experience of the market, products along with their strengths and weaknesses.
5. SWOT Analysis of the product
DGFT has done SWOT (strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats) analysis of every product
produced in the region with comparative studies.
By calculating, analysing, taking inputsfrom all stake holders, DLEPC sorted out products for exports
from the districts. In next chapters, detailed analysis of the products has been described.

CHAPTER - 7
AMRITSAR
Amritsar district is one of the 22 districts that make up the Indian state of Punjab. Located in the
Majha region of Punjab, the city of Amritsar is the headquarters of this district.
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE DISTRICT
Amritsar city situated in northern Punjab state of north-western India lies about 15 miles (25 km) east
of the border with Pakistan. Amritsar is an important city in Punjab and is a major commercial,
cultural, and transportation centre. It is also the centre of Sikhism and the site of the Sikhs’ principal
place of worship. Amritsar means “the tank of nectar or the tank of immortality” and the district
derives its name from the sacred tank in the Amritsar city. The present Golden Temple is surrounded
by this tank which was originally a small natural pool and is said to have been visited by Guru Nanak
Dev. The site was permanently occupied by the fourth Guru, Ram Das, who in 1577 obtained more of
land in its neighbourhood. The pool soon acquired a reputation for sanctity, and the followers of the
Guru migrated to the sacred spot, and there a s mall town grew up and was known at first as
Ramdaspur or Guru-ka-Chak, and later, as the pool was converted into a tank, it came to be known as
Amritsar. Amritsar has been the important educational Hub from the very beginning. Khalsa College,
Amritsar was established in 1892. In 1969 Guru Nanak Dev University was established. In addition to
this Govt. Medical College, Dental College, Engineering and polytechnics and many other arts colleges
were established.
LOCATION & GEOGRAPHICAL AREA
The district Amritsar is situated between 310 – 37 north latitude and 740 – 52.30 and East longitude.
The Amritsar District falls in the Jullundur Division of the Punjab. In shape, it is a trapezium, with its
base resting on the River Beas. It forms a part of the tract known as the Bari Doab or the territory lying
between the rivers Ravi and Beas. Its western side adjoins Pakistan, partly separated by the River
Ravi. The north-eastern side is bounded by the Gurdaspur District, and towards it south-east across
the River Beas lie the Kapurthala and Tarntarn districts. The district is divided into four tehsils or
subdivisions, viz, Amritsar to the north-east, Ajnala to the north-west, Patti to the south-west. All
important places in the district are connected by rail or road. The total area of the district, 267000
Hectares, comprising Tehsil Amritsar, Tehsil Ajnala, Tehsil Patti.
TOPOGRAPHY
Lying between the river Beas to the east and the river Ravi to the west, the Amritsar District, which
forms the lower part of the Upper Bari Doab, is one of the interfluvial tracts of the Punjab Plain. The
river Beas, which separates the Amritsar District from the Kapurthala District, joins the Satluj River
near the point where the four districts of i.e. Lahore (Pakistan), Ferozepur, Amritsar and Kapurthala
meet.
INDUSTRIAL SCENARIO OF DISTRICT AMRITSAR
Existing Status of Industrial Areas in the District Amritsar

S. No. Name of Ind. Land Land Prevailing No of No of No of No. of
Area acquire develope Rate Per Plots/Sh allotte Vacan Units
d d Sqm eds d t in
(InAcre (InAcres (In Rs.) Plots Plots Produc
s)) )) tion
1 Focal Point (Old) 94.05 94.05 Rs. 4000/- 238 238 Nil 210
2 Focal Point 81.43 81.43 Rs. 4000/- 181 181 Nil 134
Extension
3 Focal Point 184.04 184.04 Rs. 4000/- 459 459 Nil 83
(New)
4 Industrial 36.35 36.35 Rs. 5000/- 55/50 55/50 Nil 32/41
estate/
Industrial
development
Colony,Chhehart
a
Source: - DIC, Amritsar
INDUSTRY AT A GLANCE
Sr No Head Unit Particulars
1. REGISTERED INDUSTRIAL MSME UNIT NO. 22159
3. REGISTERED MEDIUM & LARGE UNIT NO. 24
4. EMPLOYMENT IN MICRO AND SMALL NO. 109635
INDUSTRIES
5. EMPLOYMENT IN LARGE AND MEDIUM NO. 6176
INDUSTRIES
6. NO. OF INDUSTRIAL AREA NO. 4
7. TURNOVER OF SMALL SCALE IND. IN LACS 707317
8. TURNOVER OF MEDIUM & LARGE SCALE IN LACS 164753.61
INDUSTRIES
Source: - DIC, Amritsar
DATA OF SMALL ENTERPRISES AS ON 31.03.19
Sr
District No. of Unit Employment Fixed Investment Production
No
1 AMRITSAR 22159 109635 141191.59 707317.09
Source: - DIC, PUNJAB
SR. PRODUCTION
DISTRICT UNITS INVESTMENT ( CAPITAL EMPLOYMENT
NO. (RS IN LACS )
1 AMRITSAR 30 237507.61 112817.22 8425 636703.04

DETAILS OF EXISTING MICRO & SMALL ENTERPRISES AND ARTISAN UNITS IN THE DISTRICT
NIC TYPE OF No. of EMPLOYME INVESTMENT Production
CODE INDUSTRY UNITS NT (Rs Lakh.) (Rs Lakh.)
NO. Nos.
15 Manufacturing of Food Products & 710 4428 3616.54 55218.51
Beverages
16 Manufacturing of Tobacco Products 0 0 0 0
17 Manufacturing of Textile 514 3505 8069.91 29376.36
18 Manufacturing of weaving apparel 455 2403 2890.04 7611.69
Dressing & Dyeing of Fur
19 Manufacturing of tanning Dressing of 432 1217 367.00 1533.27
Leather
20 Manufacturing of Wood Products 211 993 411.5 2175.19
21 Manufacturing of Paper & Paper 169 1070 1418.37 12185.01
Products
22 Publishing Printing 202 657 695.67 2568.25
23 Manufacturing of Coke, Refueled 0 0 0 0
Petroleum Products & Nuclear Fuel
24 Manufacturing of Chemical Products 948 4087 2727.16 35679.43
25 Manufacturing of Rubber & plastic 419 2329 3008.81 25807.15
Goods
26 Manufacturing of other Non Metallic 453 1887 592.07 2878.08
Mineral Products
27 Manufacturing of Basic Metal 314 1493 1485.14 5222.58
28 Manufacturing of Fabricated Metal 1886 6401 4037.02 25663.42
ProductsExcept M/C Equipments
29 Manufacturing of Machinery & 3059 12659 4862.05 26156.68
Equipments
30 Manufacturing of Office, Accounting 4 17 18.8 129.65
& Computer
31 Manufacturing of Electrical M/c 457 2043 703.23 6322.76
32 Manufacturing of Radio TV 43 140 40.77 598.41
equipments
33 Manufacturing of Medical Precision 15 64 30.14 121.8
watches & Clocks
34 Manufacturing of Motor vehicles 84 317 140.93 855.02
35 Manufacturing of other Transport 183 740 163.65 621.66
Equipments
36 Manufacturing of Furniture 829 2975 13415 4480.26
37 Recycling 0 0 0 0
40 Electricity, Gas, Steam & Hot water - 0 0 0 0
41 Collection of Information & 0 0 0 0
Distribution Of Water
50 Maintenance & Repair of Motor 72 337 140.92 428.36
Cycle
52 Maintenance & Repair of Personal 660 3293 899.64 4560.33
House hold Goods
60 Land Transport 0 0 0 0
63 Supporting & Auxiliary Activities 112 1486 1492.01 26274.5
64 Post & Telecommunication 0 0 0 0
71 Tenting & Transport Equipments 0 0 0 0
72 Computer Related Activities 45 128 251.73 446.2

74 Other Business 134 738 372.37 1522.34
85 Health & Social Work 0 0 0 0
92 Recreation , Cultural & Sporting 0 0 0 0
Activities
93 Other Service Activities 8 22 9 77.02
TOTAL 12418 55429 39785.97 278514.97
Source: DIC, Amritsar
LIST OF LARGE SCALE ENTERPRISES/PSUs:
 M/s Amritsar Swadeshi Textile Co-op (P) Ltd. Ram Tirth Road, Amritsar
 M/s OCM India Ltd. G.T. Road, chherhatta, Amritsar
 M/s Sun City Amusement park, Ltd. Batala Road, Amritsar.
 M/s Amritsar Distt. Coop Milk Union Ltd. Verka, Amritsar.
 M/s Avichal Embroidery (P) Ltd, Verka Bye Pass, Amritsar.
 M/s B.B. Embroidery, Verka vallha Bye Pass, Amritsar.
 M/s K.P. Embroidery, 373, Indl. Focal Point, Amritsar.
 M/s Khasa Distillery company, Khasa, Amritsar.
 M/s Amritsar Crown Caps, Jandiala Guru, Amritsar.
 M/s Northern Railways Mechanical Workshop, G.T. Road, Putlighar, Amritsar.
 M/s Mahant Overseas, Village Chhaba, Amritsar.
 M/s Rana Sugars Ltd. Butter Seviyan, Amritsar.
 M/s Ajnala Coop Sugar Mills Ltd. Bhalla Pind, Ajnala, Amritsar.
 M/s Veesha Plasto Prints (I) Pvt. Ltd. Batala Road, Amritsar.
 M/s Shiva Art Embroiders, verka, Amritsar.
 M/s T. K shawls Industries (P) Ltd.Industrial Estate, Amritsar.
 M/s Shri Radha Raman Embroidery (P) Ltd., Ajnala road, Amritsar.
 M/s Gopi fabrics (P) Ltd. Majitha bye Pass, Amritsar.
 M/s Varindra Spinners Ltd. Majitha bye Pass, Amritsar.
 M/s Khanna Paper Mills, Amritsar.
 M/s Health aid Foods Specialties (P) Ltd., Ajnala Road, Amritsar.
 M/s Shree Luxmi Narayan Embroidery, 17, focal Point, Amritsar.
 M/s Nijjer Agro Foods ltd. Village Meharbanpura, Amritsar.
 M/s Prakash industries Ltd. G.T. Road, Rayya, Amritsar.
SERVICE ENTERPRISES
Existing Service Sector: The service industry of Amritsar mainly includes repair & servicing of motor
vehicles, motor cycles / scooters, household goods, workshops and Pappar, warrian etc.
POTENTIAL AREAS FOR SERVICE INDUSTRY
1. Engineering Workshops 2. Computer Education 3. Designer Boutique

4. Beauty & Health Care 5. Coaching Centers 6. Tiffin Service
7. Transportation 8. Mobile Repairing 9.Printing & Packaging

SERVICES SECTOR
1. Repair & Servicing of Agriculture Machinery Cluster at Amritsar
2. Pappar & warrian, Wooden Handicrafts, etc.
3. Tourism: Religious
AMRITSAR SWOT ANALYSIS
STRENGTHS WEAKNESSES OPPORTUNITIES THREATS

Historical significance Border district New tourism products Being a border district
and innovations threat of insecurity is
always there
Tourist destination for Low level of Eco and farm tourism Threat of insecurity in
National and investment the mind of investors
International visitors (both outsiders and
natives)
Medical , educational Lack of Improvement in Competition from
and textile hub foresightedness and quality and other neighboring
coordination among presentation of locally states due to tax
various departments produced Handicrafts relaxations (tax
products results in holidays and lower tax
exports growth of the rates)
region
High degree of Lack of infrastructural By improving Excess usage of
National and facilities and amenities coordination and ground water for
International such as in ICD integration across the irrigation of crops and
connectivity Chheharta and ICP various departments mixing/percolation of
Attari, SGRJ and ministries will chemicals (both agro
International airport provide better and industrial) made
etc. conditions to the trade drinking water unfit
House of traditions of Lack of funds and Long and harsh
crafts and cottage information channels summer season due to
industry climate change
Rail and road gateway Unplanned and Pollution and
to the country for unauthorized growth unhygienic conditions
movement of goods
and passengers
Insufficient skilled
labour
DISTRICT LEVEL EXPORT DATA
QTR. WISE (OCTOBER, NOVEMBER, DECEMBER, 2020)
ITCHS
State District Item_Desc Values In Rs. Month
Code
PUNJAB AMRITSAR 10063020 BASMATI RICE 683,568,260 Oct.
CANE MOLSES RSLTD FRM
PUNJAB AMRITSAR 17031000 93,330,642 Oct.
EXTRCTN/RFNG OF SUGR

SHAWLS MUFFELERS ETC OF
PUNJAB AMRITSAR 62149060 83,718,647 Oct.
MANMADE FIBRE
PUNJAB AMRITSAR 10063020 BASMATI RICE 866,432,462 Nov.
OTHER MEDCNE PUT UP FOR
PUNJAB AMRITSAR 30049099 60,631,947 Nov.
RETAIL SALE N.E.S
MAN-MADE FILMNT
PUNJAB AMRITSAR 56031100 80,388,860 Nov.
WGHNG<25G/SQM
1,098,148,1
PUNJAB AMRITSAR 10063020 BASMATI RICE Dec.
28
OTHER MEDCNE PUT UP FOR
PUNJAB AMRITSAR 30049099 54,682,316 Dec.
RETAIL SALE N.E.S
SHAWLS MUFFELERS ETC OF
PUNJAB AMRITSAR 62149060 92,881,627 Dec.
MANMADE FIBRE
TOTAL 3113782889
SUGGESTIONS AND RECOMMEDATIONS
These suggestions and recommendations are derived on the basis of inputs given by members in
District Level Export Committee meetings, consultation with other stake holders i.e. exporters,
government officers who are dealing with industries, chambers of commerce’s, Star Export Houses.
Inputs based on the knowledge and experience of Indian Trade Service officers posted in regional
offices of DGFT and other ministries are also incorporated.
Investment/attention on these suggestions and recommendations will boost exports of the district
visibly.
Textile Testing Lab
Amritsar region is the second largest hub of textile in Punjab. There is dire need of Textile related
testing Laboratory. Amritsar has developed itself in woolen, artificial woolen, acrylic fabrics. For value
exports, state-of-art lab is requirement of the day.
Ministry of Textile of Government of India administrates following labs:
 Ahmedabad Textile Industry Research Association (ATIRA)

 Bombay Textile Research Association (BTRA)
 South India Textile Research Association (SITRA)
 Northern India Textile Research Association (NITRA)
 The Synthetic & Art Silk Mills Research Association (SASMIRA)
 Man-made Textile Research Association (MANTRA)
 Indian Jute Industry's Research Association (IJIRA)
 Wool Research Association (WRA)
Improvement of Facilities in ICD Chheharta
ICD Chhehatra was established to serve exporters of Amritsar region. However, it doesn’t work to its
optimum capacity. This ICD needs upgradation in terms of human resource, cargo handling capacity
It also needs to be linked with Rail route.

Improvement of Warehouse Facility
Amritsar is the most important inland point of Ino-Pak trade. It has the capacity to handle most of the
trade (both in terms of volume and value) between two countries. Due to security reasons, cargos
have to be held up due to detailed scrutiny. In trade of onion, cotton, yarns, vegetables, fruits, cement,
and other commodities, all weather, state-of-art, fast service and trader friendly ware house facilities
are needed.
Extension of Eastern Dedicated Freight Corridor to Amritsar
India’s largest export related infrastructure project Eastern Dedicated Freight Corridor” starts from
Ludhiana. It should be extended to Amritsar. It helps in boosting Amritsar economy especially trade
and it will also create an opportunity in making links better with our neighboring countries i.e. Pakistan
and Afghanistan.
Rice/Agro Exports
Amritsar region is one of the biggest hub of rice exports in India. While state-of-art lab is needed on
the line of USFDA, European standards, so the market can be expanded to reach counties/regions
other than gulf countries, Iran and South East Asia.
Testing Lab for Rice
Our rice faces huge qualitative issues in terms of pesticides. Our rice is not up to the mark according
to European and American Standards. For testing of rice, Amritsar region needs state-of-art Export
Inspection Agency (EIA) approved testing lab.
Awareness programmes among farmers and training
Region comprising districts of Amritsar, Taran Taran and Gurdaspur is known as Basmati Capital of
India. Basmati Rice has almost Rs. 10,000 cr. exports. Basmati has competition with Pakistan due to
same type of climatic and soil conditions. However, our consignments have been rejected by
European and American Countries due heavy utilization of pesticides that are not registered with their
Inspection agencies. Our farmers are learned, equipped with basic facilities. If they will get
training/awareness about the prescribed pesticides and other chemical products timely, our region
will have more growth in exports.
Export train from Amritsar
Region is facing problems of high transportation cost, shortage of containers, delayed in clearance
and delayed in delivery. The region with heavy numbers of rice and woolen exports, a special train for
export products with containers facility to Mundra is need of the day. Even weekly train will cater
demand of exporters in the region. Amritsar station is connected with two electrified rail lines, so
starting of new train is not a difficult task.

Skilled labour improvement through ITI
Amritsar region is the hub of textile. Major units are of woolen, artificial woolen and embroidery
related goods. However, these units hardly find skilled labour in surrounding area, so ITI can train
human resource for textiles which have also good market in the region.

CHAPTER - 8
DISTRICT PROFILE – BARNALA
District Barnala has been carved out of district Sangrur in 2006. Barnala city is a medium sized town
with all the amenities available within commutable distance. Its economy is supported by neighboring
agriculture rich villages like Thikriwal, Uppli, Pherwahi, Dhanaula, Amla Singh Wala. It has diverse
population supporting local industries and food business. As Barnala has become district now, the
investors will invest more on the development of Barnala. Now this district consists of 124 inhabited
villages and 5 towns.
District Barnala is surrounded by districts of Ludhiana and Moga in the north, Mansa in the south,
Sangrur in the east, Bathinda in the West. It is situated between30°23’ North and75° 33’ East. It has a
mean elevation of 227 meters (745 feet).
TOPOGRAPHY
The topography of the district is even. It is mostly a plain of alluvial type. It also has loam to heavy
loam and sand to sandy loam soils in certain parts of the district. Soil is rich in nutrients and suitable
for crops like wheat, Paddy, Potato and vegetables etc.
DEMOGRAPHY
As per provisional data of 2011 census Barnala had a population of 116,449, out of which males were
62,554 and females were 53,895. The literacy rate was 79.59 per cent. Barnala is a Sikh majority city
with approximately 50.37% of city population following Sikhism.
ECONOMY
Trident Group (formerly known as Abhishek Industries), is headed by Mr. Rajinder Gupta. The group
operates in five major business segments: Yarn, Terry Towels, Paper, Chemicals and Captive Power.
Trident is one of the largest yarn spinners in India, one of the world’s largest terry towel
manufacturers and the world’s largest wheat straw based paper manufacturer. IOL Chemicals and
Pharmaceuticals (IOLCP) is a leading organic chemicals manufacturer and supplier.
Standard Combines headquartered in Barnala, is in various products like, Thresher, Self Harvester
Combine, Tractor Driven Harvester Combine, Rotavator, Rotavator with Seed Drill, Maize Self
Harvester Combine. The company is also exporting its 4x4 Harvester Combine & track Combine to
Nepal, Sri-Lanka, Bangladesh.
Sr. No. Head Unit Particulars
1 Registered Micro & Small Units No. 4747
2 Registered Medium & Large Units No. 7

3 Employment in MSE Sector No. 27524
4 Employment in Large and Medium No. 11804
Industries
5 No. of Industrial Areas No. Nil
6 Turnover of MSE Sector Rs. Lakh 410253
7 Turnover of Large & Medium Sector Rs. Lakh 463835.55

Sr
No
1 BARNALA 4747 27524 51059.42 410253.54
SR. PRODUCTION
1 BARNALA 5 496389.68 190652.17 9174 315540
NIC Code Types of Industry Units Employment Investment Production

(No.) (No.) (Rs. Lakh) (Rs. Lakh)
15 Mfg. of Food Products 205 2569 5050.37 29206.45
Beverages
17 Mfg. of Textiles 12 48 26.34 1424.87
18 Mfg. of Wearing Apparels 127 294 17.27 4077.92
19 Leather &Leather Products 144 262 13.8 35.74
20 Mfg. of Wood Products 37 125 130.04 388.65
21 Mfg. of Paper & Paper Products 10 138 206.26 723.67
22 Printing / Publishing 3 20 1.38 60.74
23 Coke & Refined Petroleum Prod. 1 4 2.03 4
24 Chemicals & Chemical Products 21 105 175.43 949.57
25 Rubber & Plastic Products 46 200 284.09 1341
26 Other Non-Metallic Products 36 398 345.09 1700.36
27 Basic Metals 8 73 116.87 436.02
28 Fabricated Metal Products 478 419 486.57 2073.65
29 Machinery & Equipment 206 1037 1016.5 6580

31 Electrical Machinery & 36 251 536.73 2215.28
Apparatus
34 Motor Vehicles Trailers etc. & 8 89 157.52 552
Parts
35 Mfg. of other Transport 5 27 34.47 224
Equipment
36 Mfg. of Furniture Mfg. N.E.C 49 114 163.46 208.29
50 Maintenance & Repair of Motor 67 150 48 84.29
Veh.
52 Maintenance & Repair 245 480 124.13 280.29
Household
63 Cold Storage 7 40 466.51 530.89
74 Other Business Activities 7 29 54.92 213.58
Sub Total 1758 6872 9457.78 53311.26
Artisan Units (Non-SIDO) 15 56 10.6 62
Grand Total 1773 6928 9468.38 53373.26
(Source: DIC, Barnala)
LARGE SCALE ENTERPRISES /PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKINGS:
1. M/s. Trident Ltd (Terry Towel Division), Mansa Road, Dhaula
2. M/s. Trident Ltd. (Paper & Chemical Division), Mansa Road, Dhaula
3. M/s. I.O.L. Pharmaceuticals Ltd., Mansa Road, Dhaula
4. M/s. Trident Ltd. (Yarn Division), Raikot Road, Barnala
5. M/s. Malwa Cotton Spinning Mills Ltd., Raikot Road, Barnala
6. M/s. Geeta Threads Ltd., Handiyaya Road, Barnala
MAJOR EXPORTABLE ITEMS: YARN, TERRY TOWEL AND THREAD.
E x i s t i n g Service Sector: The service industry of Barnala mainly includes repair & servicing of
motor vehicles, motor cycles / scooters, household goods, workshops and cold storage etc.
POTENTIAL AREAS FOR SERVICE INDUSTRY:

1. General Engg. Workshops 2. Computer Education 3. Designer Boutique
4. Beauty & Health Care 5. Coaching Centers 6. DTP Work
7. Transportation 8. Mobile Repairing 9.Printing
BARNALA SWOT ANALYSIS

Textiles and agri- Lack of skilled labor Agri-implements Zoonotic diseases
implements cluster along with
manufacturing hub neighboring districts

Even topography Insufficient
transportation
facilities
Poor basic
infrastructure
ITCHS
Code
PUNJAB BARNALA 29420012 IBUPROFANE 278,863,969 Oct.
PUNJAB BARNALA 52052310 GREY 88,469,207 Oct.
TOILET LINEN AND KITCHEN LINEN,
OF TERRY TOWELLING OR SIMILAR
PUNJAB BARNALA 63026090 559,167,902 Oct.
TERRY FABRICS, OF COTTON, OTHER
THAN HANDLOOM
PUNJAB BARNALA 29420012 IBUPROFANE 180,399,504 Nov.
PUNJAB BARNALA 52052310 GREY 54,783,185 Nov.
PUNJAB BARNALA 63026090 731,068,348 Nov.
THAN HANDLOOM
PUNJAB BARNALA 29420012 IBUPROFANE 212,273,786 Dec.
DRESSING GOWNS AND BATHROBES
PUNJAB BARNALA 62089110 63,282,672 Dec.
OF COTN
PUNJAB BARNALA 63026090 841,858,089 Dec.
THAN HANDLOOM
TOTAL 3010166662
visibly.
Agri-implements Park
Setting up of Agri-implements manufacturing cluster can be taken up to the benefit of Barnala and
neighboring districts.

CHAPTER - 9
BATHINDA
Bathinda District is situated in the Southern part of Punjab State in the heart of Malwa region. It forms
part of newly created division Faridkot and is situated between 29 -33 & 30 -36 North latitude and 74
-38 and 75 -46 East longitude. The district is surrounded with Sirsa and Fatehabad of Haryana State in
the south, Sangrur and Mansa district in the East, Moga in the North-east and Faridkot & Muktsar in
the North-west. The district derives its name from the district headquarters town of Bathinda, which
is of great antiquity.
The District lies between 29 -33 & 30 -36 North latitude and 74 -38 & 75 -46 East longitude.
TOPOGRAPHY
The district is situated within the Satluj-Ganga plain. The whole of the district is a lowlying flat area.
The only contour line running across the area is of 220 meters. It runs from the south-east of Sidhani
village northward through Kahangarh (Mansa Tahsil) and then north-west to Bareta (Mansa Tahsil).
From here, the line runs north-west and passes just west of Kishangarh (Mansa Tahsil). Then it moves
just south-west of Gidrene (Sirsa District, Haryana) and goes westward through Daska. From here, the
contour takes a south-west bend and goes towards Datewas (Mansa Tahsil, from where it takes a
northwesterly direction and goes through Chak Niagaon and Gurney Kalan (Mansa Tahsil). The
presence of only one counter indicates the flattish nature of the surface.
INDUSTRIAL SCENARIO OF BATHINDA
Existing Status of Industrial Areas in the District Bathinda
S.No. Name of Ind. Land Land Prevailing No of No. of

Area acquired developed Plots Units
in
Rate Product
ion
1 Indl. estate - - - 28 -
Bathinda
2 Focal Point - - - 62 -
(old)
Bathinda
3 Focal Point - - - 117 -
(new)
Bathinda
4 Growth centre - - - 401 -
Bathinda

Total - - - 608 -

Sr
No
1 BATHINDA 7164 44323 72803.8 268573.84
SR. PRODUCTION
1 BATHINDA 18 2784923.75 123000.48 9643 5876668.41
NIC Type of Unit Units Employment Investment Production
CODE (No) (No) (Rs. Lacs) (Rs. Lacs)
15 MFG OF FOOD PRODUCTS &

486 4095 6852.14 37530.35
BEVERAGES
16 MANUFACTURE OF TOBACCO
1 15 31.03 346.50
PRODUCTS
17 MFG OF TEXTILE INCLUDING
DYEING/PROCESSING 17 612 894.69 7504.47
18 MFG OF HOSIERY & GARMENT
83 274 54.60 125.50
INCLUDING EMBROIDERY
19 LEATHER & LEATHER
PRODUCTS 19 566 115.24 281.10
20 MFG OF WOOD PRODUCTS 37 125 130.04 388.65
21 MFG OF PAPER & PAPER

PRODUCTS 10 138 206.26 723.67
PUBLISHING PRINTING &

22 REPRODUCTION OF
RECORDED MEDIA 44 402 413.91 1074.80
MFG. OF COKE, REFINED

PETROLEUM PRODUCTS &
23 NUCLEAR FUEL, BOTTLING OF
LPG 3 25 230.36 633.80
24 MFG OF CHEMICAL &

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS 59 938 1649.97 4883.32

25 MFG OF RUBBER & PLASTIC
PRODUCTS 29 618 542.45 32565.12
26 MFG OF OTHER NON-METALIC

MINERAL PRODUCTS 56 2316 904.58 5731.83
27 MFG OF BASIC METAL 37 512 778.33 5878.17
MFG OF FABICATED METAL

28 PRODUCTS EXCEPT
MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT 120 1051 799.70 6248.58
29 MFG OF MACHINERY &

EQUIPMENT N.E.C. 573 3088 1212.73 5965.30
MFG. OF OFFICE,
30 ACCOUNTING & COMPUTING
MACHINERY 1 8 1.87 25.00
MFG OF ELECTRICAL
31 MACHINERY & APPARATUS
N.E.C. 61 1022 2264.70 17658.52
32 MFG. OF RADIO, TELEVISION,
COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT
& APPARATUS 2 8.68 15.00
34 MFG OF MOTOR VEHICLES,
TRAILERS & SEMI-TRAILERS &
PARTS 146 871 320.70 1241.88
35 MFG OF OTHER TRANSPORT
EQUIPMENT (CYCLE & PARTS)
36 MFG OF FUNITURE, MFG OF

N.E.C 871 340.70 1241.88
145
50 MAINTENACE & REPAIR OF
MOTOR VEHICLE NIC 1998
CODES 50200 & 50404
PERSONAL & HOUSEHOLD
GOODS NIC 1998 CODES 52601
TO 09 389 1637 499.08 682.00
63 COLD STORAGE 19 205 2276.51 1709.00
64 POST &
TELECOMMUNICATION 1 1 14.00 7.00
72 COMPUTER & RELATED

ACTIVITES 7 21 16.76 43.00

OTHER BUSINESS ACTIVITES
74 (NIC 1998 CODES 74131-33,
221,300,941-42, 950, 93&94 3 15 44.13 190.00
93 OTHER SERVICE 2 8 8.87 10.00
2350 19443 20612.03 132704.44

Total MSME Units:
2112 4555 4175.95 15471
Non MSME Units
G. Total MSME +Non MSME 4462 23998 24788 148175
Units
Source: DI, Punjab
LARGE SCALE ENTERPRISES / PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKINGS
S
N. Name & Address of the unit
1. M/s Ambuja Cements Ltd, Malout Road, Bathinda
2. The Bathinda District Co-op Producer Union Milk Plant, Bathinda
3. M/s Ultra Tec Cement Ltd, Behind GHTP, Lehra Mohbat
4. M/s Hindustan Insecticides Ltd, A-4, Indl. Growth Centre, Bathinda
5. M/s Gurur Nanak Dev Thermal Plant, Bathinda
6. M/s Vardhman Polytex Ltd, Badal Road, Bathinda
7. National Fertilizer Ltd, Bathinda
8. M/s GHTP Vill: Lehra Mohbat
9. M/s BCL Industries & Infrastructure Ltd, Hazi Rattan, Bathinda
MEDIUM SCALE ENTERPRISES
S.N. Name & address of the unit

1. M/s Bharat Gas LPG Bottling Plant, Plot NO. A-1&2, PSIEC GC, Bathinda
2. M/s Pujab Spintex Ltd, Vill: Behman Diwana
3. M/s Partap Spintex Ltd, Koptli Road, Mour Road, Bathinda
EXISTING SERVICE SECTOR:

The service industry of Bathinda mainly includes repair & servicing of motor vehicles, motor cycles /
scooters, household goods, workshops and cold storage etc.
POTENTIAL AREAS FOR SERVICE INDUSTRY:
1.Vehicle Workshop 2. Beauty & Health Care 3. Coaching Centers

4.Engineering Workshops 5 Transportation 6 Computer Education
BHATINDASWOT ANALYSIS

Located in the heart Unfit ground water Kinnow brand making Health issues of the
of Malwa region is a good opportunity residents of this area
due to mixing of
chemicals in ground
water
Low lying area in Basically agricultural Industrial units can be
Satluj-Ganga plain district set up easily in the
areas with low fertility
Located in the heart Unfit ground water Kinnow brand making Health issues of the
of Malwa region is a good opportunity residents of this area
due to mixing of
chemicals in ground
water
ITCHS
Code
PUNJAB BATHINDA 52052310 GREY 162,069,392 Oct.
PUNJAB BATHINDA 52052410 GREY2401 122,038,156 Oct.
OTHR TRNSFRMRS HVNG A PWR
PUNJAB BATHINDA 85043300 HNDLNG CAPACTY EXCDNG 16 91,293,482 Oct.
KVA BT NT EXCDNG 500 KVA
PUNJAB BATHINDA 52052310 GREY 111,599,686 Nov.
PUNJAB BATHINDA 52052410 GREY2401 196,674,130 Nov.
OTHR MCHNRY OF HDG 8426,SLF-
PUNJAB BATHINDA 84264900 720,262,422 Nov.
PRPLD
PUNJAB BATHINDA 52052310 GREY 158,032,249 Dec.
PUNJAB BATHINDA 52052410 GREY2401 193,723,810 Dec.
OTHR TRNSFRMRS HVNG A PWR
PUNJAB BATHINDA 85043300 HNDLNG CAPACTY EXCDNG 16 125,626,233 Dec.
KVA BT NT EXCDNG 500 KVA
TOTAL 1881319560
(SOURCE MINISTRY OF COMMERCE)
visibly.

Testing Lab for Honey
Honey is being considered as one of the most adultered food products. It faces huge qualitative issues
in terms of adulteration of sugar and like. The product is not as per European and American Standards.
For testing of honey, the region needs state-of-art Export Inspection Agency (EIA) approved testing
lab.
Earlier ICD was approved for District Bathinda but till date nothing has happened, if already
planned ICD made operational it may help in enhancing exports from the Southern region especially
for products like textiles and electric transformers.

CHAPTER - 10
FARIDKOT
The district derives its name from the city of Faridkot, which was founded, according to local tradition,
by Raja Mokalsi more than 700 years ago. The name of the place was changed to Faridkot after the
name of Baba Farid. Faridkot continued as capital during the times of Mokalsi’s sons and thereafter.
After the independence, a new State named PEPSU (Patiala and East Punjab States Union) was formed
by merging eight erstwhile princely states on 4 May 1948. Bathinda district along with seven other
the districts came into existence on 20 August 1948 with its headquarters at Faridkot. It remained the
headquarters of the Bathinda District till 1953, when these were shifted to Bathinda. Faridkot district
th was created on 7 August 1972 by including Faridkot Tahsil from Bathinda District and Moga and
Muktsar tahsils of Firozpur District. It had then three tahsils viz. Faridkot, Moga and Muktsar. During
1971 - 1981 period village peori of tahsil Bathinda of Bathinda district was added to the Muktsar
Tahsil. During 1981-1991 period 3 villages viz. Chak Jawahrewala, Chak Kalusingwala and Chak
Roranwala of Firozpure Tahsil of firozpur district were added to the Muktsar Tahsil of district. After
the formation of two separate Districts namely Muktsar & Moga in 1995, now the district comprises
of three tehsils namely Faridkot, Kot Kapura, and Jaitu.
LOCATION & GEOGRAPHICAL AREA.
Faridkot district falls in the Firozpur division. It is situated between 29 54’ to 30 54’ north latitude and
74 15’ to 75 25’ east longitude. It lies in south west of the State and is surrounded by Firozpur District
in the North West, Moga district in the north east and Bathinda district on the South East and Muktsar
Sahib on the South West.
Faridkot, the headquarters of the district administration, lies on the Firozpur- Bathinda-Delhi railway
Line. It is also connected by road with Chandigarh (218 km), Firozpur (32 km), Muktsar (45 km) and
Bathinda (65 km). Most of the towns of the district have railway stations.
TOPOGRAPHY
The Faridkot district is located on the Punjab plain which in a macro regional context forms a part of
great Satluj Ganga plain. It is a low lying flat area. The flatness of the topography is indicated by the
fact that only one contour line is passing through the district. This contour line runs from southeast
through Ablu village towards north-west and near the east of Muktsar town-it runs northward and
reaches the boundary of the district near Kabulwala village. It divides the district into almost two
halves. In the eastern half it is below 200 m. the surface of the district is depositional plain which was
formed by alluviation by the rivers in the remote past.
Sr. Head Unit Particulars

No.
1. Registered Micro & Small Unit No. 4826
2. Registered Medium & Large Unit No. 02
3. Employment in MSE Sector No. 32508
4. Employment in Large and Medium Industries No. 575

5. No. of Industrial Areas No. 01
6. Turnover of MSE Sector Rs. Lacs 268466
7. Turnover of Large & Medium Sector Rs. Lakh 50368
(Source: DI, Punjab)
Sr
No
1 FARIDKOT 4826 32508 40012.13 268466.88
SR. PRODUCTION
DISTRICT UNITS INVESTMENT ( CAPITAL EMPLOYMENT
NO. (RS IN LACS )
1 FARIDKOT 1 549.74 1005.34 70 8855.93
NIC Types of Industry Units Employmen t Investmen t Production

Code (No.) (Rs. Lakh)
15 MFG OF FOOD PRODUCTS & 299 4094 6128.97 17136.05
BEVERAGES
17 MFG OF TEXTILE INCLUDING
INCLUDING EMBROIDERY 35 100 18.54 17420.93
19 LEATHER & LEATHER PRODUCTS 104 335 61.70 309.96
21 MFG OF PAPER & PAPER PRODUCTS 28 290 207.30 925.2
22 PUBLISHING PRINTING &
REPRODUCTION OF RECORDED
MEDIA 20 115 31.20 142.45
23 MFG. OF COKE, REFINED PETROLEUM
PRODUCTS & NUCLEAR FUEL,
BOTTLING OF LPG 13 100 153.9 510.15
24 MFG OF CHEMICAL & CHEMICAL 52 331 270.05 652.6
PRODUCTS
25 MFG OF RUBBER & PLASTIC 31 173 153.50 548.53
PRODUCTS
28 MFG OF FABICATED METAL
PRODUCTS EXCEPT MACHINERY &
EQUIPMENT 84 360 105.80 568.72
29 MFG OF MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT 235 956 372.15 1568.70
N.E.C.

31 MFG OF ELECTRICAL MACHINERY &
APPARATUS N.E.C. 18 152 134.71 2137.42
32 MFG. OF RADIO, TELEVISION,
COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT &
APPARATUS 4 25 8.15 70.84
33 MFG. OF MEDICAL, PRECISION &
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS, WATCHES &
CLOCKS 1 5 4.35 28.50
34 MFG OF MOTOR VEHICLES, TRAILERS
& SEMITRAILERS & PARTS 3 20 30.10 99.34
35 MFG OF OTHER TRANSPORT
EQUIPMENT (CYCLE & PARTS) 8 40 8.75 101.30
36 MFG OF FUNITURE, MFG OF N.E.C 149 503 146.85 438.77
50 MAINTENACE & REPAIR OF MOTOR
VEHICLE NIC 1998 CODES 50200 &
50404 150 425 75.95 540.07
PERSONAL &
HOUSEHOLD GOODS NIC 1998
CODES 52601 TO 343 834 149.75 557.23
63 09 5 48 330.55 220.70
COLD STORAGE
72 COMPUTER & RELATED ACTIVITES 4 20 8.85 777.93
74 OTHER BUSINESS ACTIVITES (NIC
1998 CODES 74131-33, 221,300,941-
42, 950, 93&94 13 65 62.30 207.18
85 HEALTH & SOCIAL WORKS 3 15 20.45 89.60
93 OTHER SERVICE ACTIVITES 7 30 10.50 296.78
Sub Total 1885 12576 10007.10 32546.33
Units (Non-SIDO) 334 1595 918.40 6069.55
Grand Total 2219 14171 10925.503 38575.88
Source: DI, Punjab
Potential for new MSMEs
1. Food Product 2. Garment 3. Designer Boutique

4. Beauty & Health Care 5. Electronic repairing 6. Tiffin Service
7. Transportation 8. Coaching Centers 9. Computer Education
10. Servicing of Household 11. Servicing of Electronic items 12. Leather Product
Goods
13. Fabricated Metal 14. Wood Furniture

FARIDKOT SWOT ANALYSIS

Major Rice growing Low skilled labour Infrastructure Rice pests
area development such as
links to expressways
Fertile and huge Poor infrastructural Skill and vocational Climate change
arable land facilities training institute can disturbs crop
be opened patterns/cycle
Lack of larger Competition from
industrial units and other rice growing
developed industrial districts (especially
region Basmati growing)
Major Rice growing Low skilled labour Infrastructure Rice pests
area development such as
links to expressways
PUNJAB FARIDKOT 25201010 NATURAL GYPSUM AND ANHYDRITE 326,725 Oct.

PUNJAB FARIDKOT 29211990 OTHER 338,800 Oct.
PESTICIDES, NOT ELSEWHERE
PUNJAB FARIDKOT 38089910 748,900 Oct.
SPECIFIED OR INC
PUNJAB FARIDKOT 10063020 BASMATI RICE 20,108,479 Nov.
PUNJAB FARIDKOT 48026990 OTHER 2,593,782 Nov.
OTHER TRACTORS, OF AN ENGINE
PUNJAB FARIDKOT 87019100 1,966,777 Nov.
POWERNOT EXCEEDING 18 KW
PUNJAB FARIDKOT 10064000 BROKEN RICE 1,591,275 Dec.
PUNJAB FARIDKOT 29211990 OTHER 1,800,000 Dec.
PUNJAB FARIDKOT 33021010 SYNTHETIC FLAVOURING ESSENCES 933,000 Dec.
TOTAL 30407738
(SOURCE: MINISTRY OF COMMERCE)
government officers who are dealing with industries, chambers of commerce, Star Export Houses.
visibly.
1. Rail connectivity to DFC for further connectivity to EEFC.

2. Four- Lane dedicated highway for freight to be connected to Ludhiana.
3. Soil testing laboratory can be set up to boost Faridkot and nearby districts to escalate rice
exports with reduced residue levels.
Amritsar Jamnagar Expressway

NH 754K is an under-construction six-lane expressway in north western part of India. The total length
of expressway is 1,316 kilometres and passes through Punjab, Haryana, Rajasthan and Gujarat. This
Expressway is strategically very important as it will connect three big refineries
of Bathinda, Barmer (Pachpadra) and Jamnagar. It will also connect Guru Nanak Dev Thermal Plant
(Bathinda) and Suratgarh Super Thermal Power Plant. Work on expressway started in Haryana and
Rajasthan in 2019. Amritsar Bathinda stretch of expressway was re-planned by the National Highways
Authority of India (NHAI) and will be greenfield now.
The stretch will start from intersection point of Amritsar Delhi expressway and Amritsar Jamnagar
expressway near village Tiba in Kapurthala and will end at Sangat Kalan village on NH-
64 in Bathinda district. This expressway is a part of Bharatmala Pariyojana phase I. This expressway
will cut distance between Amritsar and Jamnagar by 10% from 1,430 to 1,316.
This project need to be expedited. It will improve connectivity and faster movement of traffic from
the border districts including Southern districts of Punjab to Sea Ports located in Western coast of
India. This results in reducing the logistic cost for exporters from western and southern districts of
Punjab like Gurdaspur, Amritsar, Tarntarn, Ferozepur, Faridkot, Fazilka, Bathinda, etc.
Other projects like Delhi-Katra-Amritsar expressway, Western Dedicated Freight Corridor and
Eastern Dedicated Freight Corridor are also need to be expedited. Delhi-Katra-Amritsar expressway
through its spurs from nearby districts will improve connectivity to NH 44 and Western and Eastern
Freight Corridors hence results in cutting the distance and cost to the western ports West Bengal and
Mumbai respectively.
ADDRESSING ISSUES AT ICD SAHNEWAL (LUDHIANA):
The exporting community demanded ICD Sahnewal to have warehouse. ICD Sahnewal is located on
the National Highway between Amritsar and New Delhi. The terminal, once having warehouse;
intends to cater the producers/exporters of South-western districts of Punjab such as Fazilka,
Ferozepur, Faridkot, Moga etc. in a better way. Exporters will not have to wait for whole weekend for
unloading of their consignment from their trucks.
Since the ICD is not having warehouse facilities, exporters have to wait for unloading/loading for two
days at the weekends and for the period of holidays resulting in heavy transaction cost.
Quarantine Agency for fumigation whether Govt/Pvt. is required in the district.

CHAPTER - 11
FATEHGARH SAHIB
The Fatehgarh Sahib district came into existence on the festival day of Baisakhi on 13 April 1992. The
name of the district is on the name of “Baba Fateh Singh Ji” the youngest son of 10th Sikh Guru Gobind
Singh Ji. At this holy place Baba Zorawal Singh, Baba Fateh Singh both sons of Shri Guru Gobind Singh
Ji and the mother of Shri Gobind Singh Ji, Mata Gujri ji, sacrificed their lives while fighting against the
atrocities of Mugal Empire. Every year in the month of December a great fair “Shhidi Jormela” is held
at Fetehgarh Sahib. The holy place of Muslims “Roja Sharif” is also situated at Fatehgarh Sahib, where
lakhs of people come every year to pay their obeisance.
Mandi Gobindgarh, the Steel Town which was blessed by the sixth Guru of Sikhs Shri Guru Hargobind
Sahib as “Steel City” also falls in this district. Today this small city produces 25 percent of the total
steel productions of India.
District Fatehgarh Sahib is surrounded by districts of Ludhiana and Ropar in the north, Patiala in the
south, Ropar and Patiala in the east, Ludhiana and Sangrur in the West. It is situated between 30° -
27’ & 30° - 46’north latitudes and 76° - 04’ & 76° - 38’ east longitudes.
TOPOGRAPHY
The topography of the district is even. It is mostly a plain of alluvial type. It also has loam to heavy
for crops like wheat, Paddy, Oil seeds, Sugar Cane, Potato and vegetables etc.

Sr No. of Fixed
District Employment Production
No Unit Investment
1 FATEHGARH SAHIB 2108 7789 17765.3 721907.67
(Source: DIC, Punjab)

SR. PRODUCTION
1 FATEHGARH SAHIB 34 153296.28 92763.72 7167 592703.274

INDUSTRIAL SCENARIO OF DISTRICT FATEHGARH SAHIB
Details of Existing Micro & Small Enterprises and Artisan Units in the District
NIC Types of Industry Units Employment Investment Production
Code (No.) (No.) (Rs. Lakh) (Rs. Lakh)
15 Mfg. of Food Products Beverages 199 1296 1766.79 29175.00
17 Mfg. of Textiles 24 63 55.20 446.00
19 Leather & Leather Products 85 165 18.25 68.00
25 Rubber & Plastic Products 12 57 94.75 566.00
27 Basic Metals 429 10430 19815.51 197492.00
29 Machinery & Equipments 315 1618 1008.48 9531.00
31 Electrical Machinery & Apparatus 8 54 63.40 217.00
32 Radio TV Communication Equip. 2 11 1.95 31.00
34 Motor Vehicles Trailers etc. & Parts 38 183 124.00 1409.00
35 Mfg. of other Transport Equipment 13 216 314.00 260.00
37 Recycling 213 454 737.00 14411.00
50 Repair of Motor Vehicle 117 253 86.63 86.00
52 Repair of Household Goods 293 877 563.00 1809.00
63 Cold Storage 5 41 436.93 431.00
93 Other Service Activities 1 10 89.00 50.00
Sub Total 2037 17850 28371.52 270314.65
Artisan Units (Non-SIDO) 1088 2374 552.30 3434.25
Grand Total 3125 20224 28923.82 273748.9
Source: DIC, Mandi Gobindgarh (MSME)
DETAILS OF IDENTIFIED CLUSTERS:
Name of the cluster: Steel Re-rolling Mills Cluster, Mandi Gobindgarh
1 Principal Products Manufactured in the Cluster Rounds, Squares, TMT Bars, Press
Patti etc.
2 Name of the Association All India Steel Re-rollers
Association
3 No. of functional units in the clusters 273
4 Turnover of the Clusters Rs. 114500 Lakhs
5 Value of Exports from the Clusters Rs. 5775 Lakhs
6 Employment in Cluster Direct: 6000 / Indirect: 4000
7 Average investment in plant & Machinery Appx. investment in cluster: Rs.
570 Cr.

Per plant capital investment: Rs.
50-500 Lakhs
8 Major Issues / requirements Need of Common Facility Centre,
Setting up of furnace oil storage
system, Testing
facilities, Energy efficient
technologies, Inland Container
Depot etc.
9 Presence of capable institutions Institutions in the field of
Designing and Skill Development
Training are required.
10 Thrust Areas Developed common facilities and
efficient backward and forward
linkages for improving the
competitiveness of Re-rolling Mills
11 Problems & constraints Lack of latest technology, lack of
necessary funds and
infrastructure, lack of awareness
etc.
(SOURCE: MSME)
FATEHGARH SAHIB SWOT ANALYSIS

Historical importance Lack of latest Skill training highly Industrialized
technology districts nearby like
Ludhiana
Steel hub (Mandi Lack of funds and Common facility
Gobindgarh- Steel infrastructural center
Capital of Punjab) facilities
Even topography and Lack of skilled labour Located on Eastern
loam soil suitable for Dedicated Freight
multiple crops Corridor
Historical importance Lack of latest Skill training highly Industrialized
technology districts nearby like
Ludhiana
ITCHS Values In
State District Item_Desc Month
Code Rs.
OTHR REFND SUGAR INCLUDNG

PUNJAB FATEHGARH SAHIB 17019990 13,856,830 Oct.
CENTRIFUGAL SUGR
OTHR MADE UP ARTCLS OTHR THN

COTTON

OTHR CAST ARTCLS OF ALLOY STEEL
MALLEABLE
BEANS SHELLED OR
PUNJAB FATEHGARH SAHIB 7102200 5,379,310 Nov.
UNSHELLED,FRZN
OVERHEAD TRAVELLING CRANES ON

PUNJAB FATEHGARH SAHIB 84261100 11,691,267 Nov.
FXD SUPPORT
PUNJAB FATEHGARH SAHIB 84553000 ROLLS FOR ROLLING MILLS 12,614,059 Nov.
OTHER YARN OF POLYESTER STAPLE

PUNJAB FATEHGARH SAHIB 55095900 12,851,370 Dec.
FIBRES
PUNJAB FATEHGARH SAHIB 84553000 ROLLS FOR ROLLING MILLS 9,975,290 Dec.
OTHER PARTS OF MTL ROLLING

PUNJAB FATEHGARH SAHIB 84559000 12,044,798 Dec.
MILLS
TOTAL 174206564
visibly.

CHAPTER - 12
FAZILKA
Fazilka district is one of new and 22 districts in the state of Punjab in North-West Republic of India. It
has 314 revenue villages. The district headquarters of Fazilka District is in Fazilka City, and Abohar is
district's largest city. The head quarter of this district is the city of same name, that is Fazilka city. It
was announced as the 21st district of Punjab in July 2011. Earlier, it was part of the Firozpur district.
It has extreme climate, with the summers being very hot and the winters very cold. The River Sutlej
runs through the district and moves over to the Pakistan side through the Indo-Pakistani border.
Fazilka's origin dates back to 1844 CE. It was established by Mr. Vans Agnew and was christened after
the original owner of the land, Mian Fazil Watoo. A payment of Rs 144 and annas eight was paid to
his descendants in 1877 from panchayat fund and named the place after Mian Fazil Watoo
(Lambardar)as FAZILKA. Being at the border, Fazilka also had to bear the brunt of India-Pakistan
partition in 1947 and the two Indo-Pak wars of 1965 and 1971. After the death of Mr Agnew Mr Oliver
of East India Company took over as station in charge.
As of 2001 India census, Fazilka had a population of 67,424. Males constitute 52% of the population
and females 48%. Fazilka has an average literacy rate of 68%, higher than the national average of
59.5%: male literacy is 72%, and female literacy is 62%. In Fazilka, 13% of the population is under 6
years of age.
Almost 11 km from the Hussaini wala border on the west and 121 km from Ludhiana in the east lies
the City of Firozpur, the headquarters of the District administration. By road, it is 116 km from
Amritsar, 130 km from Jalandhar, 122 km from Ludhiana, 103 km from Bathinda (via Kot Kapura), and
86 km from Fazilka. The city lies on the Firozpur Cantonment—Ludhiana Branch Line of the Northern
Railway.
TOPOGRAPHY
Physiographically, the Fazilka District constitutes a part of the Punjab plain, which is largely flat and
featureless and is formed of Pleistocene and Sub-recent alluvial deposits of the Indo-Gangetic system.
Wind act has also played a part in shaping the life of the District, located as it is in the vicinity of the
Rajasthan Desert. That is why the alluvial surface of the District is strewn with sand-dunes in some
parts. The general elevation of the District ranges from 230 meters in the north-east to about
175 meters in the south-west, giving a north-east- to south-west gradient of one meter in 4 km.
Though the physiography of the District is apparently a homogeneous plain, in general, it displays
significant variations, if examined at local levels. The following three terrain units can be indentified:
The floodplain of the Sutlej, The sand-dune-infested tract and the upland plain.

Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
1 FAZILKA 3697 23870 46421 724385

SR. PRODUCTION
1 FAZILKA 5 10495.277 4620.05 758 28293.96

15 Mfg. of Food Products Beverages 352 5553 13044 584921
18 Mfg. of Wearing Apparels 3 44 9 165
19 Leather &Leather Products 85 151 37 420
20 Mfg. of Wood Products 57 222 172 1480
21 Mfg. of Paper & Paper Products 8 132 111 730
22 Printing / Publishing 32 76 32 750
24 Chemicals & Chemical Products 23 139 140 1840
25 Rubber & Plastic Products 7 36 41 345
26 Other Non-Metallic Products 79 1843 526 3875
27 Basic Metals 1 8 1 1
28 Fabricated Metal Products 207 1339 675 4435
29 Machinery& Equipment 7 43 16 710
30 Off, Account & Computing 1 3 1 50
Machinery
31 Electrical Machinery & Apparatus 19 76 43 680
36 Mfg. of Furniture Mfg. N.E.C 64 253 49 1040
50 Maintenance & Repair of Motor 34 97 26 330
Veh.
52 Maintenance & Repair Household 236 554 104 1360
63 Cold Storage 3 9 103 400
72 Computer & Relating Activities 2 5 3 60

85 Health & Social Work 1 3 5 80
Sub Total 1221 10586 15138 603672
Artisan Units (Non-SIDO)
Grand Total 1221 10586 15138 603672
LARGE SCALE ENTERPRISES / PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKINGS:
1. M/s. Punjab Agro Juices Ltd. V. Alamgarh, Tehsil Abohar

2. M/s. The Fazilka Coop Sugar Mills Ltd. PB No.11, Fazilka
3. M/s. A&A Spinners Ltd. Vill: Gumjal, Teh. Abohar.
4. M/s. Nasa Agro Inds.Ltd Vill: Panchanali, Fazilka
5. M/s. Gros Pinz Febz ltd. JBD- MKT Road, Jalalabad
6. M/s. Kisan Fats Ltd. Vill: Ghubaya, Fazilka.
7. M/s. Malbros International P.Ltd. V: Mansoorwal, Tehsil Zira
POTENTIAL FOR NEW MSMES
1. Cement Concrete Paving Blocks 2. Mosaic Tiles 3. Chequered tile
4. Cement concrete bricks and 5.Confectionery Items 6. Oil Expellers

blocks
7. Ice Cream & Ice Candy 8. Leather Shoes 9. Milk Products
10. Wooden Furniture & Fixtures 11. Wooden Electrical Accessories 12. Book Binding
13. Paper Bags 14. Packaging Materials 15. Tissue Paper Napkins
16. RCC Pipes & Collars 17. Glazed Tiles 18. Cement Bricks &
19. Tyre Retreading 20. Agriculture Implements 21. Building Hardware
22. Steel Furniture 23. Auto Parts &Components 24. Rolling Shutters
25. Parts of Industrial Machinery 26. General Engg Workshop 27. Generator Sets
28. Wires and Cables 29. Rice & Dal Mill Machinery 30. Cosmetics
31. Paint & Varnish 32. Injection Moulding Plastic 33. Blow Moulded Goods
Goods Viz. Lunch Boxes, Toys Etc viz.Water Cans, Bottles
34. POP toys & statues 35. Laminated safety glass 36. Biscuits and bakery
products
FAZILKASWOT ANALYSIS

Wide internal roads Less infrastructure Skill development Border area issues
development training
Cleanest town in the Lack of skilled labor Common water Competition from
state treatment plant can other districts for
be set up example other rice
growing area
especially basmati
growing area

Even topography Improper sewerage Domestic
and other basic consumption of
amenities export product of
district (Kinnow)
Multi-dimensional Improper industrial
mega Food Park at estate development
Fazilka and management
Conducive
environment for
Kinnow growing
ITCHS Values In
Code Rs.
CRUSHED OR GROUND;
PUNJAB FAZILKA 09042219 OTHER FRUITS OF GENUS 2,641,228 Oct.
CAPSICUM
PUNJAB FAZILKA 10063010 RICE PARBOILED 1,965,307 Oct.
PUNJAB FAZILKA 10063020 BASMATI RICE 128,812,269 Oct.
PUNJAB FAZILKA 8051000 ORANGES FRESH OR DRIED 9,683,159 Nov.
PUNJAB FAZILKA 10063020 BASMATI RICE 150,688,198 Nov.
RICE EXCPTG PARBOILED
PUNJAB FAZILKA 10063090 11,469,265 Nov.
(EXCL BASMATI RICE)
PUNJAB FAZILKA 08051000 ORANGES FRESH OR DRIED 164,682,633 Dec.
OTHER CITRUS FRUITS FRESH
PUNJAB FAZILKA 08059000 14,311,689 Dec.
OR DRIED
PUNJAB FAZILKA 10063020 BASMATI RICE 140,762,590 Dec.
TOTAL 625016338
SUGGESTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
visibly.

Rajasthan in 2019. Amritsar Bathinda stretch of expressway was replanned by the National Highways
Four lane highway connecting Ludhiana
The region is one the largest producer of Kinnow, rice etc. and for inputs it is dependent on Ludhiana.
There is requirement of four lane road connectivity.
to European and American Standards. For testing of rice, region needs state-of-art Export Inspection
Agency (EIA) approved testing lab.
Recently our consignments have been rejected by European and American Countries due heavy
utilization of pesticides that are not registered with their Inspection agencies. Our farmers are
learned, equipped with basic facilities. If they will get training/awareness about the prescribed
pesticides and other chemical products timely, our region will have more growth in exports.
Problems related to ICD Sahnewal

Setting up Agro related common facility
Need for setting up offices of various export related agencies, quarantine, APEDA etc. at least in a
circle of two-three districts basis on the distance or reach of the concerned producer/exporter.
Exporters have to go to Ludhiana for each and every help/recommendation/certification and a local
office would act as a trade facilitation measure. Similarly, in case of obtaining certificate from EIC,
exporters have to go to Ludhiana.
Small segment of trade who need to obtain Phytosanitary certificate finds cumbersome as they have
to visit Amritsar in absence of any local office.
Provision of Special Trains
That by routine transportation like trucks etc., it takes approx..100 hours for reaching kinnow fruits
to South India & East India. That minimum two trains per day i.e. one for south & one for east should
be run. That 50% subsidy should also be provided on freight charges.
A delegation should be deputed to Pakistan to study the post-harvest handling of kinnow and to see
their waxing grading plants and cold storages. Currently Pakistan is the leading country in export of
Kinnow and they export about 40% of their produce.
Attention required by State Government
Producers of Kinnow suggested that Punjab horticultural produce including kinnow does not have
presence in foreign market and therefore, to establish Punjab produce brand at International level,
Punjab Agro may undertake the advertisement campaigning like road show, local hoarding, banners
etc. as is being done by other exporting nation like Pakistan did when they started export.
Required Extra support from state government for hiring of cold stores for the storage of kinnows as
there is time gap between harvesting and demand in Gulf countries like Dubai, Sharjah etc. These
facilities can be made available to the exporters/farmers on lease basis.
Punjab Agro should re-start the juice factory situated at Abohar.
The new variety Daizy should be promoted to boost the income of armers. It is one-month prior crop
from the kinnow fruit. The shelf life of Daizy fruit is better than Kninnow fruit.

CHAPTER - 13
FEROZEPUR
Ferozepur district is one of the important historical districts of the Punjab. The name Ferozepur
obviously means the town of Firoz. Probably the founder was Firoz Shah Tughlaq (A.D.) 135188), as
the place must always have occupied an important position on the line of communication between
Delhi and Lahore. Another tradition, however, ascribes its foundation to one of the Bhatti chiefs
named Firoz Khan, in the middle of the sixteen century.
The Ferozepur District lies between latitude 29o-55’ and 31o-09’ and between longitude 73o-53’ and
75o-24’. Before 15 August 1973, this district was the southernmost of the seven districts of the
Jalandhar Division of the Punjab State. On that date, the new Ferozepur Division was formed and the
Ferozepur District was included in it. The boundary of the present Ferozepur District on the east runs
along the Faridkot District. On the north-east, the River Satluj generally separates it from the
Jalandhar and Kapurthala districts. The united stream of the Satluj and the Beas generally separates
it from the Amritsar District in the north-west, and farther down from the Pakistan, with the
exception of some areas on each side of the river.
District comprises three tehsils/subdivisions, viz. Ferozepur in the middle, Zira on the east, Fazilka
on the south-west. All important places in the District are connected by rail or road.
Almost 11 km from the Hussainiwala border on the west and 121 km from Ludhiana in the east lies
the City of Ferozepur, the headquarters of the District administration. By road, it is 116 km from
Amritsar, 130 km from Jalandhar, 122 km from Ludhiana, 103 km from Bathinda (via KotKapura),
and 86 km from Fazilka. The city lies on the Ferozepur Cantonment—Ludhiana Branch Line of the
Northern Railway.
TOPOGRAPHY
Physiographically, the Ferozepur District constitutes a part of the Punjab plain, which is largely flat
and featureless and is formed of Pleistocene and Sub-recent alluvial deposits of the IndoGangetic
system. Wind act has also played a part in shaping the relief of the District, located as it is in the
vicinity of the Rajasthan Desert. That is why the alluvial surface of the District is strewn with sand-
dunes in some parts.
The general elevation of the District ranges from 230 meters in the north-east to about 175 meters
in the south-west, giving a north-east-to south-west gradient of one meter in 4km. Though the
physiography of the District is apparently a homogeneous plain, in general, it displays significant
variations, if examined at local levels. The following three terrain units can be
Indentified: The floodplain of the Satluj, The sand-dune-infested tract and the upland plain.
INDUSTRIAL SCENARIO OF DISTRICT FEROZEPUR
Existing Status of Industrial Areas in the District Ferozepur (2014-15)
S. No. of Sheds / Plots

Name of Land Land Developed Allotted Vacant No. of Units
in
Ind. Area Acquired Developed
Production
1. Indl. 6.19 hec. 6.19 hec. Plot: 80 Plot: 79 1 64

Estate/
Developme
nt Colony

Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
1 FEROZEPUR 4385 16723 34506 88890

SR. PRODUCTION
1 FEROZEPUR 6 25701.27 19417.81 869 32436.12
DETAILS OF EXISTING MICRO & SMALL ENTERPRISES AND ARTISAN UNITS IN THE DISTRICT (UPTO
2014-15)
15 MFG OF FOOD PRODUCTS &
BEVERAGES 412 2684 7426.00 42330.00
22 PUBLISHING PRINTING &
REPRODUCTION OF RECORDED MEDIA 9 15 6.00 150.00
23 MFG. OF COKE, REFINED PETROLEUM
BOTTLING OF LPG 3 20 60.00 250.00
24 MFG OF CHEMICAL & CHEMICAL
PRODUCTS 26 148 208.00 1600.00
25 MFG OF RUBBER & PLASTIC
PRODUCTS 7 23 10.00 170.00

28 MFG OF FABICATED METAL
PRODUCTS EXCEPT MACHINERY &
EQUIPMENT 314 1089 799.00 3550.00
29 MFG OF MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT

N.E.C. 19 166 105.00 1750.00
31 MFG OF ELECTRICAL MACHINERY &
9 21 11.00 250.00
APPARATUS N.E.C.
50 MAINTENACE & REPAIR OF MOTOR

VEHICLE NIC 1998 CODES 50200 & 50404 13 41 18.00 200.00
52 MAINTENACE & REPAIR OF PERSONAL
& HOUSEHOLD GOODS NIC 1998 CODES
52601 TO 09 298 274 86.00 235.00
63 COLD STORAGE 4 12 115.00 450.00
72 COMPUTER & RELATED ACTIVITES 2 6 15.00 50.00
Sub Total 866 1780 1860 4590
Artisan Units (Non-SMEs) 1386 5477 9413.00 55210.00
Grand Total 2252 7257 11273.00 59800.00
Source: DI, Punjab
1. M/s. Punjab Agro Juices Ltd. V. Alamgarh, Tehsil Abohar

2. M/s. The Fazilka Coop Sugar Mills Ltd. PB No.11, Fazilka
3. M/s. Globus Inds. And Services Ltd. Vill: Khippanwali,
4. M/s. A&A Spinners Ltd. Vill: Gumjal, Teh. Abohar.
5. M/s. Nasa Agro Inds.LtdVill: Panchanali, Fazilka
6. M/s. GrosPinzFebz ltd. JBD- MKT Road, Jalalabad
7. M/s. Kisan Fats Ltd. Vill: Ghubaya, Fazilka.
8. M/s. Narula Foods P.Ltd. Unit No.1, Sarup Singh Wala Rd. Guru HarSahai
9. M/s. Narula Foods P.Ltd. Unit 2
10. M/s. Oasis Distilleries Ltd. Focal Point, vill: SandheHasham, Ferozepur
11. M/s. Malbros International P.Ltd. V: Mansoorwal, Tehsil Zira
1. Cement Concrete Paving 2. Mosaic Tiles 3. Chequer tile

Blocks
4. Cement concrete bricks and 5.Confectionery Items 6. Oil Expellers
blocks
10. Wooden Furniture & Fixtures 11. Wooden Electrical 12. Book Binding
Accessories

13. Paper Bags 14. Packaging Materials 15. Tissue Paper Napkins
16. RCC Pipes & Collars 17. Glazed Tiles 18. Cement Bricks & Blocks
19. Tyre Retreading 20. Agriculture Implements 21. Building Hardware Items
22. Steel Furniture 23. Auto Parts &Components 24. Rolling Shutters
25. Parts of Industrial Machinery 26. General Engg Workshop 27. Generator Sets
28. Wires And Cables 29. Rice & Dal Mill Machinery 30. Cosmetics
FEROZPUR SWOT ANALYSIS

Historical importance Border district Industrial estate Border related issues
development
Good rail and road Lack of awareness Common water Competition from
connectivity inside the among rice growers treatment plant other districts for
district about Government example other rice
initiatives and trade growing area
related notifications especially basmati
growing area
Huge arable land Lesser incentives
Major Rice producing Lack of infrastructural
region of the state facilities
ITCHS
State District Item-Desc Values In Rs. Month
Code
PUNJAB FIROZEPUR 10063020 BASMATI RICE 923,257,950 Oct.
RICE EXCPTG PARBOILED (EXCL
PUNJAB FIROZEPUR 10063090 56,153,935 Oct.
BASMATI RICE)
T0WERS F0R 0THER PURP0SES
PUNJAB FIROZEPUR 73082019 48,250,183 Oct.
W/N ASSEMBLED
PUNJAB FIROZEPUR 10063010 RICE PARBOILED 27,647,447 Nov.
PUNJAB FIROZEPUR 10063020 BASMATI RICE 1,234,332,400 Nov.
PUNJAB FIROZEPUR 10063090 48,054,251 Nov.
BASMATI RICE)
PUNJAB FIROZEPUR 10063020 BASMATI RICE 619,604,639 Dec.
PUNJAB FIROZEPUR 10063090 37,244,566 Dec.
BASMATI RICE)
SODIUM TRIPHOSPHATE(
PUNJAB FIROZEPUR 28353100 1,920,000 Dec.
SODIUM TRIPLYPHOSPHAE
TOTAL 2996465371

government officers who are dealing with industries, chambers of commerce, Star Export Houses.
visibly.

Rajasthan in 2019. Amritsar Bathinda stretch of expressway was replanned by the National Highways
to European and American Standards. For testing of rice, region needs state-of-art Export Inspection
Agency (EIA) approved testing lab.
Recently our consignments have been rejected by European and American Countries due heavy
utilization of pesticides that are not registered with their Inspection agencies. Our farmers are
learned, equipped with basic facilities. If they will get training/awareness about the prescribed
pesticides and other chemical products timely, our region will have more growth in exports.

Setting up Agro related common facility
Need for setting up offices of various export related agencies, quarantine, APEDA etc. at least in a
circle of two-three districts basis on the distance or reach of the concerned producer/exporter.
Exporters have to go to Ludhiana for each and every help/recommendation/certification and a local
office would act as a trade facilitation measure. Similarly, in case of obtaining certificate from EIC,
exporters have to go to Ludhiana.
Small segment of trade who need to obtain Phytosanitary certificate finds cumbersome as they have
to visit Amritsar in absence of any local office.

CHAPTER – 14
GURDASPUR
The district of Gurdaspur came into existence in April 1849, after annexation of Punjab by the
British. It had four Tehsils of Pathankot, Gurdaspur, Batala and Shakargarh at the time of Partition
of India, Tehsil Shakargarh was included in Pakistan. Two new Tehsils of Dera Baba Nanak and
Dhar Kalan were created in 1995 and 1996 respectively. The District Gurdaspur now consists of
three Tehsils namely Gurdaspur, Batala and Dera Baba Nanak is spread over on area of 3564 sq.
kms. According to the census of 2011, the total population of Gurdaspur is 22,99,026.
The district Gurdaspur lies north latitude 31°-36´ and 32°-34´ and east Longitude 74° - 56´ And 75°
-24´ location wise it is surrounded by Pathankot district, Chamba&Kangra district (HP) from north-
east, Hoshiarpur district from South-east, Kapurthala district from south and Amritsar district &
Pakistan from the west. The river Beas makes its boundary with Hoshiarpur and Kapurthala
districts.
TOPOGRAPHY
All the Tehsils of the district namely Gurdaspur, Batala and Dera Baba Nanak are plain and similar
to the rest of the Punjab plains in structure. The land scape of the district has varied topography
comprising undulating plan, the flood plains of the Ravi and the Beas and the up land plain. To its
south lies an area of about 128 sq. kms which is highly dissected and is an undulating plain. Its
elevation ranges from about 305 to 381 meters above sea level. It is traversed by a number of
chaos and has an undulating topography. The flood plains of the Ravi and the Beas are separated
from the up land plain by sharp river cut bluffs. They are low lying, with slightly uneven
topography. Sand dominates in the soil structure of the flood plains, but it diminishes in both
quantity and coarseness in the upland plain. The up land plain covers a large part of the district
particularly. Its elevation ranges from about 305 meters above sea level in the north-east to about
213 meters above sea level in the south west, with a gentle gradient of about 1 metre in 1.6 km.
This is the most important physiographic unit in the district.
INDUSTRIAL SCENARIO OF DISTRICT GURDASPUR
Existing Status of Industrial Areas in the District Gurdaspur
Sr. Name of Land Land No of No of No of No. of Units

No. Ind. Area acquired developed Plots allotted Vacan in
t Production
(In hec) (In hec) Plots Plots
1. Gurdaspur 10 10 36 31 05 26
2. Batala 25 25 50 50 - 50
3. Ghuman 03 03 08 08 - 08
4. F.G. Churian 02 02 08 08 - 08
5. Sohal 04 04 08 08 - 08

Sr Head Unit Particulars
No
1. Registered MSE Unit No. 9641
4. Employment in Large and Medium No. 2709
Industries
5. No. of Industrial Area No. 5

6. Turn over small Scale Industries Rs. Lacs 204490
7. Turn over Medium & Large Industries Rs. Lacs 101871
Source: DI, Punjab

Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
1 GURDASPUR 9641 65881 63324.32 204490.09
SR. PRODUCTION
1 GURDASPUR 11 106748.06 11544.07 1687 82896.1
DETAILS OF EXISTING MICRO & SMALL ENTERPRISES AND ARTISAN UNITS IN DISTT.
GURDASPUR
S NIC Name of item Units Employment Investment Production

No. Code (Nos.) (Nos.) (INR lacs) (INR lacs)
1 15 MFG OF FOOD
PRODUCTS &
BEVERAGES 362 5003 19147.29 85868.87
2 17 MFG OF TEXTILE
INCLUDING
3 18 MFG OF HOSIERY &
GARMENT INCLUDING
EMBROIDERY 11 129 133.28 631.20
4 19 LEATHER & LEATHER
PRODUCTS 398 952 136.88 451.90

5 20 MFG OF WOOD
PRODUCTS 27 698 995.25 3302.15
6 21 MFG OF PAPER &
PAPER PRODUCTS 16 299 578.12 2240.04
7 22 PUBLISHING PRINTING
& REPRODUCTION OF
RECORDED MEDIA 73 498 187.35 927.80
8 23 MFG. OF COKE,
REFINED PETROLEUM
PRODUCTS & NUCLEAR
FUEL, BOTTLING OF
LPG 18 152 131.53 774.00
9 24 MFG OF CHEMICAL &
CHEMICAL PRODUCTS 55 596 384.02 3341.14
10 25 MFG OF RUBBER &
PLASTIC PRODUCTS 73 974 814.27 3632.72
11 26 MFG OF OTHER NON-
METALIC MINERAL
PRODUCTS 162 3264 1375.87 9952.31
12 27 MFG OF BASIC METAL
545 9757 3518.42 39429.92
13 28 MFG OF FABICATED
METAL PRODUCTS
EXCEPT MACHINERY &
EQUIPMENT 399 5548 935.51 6684.55
14 29 MFG OF MACHINERY &
EQUIPMENT N.E.C. 645 8581 3479.32 17819.88
15 31 MFG OF ELECTRICAL
MACHINERY &
APPARATUS N.E.C. 202 926 379.40 2455.27
16 32 MFG. OF RADIO,
TELEVISION,
COMMUNICATION
EQUIPMENT &
APPARATUS 177 522 64.05 184.52
17 33 MFG. OF MEDICAL,
PRECISION & OPTICAL
INSTRUMENTS,
WATCHES & CLOCKS 6 89 5.06 30.44
19 35 MFG OF OTHER
TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT
(CYCLE &PARTS) 29 486 72.69 419.72
20 36 MFG OF FUNITURE, MFG
OF N.E.C 690 3999 1009.72 5242.36
21 37 RECYCLING
1 18 40.00 50.85

22 45 CONSTRUCTION
1 49 16.00 6.00
23 50 MAINTENACE &
REPAIR OF MOTOR
VEHICLE NIC 1998
CODES 50200 & 50404 252 1609 391.86 922.68
24 52 MAINTENACE &
REPAIR OF PERSONAL
& HOUSEHOLD GOODS
NIC 1998 CODES 52601
TO 09 1281 5231 780.55 1850.09
25 55 HOTEL AND
RESTAURANTS 2 23 51.00 36.05
26 63 COLD STORAGE
4 31 206.95 393.68
27 64 POST &
TELECOMMUNICATION 8 2 0.80 2.58
28 72 COMPUTER & RELATED
ACTIVITES 7 23 13.83 26.65
29 74 OTHER BUSINESS
ACTIVITES (NIC 1998
CODES 74131-33,
221,300,941-42, 950,
93&94 99 367 260.79 611.01
30 93 OTHER SERVICE
ACTIVITES 7 86 7.10 16.12
SUB TOTAL SMEs 5557 50032 35336.92 189278.47
Artisan Units (Non SME) 2183 6266 1186.26 2964.51
Total 7740 56298 36523 192243
Source: DI, Punjab
LARGE SCALE INDUSTRIES / PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKINGS
 M/s New Egerton Woolens mills Branch,

 M/s The Batala Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd.,
 M/s Punjab State Co-operative Milk Products Federation Limited Cattle Feed Plant,
 M/s Gurdaspur Co-opreative Sugar Mills Limited, G.T. Road Paniar, Gurdaspur
 M/s The Gurdaspur District Co-operative Milk Producers Union Limited, Milk Plant Gurdaspur
 M/s Abhinav Cot Spin limited Focal Point, Batala
 M/s KisanDudhUdyog Limited, VillThriwal, Tehsil Batala, Gurdaspur
GURDASPUR SWOT ANALYSIS

Good literacy rate Lack of skilled labor Skill development Security threats due
training institute in to border district
the region will
Well connected by rail Lack infrastructural Industrial estate Competition from
and road facilities development in the other rice growing
non-arable land districts
Lathe machine Lack of technological
manufacturing hub upgardation
Majorly agricultural
district
Good literacy rate Lack of skilled labor Skill development Security threats due
training institute in to border district
the region will
Well connected by rail Lack infrastructural Industrial estate Competition from
and road facilities development in the other rice growing
non-arable land districts
ITCHS Values In
State District Item-Desc Month
Code Rs.
PUNJAB GURDASPUR 10063020 BASMATI RICE 83,730,242 Oct.
OTHR SPIRIT OF UNDENATRD
PUNJAB GURDASPUR 22071090 39,293,580 Oct.
ETHYL ALCHL
PUNJAB GURDASPUR 84581990 OTHER HORIZONTAL LATHES 10,641,578 Oct.
PUNJAB GURDASPUR 22071090 35,766,792 Nov.
ETHYL ALCHL
PUNJAB GURDASPUR 84589959 CENTRE LATHES,OTHERS 5,363,277 Nov.
TRANSMISSION APPARATUS
PUNJAB GURDASPUR 85256000 INCORPORATING RECEPTION 7,647,951 Nov.
APPARATUS
PUNJAB GURDASPUR 10063020 BASMATI RICE 32,609,832 Dec.
PUNJAB GURDASPUR 22071090 69,959,714 Dec.
ETHYL ALCHL
PUNJAB GURDASPUR 85261000 RADAR APPARATUS 102,545,144 Dec.
TOTAL 387558110

visibly.
ICD Chhehatra was established to serve exporters of the region. However, it doesn’t work to its
it also needs to be linked with Rail route. Gurdaspur is just 60 Kms away from Amritsar and ICD
Chhehatra can do wonders for the region from export point of view.
Rice/Agro Exports
This region comprising districts of Amritsar, Gurdaspur, Tarantarn and Pathankot is one of the biggest
hub of rice exports in India. While state-of-art lab is needed on the line of USFDA, European standards,
so the market can be expanded to reach counties/regions other than gulf countries, Iran and South
East Asia.
Already recommended for Amritsar district. It will serve nearby districts also which includes
Gurdaspur, Tarantarn also.
Already recommended for exporters of Amritsar district. It will serve nearby districts also which
includes Gurdaspur, Tarantarn also. Gurdaspur has one more advantage here that it can also be served
through Jammu-Ludhiana-Delhi rail route.
Value addition projects for Agro products
Meat and Egg are one of the largest products for exports from the region. Meat related warehouse,
processing unit are to be set up.
Nowadays Organic products are high on demand so organic Haldi is can be taken as booster for this
region in exports.

CHAPTER – 15
HOSHIARPUR

Hoshiarpur is said to be formed by Hargobind and Ram Chand Diwas of Emperor Mohammad
Tuglak. Presently, the district comprises of 4 tehsils namely Hoshiarpur, Dasuya, Garh Shankar and
Mukerian. Due to hereditary skill of inlay/lacquer work, the handicraft of the district has earned a
good name in national and international markets. The district is very rich in forest resources which
are 34.15% of the total area of the district. It has Beas River in North West.
The district Hoshiarpur lies in North-East of the Punjab in Jalandhar Division. It is bounded by district
Gurdaspur in West; district Kapurthala & Jalandhar in South West district Nawashahr and Ludhaina
in South; district Rupnagar and Himachal Pradesh in East.
TOPOGRAPHY
Topographically, the district can be divided into three broad regions. First region is constituted by
flood plains comprising Dasuya, Tanda and Mukerian block. This is the most plains fertile area of the
district covering one fourth of the geographical area. It has wide spread irrigational facilities, paddy,
wheat, maize and sugarcane are the main crops in the region.
The second region is the Kandi belt comprising Hoshairpur-II, Bhunga, Talwara blocks and parts of
Dasuya block. The Kandi area is located at the foot of Shivalik hills and covers the submountainous
undulating plain with a slop of 16 meters per kilometer which progressively decreases towards the
west side of the district. There is acute shortage of water in this area. The region is plagued by soil
erosion caused by the rivulets passing through it which are flooded during rainy season. The Kandi
belt constitutes about more than one half of the total geographical area of the district of which
two-third area is sown under rain fed conditions. Maize and wheat are the major crops of this
region.
The third region comprises Hoshiarpur-I, Mahilpur and Garh Shankar blocks. Located on the beds
of lower Shivalik, these are undulating plains with relatively low slope decreasing up to 4 meters
per kilometers. This belt also faces water shortage due to sandy soil. This area is suitable for maize,
sugarcane and paddy crops. Of late, potato, sunflower, maize & vegetables cropping pattern in the
vast area of this region.
INDUSTRIAL SCENARIO OF DISTRICT HOSHIARPUR

Existing Status of Industrial Areas in the District Hoshiarpur
Sr. Name of Ind. Land Land No of No of No of No. of Units

No. Area acquired developed Plots allotted Vacant in
(In (In hectare) Plots Plots Production
hectare)
1 Industrial 10 10 75 75 Nil 75
Area
Hoshiarpur
2. R.I.E. Dasuya 2 2 8 7 1 7
3. R.I.E. 2 2 7 4 3 3
Hariana
Source:- DIC, Hoshiarpur

1. Registered Industrial Unit No. 9810
3. Employment in SME Sector No. 46489
Industries
7. Turn over Medium & Large Industries Rs. Lacs 741958.62
Source: DI, Punjab
Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
1 HOSHIARPUR 9810 46489 55026.78 54834.42
FIXED
WORKING
CAPITAL
SR. CAPITAL PRODUCTION
DISTRICT INVESTMENT EMPLOYMENT
NO. UNITS ( RS IN LACS (RS IN LACS )
( RS IN LACS
)
)
1 HOSHIARPUR 20 448187.35 84420.32 16574 1039037.27
NIC Code Type Of Industry Units Employment Inv. (Rs Prod. (Rs.
No. (2 (No.) (No.) Lakh.) Lakh)
digit)
15 Mfg of Food products & Beverages 469 2584 3001.60 12539.77
17 Mfg of Textiles 9 106 167.20 467.58
18 Mfg of Hosiery & Garment including
6 28 25.20 39.60
Embroidery
20 Mfg of Wood Products 88 771 1236.80 1662.20
21 Mfg of paper and paper products 44 482 330.04 910.80
22 Publishing printing and reproduction of
73 498 187.35 927.80
recorded media
23 Mfg of coke, Refind petroleum products
3 28 34.60 91.58
& Nuclear Fuel, bottling of LPG
24 Mfg of chemical and chemical products 123 1443 2028.13 3664.00

25 Mfg of rubber and plastic products 57 862 954.22 2741.60
26 Mfg of other Non-Metallic Mineral
54 2145 917.00 3262.20
products
27 Mfg of Basic metals 14 217 501.11 882.90
28 Mfg of Fabricated metal products
Except Machinery & Equipment 557 3145 2396.88 6293.00
29 Mfg of Machinery and Equipment NEC 42 522 725.10 1604.65

30 Office, Accounting Computing 1 7 20.00 22.50
Machinery
31 Mfg of Electrical machinery and
apparatus 30 298 124.10 393.30
NEC
32 Mfg of Radio Television and
4 28 28.10 36.80
communication equipment & apparatus
33 Mfg of medical, precision and optical
1 12 24.77 28.50
instruments, watch and clock
34 Mfg of Motor Vehicles, Trailers &
15 165 536.80 1600.80
SemiTrailers & Parts
35 Mfg and other Transport Equipment
1 20 50.10 45.20
(Cycle & Parts)
36 Mfg. of Furniture, N.E.C. 524 2747 1918.10 3159.50
50 Mtc. & Repair of motor vehicle and
144 1018 1238.20 806.10
m/cycle, scooter.
52 Maintenance and repair of personal and
718 4053 1875.22 4205.35
house hold good
63 Cold Storage 35 711 1152.80 1812.60
64 Post and Telecommunications 2 9 6.10 23.50
72 Computer and related activities 4 27 41.10 32.10
74 Other Business activities 6 25 32.50 47.70
Total 3332 23117 19903.72 48201.63
Artisan Unit (Non SIDO) 3238 9800 3535.55 5729.30
G. Total 6570 32917 23439.27 53930.93
Source: DIC Hoshiarpur
LARGE & MEDIUM SCALE ENTERPRISES/PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKINGS
1. M/s Mahavir Spining Mills Ltd. Phagwara Road, Hoshiarpur.

2. M/s Mahavir Spining mils Ltd., Mercerised Division, Hoshiarpur
3. M/s Hawkins Cookers Ltd., Phagwara Road, Hoshiarpur

4. M/s Hoshiarpur District Co-operative Milk Products Ltd., Ajjowal, Hoshiarpur
5. M/s Usha Martians Ltd., Chohal, Hoshiarpur
6. M/s The Kakkar Comples Steels Pvt. Ltd., Chak Gujaran, Hoshiarpur
7. M/s Amrit Papers Ltd., Saila Khurad, Garhshankar, Hoshiarpur
8. M/s JCT Mills Ltd., Filament Divison, Chohal, Hoshiarpur

9. M/s Reliance Industries Ltd., Chohal, Hoshiarpur (Unit-I)
10. M/s Hindustan Petroleum Corporation, Ltd. Dhaha, Hoshiarpur
11. M/s GNA Axles pvt. Ltd., Mehtiana, Hoshiarpur (Unit-I)
12. M/s GNA Duraparts Pvt. Ltd., Mehtiana, Hoshiarpur (Unit-II)
13. M/s Indian Sucrose ltd. Mukerian, Hoshiarpur
14. M/s Reliance Industries ltd. Chohal, Hoshiarpur (Unit-II) 15.M/s A B Sugar Ltd., Randhawa,
Dasuya, Hoshiarpur
16. M/s International Tractor Ltd. Chak Gujaran, Hoshiarpur
17. M/s Green Cone Environs Pvt. Ltd., saila khurd, Hoshiarpur
18. M/s Clean Plast, Nasrala, Hoshiarpur
19. M/s A. B. Distillery, Randhawa, Dasuya, Hoshiarpur
20. M/s Punjab Agro Juice Ltd., Jahan Khellan, Hoshiarpur
21. M/s GNA Duraparts, Mehtiana, Hoshiarpur (Unit-III)
22. M/s Double Barrel Jean India Pvt. Ltd., Tuto Mazara, Mahilpur, Hoshiarpur
23. M/s Aay Ess Silk Mills Pvt. Ltd., Chak Gujran, Hoshiarpur
24. M/s Asian Lignin Pvt. Ltd., Saila khurd, Garshankar, Hoshiarpur
HOSHIARPUR SWOT ANALYSIS

Rich in forest Less possibility of Skill training institute Dying of handicrafts
resources industrial expansion in inlay work can be skill if not incentivized
opened up
Inlay/lacquer work Lack of skilled labor Tapping larger Competition from
skill is hereditary markets of majorly neighboring districts
exported products
from the region
Tractor manufacturing Increasing pollution Marketing and Non- tariff barriers
hub due to population advertising can be
density promoted
Multiple crops can be Flavored honey can be
grown promoted
Naturally honey Testing lab for
production agricultural products
for quality
improvement
ITCHS Values In
Code Rs.
OTHER TRACTORS, OF AN
PUNJAB HOSHIARPUR 87019100 ENGINE POWERNOT EXCEEDING 224,063,590 Oct.
18 KW
PUNJAB HOSHIARPUR 87019200 ENGINE POWEREXCEEDING 18 316,166,405 Oct.
KW BUT NOT EXCEEDING 37 KW

PUNJAB HOSHIARPUR 87019300 ENGINE POWEREXCEEDING 37 588,097,535 Oct.
PUNJAB HOSHIARPUR 87019100 ENGINE POWERNOT EXCEEDING 238,331,137 Nov.
18 KW
PUNJAB HOSHIARPUR 87019200 ENGINE POWEREXCEEDING 18 223,597,929 Nov.
PUNJAB HOSHIARPUR 87019300 ENGINE POWEREXCEEDING 37 681,660,775 Nov.
PUNJAB HOSHIARPUR 87019100 ENGINE POWERNOT EXCEEDING 454,977,587 Dec.
18 KW
PUNJAB HOSHIARPUR 87019200 ENGINE POWEREXCEEDING 18 199,480,006 Dec.
PUNJAB HOSHIARPUR 87019300 ENGINE POWEREXCEEDING 37 734,257,371 Dec.
TOTAL 3660632335
visibly.
Establishment of ICD
There is no ICD nearby area of 100 km. Hoshiarpur ICD may serve purpose of exports of Himachal
Pradesh Also.
Extension of Eastern Dedicated Freight Corridor to Jammu
India’s largest export related infrastructure project Eastern Dedicated Freight Corridor starts from
Ludhiana. It should be extended to Jammu also. It helps in developingthe overall economy area
through which it will be passed.

in terms of adulteration of sugar and like. The product is not achieved European standard and
American Standard. For testing of honey, the region needs state-of-art Export Inspection Agency (EIA)
approved testing lab.

CHAPTER – 16
DISTRICT PROFILE- JALANDHAR

The district is named after Jalandhar, a demon king, who finds a mention in the Puranas and
Mahabharta. According to another legend, Jalandhar was the capital of the kingdom of lav, son of
Rama. According to yet another version Jalandhar is said to have derived its name from the
vernacular term `Jalandhar’ means area inside the water, i.e. tract laying between the two rivers
Satluj and Beas, still another name of Jalandhar had been Trigartta, as it was waters by three rivers,
Satluj, Beas and Ravi.
Jalandhar provides complete information on the location of the city, its climatic conditions and the
economic importance of the city. Spread over a huge area of 3,401 sq. km, Jalandhar is situated
between the fertile agricultural land of River Beas and Sutlej. An important commercial hub of
Punjab, Jalandhar is placed at a distance of 146 km from Chandigarh. Geographically, Jalandhar is
characterized in the dry weather belt and is suitable for cultivating wheat and sugar cane.
TOPOGRAPHY
The topography of the District is typical representative of an Alluvial plain; it owes its origin to the
aggravation work of the Sutlej River. The alluvium deposited by the river has been worked over by
the wind which gave rise to a number of small dunes and sand mounds. Most of these dunes have
been levelled by the brave hard working agriculturists of the district.
The District can be divided into: The flood plain of the Sutlej and the up land plain.
INDUSTRIAL SCENARIO OF THE DISTRICT
Existing Status of Industrial Areas in the District
S. Name of Ind. Area Land acquired No of No. of No. of

No. Plots Allotted vacant
Plots Plots
1 Industrial Area, Jalandhar 130.50 acres 389 389 -
2. Industrial Estate, Jalandhar 5.30 acres 40 40 -
3. Industrial Development 19.70 acres 99 99 -

Colony, Jalandhar
4. Industrial Focal Point, 305.00 acres 153 153 -
(Including Focal point
extn.)
Jalandhar City
5. Sports & Surgical Goods 52.75 acres 196 196 -
Complex, Jalandhar City
6. Leather Complex, 222.30 acres 440 440 -
Jalandhar City
7. I.D.C, Jalandhar City 19.70 acres 99 99 -
8. Industrial Estate, Adampur 3 acres 7k15m 8 8 -
9. Rural Industrial Estate, 3 acres 9m 9 9 -
Nakodar

10. Industrial Estate, Rurka 3acres 10m 10 10 -
Kalan
6. Turnover of MSE Sector Rs. Lakh 567974
7. Turnover of Large & Medium Sector Rs. Lakh 142563.01

Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
1 JALANDHAR 31692 253231 369707.22 567974.86

FIXED
WORKING PRODUCTIO
SR. CAPITAL EMPLOYMEN
DISTRICT UNIT CAPITAL N (RS IN
NO. INVESTMENT T
S ( RS IN LACS ) LACS )
( RS IN LACS )
1 JALANDHAR 22 153307.66 53346.58 8901 185485.01
DETAILS OF EXISTING MICRO & SMALL ENTERPRISES AND ARTISAN UNITS IN DISTRICT
NIC Types of Industry Units (No.) Employment Investment Production

Code (No.) (Rs. Lakh) (Rs. Lakh)
15 Mfg. of Food 757 7491 10970.47 40342.45
Products
Beverages
17 Mfg. of Textiles 392 3307 2879.51 16503.22
18 Mfg. of Hosiery & 364 4007 3216.50 18687.21
Garments
including
embroidery
19 Leather & Leather 1037 8457 20523.30 29829.24
Products
20 Mfg. of Wood 647 4148 2426.89 4009.11
Products
21 Mfg. of Paper & 258 2387 2024.77 4730.59
Paper Products
22 Printing / 344 2383 5591.79 4584.58
Publishing
23 Coke & Refined 36 134 95.05 307.88
Petroleum Prod.
24 Chemicals & 597 3306 3335.75 10198.84
Chemical
Products
25 Rubber & Plastic 610 5794 9720.06 25572.62
Products
26 Other Non- 240 2089 1655.54 6747.30
Metallic Products
27 Basic Metals 790 11905 23607.52 47143.98
28 Fabricated Metal 2600 38224 47957.56 20276.34
Products
29 Machinery & 1479 15668 16287.56 50583.79
Equipment
30 Office, 8 34 11.70 55.90
Accounting &
Computing
Machinery
31 Electrical 332 3795 4523.86 15059.74
Machinery &
Apparatus
32 Radio TV 85 477 107.99 595.79
Communication
Equip.
33 Medical Precision 117 2431 1366.26 2490.63
& Optical etc.
34 Motor Vehicles 230 4002 4947.47 12614.68
Trailers etc. &
Parts
35 Mfg. of other 107 707 1454.11 3901.33
Transport
Equipment
36 Mfg. of Furniture 1888 17582 14013.30 35283.32
Mfg. N.E.C
37 Recycling 12 296 996.06 322.07
50 Maintenance 613 1426 1434.57 3751.59
& Repair of
Motor Vehicle.
52 Maintenance & 53 401 2347.70 6377.20
Repair Household
63 Cold Storage 8 164 134.00 484.08

64 Cable T.V. 42 262 1070.45 1639.91
72 IT Services 42 262 1070.45 1639.91
74 Computer 77 486 792.72 618.02
Designing
93 Other Service 50 344 1514.69 3412.04
Activities
Sub Total 13815 141969 186077.60 367763.36
Grand Total 20306 154986 189119.41 380845.00
Source: DI, Punjab
Medium Scale Enterprises
S.No. Name of the Unit

1. M/s. Krishna Engineering Works, Ladowali Road, Jalandhar.
2. M/s. Artigine Tannery, Leather Complex, Jalandhar.
3. M/s. Satluj Motors, Kapurthala Road, Jalandhar.
4. M/s. Dhillon Cool Drinks, Phillaur, Distt Jalandhar
5. M/s. Bhogpur Suggar Mills, Bhogpur, Distt. Jalandhar.
6. M/s. Markfed Canaries, G.T. Road, Jalandhar.
7. M/s. Nakodar Suggar Mills, Nakodar, Distt. Jalandhar.
8. M/s. Bawa Skin Company, Nakodar Road, Jalandhar.
9. M/s. Hindustan Hydraulic, G.T. Road, Jalandhar.
10. M/s. Capson Industry, G.T. Road, Jalandhar
11. M/s. Shital Fabric, Focal Point, Jalandhar
12. M/s. Shital Reminning, Focal Point, Jalandhar.
13. M/s. Leader Valves Ltd., Industrial Area, Jalandhar
14. M/s. J.M.P. Manufacturing Company, Sodal Road, Jalandhar.
15. M/s. G.N.Udyog, Vill. Bandala, Distt. Jalandhar.
16. M/s. G.N. Duty Parts, Goraya, Distt. Jalandhar
17. M/s. Punjab Formulation, Suranassi, Jalandhar
JALANDHAR SWOT ANALYSIS

Nucleus of sports Inadequate exposure Enhanced credit Distrust between
goods industry to international support. SMEs and Financial
environment Institutions
Major rail and road Inadequate Growing domestic and Non-tariff barriers
junction contribution towards international markets from developed
R&D countries.

One of the biggest Lack of Support for Labor related issues
centers of the professionalism technological
vernacular press in upgradation
India
Hand tools, leather Lack of Funds and Quality control and
goods and surgical Lack of Marketing automation
goods manufacturing Skills
center
Generating Poor adaptability to
Employment and changing trade trends
Vitalizing Indian brand
to the world
ITCHS Values In
Code Rs.
PUNJAB JALANDHAR 10063020 BASMATI RICE 152,992,860 Oct.
PROPS AND SMLR EQUIPMENT
PUNJAB JALANDHAR 73084000 FOR SCAFFOLDING, SHUTTERING 308,760,391 Oct.
OR PIT-PROPPING
HND-OPRTED SPANERS NON
PUNJAB JALANDHAR 82041110 428,467,061 Oct.
ADJUSTABLE
PUNJAB JALANDHAR 10063020 BASMATI RICE 355,192,388 Nov.
PUNJAB JALANDHAR 73084000 FOR SCAFFOLDING, SHUTTERING 302,345,874 Nov.
OR PIT-PROPPING
PUNJAB JALANDHAR 82041110 364,673,492 Nov.
ADJUSTABLE
PUNJAB JALANDHAR 10063020 BASMATI RICE 292,387,845 Dec.
PUNJAB JALANDHAR 73084000 FOR SCAFFOLDING, SHUTTERING 333,133,667 Dec.
OR PIT-PROPPING
PUNJAB JALANDHAR 82041110 563,657,306 Dec.
ADJUSTABLE
TOTAL 3101610884

visibly.
in terms of adulteration of sugar and like. The product is not achieved European standard and
American Standard. For testing of honey, the region needs state-of-art Export Inspection Agency (EIA)
approved testing lab.
Sports Goods Manufacturing Park

Punjab is a renowned center of production of sports goods. Jalandhar is emerging leader in exports
of the goods. Setting up manufacturing cluster would be beneficiary for exports.
The region is the hub of Engineering manufacturing products, sport goods, hand tools, auto parts and
tyres. However, these units hardly find skilled labour in surrounding areas. ITI can train human
resource according to the needs of region to cater the local industry.
Extension of Eastern Dedicated Freight Corridor to Amritsar
India’s one of the largest export related infrastructure project Eastern Dedicated Freight Corridor
starts from Ludhiana. It should be extended to Amritsar. It helps in developing thein between districts
also.

CHAPTER - 17
KAPURTHALA

The district derives its name from the Kapurthala Town which is its headquarters and was formerly
the capital of the princely State of the same name. The town is said to have been founded in the
early part of the eleventh century in the time of Sultan Mahmud of Ghazni by Rana Kapur, a scion
of the ruling Rajput house of Jaisalmer (Rajasthan). The district is divided into two tehsils, viz.
Kapurthala, comprising its northern portion, Sultanpur Lodhi, the southern and Phagwara, the
eastern. The headquarters of the district are at the town of Kapurthala which is directly connected
both by rail and road with Jalandhar in the east and Sultanpur Lodhi in the south. All the three
towns of the district are on railway lines. Kapurthala has been the important educational Hub from
the very beginning, education was introduced in this district in 1856 when Raja Randhir Singh, the
then ruler founded a school at Kapurthala and in 1864, teaching up to the Entrance Standard was
introduced by an American Mission. It continued to be run as a high school till 1896 and was raised
to the status of an Intermediate Arts College by Raja Jagatjit Singh. Degree classes were added in
1946. It is now known as ‘Randhir College. Punjab Technical University was established in 1997 and
shifted to this District and presently 108 engineering colleges were working under this university.
Included in the Jalandhar Division of the Punjab, the Kapurthala District is split in two non-
contiguous parts about 32 KM apart-Kapurthala and Sultanpur Lodhi tahsils forming one part and
the Phagwara Tahsil the other. The former lies between north latitute 310-07’ and 310-39’ and east
740-57’ and 750-36’, while the Phagwara tahsil lies between north latitute 310-10’ and 31022’ and
east longitute 750-40’ and 75-55’. The main part comprising Kapurthala and Sultanpur Lodhi tahsils
is about 72 km long and its breadth varies from about 11.2 to 32 km at different places, bounded
partly in the north and wholly in the west by the Beas River which separates it in the north from the
Gurdaspur District and in the west from the Amritsar District. The Satluj River separates it in the
south from Firozpur District, but it is mainly bounded in the south by the Jalandhar District. In the
east, it is bounded by the Jalandhar and Hoshiarpur Districts and in the north partly by the
Hoshiarpur District. Phagwara Tehsil is surrounded on all sides by the Jalandhar District except in
the north-east where it adjoins the Hoshiarpur District. Like the Jalandhar District, Kapurthala
District lies between the Satluj and the Beas rivers and is known as Bist Doab. The total area of the
district 167000 Hectares.
TOPOGRAPHY
Kapurthala District consists of two detached pieces of territory, but both are parts of the Bist-Doab
plain area enclosed by the Beas and Satluj rivers. Though the district does not display as much of a
varies topographic outlook as the adjoining Hoshiarpur District does, yet it is not completely devoid
of interesting physical features when its terrain is examined closely in detail. On the basis of local
differences in slop, topographic texture and surface material, the district can be divided into two
main physiographic units, viz. the Beas lowlands and the upland plain.
INDUSTRIAL SCENARIO OF DISTRICT KAPURTHALA

Existing Status of Industrial Areas in the District Kapurthala
S. Name of Land Land Prevailing No of No of No of No. of
No. Ind. Area acquired developed Rate Per Plots/Sheds allotted Vacant Units in
(In (In Sqm Plots Plots Production
hectare) hectare) (In Rs.)

1 Phagwara 34.80 34.80 Rs. 64 64 Nil 80
Acres Acres 10000/-
Source: - DIC, Kapurthala
Sr no Head Unit Particulars
1. Registered MSE units No. 8049
2. Registered Medium & Large units No. 05
4. Employment in MSE industries No. 40322
industries
6. No. Of Industrial area No. 1
7. Turnover of MSE Units In lacs 126575
8. Turnover of Medium & Large scale In lacs 3225000
industries

Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
1 KAPURTHALA 8049 40322 53277.79 126575.74

FIXED
WORKING
DISTRICT CAPITAL EMPLOYMENT
NO. UNITS INVESTMENT (RS IN LACS )
( RS IN LACS )
( RS IN LACS )
11 KAPURTHALA 9 342557.27 69509.16 13616 104569.86
NIC TYPE OF No. EMPLOYMENT INVESTMENT Production

CODE INDUSTRY of Nos. (Rs Lakh.) (Rs Lakh.)
NO. UNITS
15 Manufacturing of Food Products & 276 2470 4451.35 16381.37
Beverages
16 Manufacturing of Tobacco - - - -
Products
17 Manufacturing of Textile 55 119 177.77 3773.30
18 Manufacturing of weaving 82 290 198.74 1801.62
apparel
Dressing & Dyeing of Fur

19 Manufacturing of tanning Dressing 77 466 334.18 1968.13
of Leather
20 Manufacturing of Wood Products 78 238 178.75 245.55
21 Manufacturing of Paper & Paper 24 150 75.55 186.55
Products
22 Publishing Printing 39 140 86.64 159.80
23 Manufacturing of Coke, Refueled 02 06 11.18 4.90
Petroleum Products & Nuclear
Fuel
24 Manufacturing of Chemical 36 326 141.32 494.15
Products
25 Manufacturing of Rubber & plastic 40 505 500.00 1592.22
Goods
26 Manufacturing of other Non 67 658 210.05 738.35
Metallic Mineral Products
27 Manufacturing of Basic Metal 78 1220 300.00 1755.83
28 Manufacturing of Fabricated 215 1517 700.00 6851.05
Metal Products Except M/C
Equipments
29 Manufacturing of Machinery & 827 6493 2170.37 8893.26
Equipments
30 Manufacturing of Office, - - - -
Accounting & Computer
31 Manufacturing of Electrical M/c 85 11667 645.21 2014.29
32 Manufacturing ofRadioTV 04 92 11.50 7.00
equipments
33 Manufacturing of Medical - - - -
Precision watches & Clocks
34 Manufacturing of Motor vehicles 128 1062 447.38 4489.00
35 Manufacturing of other 20 62 251.71 211.19
Transport
Equipments
36 Manufacturing of Furniture 270 668 245.69 614.83
37 Recycling - - - -
40 Electricity, Gas, Steam & Hot - - - -
water
41 Collection of Information & - - - -
Distribution Of Water
Cycle
51 Whole sale of trade & commission 02 04 10.25 50.00
trade

52 Maintenance & Repair of Personal 1080 2365 695.85 987.42
House hold Goods
55 Woodland Hotel & Restaurant 01 10 80.5 150.10
60 Land Transport - - - -
63 Supporting & Auxiliary Activities 07 62 675.54 801.55
64 Post & Telecommunication - - - -
71 Tenting & Transport Equipments - - - -
72 Computer Related Activities 17 39 49.89 52.81
74 Other Business - - - -
85 Health & Social Work - - - -
92 Recreation , Cultural & Sporting 0 0 0 0
Activities
Non SIDO/ Artisan Units 647 1543 406.82 563.74
TOTAL 4305 22678 13808.35 55789.59
Source: DIC, Kapurthala
LARGE SCALE INDUSTRIES / PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKINGS
 M/s Rail coach factory, Kapurthala

 M/s J C T, Mills, G.T. Road, Phagwara
 M/s Jagatjit Industries Ltd., Hamira, Kapurthala.
 M/s The Sukhjit Starch & Chemicals industries, Sarai Road, Phagwara. M/s
Wahid Sandhar Sugar Mills, G.T. Road, Phagwara.

1. Biscuits and Bakery 2.Confectionery Items 3. Oil Expellers
Products
7. Wooden Furniture & 8.Paint & Varnish 9. Book Binding
Fixtures
10. Paper Bags 11. Packaging Materials 12.Auto Parts
13. RCC Pipes & Collars 14 Floor Mills 15. Cement Bricks & Blocks
16. Tyre Retreading 17. Agriculture Implements 18. Building Hardware
Items
19. Steel Furniture 20. Cattle feed 21. Rolling Shutters
22. Parts of Industrial 23. General Engg Workshop 24. Generator Sets
KAPURTHALA SWOT ANALYSIS

City of palaces and Insufficient transport Industrial estate can Climate change
gardens facilities be developed

Tourist attractions are Lack of skilled labor Tourism sector can be Competition from
many developed other districts
Major educational Lack of technological Ecological tourism is a
hub with a large upgradation good opportunity
number of institutions
Wetland conservation Lack of infrastructural
area facilities
Railway coaches
manufacturing hub

ITCHS Values In
Code Rs.
ALL OTHR PRPN OF FLR MEAL
PUNJAB KAPURTHALA 19019090 51,297,795 Oct.
STRCH/MLT EXTRCT
DRIVE AXLES WITH
DIFFERENTIAL W/N
PROVIDEDWITH OTHER
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
OTR PRTSANDACCSSRS OF
VHCLS OF HDG 8701-8705
PUNJAB KAPURTHALA 19019090 54,989,881 Nov.
STRCH/MLT EXTRCT
DRIVE AXLES WITH
DIFFERENTIAL W/N
PROVIDEDWITH OTHER
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
PUNJAB KAPURTHALA 10063020 BASMATI RICE 81,471,286 Dec.
PUNJAB KAPURTHALA 22071090 65,693,695 Dec.
ETHYL ALCHL
PUNJAB KAPURTHALA 87089900 614,793,272 Dec.
TOTAL 1888363563

visibly.
1. Warehousing, cold storage and agro-processing for potato will be a wonderful initiative for
boosting exports

CHAPTER - 18
LUDHIANA

The district is named after Ludhiana city which h forms its headquarters. Ludhiana city was founded
during the rule of Lodhi on the site of a village called Mir Hota in year 1481. The founders were two
army generals namely Yusaf khan and Nihang Khan Lodhi, who settled down to restore peace &
order due to disturbances caused by Bilochis. It is general belief that the Ludhiana in the changed
form of lodhiana meaning thereby a town of Lodhies.
Ludhiana district falls in central part of Punjab. The district is bounded between north latitude 30°-1’
and east longitude 75 °-25’ and 76 °-27’. It is bounded on the north by the District –33’, 31Jalandhar
& SBS Nagar. To the east it adjoins Rupnagar and Fategarh Sahib District and to the west by Moga
District while to the south it is bounded by Branala & Sangrur District.
TOPOGRAPHY
Ludhiana district is centrally located in the Punjab plain region. The Punjab plain is the product of the
depositional work of the rivers Satluj, Beas and Ravi. This plain is marked for its f latness and
featurelessness. However, a microscopic study reveals considerable intra-regional physiographic
diversity to which the district is no exception.
The topography of the district is a typical representative of an alluvial plain and it owes its origin to
the aggravation work of the Satluj. The alluvium deposited by this river has been worked over by the
wind, giving rise to a number of small sand dunes and sand mounds in this otherwise level area. The
summer monsoons with their south- westerly direction have played an important role in determining
the direction of these sand dunes which mostly run in south – west north – east direction.
In the Ludhiana plain, the elevation ranges from about 268 m etres in the east to about 216 metres in
the west. Thus the lies of the land are from east to west at a gentle gradient of about 2 feet in a mile.
Some notable heights in the district are Machhiwara (264 metres), Samrala (265 metres), Khanna (263
metres), Ludhiana (246 metres), Satluj Bridge (242 metres) and Jagraon (233 metres).

4 Employment in Large and Medium Industries No. 94434
5 No. of Industrial Areas No. 13
Source: DI, Punjab

Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
1 LUDHIANA 75092 658582 1049130.55 7291667.14

SR. PRODUCTION
1 LUDHIANA 254 3247864.79 1027605.03 123306 3936883.28
1. M/S Markfed Modren Rice & Gen Mills Vill Machhiwara

2. M/S S. T. Cottex Exports Pvt. Ltd. Vill Iraq Machhiwara
3. M/S Malwa Industries Limited. Vll Haria
4. M/S Shiv Tex Feb Ltd. Iraq Machhiwara
5. M/S Vardhman Spining & General Mills Unit -1, Chandigarh Road Ludhiana
(A unit of Vardhman Textile Limited)
6. M/S Vardhman Spining & General Mills Unit -1, Chandigarh Road Ludhiana
(A unit of Vardhman Textile Limited)
7. M/S Vardhman Polytex Ltd. 341-K-1 Mundia Khurd
8. M/S Vallabh Fabrick Ltd. B- XXIV- 4700 Sunder Nagar Ludhiana.
9. M/S Anshupati Textile Limited Chandigarh Road Ludhiana

10. M/S Kanin (India B-XXX-6754, Focal Point Ludhiana.
11. M/S Kangaroo Tools (A unit of Kangroo -DO-
Industries Ltd.)
12. M/S Kangroo Industries Ltd. Do- (Fac. Vill Kanech)
13. M/S Oswal Cotton Spining Mills Ltd. (Prop G. T. Road Doraha
Oswal Spinning & Wvg Mills Ltd.)
14. M/S Sporting India Ltd. Vill Meharban Rahon Road Ludhiana
15. M/S Bhandari Hosiery Exports Ltd. Rahon Road Ludhiana.

16. M/S AST Paper Mills Vill Gaunspur
17. M/S Budhewal Co. Op, Sugar Mills VPO Budhewal
18. M/S Mukesh Udyog Ltd. VPO Budhewal
19. M/S Punjab Worsted Spining Mills Mangarh
20. M/S KSM Spinning Mills Vill Mandiala
21. M/S Auto International. Vill Machhiwara Road Mangarh
22. M/S Ludhiana Beverages P Ltd. 185 G. T. Road Ludhiana.

23. M/S OPK Woolen Mills 185/1 G. T. Road Ludhiana.
24. M/S Hero Cycle Ltd. G. T. Road Ludhiana.
25. M/S Turbo Industries (P) Ltd. Surjit Cinema Road Dhandari Kalan Ldh.
26. M/S Freeman Measures (P) Ltd. G.T. Road Near Cival Air Port Lud.
27. M/S Raj Agro Mills Ltd. VPo. G.T. Road Jugiana. Ludhiana.

28. M/S Sharma Woolen Mills Ltd. G.T. Road Jugiana
29. M/S Sharma Spinning Mills Pvt. Ltd. Vill. Khagat G. T. Road Ludhiana.
30. M/S Greatway (P) Ltd. G. T. Road Opp. Military Camp, Lud.
31. M/S Vardhman Industreis (Steel Unit) Pawa G. T. Road Ludhiana.
32. M/S Jindal Cootex Limited G. T Road Ludhiana.
33. M/S Avon Ispat & Power Limited G. T. Road Dhandari Kalan, Ludhiana.
34. M/S Avon Tubes Limited G. T. Road Dhandari Kalan, Ludhiana.

35. M/S Eveline International G. T. Road Ludhiana.
36. M/S Hero Cycle Ltd. (C. R. Division) Hero Nagar G.T. Road
37. M/S New Cycle Division (Hero Unit Cycle) Focal Point Phase VIII, Ludhiana.
38. M/S Poddar Tyres Limited VPO. Jugiana. G.T. Road Ludhiana.
39. M/S Gobind Rubber Limited VPO. Jugiana. Focal Point Ludhiana
40. M/S Ralson India Limited Ralson Nagar G.T. Road Ludhiana.
41. M/S Ralco Exports Limited G. T Road Jugiana Ludhiana.

42. M/S Garag Furnace Unit No. 1 Kanganwal Road Jugiana
43. M/S Garag Furnace Unit No. 2. -Do-
44. M/S Garag Acrylic Limited Unit No 1 Kanganwal Road VPO.Jugiana.
45. M/S Garag Acrylic Limited Unit No 2. -Do-

46. M/S Happy Forging Limited B- XXIX -2254/1 Kanganwal Road
Ludhiana.
47. M/S Mukesh Steels Limited Giaspura Road Ludhiana.
48. M/S Geminy Industrial Corporation G.T. Road Ludhiana.
49. M/S Avon Cycle Limited. G.T. Road Ludhiana.
50. M/S Vardhman Textile Components Bholapur Chd. Road Ludhiana.
51. M/S Arisudana Industrial Limited. B- XXIX- 143 Giaspura Road Ludhiana.
52. M/S Arisudana Industrial Limited. (Unit at Vill Jaspalon)
53. M/S G. S Auto International Limited. G. S Estate G.T. Road Ludhiana.
54. M/S SEL Mfg. Company Ltd. 274 G.T. Road Ludhiana
55. M/S Oswal Woolen Mills Limited G. T. Road Sherpur Ludhiana.
56. M/S Satlej Ropes (P) Dhandari Kalan Opp. Rly Station,
Ludhiana.
57. M/S Arisudana Spinning Mills Ltd, B-XXIX -143 Giaspura Road Ludhiana
58. M/S Shivaliya Spinning Mills Ltd. Dhandari Kalan IAC, Ludhiana
59. M/S G.S Radiators Limited G.T. Road Ludhiana

60. M/S Hindustan Cycle & Tubes Pvt. Ltd. IAC Dhandari Kalan Ludhiana
61. M/S J.V.R. Forging Pvt. Ltd. IAC Dhandari Kalan Ludhiana.
62. M/S Milkfed Cattle Feed Plant Bhattia P.B. No.8 Khanna

63. M/S Markfed Vanaspati & Allied Industries Focal Point Khanna
Ltd.
64. M/S Mehta Engineers Ltd. D-118-119 Phase –V Focal Point Ludhiana
65. M/S United Breweries (Unit Punjab) C-60 Focal Point Ludhiana
66. M/S Bajaj Sons Unit No. 1 C-103 Phase –V Focal Point Ludhiana
67. M/S Metro Tyres Ltd. B-27 Focal Point Ludhiana.
68. M/S Majestic Auto Limited C- 48 Focal Point Ludhiana.
69. M/S Rico Casting Ltd. C- 26 Focal Point Ludhiana.
70. M/S Rockman Industries A-& Phase –V Focal Point Ludhiana.
71. M/S Jai Gears (P) Ltd. E-162, E 165, E345, E346, PH. IV F. P. Ldh.
72. M/S Emm Son Tools Mfg Cprph. Nicks tools D-2 Focal Point Ludhiana.
73. M/S Ashok Dyeing & Finishing Mills Ltd. A-8 A Phase –V Focal Point Ludhiana.
74. M/S Stelco Strip Ltd. Unit 1&2 C-132 -133 Phase V Focal Point Ludhiana.
75. M/S Sangam Weavers (P) Limited D- 44 Phase V, Focal Point Ludhiana.
76. M/S Sportking Processors. Vill Brmail Pur Near Dorha

77. M/S Sportking Synthetics Vill Kanech Near Sahanewal
78. M/S Ram Lubhaya & Sons G. T. Road Malhi Pur Near Doraha
79. M/S Vallabh Steels Limited Vill Pawa G. T. Road Ludhiana.
80. M/S DFL International Ltd. Vill Jaspalon

81. M/S Arti Steels Limited Mundian Klaan Nr. Mangal Nichi Ldh.
82. M/S Bansal Spinning Mills Vill Bilga

83. M/S Aradhana Fabrics Vill Kaddon
84. M/S Bonn Food Industries 217-A Vill Hiran Chd. Road Ludhiana.
85. M/S Supreme Agro Food Pvt. Ltd. C- 189 Phase Focal Point Ludhiana.
86. M/S B. P Alloys Limited B- 52/D52 Phase VII. Focal Point
Ludhiana.
87. M/S Kaur Sain Spinning Mills A-17 Phase VIII, Focal Point Ludhiana.
88. M/S Upper India Steels Mfg. Eng. Dhandari Kalan Focal Point Ludhiana.
89. M/S Vinayak Textiles Mills D- 295 Phase VIII, Focal Point Ludhiana.
90. M/S OPT Steel Rolling Mills Dhandari Khurd Phase VII< Focal Point
Ludhiana.

91. M/S New Auto Rim Divison Phase VIII. Focal Point Ludhiana.
92. M/S Bajaj Sons Ltd. Unit No.2 C-88 Phase VII. Focal Point Ludhiana.
93. M/S Pundrik Textiles Mills E- 463 Phase VI, Focal Point Ludhiana.
94. M/S Suvidha Cotsyn Ltd. E- 459-C 189 Phase Focal Point Ludhiana.
95. M/S Delux Fabrics (Dyeing Unit) HB-1 & 2, Phase VI Focal Point Ludhiana.
96. M/S Suvidhi Weavers Ltd. E- 458 Phase VI Focal Point Ludhiana.
97. M/S Turbo Tools D-172 -173, E 433. E435 Focal Point
Ludhiana.
98. M/S New Swan Auto Comp C-241 Phase VIII Focal Point Ludhiana.
99. M/S Mukand Industrial (P) Ltd, B-XXX-2185/c 203/1 Nr. Phase VII Focal
Point Ludhiana.
100.M/S The Ludhiana Didtt. CVO Op. Milk Products Ferozepur Road Ludhiana.
Uniopn (Verka Milk Plant)
101.M/S Oswal Yars Limited Industrial Area –A, Ludhian.
102.M/S Venus Cotsyn (India) Limited G.T. Road Jalandhar Bya pass. Ludhiana.
103.M/S Oswal Knit India Limited 230 Indl Area –A. Ludhiana
104.M/S Oswal Garments Limited -Do-
105.M/S Oswal Knitting & Spinning Mills Ltd. 229 –Do-
106.M/S Nahar Spinning Mills Ltd. 373 IAA, Ludhiana.
107.M/S R.K. Machine Tools 854 IAA Ludhiana.
108.M/S Oswal Woolen Mills Unit No.5 IAA, Ludhiana
109.M/S Hotel Majestic ltd. Ferozepur Road Ludhiana.
110.M/S Nagesh Knitwears Pvt. Ltd. G.T. Road West Ludhiana.
111.M/S Bharti Teletech Limited. Rural Industrial Complex Hambra
112.M/S Megma Mett cast Limited VPO. Hambran
113.M/S Yoginder Worsted Spinning Mills Ltd. Vill Lal Kalan Near Neelon Bridge.
114.M/s Rishal Spinning Mills Ltd Vill Jadhau
MAJOR EXPORTABLE ITEMS
1. Textile Product 2. Garment & Apparel 3. Cycle Parts

4. Fasteners 5. Electronic Items 6. food Products
7. Milk Products 8. Agriculture Implements 9. Auto Parts
10. Hand Tool 11. Machine Tools 12. Electronic items

LUDHIANA SWOT ANALYSIS

Central location in Worst air pollution Effluent treatment plant Rampant pollution
Punjab plains will improve the
environmental conditions
One of India’s Densely populated Skill training can improve Traffic congestion
richest cities; $40m the quality of labor
export market
Asia’s largest hub No effluent Scope for promoting In seismic zone IV
for bicycle collection network bicycles/e-rickshaws is (high damage risk
manufacturing much more in coming years zone)
due to deteriorating
environmental conditions
Vibrant center for Room for expansion of Competition from
hosiery, knitwear affordable housing for China for industrial
and garments weaker sections goods
Nicknamed as Rainwater harvesting to 90% of city has no
‘Manchester of the replenish ground water storm water network
East
Modern Food
processing facilities
food park at
Ladhowal,
Ludhiana
ITCHS
Code
PUNJAB LUDHIANA 52052310 GREY 410,252,848 Oct.
PUNJAB LUDHIANA 61052010 MENS/BOYS SHIRTS SYN FIBRES 582,012,122 Oct.
OTR PRTSANDACCSSRS OF VHCLS
PUNJAB LUDHIANA 87089900 705,864,825 Oct.
OF HDG 8701-8705
PUNJAB LUDHIANA 52052310 GREY 711,025,429 Nov.
KNIT SHIRTS (EXCEPT T-SHIRTS)
PUNJAB LUDHIANA 61051020 AND SWEAT SHIRTS,OTHER 414,842,918 Nov.
THAN HAND CROCHETED OF CTN
PUNJAB LUDHIANA 87089900 774,994,144 Nov.
OF HDG 8701-8705
PUNJAB LUDHIANA 52052310 GREY 848,572,959 Dec.

PUNJAB LUDHIANA 73084000 FOR SCAFFOLDING, SHUTTERING 538,009,652 Dec.
OR PIT-PROPPING
PUNJAB LUDHIANA 87089900 895,988,260 Dec.
OF HDG 8701-8705
TOTAL 5881563157
visibly.
Improving facility and flights at Airport
State-of-art, with connectivity of every major city for the airport of Ludhiana is the need. Without
flights and airport, no business can be flourished.
Textile Testing Lab
The largest hub of textile in Punjab. There is dire need of Textile Laboratory. This city has developed
itself in all type of textile products. For value exports, state-of-art lab is requirement of the day.
Ministry of Textile of Government of India administrates following labs:
 Ahmedabad Textile Industry Research Association (ATIRA)

 Bombay Textile Research Association (BTRA)
 South India Textile Research Association (SITRA)
 Northern India Textile Research Association (NITRA)
 The Synthetic & Art Silk Mills Research Association (SASMIRA)
 Man-made Textile Research Association (MANTRA)
 Indian Jute Industry's Research Association (IJIRA)
 Wool Research Association (WRA)
Ludhiana is the hub of textile. Major units are of woolen, artificial woolen and embroidery (almost all
type of hosiery products) related goods. However, these units hardly find skilled labour in surrounding
area, so ITI can train human resource for textiles which have also good market in the region.

intends to cater the producers/exporters of Ludhiana itself and other districts of Punjab such as
Amritsar Jalandhar, Hoshiarpur, Gurdaspur, Fazilka, Ferozepur, Faridkot, Moga etc. in a better way.
Exporters will not have to wait for whole weekend for unloading of their consignment from their
trucks.

CHAPTER - 19
MANSA
Mansa, one of the seventeen districts of Punjab State, came into existence on 13 April 1992. It is
named after the headquarters town of Mansa. The town is said to have been founded by Bhai Gurdas
who belonged to village Dhingar now in Mansa District. The district of Mansa with headquarters at
Mansa was created on 13 April 1992. Mansa, formerly a subdivision of Bathinda District was excluded
from the district and was created as a separate district. Budhlada and Jhunir were made
tahsils/subdivisions of Mansa District. Sardulgarh has been made new tahsil/subdivision of Mansa
District by abolishing Jhunir Tahsil/Subdivision on dated 13 September 1993. Now the district
comprises of three tahsils with subdivisional headquarters at Mansa, Budhlada and Sardulgarh.
Besides, there was one sub-tahsil viz. Bareta which was formed on 20 July 1995. Now the district has
been included in the Faridkot Division
Mansa is one of the three districts of the Faridkot Division.It is one of the southern districts of the
Punjab State and lies between north latitude 29o -33' to 30o-13' and between east longitude 75o-10'
to 75o-47'. It is bounded by the Sangrur and Bathinda districts in the north, east and west and Haryana
State in the south. According to the Director of Land Records of Punjab the total area of the Mansa
District in 1999-2000 was 2,138.99 sq. km. Mansa District is one of the smallest districts in terms of
area in the State. It ranked twelvth in terms of area in the State.
TOPOGRAPHY
The Mansa District forms part of Satluj-Ganga plain and is characterized by low lying flat area. The
elevation of the land surface ranges from 208 meters in the southwest to 233 meters in the northeast.
Thus the slope of the ground is from northeast to southwest. The range of elevation in the district is
about 15 meters. Hence gentle slope is characteristic feature of the area. The Ghaggar River crosses
the district through its southern part running in the northeast to southwest direction and doing some
geomorphic work in the southern part of the district. On a macroscale this area may be considered as
one landform unit but at macroscopic scale the topographical variation may be delineated which is
due to flooding of river and presence of sand dunes in some part of the district.
The monotony of the plain surface is broken by presence of sand ridges. Which are residuals of sand
dunes in different parts of the district. These sand dune features were quite apparent few decades
ago but due to development of agriculture many of these were leveled down but the residuals of
these dunes break the monotony of the landscape. The sand dune is a ridge of sand which can assume
various forms. Here, in this district linear sand ridges can be observed here and there.

Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
1 MANSA 4438 13650 33698.83 73514.36

SR. PRODUCTION
1 MANSA 4 33885.87 479433 2001 570176.82

17 Mfg. of Textiles 19 480 286.00 7047.00
23 Coke & Refined Petroleum Prod. 5 80 154.00 400.00
33 Medical Precision & Optical etc. 2 6 1.00 90.00
50 Maintenance & Repair of Motor Veh. 85 188 63.00 44.00
52 Maintenance & Repair Household 60 128 52.00 178.00
63 Cold Storage 10 58 398.00 171.00
64 Electronic 1 2 2.00 4.00
Sub Total 773 3979 3121.35 28279.00
Grand Total 1974 7276 4349.35 40382.60
Source DIC, Mansa
1. Agricultural Implements 2. Food processing 3. Food Oil Expellers

4. Packaging Materials 5. Parts of Industrial Machinery 6. Milk Products
7. Electronics repairing 8. Auto Parts &Components 9. Book Binding
10. Paper Bags 11. Biscuits And Bakery 12. Tissue Paper Napkins
13. Ice Cream & Ice Candy 14. Leather Shoes 15. Confectionery Items

MANSA SWOT ANALYSIS

Agricultural Lack of skilled labor Development of Non- tariff barriers
implements hub industrial focal point for for cotton and
agricultural implements shrimp
Increasing shrimp Lack of funds and Skill training for shrimp
cultivation information cultivation
Cotton producing land Insufficient water Storage and warehousing
and favorable soil supply facilities
quality
Lack of cold storages Cotton pre and post
for shrimp cleaning facilities can be
preservation set up to reduce
contamination
ITCHS Values In
Code Rs.
PUNJAB MANSA 48025590 OTHER PAPER 1,146,476 Oct.
PUNJAB MANSA 52052310 GREY 28,628,782 Oct.
OTHER HARVESTING AND
PUNJAB MANSA 84335900 9,309,333 Oct.
THRESHING MACHINERY
PUNJAB MANSA 52051210 GREY 11,543,551 Nov.
PUNJAB MANSA 52052310 GREY 39,091,358 Nov.
ENGINE POWEREXCEEDING 18
PUNJAB MANSA 87019200 13,583,496 Nov.
KW BUT NOT EXCEEDING 37
KW
PUNJAB MANSA 08051000 ORANGES FRESH OR DRIED 32,641,718 Dec.
PUNJAB MANSA 52052310 GREY 17,719,626 Dec.
ENGINE POWEREXCEEDING 18
PUNJAB MANSA 87019200 31,212,350 Dec.
KW BUT NOT EXCEEDING 37
KW
TOTAL 184876690

visibly.

2. Four- Lane dedicated highway for freight to be connected to Ludhiana
3. Pre and post cleaning unit may be set up to reduce cotton contamination.
4. Shrimp culture training institute can be opened to provide training to the framers in various
districts of Punjab.
5. Shrimp Processing Unit can be another export boosting initiative in the district and
neighboring regions.

CHAPTER - 20
MOGA
Moga District is the 17th District drawn on the map of Punjab State on 24th day of November 1995.
Before this, Moga was the sub-division of Faridkot District. Moga town the head quarter of the District
is situated on Ferozpur-Ludhiana road. Area of Dharamkot block with 150 villages has been merged
in Moga district vide. Punjab. Govt. notification No. 2/36/98-R.E. 2(1) 6408 dated 5-11-99. By the
provisional figures of 2001 census the Moga District ranks 11th with in Punjab with a population of
about 886313, which is 3.65 percent of the total population of Punjab State. Although rate of
population growth is low but the density of population has increased, which is 400 per sq. km. as
compared to 351 by 1991 census.
In Moga District 63.94 percent population is literate, whereas the rate for male & female literacy is
68.40 & 58.96 respectively.
Moga District falls under the jurisdiction of Ferozpur division. Its boundaries touch the boundaries of
Jalandhar district in north, Ludhiana district in East, Sangrur in South and Faridkot & Firozpur in West.
It stretches between longitude 750 – 08’east and latitude 300 – 48’ N North. It spreads over an area
on 2230 km which comes to 4.42 % of the Punjab State. The average annual rainfall of district was
234.5 mm by the year 1999.
TOPOGRAPHY
The Moga district is located on the Punjab plain which in a macro regional context forms a part of
great satluj Ganga plain. It is a low lying flat area. The flatness of the topography is indicated by the
fact that only one contour line is passing through the district. This contour line runs from southeast
through Ablu village towards north-west and near the east of Muktsar town-it runs northward and
reaches the boundary of the district near Kabulwala village. It divides the district into almost two
halves. In the eastern half it is below 200 m. The surface of the district is depositional plain which was
formed by alleviation by the rivers in the remote past. The general slope of the district is from
northeast to southwest as indicated by spot heights
Industry at a Glance
No.

4 Employment in Large and Medium No. 1812
Industries
5 No. of Industrial Areas No.


Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
1 MOGA 7958 44875 73808.18 137396.62
FIXED CAPITAL WORKING PRODUCTI
SR.
DISTRICT INVESTMENT ( RS CAPITAL EMPLOYMENT ON (RS IN
NO. UNITS
IN LACS ) ( RS IN LACS ) LACS )
1 MOGA 6 75427.71 7650.13 1878 178479.76

17 Mfg. of Textiles 9 73 59.49 104.84
27 Basic Metals 20 418 343.34 1719.93
29 Machinery& Equipments 468 3341 1234.5 4342.13
30 Off, Account & Computing 1 9 4.97 15.9
Machinery

36 Mfg. of Furniture Mfg. N.E.C 127 763 257.78 557
45 Construction 27 89 146.76 592.05
Veh.
55 Hotel & Restaurant 1 19 214 30.5
63 Cold Storage 26 178 1852.81 723.6
64 Post & Telecommunication 2 12 6.2 8.8
72 Computer & Relating Activities 8 32 61.03 29.3
85 Health & Social Work 4 11 14.7 18.6
Sub Total 2600 22436 28936.7 91600.58
Grand Total 2600 22436 28936.7 91600.58

17 Mfg. of Textiles 9 73 59.49 104.84
27 Basic Metals 20 418 343.34 1719.93

29 Machinery& Equipments 468 3341 1234.5 4342.13
30 Off, Account & Computing 1 9 4.97 15.9
Machinery
36 Mfg. of Furniture Mfg. N.E.C 127 763 257.78 557
45 Construction 27 89 146.76 592.05
Veh.
63 Cold Storage 26 178 1852.81 723.6
64 Post & Telecommunication 2 12 6.2 8.8
85 Health & Social Work 4 11 14.7 18.6
Sub Total 2600 22436 28936.7 91600.58
Grand Total 2600 22436 28936.7 91600.58
MOGA SWOT ANALYSIS

Agricultural Lack of skilled labor Development of industrial Non-tariff barriers
implements hub focal point for agricultural
implements
Rice producing area Lack of infrastructural Infrastructural Competition from
Facilities development other rice growing
regions
Agricultural region Lack of Storage and Testing lab for rice
warehousing for Rice
No industrial estate Industrial estate to be
management developed and managed
properly

ITCHS Values In
Code Rs.
PUNJAB MOGA 10063010 RICE PARBOILED 21,672,314 Oct.
PUNJAB MOGA 10063020 BASMATI RICE 207,333,505 Oct.
PUNJAB MOGA 10063090 34,457,244 Oct.
BASMATI RICE)
PUNJAB MOGA 10063010 RICE PARBOILED 26,404,872 Nov.
PUNJAB MOGA 10063020 BASMATI RICE 198,395,562 Nov.
PUNJAB MOGA 10063090 67,711,688 Nov.
BASMATI RICE)
PUNJAB MOGA 10063010 RICE PARBOILED 23,984,598 Dec.
PUNJAB MOGA 10063020 BASMATI RICE 279,952,530 Dec.
PUNJAB MOGA 10063090 42,719,507 Dec.
BASMATI RICE)
TOTAL 902631820
Investment/attention on these suggestions and recommendations will boost exports of the

district visibly.
2. Four- Lane dedicated highway for freight to be connected to Ludhiana
3. Setting up Agri-implements manufacturing cluster can be taken up to benefit Moga and
neighboring districts.
Projects like Delhi-Katra-Amritsar expressway, Western Dedicated Freight Corridor and Eastern
Dedicated Freight Corridor are also need to be expedited. Delhi-Katra-Amritsar expressway through
its spurs from nearby districts will improve connectivity to NH 44 and Western and Eastern Freight
Corridors hence results in cutting the distance and cost to the western ports West Bengal and Mumbai
respectively.
ADDRESSING ISSUES AT ICD SAHNEWAL (LUDHIANA):


CHAPTER - 21
PATHANKOT
The Department of Revenue & Rehabilitation, Government of Punjab vide their Gazette Notification
No. 1/1/2011-RE-II(I)/14544 & 14554 dated July 27, 2011 has advised about the constitution of new
districts viz. Pathankot and Fazilka respectively with effect from July 27, 2011. The new district with
it’s headquarter at Pathankot has been carved out from the existing Gurdaspur and comprises of two
Tehsils viz. Pathankot & Dharkalan. The district has 4641 sq. km area with the two tehsils.
The name Pathankot comes from Pathania Rajput, who was the king of Nurpur. Pathankot was the
capital of Nurpur prior to 1849. Pathankot is at the meeting point of the three northern states of
Punjab, Himachal Pradesh and Jammu and Kashmir. Due to its ideal location, Pathankot serves as a
travel hub for the three northerly states. Pathankot is the fifth most populous city in the state of
Punjab. It is the last city in Punjab on the national highway towards Jammu and Kashmir. Situated in
the foothills of Kangra and Dalhousie, with the river Chakki flowing close by, the city is often used as
a reststop before heading into the mountains of Jammu and Kashmir, Dalhousie, Chamba, and Kangra,
deep into the Himalayas.
TOPOGRAPHY
Out of the northern most part of the Gurdaspur district, Dhar and Pathankot tehsils are in the foothills
of Shivalik range. The hilly tract covering the north-eastern parts of Pathankot and Dhar tehsils have
typical configuration, ranging in elevation from about 381 to 930 meters above mean sea level. From
north to south, the tract consists of three small ranges running from North West to south east
direction.
ECONOMY
Pathankot is an economically prosperous city compared to many other towns of the Punjab or
Himachal Pradesh. Historically, Pathankot's economy was based upon the timber trade. Good quality
wood was transported from Himachal to Pathankot, where it was cut and distributed to various parts
of northern India. In the early 1990s, however, the timber trade shifted to Jammu. Now, the main
economy of Pathankot is based on stone crushing. Pathankot is situated in the foothills where the
Chakki, Ravi and Beas rivers enter the plains and these rivers deposit boulders. There are more than
200 stone crushers in and around Pathankot. After the liberalization of the Indian economy, Pathankot
emerged as a commercial center of wholesalers and distributors of consumer goods and services,
catering to Himachal Pradesh, J&K and northwest Punjab. Many army and Air force personnel are
stationed at Pathankot and in nearby areas. The Army and Air Force award contracts to local vendors
and their personnel consume local goods and services, contributing to local prosperity.
TRANSPORT
Now Pathankot is also connected by air to Raja Sansi Airport (Amritsar). Recently, flights have been
introduced to Delhi via Ludhiana's newly built Sahnewal Airport. The airport of Pathankot is jointly
shared by Defence and civilians and is the glory of this district. Maharana Partap Interstate Bus
Terminal is one of the biggest terminals of North India. Pathankot is one of the city having 2 railway

stations of its own, with PathankotJunction and City Station. One can stop over in Pathankoten route
to Mukerian (40 km), Dharamshala (100 km), Dalhousie (100 km), Amritsar (108), Palampur (100 km),
Chamba (100 km), Jammu (100 km), Hoshiarpur (100 km), Kangra (100 km), Jalandhar (108 km),
Srinagar (400 km) all in different directions from Pathankot.
PATHANKOT POPULATION
As per provisional reports of Census India, population of Pathankot in 2011 is 148,357; of which male
and female are 77,833 and 70,524 respectively. Although Pathankot city has population of 148,357;
its urban / metropolitan population is 159,909 of which 84,145 are males and 75,764 are females.
As per census 2001, the villages within LPA constitute approximately half (45.5%) of the total SC
population of Pathankot LPA. Further, the total SC population in Pathankot LPA is 1,04,790 persons,
which constitutes 25.58% of the total LPA population in 2001. In case of Pathankot M. Cl., the SC
population remains lowest (16.30%) while it remains higher in case of Sujanpur M. Cl. i.e. 38.01%.
In education section, total literates in Pathankot city are 119,483 of which 64,673 are males while
54,810 are females. Average literacy rate of Pathankot city is 88.60 percent of which male and female
literacy was 91.94 and 84.96 percent.
AGRICULTURE
Agriculture is prominent in the district. While various crops are grown in the district, paddy and wheat
rank top in terms of production.
INDUSTRIES
Industries are said to be one of the major engines of the economic growth of the modern economy,
apart from trade and commerce. Industrial activity can be termed as the process of production of
modified and economically gainful products from natural things. Pathankot is basically known as the
hub of stone crushing industry in the Punjab state and the adjoining region. The stone crushers of this
area have ISI marked sand, stones and other concrete materials, which is unique in the whole of India.
Apart from this, there are many small scale industries of various types in the city and the region. The
area also witnesses Khadi and Sericulture Industries, apart from having several brick kilns and agro
based industries in the villages of LPA. Even then, the region is not much industrially 'active' as Batala
is. Majority of industries in Pathankot city are small scale and household industries.

FIXED
WORKING PRODUCTIO
SR. CAPITAL
DISTRICT UNITS CAPITAL EMPLOYMENT N (RS IN LACS
NO. INVESTMENT
( RS IN LACS ) )
( RS IN LACS )
1 PATHANKOT 5 21321.97 9526.4 505 40779.58
LARGE SCALE INDUSTRIES IN PATHANKOT
a) M/s Pioneer Industries Ltd, Industrial Growth Centre - Started in 2002

b) M/s Pioneer Agro Extract Ltd, VillgaeTharial (Unit – I) - Started in 1994
c) M/s Pioneer Agro Extract Ltd, VillgaeTharial (Unit-II) - Started in 1996
d) M/s United Spirits Ltd., village Dhekisaindan - Started in 1996
SMALL SCALE AND HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRIES:
The present industries in the city are mainly engaged in manufacturing of engineering goods, sports
goods, hand tools, rubber goods, sewing machines, conduit pipes, etc.
PATHANKOT SWOT ANALYSIS

Historical importance Border state, lack of Tourism sector Border security issues
infrastructure development
Strategic location Skill development and
vocational training
Well connected by rail Historical tourism
and road
High literacy rate- Located on Jammu
demographic dividend New Delhi route
Historical and Natural
tourist places.
ITCHS Values In
Code Rs.
PUNJAB PATHANKOT 82090090 OTHERS 8,188,192 Oct.
OTHER SEWNG MCHNS HH
PUNJAB PATHANKOT 84521029 5,741,990 Oct.
TYPE WTHOUT TABLE
OF HOUSEHOLD SEWING
PUNJAB PATHANKOT 84529091 3,565,764 Oct.
MACHINES
PUNJAB PATHANKOT 22071090 10,699,025 Nov.
ETHYL ALCHL
OTHER STRUCTURES AND
PUNJAB PATHANKOT 76109090 PARTS OF STRUCTURES OF 421,201 Nov.
ALUMINIUM N.E.S.
PUNJAB PATHANKOT 84521029 6,993,157 Nov.
TYPE WTHOUT TABLE
PUNJAB PATHANKOT 17023020 GLUCOSE SOLID 3,581,380 Dec.
PUNJAB PATHANKOT 84521029 6,395,636 Dec.
TYPE WTHOUT TABLE
INJCTN/CMPRSN TYPE
PUNJAB PATHANKOT 84807100 13,614,500 Dec.
MOULDS FR RUBBR/PLSTCS
TOTAL 59200845

government officers who are dealing with industries, chambers of commerce, Star Export
Houses.Inputs based on the knowledge and experience of Indian Trade Service officers posted in
regional offices of DGFT and other ministries are also incorporated.
visibly.
Extension of Eastern Dedicated Freight Corridor to Jammu
India’s largest export related infrastructure project Eastern Dedicated Freight Corridor starts from
Ludhiana. It should be extended to Jammu and Amritsar. It helps in developingthe overall economy
ofJammu and Kashmir. By extending this corridor with Jammu will increase trade of Jammu and
Kashmir with neighboring countries i.e. Pakistan and Afghanistan.
Rice/Agro Exports
This region comprising districts of Amritsar, Gurdaspur, Tarantarn and Pathankot is one of the biggest
East Asia.
Already recommended for Amritsar district. It will serve nearby districts also which includes
Gurdaspur, Pathankot and Tarantarn also.
Region comprising districts of Amritsar, Taran Taran and Gurdaspur and Pathankotis known as
Basmati Capital of India. Basmati Rice has almost Rs. 10,000 cr. exports. Basmati has competition with
Pakistan due to same type of climatic and soil conditions. However, our consignments have been
rejected by European and American Countries due heavy utilization of pesticides that are not
registered with their Inspection agencies. Our farmers are learned, equipped with basic facilities. If
they will get training/awareness about the prescribed pesticides and other chemical products timely,
our region will have more growth in exports.

CHAPTER - 22
PATIALA
Patiala district is one of the important historical districts of the Punjab. Patiala was founded by Baba
Ala Singh, who was the first ruler of the Phulkian State, in 1763. Patiala was made the capital of the
State. Prior to 1919, it was the tehsil headquarters of Bhiwanigarh district of Patiala State. In 1919,
the districts were reorganized and Patiala was made a district with three tehsils Rajpura, Patiala and
Ghanaur. On 20thAugust 1948, PEPSU (Punjab and East Punjab States Union) was formed and the
district again underwent a territorial change. Now the present Patiala district comprises 5 tehsils
namely Patiala, Nabha, Rajpura, Samana and Patran.
Patiala has been the important educational center from the very beginning. Mohindra College, Patiala
was the first college established in 1875 in the entire Punjab State of present days. In 1961 the Punjabi
University was established. A number of State and regional level offices and institutions of Punjab are
located at Patiala. These include Punjab State Electricity Board, Punjab Public Service Commission,
State Pollution Control Board, Department of Languages, National Archive, National Institute of Sports
(NIS) etc.
LOCATION & GEOGRAPHICAL AREA:
The district Patiala is situated between 75– 58 and 76– 54 east latitude and 29– 49 and 30– 47 north
longitude. It is bounded by district Fatehgarh Sahib, S.A.S Nagar and Union Territory of Chandigarh in
the North; district Sangrur in the West and Jind (Haryana State) in South and Ambala (Haryana) in the
east. The total area of the district according to village papers is 322000 hectares
TOPOGRAPHY
Patiala district forms a part of the Indo-Gangetic plain. It is composed of the materials deposited by
rivers during recent geological past. Its land surfaces lopes in the north-eastsouth-east direction with
a gentle gradient of about 0.8 meter per kilometer. The District has a mean elevation of about 91 kms.
In the east-west direction and nearly 113 kms. in north-south direction. River Ghaggar and its
tributaries form a major natural drainage system of the district. Apart from this some canals too flow
through it for considerable length. Besides Ghaggar, Tangri Nadi, Patiala WaliNadi, Sirhind Choa,
Jhambowali Choi and Janguari Choi also traverse the district.
The whole area of the Patiala district is covered by Indo-Gangetic alluvium. A close study of the
lithological logs reveals that except for the major units, the sub-surface geology is marked by
heterogeneity. The first unit, i.e. sandy clay occurs up to an average depth of 4.18 m, the second at
9m and the third at 17.92 m, the units being soft clay, hard clay, coarse grayish and respectively. The
marked variation in depth and thickness of the units suggests that the alluvium deposits of the area
have been responsible for the introduction of heterogeneity in the lithological column. Seismically,
the district of Patiala lies in a region, which is liable to moderate damage by earthquakes.

INDUSTRIAL SCENARIO OF DISTRICT PATIALA
Existing Status of Industrial Areas in the District Patiala
S. Name of Land Land No. of Sheds / Plots No. of Units

Ind. Area Acquired Developed Developed Allotted Vacant inProduction
1. Ind. 13 Acre 13 Acre Shed:20 Shed:20 - 19

Estate Plot: 10 Plot: 10 8
Patiala
2. Ind. 51 Acre 51 Acre Shed:20 Shed:20 - 19
Estate Plot: 43 Plot: 43 42
Rajpura
3. Focal 12 Acre 12 Acre Shed: 10 Shed: - 08
Point Plot: - 10 Plot: -
Rajpura -
4. Focal 50 Acre 50 Acre Shed: 24 Shed: - 14
Point Plot: 104 24 49
Nabha Plot:
104
5. Focal 180 Acre 180 Acre Shed: - Shed: - - 604
Point Plot: 666 Plot: -
Patiala 666

No.
2. Registered Medium& Large Unit No. 31

Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
17 PATIALA 13661 89935 160002.62 371150.86

SR. PRODUCTION
DISTRICT INVESTMENT ( RS CAPITAL EMPLOYMENT
IN LACS ) ( RS IN LACS )
17 PATIALA 36 346544.84 75545.07 11806 552429.95
DETAILS OF EXISTING MICRO &SMALL ENTERPRISES AND ARTISAN UNITS IN THE DISTRICT 2014-15

17 Mfg. of Textiles 34 503 2046 4411.54
21 Mfg. of Paper & Paper Products 100 1845 3493.35 7762
23 Coke & Refined Petroleum Prod. 14 119 207.25 9404.87
27 Basic Metals 149 2899 6664.80 33686.57
29 Machinery& Equipment 316 2981 5548.24 17069.83
32 Radio TV Communication Equip. 20 70 21 301.95
33 Medical Precision & Optical etc. 17 99 68 310.49
34 Motor Vehicles Trailers etc. & 117 1074 1513.15 4684.70
Parts
40 Electricity Gas Steam Hot water 2 14 37 282.70
45 Construction 2 24 63.85 680.40
Veh.
60 Land Transport, Transport via 6 73 235.25 110.80

63 Cold Storage 21 175 63 284.46
67 Activities, Auxiliary to Financial 2 10 2.34 95
Inte
80 Computer Education 4 20 79 12.65
92 Recreational Cultural Activities 0 0 0 0
93 Other Service Activities 4 15 43 55.93
Sub Total 5046 41191 73117.67 261883.662
Artisan Units (Non-SIDO) 2 42 140 180.40
Grand Total 5048 41233
73257.67 262064.062
Source: DI, Punjab
LARGE SCALE ENTERPRISES /PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKINGS:
1. M/s. Patiala Distillery, Village Main.

2. M/s. Surinder Engg.Co. Ltd. Village Chalheri.
3. M/s. Partap Ind. Ltd. Beopror G.T. Road, Rajpura.
4. M/s. Vardhman Ind. Ltd. Sardargarh Road, Ghanour.
5. M/s. Siel Chem Complex Charatrampur Village Khadoli. Sardargarh Tehsil Rajpura
6. M/s. Industrial Cables (I) Ltd. Inds Area, Rajpura.
7. M/s. Hindustan UnileverLtd.A-5/II FocalPoint, Rajpura.
8. M/s. Amrit Banaspati Co. Ltd., Rajpura.
9. M/s. Mukat Pipes Ltd. Khadoli, Rajpura.
10. M/s. Markfed Modern Rice Mill A-Focal Point, Rajpura
11. M/s. B.R Spintex (P) Ltd. Patiala Road, Samana.
12. M/s. G.C Spintex Ltd. Bhawanigarh Road, Samana
13. M/s. Piccadily Sugar & Allied Ind. Ltd. Jakhal Road, Patran.
14. M/s. Harman Milk Food Ltd., Samana.
15. M/s.S.K.G.C.Fibres Ltd., Samana.
16. M/s. S. S Fibres Ltd.Samana
17. M/s. SmithKline BeeChem.Health Care Ltd, Nabha
18. M/s. Feederal Mogul Ltd. Bahadurgarh, Patiala.
19. M/s. The Patiala Distt. Co-operative Milk Producer Union Ltd. Patiala
20. M/s. Diesel Loco Modernization Works (DCW) Indian Railway, Patiala.
21. M/s. Malktex Malsters Ltd. Post Box No. 45-Rauni, Patiala.
22. M/s. Basal Tool Co.23 Factory Area, Patiala
23. M/s. Patiala Distiller & Mfg. Ltd. Village Main, District Patiala
PATIALA SWOT ANALYSIS

Tourist places Lack of investors Increase in Influence of other
employment cultures
Educational Hub Lack of budget Skill development Brain drain
Sports hub of North- Insufficient Common Water Digital divide
India infrastructure. treatment plant
Well-connected by Lack of skilled labor
road and rail.
ITCHS Values In
Code Rs.
OTHER PARTS OF SEMI DIESEL
PUNJAB PATIALA 84099990 72,018,690 Oct.
ENGINES
COMBINE HARVESTER-
THRESHERS
OTHER LEAD-ACID
ACCUMULATORS
PUNJAB PATIALA 52051210 GREY 97,909,736 Nov.
PUNJAB PATIALA 84099114 PISTON ASSEMBLES 69,110,578 Nov.
OTHER LEAD-ACID
PUNJAB PATIALA 85072000 72,460,587 Nov.
ACCUMULATORS
BONELESS MEAT OF BOVINE
PUNJAB PATIALA 02023000 388,348,175 Dec.
ANIMALS , FROZEN
OTHR EDIBLE OFFAL OF
BOVINE ANIMALS,FROZEN
OTHER LEAD-ACID
ACCUMULATORS
TOTAL 1095151472

visibly.
1. Marketing and advertising of phulkari products can be taken up with frequent exhibitions and
fairs to boost exports.
2. Cold storage and agro-processing unit for Guava can be set up.
3. Inland Container Depot (ICD) in Patiala with a better rail connectivity will help over all
industrial development and exports from the district and around.

CHAPTER – 23
RUPNAGAR
Location Geographical Area- The district of Rupnagar is named after its district headquarters, the
town of Rupnagar. Formerly known as Ropar, the town of Rupnagar is said to have been founded by
a Raja called Rokeshar, who ruled during the 11th Century and named it after his son Rup Sen. The
town is of considerable antiquity. Recent excavations and explorations conducted at Rupnagar
indicate that the first civilized folk to settle here were the Harapans, who apparently reached the
upper Satluj towards the close of the third millennium B.C.
Included in the Patiala Division after the reorganization of Punjab in 1966, Rupnagar District falls
between north latitude 310 – 02’ and east longitude 760 – 38’. The district adjoins Una District
(Himachal Pradesh) in the north, Hoshiarpur District in the northwest and Ludhiana and Patiala
districts in south-west The district comprises three Tehsils, Rupnagar, Kharar and Anandpur Sahib,
and includes 919 villages (26 of these being uninhabited villages) and 9 towns, namely Rupnagar,
Kharar, Chamkaur Sahib, Anandpur Sahib, Kurali, Morinda, Nangal Township, Naya Nangal and
Sahibzada Ajit Singh Nagar.
TOPOGRAPHY
Situated in the eastern and east-central peripheral parts of Punjab, Rup Nagar is one of the smallest
districts in the State. Despite its small size, the district displays the greatest physiographic diversity.
Consistent with its transitional location between the Outer Himalayas and the Punjab plains, the
district has a whole range of physiographic features which has made its impact on the characteristics
of the human landscape of this region. On the basis of relief, slope, drainage and overlain material,
the district may be divided into following five physiographic units: -
1. The Anandpur Dun

2. The Hilly Tracts
3. The foothill Dissected Plain
4. The Upland Plain
5. The Floodplain of the Satluj
INDUSTRIAL SCENARIO OF DISTRICT RUP NAGAR

S. Land Land No. of Sheds / Plots

Name of Acquired Developed Developed Allotted Vacant No. of Units in
Ind. Area Production
1. Naya 50 Acre 50 Acre 53 51 2 28
Nangal
Indl.Area

No.

Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
1 ROOP NAGAR 3846 18736 26347.08 112930.79
SR. PRODUCTION
1 ROOP NAGAR 6 199783.81 78147.08 3475 297885.68
14 Stone Crusher 14106 1 8 13.00 25.00
17 Textile 16 65 37.15 511.75
27 Basic Metals 10 198 194.00 1340.35

32 Communication equipments 23 165 130.50 1092.24
34 Motor vehicle and trailers 10 50 50.00 109.90
35 Mfg. of other Transport 55 344 318.00 483.47
Equipment
36 Wooden and steel furniture 55 541 153.30 1467.81
Veh.
52 Maintenance & Repair of 455 1115 231.72 596.76
Personnel &
Household goods NIC 1998 code
52601 to 09
63 Cold Storage/ supporting & aux. 12 25 200.63 304.75
activities.
Sub Total 1423 9811 9222.31 50823.06
Grand Total 2821 12190 9764.31 53238.91
(Source: DIC, RUPNAGAR)
1. M/s. The Morinda Co-Op. Sugar Mills Ltd., Morinda.

2. M/s National Fertilizers Ltd., Naya Nangal.
3. M/s Punjab Alkalies & Chemicals Ltd., Naya Nangal
4. M/s Claass Ltd., Morinda.
1.M/s Cheema Boilers Ltd., (Unit-1) Village Ban Majra.
2.M/s Cheema Boilers Ltd., (Unit-2) Village Matheri
RUPNAGAR SWOT ANALYSIS

Historical Lack of skilled labor Tourism Competition from
importance being development other districts
IVC site
Religious Tourism. Lack of Infrastructure Climate change
infrastructure development
Good rail and road Skill training
connectivity

Wetland
preservation area
ITCHS Values In
Code Rs.
WTRTUBE BOILRS WTH A STM
PUNJAB RUPNAGAR 84021200 13,235,040 Oct.
PRDCTN<=45T/HR
OTHER, NON AIR-
CONDITIONED
PRTS AND ACSRS OF OTHR
VHCL NT MCHNCLY PRPLD
PUNJAB RUPNAGAR 11010000 WHEAT OR MESLIN FLOUR 6,912,757 Nov.
PUNJAB RUPNAGAR 19019090 4,003,260 Nov.
STRCH/MLT EXTRCT
OTHER STRUCTURE AND
PARTS OF STRUCTURES OF
PUNJAB RUPNAGAR 73089090 11,562,481 Nov.
IRON AND STEEL(EXCL
FLOATING STRUCTURES)
OTHER, NON AIR-
PUNJAB RUPNAGAR 87021029 31,155,000 Dec.
CONDITIONED
PUNJAB RUPNAGAR 87079000 OTHER BODIES 15,300,000 Dec.
PRTS AND ACSRS OF OTHR
PUNJAB RUPNAGAR 87169090 17,594,067 Dec.
VHCL NT MCHNCLY PRPLD
TOTAL 129827371
visibly.
1. Government laboratory for honey testing can be set up to cater to Rupnagar and nearby
districts with honey production.
2. Marketing and branding drive for Natural Honey as well as flavored honey can be taken up.

3. Warehousing, cold storage and agro-processing for potato will be a wonderful initiative for
boosting exports.
4. Cold storage and Juice producing unit for kinnow can be set up.
5. Tourism advertising and marketing can be developed and tour packages can be promoted.

CHAPTER - 24
SANGRUR
The district Sangrur takes its name from its head quarter town, Sangrur. It is said to have been founded
by one Sanghu, a Jat, about four hundred years back. Sangrur is bounded by Ludhiana and Ferozpur
districts in the north side, by Bhatinda district in the west side, by Patiala district in the East side and
by Jind district (Haryana State) in the south side.
The District lies between 29 deg - 4’and 30deg - 42’ North latitude and 75 deg 18’and 76 deg 13’ East
Longitude.
TOPOGRAPHY
In any area unit, the degree of smoothness of the surface, the nature of slopes, the arrangement of
various natural feature and the surface materials have a distinctive role in fashioning the patterns of
human activity. Viewed in this context, Sangrur District is endowed with a nearly level surface. The
occurrence of sand dune feature in some parts only breaks the monotony of the landscape. In general,
the district forms a part of the Punjab Plain. The surface of this plain has been formed by the
depositional work of major streams traversing through the region. Very largely, its topography is that
of an alluvial plain, marked by flatness featurelessness. Soil is rich in nutrients and suitable for crops
like wheat, paddy, potato and vegetables.
Sr Head Unit Particulars
No
1. REGISTERED INDUSTRIAL UNIT NO. 18520
2. REGISTERED MEDIUM & LARGE UNIT NO. 23
3. WORKER EMPLOYED IN SMALL SCALE NO. 114833
INDUSTRIES
4. EMPLOYMENT IN LARGE AND MEDIUM NO. 10325
INDUSTRIES
5. NO. OF INDUSTRIAL AREA NO. 3
6. TURNOVER OF SMALL SCALE IND. IN Lac. 913302
7. TURNOVER OF MEDIUM & LARGE SCALE IN Lac. 381809.96 Lac.
INDUSTRIES
Source: DIC, Malerkotla
Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
20 SANGRUR 18520 114833 181174.62 913302.06

FIXED
WORKING
( RS IN LACS )
( RS IN LACS )
21 SANGRUR 12 69162.25 57897.95 18949 429593.15

NIC Type of Unit Units Employment Investment Production

CODE (No) (No) (Rs.Lakh) (Rs.Lakh)
NO.
15 Food Products & Beverages 483 8577 12601.15 117193.48
16 Tobacco Products 0 0 0 0
17 Textile Products 149 1189 616.41 3492.74
18 Dressing & Dyeing of Fur 578 1543 285.80 517.76
19 Tanning & Dressing of Leather 986 4810 305.18 887.36
20 Wooden Products 157 751 680.50 1874.79
21 Paper & Paper Products 65 1125 2180.23 6966.31
22 Publishing & Printing 68 221 52.39 218.25
23 Coke & Refining of Petroleum 17 133 151.29 1545.43
Products
24 Chemicals & Chem. Products 309 1954 2061.71 15060.65
26 Non Metallic mineral Products 85 1276 626.80 3733.45
27 Manufacture of Basic Metals 116 1702 3110.43 12616.79
30 Office & Computing 0 0 0 0
Machinery
31 Electrical Machinery & 76 442 338.21 3437.08
Appratus
32 Radio, TV & its apparatus 0 0 0 0
33 Medical Equipments 0 0 0 0
34 Motor Vehicle & trailers 0 0 0 0
35. Manufacturing of transport 178 1794 681.76 3912.62
equipments (cycle & parts)
36 Manufacturing of Furniture 565 2170 475.96 2084.44
50. Maintenance and repair of 677 2414 389.59 715.83
motor vehicle
52 Retail trade except motor 994 4164 605.84 1436.41
vehicle
63 Cold Storage 22 147 1816.15 1944.76
64 Post & Tele communications 0 0 0 0

72 Computer and data processing 3 3 3.26 9.34
74 Other Business activities 24 84 182.02 695.19
85. Health & social work 1 1 0.25 4.67
93 Other Service activities 9 22 34.80 62.00
Grand Total of SIDO Units: 7226 44155 33953.53 210875.96
Non SIDO Units 3469 9104 5139.83 13616.00
G.Total SIDO+Non SIDO Units 10695 53259 39093.36 224491.96
Source: DIC, Malerkotla
LARGE SCALE ENTERPRISES/ PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKINGS
1 M/s KRBL Limited, VPO-Bhasaur (Dhuri) Distt: Sangrur

2 M/s Pepsi Foods (P) Limited, Concentrate Opperations, Chano,
Bhawanigarh
3 M/s Pepsico India Holding (P) Limited, Chano, Bhawanigarh
4 M/s IOL Chemicals and Pharmaceuticals Ltd, Trident Complex, Fatehgarh
Channa
5 M/s Indian Acrylic Ltd, Vill. Harkishanpura, Bhawanigarh, Sangrur
6 M/s Arihant Spining Mills, PB No. 21-Indl. Area, Malerkotla
7 M/s Nahar Fibers, Jitwal Kalan, Distt: Sangrur
8 M/s Abhisek Industries Ltd, Vill: Akbarpur PO-Rohira Distt: Sangrur
9 M/s Gillanders Arbuthnot & Co. Ltd, Vill: Akbarpur PO-Rohira Distt: Sangrur
10 M/s Sabina Woolen Mils (P) Ltd, PO-Rohira Distt: Sangrur
11 M/s Shreyans Indsutries Ltd, Ahmedgar, Distt: Sangrur
12 M/s Ralson Carbon Black Ltd, VPO-Jitwal Kalan, Distt: Sangrur
13 M/s Raj Agro Industries Ltd, PB NO. 32, Uppli Road, Sangrur
14 M/s Shreyans Industries Ltd, Ahmedgarh, Distt: Sangrur
15 M/s Bhaguanpura Sugar Mills, Dhuri
16 M/s Saharab Spinning Mills Ltd, Nabha Road, Malerkotla
17 M/s Ritesh International Ltd, Vill: Akbarpur, Ahmedgarh, Distt: Sangrur
18 M/s A.P. Solwax Ltd, Dhuri
SANGRUR SWOT ANALYSIS

Well-developed Lack of skilled labor Skill development
health facilities institute
Meteorological Lack of Infrastructure
observatory infrastructure upgradation
situated
No well-defined Value addition chain in
industrial area agro-products.
Low port
connectivity

ITCHS Values In
Code Rs.
PUNJAB SANGRUR 10063020 BASMATI RICE 278,565,943 Oct.
PUNJAB SANGRUR 52052210 GREY 61,576,607 Oct.
PUNJAB SANGRUR 52052310 GREY 111,233,300 Oct.
PUNJAB SANGRUR 52052210 GREY 59,435,987 Nov.
PUNJAB SANGRUR 52052310 GREY 90,789,561 Nov.
OTHER YARN OF POLYSTER
STAPLE FIBRS MIXED
PUNJAB SANGRUR 55095300 89,966,150 Nov.
MAINLY/SOLELY WITH
COTTON
PUNJAB SANGRUR 10063020 BASMATI RICE 857,836,957 Dec.
PUNJAB SANGRUR 52051210 GREY 87,632,981 Dec.
PUNJAB SANGRUR 52052310 GREY 134,224,707 Dec.
TOTAL 1771262193

district visibly.

2. Mushroom farming training and development institute or dedicated seminars and workshops
with practical hands-on experience would be a boosting step.
3. Setting up Agri-implements manufacturing cluster can be taken up to benefit Sangrur and
neighboring districts

CHAPTER 25
SAS NAGAR
SAS Nagar (Mohali) is a city adjacent to Chandigarh, District as 18th District of Punjab on 14th April
2006. It is official named after the eldest son of Guru Gobind Singh, Sahibzada Azit Singh (SAS Nagar).
District SAS Nagar has been carved out of areas falling in Ropar & Patiala. The district includes Mohali,
Kharar & Dera Bassi Tehsils. Because of its contiguous with the union territory of Chandigarh, the
district to achieve faster growth of development and this area is emerging as major I.T. hub of
northern India.

The District SAS Nagar is located in the north east part of Punjab. The important townships in the
district are Kharar, Kurali, Mohali, Zirakpur, Dera Bassi & Banur.
TOPOGRAPHY
The Topography of the district is even. It is mostly a plain of alluvial type. It also has loam to heavy
for crops like wheat, Paddy, Maize, potato and Vegetables etc.
INDUSTRIAL SCENARIO OF THE DISTRICT

S. Name of Ind. Area Land Land Prevailing No No of No of No. of

No. acquired developed Rate Per of allotted Vacant Units in
Sqm Plot Plots Plots Producti
(In Rs.) s on
1 Industrial Area –VII, 392 392 acres 10,000 406 395 11 329
Mohali acres
2. Industrial Area-VIII- 337 337 acres - 781 484 297 203

B, acres
Mohali
3. Industrial Area-X, 123 123 acres - 532 516 16 339

Mohali acres
4. Derabassi, Mohali 135 135 acres - 201 198 13 73
acres
5. Sector – 67, Mohali 15.66 15.66 10,000 14 7 7 -
acres acres
6. Phase-VIII-A, 66 acres 66 acres 10,000 7 7 1 41
Mohali

7. Phase-IX, Mohali 25 acres 25acres 10,000 42 41 1 41
8. Phase-VIII, Mohali 249 249 acres 10,000 193 192 1 192

acres

Industries

Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
1 SAS NAGAR 15690 112308 287053.37 193392.52
FIXED
WORKING PRODUCTIO
DISTRICT UNIT CAPITAL N (RS IN LACS
NO. INVESTMENT T
S ( RS IN LACS ) )
( RS IN LACS )
1 SAS NAGAR 45 905944.74 527502.51 91633 1904543.52
DETAILS OF EXISTING MICRO & SMALL ENTERPRISES AND ARTISAN UNITS IN DISTRICT
NIC Types of Industry Units (No.) Employment (No.) Investment Production

Code (Rs. Lakh) (Rs. Lakh)
15 Mfg. of Food 305 2082 7224.90 11571.61
Products
Beverages
16 Mfg. Of Tobacco 3 82 188.70 1771.56
Products
17 Mfg. of Textiles 52 500 33158.65 2810.72

18 Mfg. of Hosiery & 229 776 2085.15 766.59
Garments
including
embroidery
19 Leather & 199 1204 958.65 3790.23
Leather Products
20 Mfg. of Wood 156 1514 1237.35 2203.86
Products
21 Mfg. of Paper & 118 1326 3329.02 2213.50
Paper Products
22 Printing / 77 286 1006.14 613.99
Publishing
23 Coke & Refined 1 8 3.67 173.62
Petroleum Prod.
24 Chemicals & 326 2196 6240.55 24658.69
Chemical
Products
25 Rubber & Plastic 205 1849 5096.04 3982.59
Products
26 Other Non- 197 2358 7201.39 6968.65
Metallic Products
27 Basic Metals 143 1798 6670.44 9923.47
28 Fabricated Metal 964 8647 20620.86 12214.31
Products
29 Machinery & 622 5435 8617.46 11682.90
Equipment
30 Office, 13 148 142.08 784.22
Accounting &
Computing
Machinery
31 Electrical 225 3641 6020.43 7822.72
Machinery &
Apparatus
32 Radio TV 74 773 901.40 2393.15
Communication
Equip.
33 Medical Precision 38 453 690.78 812.58
& Optical etc.
34 Motor Vehicles 30 446 2240.71 199.26
Trailers etc. &
Parts
35 Mfg. of other 194 1651 6740.05 2897.86
Transport
Equipment
36 Mfg. of Furniture 418 2298 1887.27 3675.69
Mfg. N.E.C

50 Maintenance & 202 834 1462.74 794.87
Repair of Motor
Veh.
52 Maintenance & 610 1844 690.62 926.24
Repair Household
55 Hotel & 2 63 264.34 337.80
Restaurant
63 Cold Storage 19 71 269.91 612.97
72 Data Processing 116 3492 4525.20 529.08
74 Computer 46 259 736.09 407.54
Designing
85. Health & Social 2 11 22.23 44.38
Works
92 Recreational, 8 58 459.56 48.32
Cultural
93 Other Service 45 523 2469.50 131.62
Activities
Sub Total 5639 46626 133161.88 117764.59
Artisan Units (NonSIDO) 1824 3364 745.69 4223.59
Grand Total 7463 48990 133907.57 121988.18

Source: DI, Punjab

1. M/s. MSD Industrial Pvt. LTS Vill. Bhagwanpura
2. M/s. Indoswift Laboratories Ltd. Vill. Bhagwanpura
3. M/s. Mount Shivalik Bevarages Ltd. Vill Bhankerpur.
4. M/s. Nahar Spinging Mills Ltd., Vill. Jalalpur.
5. M/s. Vishal Papers Mart India Ltd. Vill. Mubarikpur.
6. M/s. Punjab Chemical ANG Crop. Protection Ltd. Vill. Kaulimajra.
7. M/s. Agro Dutch Industries Ltd. Vill. Tohfapur.
8. M/s. Ajco Noble India Paints, A-42, Ph-VIII-B SAS Nagar.
9. M/s. Syam Indo-Spin Ltd., VPO Lalru
10. M/s. Philips India Ltd. Ph-IX, Industrial Area, SAS Nagar
11. M/s. Crown Milk Specialties Pvt. Ltd., C-169, Ph-VIII-B, SAS Nagar
12. M/s. NIEL Spinning Lalru.
13. M/s. High Polymers Labs, Vill. Derabassi

14. M/s. PRS Rolling Mills Pvt. Ltd., Vill. Kuranwalan
15. M/s. Ferti chem Caps in Ltd., Vill. Saidpura.
16. M/s. Anandnichikamma Comp. Ltd., Vill. Lalru.
17. M/s. Bhushan Power and Steel, Vill. Derabassi.
18. M/s. Sona Paper Board Ltd., Vill. Kuranwala.
19. M/s. Sturdy Industries Ltd., Vill. Saidpura.
20. M/s. Carol Info Services Ltd., Vill. Sarsini.
21. M/s. Mohan Fibre Products Ltd., Vill. Mubarikpur.
22. M/s. Global Knit Fab Ltd., Vill. Bhagwanpur.
23. M/s. Nahar Spinning Mills Ltd., Vill.Lehli.
24. M/s. Swaraj Tractor Ltd., SAS Nagar.
25. M/s. Orient Craft Fashion Technology Ltd., A-37, Phase-8, SAS Nagar.
26. M/s. Cheema Spintax Ltd., Vill. Kauli Majra.

27. M/s. Bhandari Exports Ltd., Vill. Derabassi.
28. M/s. Punjab Communication Ltd., B-91-93, Indl. Area, Phase-8, SAS Nagar.
29. M/s. Mohindra and Mohindra Ltd., (Combine Division).
30. M/s. Mohindra and Mohindra Ltd., (Foundry Division).
31 M/s. Mohindra and Mohindra Ltd., (Tractor Division).
32. M/s. Semi Conductor Laboratories Ltd., Phase-8, SAS Nagar.
33. M/s. TUE Investment of India Ltd., A-16-17, Phase-6, SAS Nagar.
34. M/s. H.T. Media Ltd., C-164-165, Phase-VIII-B, SAS Nagar.
35. M/s. Sigma Vibra caustic Pvt. Ltd., A-30, Phase-7, SAS Nagar.
36. M/s. Sigma Ferdemberg pvt. Ltd.,
37. M/s. Quark Media House Ltd., Phase-VIII-B, SAS Nagar.
38. M/s. JCBL Ltd., Vill. Alamgir.
39. M/s. Rana Polycot Ltd., Vill. Alamgir.
40. M/s. Steel Strips and Wheels Ltd., Vill. Somelheri.
41. M/s. EZZ SEBIZ Solution Ltd., Plot No. B-75, Phase-7, SAS Nagar.
42. M/s. Nahar Spinning Mills Ltd., (EOU), Vill. Jalalpur.
43. M/s. MOI Engineering Ltd., A-7, Phase-1, SAS Nagar.
44. M/s. NIEL Fabrics Unit Lalru.

45. M/s. Tech Tools, Vill. Chanalon.
46. M/s. S.R. Industries Ltd., Vill. Kuranwala.
47. M/s. Gates India Pvt. Ltd., Vill. Lalru
48. M/s. Godrej & Bycee Mfg. Co., Phase-VIII, SAS Nagar.
49. M/s. PML, Vill. Behra.
50. M/s. NECTOR Life Science Ltd., Vill. Saidpura.
51. M/s. Ranbaxy Laboratories Ltd., Ph-VIII-B, SAS Nagar.
52. M/s. KUDOS Chemical Ltd., Vill. Kuranwala
53. M/s. Milk Plant, Phase-6, SAS Nagar.

54. M/s. Chandigarh Spinning Mills Ltd., Derabassi.
55. M/s. T.C. Spinners Pvt. Ltd., Lalru.
56. M/s. Indian Yarna Ltd., Vill. Himanjupur.
57. M/s. HPL Bottling Plant. Vill Bhagwanpura.

1. M/s Usha Yarns Ltd, Vill. Rampur Sainia
2. M/s Nachkitta Papers Ltd, Vill. Mubarikpur
3. M/s Nachkitta Papers Ltd (Unit 2), Vill. Mubarikpur
4. M/s Kamla Dial and Devices, Vill. Derabassi
5. M/s Samrat Forgings Ltd, Vill. Ghallumajra
6. M/s A.P. Paper Mills, Vill. Bhagwanpura
7. M/s Rainbro Brakes India Ltd, Vill. Alamgir
8. M/s Tech Tools, Chanalon
9. M/s Mohan Meckin Ltd, Derabassi
10. M/s Cheema Printo Pack Ltd, Phase VII, SAS Nagar
11. M/s Punjab Pesticides Co-op Society Ltd, Khanpur
12. M/s Turbo Infotech Ltd, Chatuli
SAS NAGAR SWOT ANALYSIS

Varied tourist Location in hinterland Strategic location to Competing
destinations and thereby the south-west of the developments in the
limitations on road capital city of vicinity (Panchkula)
network Chandigarh
Growing Services Limited land for High demographic River crossings hinder
industry expansion of dividend because of mobility and
industrial units literacy rate accessibility
Aviation, Urban growth and Ecological tourism Presence of high
manufacturing and growth of slums and tension power lines
logistics hub squatters
Nature conservation Height restrictions Marketing and
and preservation with due to proximity to advertising
ecological tourism airport entertainment
industry
Growing Punjabi
entertainment
industry
High accessibility by
road, rail and air
ITCHS
Code
BONELESS MEAT OF
PUNJAB S.A.S Nagar 02023000 BOVINE ANIMALS , 1,095,708,016 Oct.
FROZEN
PUNJAB S.A.S Nagar 29419090 OTHER ANTIBIOTICS 363,401,933 Oct.
TOILET LINEN AND
KITCHEN LINEN, OF TERRY
TOWELLING OR SIMILAR
PUNJAB S.A.S Nagar 63026090 215,735,457 Oct.
TERRY FABRICS, OF
COTTON, OTHER THAN
HANDLOOM
BONELESS MEAT OF
PUNJAB S.A.S Nagar 2023000 BOVINE ANIMALS , 1,515,076,005 Nov.
FROZEN
PUNJAB S.A.S Nagar 29419090 OTHER ANTIBIOTICS 253,406,294 Nov.
OTHER HERBICIDES-ANTI-
PUNJAB S.A.S Nagar 38089390 266,862,787 Nov.
SPROUTING PRODUCTS
BONELESS MEAT OF
PUNJAB S.A.S Nagar 02023000 BOVINE ANIMALS , 1,244,556,315 Dec.
FROZEN
PUNJAB S.A.S Nagar 29419090 OTHER ANTIBIOTICS 614,282,848 Dec.

TOILET LINEN AND
KITCHEN LINEN, OF TERRY
TOWELLING OR SIMILAR
PUNJAB S.A.S Nagar 63026090 281,190,740 Dec.
TERRY FABRICS, OF
COTTON, OTHER THAN
HANDLOOM
TOTAL 5850220395

district visibly.
1. Extension and expansion of SEZ for IT and ITeS.
Marketing and Advertising initiative along with awareness programmes to boost exports in the
arena of Punjabi entertainment

CHAPTER 26
SBS NAGAR
Shahid Bhagat Singh Nagar District was carved out of Hoshairpur and Jalandhar district of Punjab on
7th November, 1995 on the birthday of Guru Nanak. The district headquarter town Nawan shahar is
said to have been built during the region of Ala-ud- din Khilji (1295-1316) by his Afgan Military Chief
Nausher khan, previously it was called Nausar but with the passage of time, the town came to be
known as Nawanshahr. Shahid Bhagat Singh (SBS) Nagar district is one of the smallest district of
Punjab.

The district Nawanshahar is located between the north latitude 30°-58° and 31°- 37° longitude. It is
surrounded by district Rup Nagar in the east, district Hoshiarpur in the north, district Jalandhar in the
west and district Ludhiana and Kapurthala in the south. River Sutlej touches the district on southern
side.
TOPOGRAPHY
Topographically of Shahid Bhagat Singh (SBS) Nagar District comprise extremely fertile lands. It is due
to the presence of river Sutluj. The district has a moderate climate. The average annual rainfall in the
district is 70 cm. The rainfall in the district in general increases from south-west towards the north-
east.
INDUSTRIAL SCENARIO OF DISTRICT SBS NAGAR

Existing Status of Industrial Areas in the District SBS Nagar
Sr. Name of Land Land No of No of No of No. of Units

No. Ind. Area acquired developed Plots allotted Vacant in
(In (In hectare) Plots Plots Production
hectare)
1 Industrial 50 Acres 50 Acres 110 110 Nil 34
Focal Point
Nawanshahr
Source: - DIC, SBS Nagar

1. Registered MSE Units No. 4601

Industries
7. Turn over Medium & Large Industries Rs. Lacs 358105.43
Source: DI, Punjab

Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
1 NAWAN SHAHAR 4601 20664 24911 24331
SR. PRODUCTION
1 NAWAN SHAHAR 9 1184559.21 105099.04 5899 308801.44
NIC Code Type of Industry Units (No.) Employment Inv. Prod. (Rs.
No. (2 (No.) (Rs Lakh.) Lakh)
digit)
15 Mfg of Food Products & Beverages
163 912 1533.75 6731.31
17 Mfg of Textile Including
Dyeing/Processing 19 150 122.00 33.00
18 Mfg of Hosiery & Garment
Including Embroidery 20 116 67.00 46.00
19 Mfg of Leather & Leather products 72 401 38.50 132.20
20 Mfg of Wood Products 24 349 274.70 460.50
21 Mfg of paper and paper
products 14 165 198.90 692.50
22 Publishing Printing &
Reproduction of Recorded Media 18 68 15.00 40.00
23 Mfg. of coke, refined petroleum
products & nuclear fuel, bottling
of
LPG 1 7 20.00 300.00
24 Mfg of chemical and chemical
products 14 108 198.70 574.00
25 Mfg of rubber and plastic products 19 120 155.50 189.00

26 Mfg of other Non-Metallic Mineral
products 12 223 153.44 294.32
27 Mfg of Basic metals 18 163 54.50 261.00
28 Mfg of fabricated metal
products 81 357 122.23 289.05
29 Mfg of machinery and
Equipment NEC 45 190 150.48 394.90
31 Mfg of Electrical machinery and
apparatus 1 5 4.00 10.00
33 Mfg. of medical, precision &
optical instruments, watches &
clocks 1 3 0.90 6.00
34 Mfg of Motor Vehicles,
Trailers 9 49 67.30 42.00
36 Mfg of furniture, wooden and still
furniture 73 447 174.80 488.75
50 Maintenance and Repair of Motor
Vehicles 53 383 82.38 80.00
52 Rep. of Elec. Goods. 234 805 284.54 524.60
63 Cold Store 10 181 242.00 815.50
72 Data Processing 4 17 7.00 27.00
74 Computer Designing 16 36 16.95 48.00
Total MSMEs 925 5278 4278.57 12555.63
Total Non-MSMEs 1446 3568 675 1165
GRAND TOTAL 2371 8846 4953.57 13720.63
Source: DI, Punjab
SBS NAGAR SWOT ANALYSIS

SBS Nagar is the Insufficient and Infrastructure Competition from
cleanest city in improper upgradation other districts
North India infrastructure
Ample healthcare Lack of skilled labor Develop agriculture Non-tariff barriers to
facilities with high yield and agro products
sustainability
Road and Rail Lack of sufficient
connectivity power supply
Mainly agricultural
district

ITCHS Values In
Code Rs.
Shahid Bhagat Singh AMOXYCILLINE AND ITS
PUNJAB 29411030 381,355,265 Oct.
Nagar SALTS
OTHER DILOXANIDE
Shahid Bhagat Singh
PUNJAB 29420090 FUROATE, CIMETIDINE, 264,229,892 Oct.
Nagar
FAMOTIDINE NES
Shahid Bhagat Singh PLTES SHTS OF POLYMRS
PUNJAB 39202090 138,399,742 Oct.
Nagar OF PROPYLN NES
PUNJAB 29411030 332,931,152 Nov.
Nagar SALTS
OTHER DILOXANIDE
Shahid Bhagat Singh
PUNJAB 29420090 FUROATE, CIMETIDINE, 154,456,850 Nov.
Nagar
FAMOTIDINE NES
PUNJAB 39202090 127,545,915 Nov.
PUNJAB 29411030 393,525,910 Dec.
Nagar SALTS
OTHER DILOXANIDE
Shahid Bhagat Singh
PUNJAB 29420090 FUROATE, CIMETIDINE, 171,886,924 Dec.
Nagar
FAMOTIDINE NES
PUNJAB 39202090 205,269,510 Dec.
TOTAL 2169601160

district visibly.
1. Peas processing and storage unit can be planned.

2. Branding and marketing drive for regional and organic pulses.

CHAPTER 27
SRI MUKTSAR SAHIB
Muktsar was created as a new district on 7 November1995 by taking out Muktsar subdivision of
Faridkot District which was earlier i.e. before 7August 1972 subdivision of Firozpur District. From this
a reference can be drawn that the history of the present Muktsar District is not very much different
from the history of earlier Firozpur District.
Muktsar district is bounded by States of Rajasthan and Haryana in the South side, Firozpur in West
side, district Faridkot in North side and Bathinda in the East side. Sri Muktsar Sahib District is
located in South Western Zone of Punjab.

The District lies between 30º 69’ and 29º 87’ North. latitude and74º 21’ and 74º 86’ East Longitude.
TOPOGRAPHY
Muktsar district is located on the Punjab plain which in a macro regional context forms a part of great
Satluj Ganga plain. It is a low lying flat area. The flatness of the topography is indicated by the fact
that only on contour line is passing through the district. This contour line runs from southeast towards
north-west and near passes through the east of Muktsar town. It divides the district into two halves.
In one half it is below200m.thesurfaceofthedistrictis depositional plain which was formed by
alluviation by the rivers in the remote past.
INDUSTRIAL SCENERIO OF MUKTSAR
EXISTING STATUS OF INDUSTRIAL AREAS IN DISTRICT

S. Name of Land Land Prevailing No of No of No of No. of
No. Ind. Area acquired developed Rate Per Plots allotted Vacant Units in
(In (In Sqm Plots Plots Production
hectare) hectare) (In Rs.)
1 Industrial 106.28 106.28 1200 Sqy 704* 293 411 2
Focal
Point
(Malout)
2 Industrial 60.61 60.61 700 Sqy 215 37 178 Nil

Focal Point
(Muktsar)
Total 166.89 166.89 - 919 330 589 2

Source: - DIC, Muktasar

Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
1 MUKATSAR 4927 28896 49674.12 127826
FIXED
WORKING PRODUCTIO
DISTRICT UNIT CAPITAL N (RS IN
NO. INVESTMENT T
S ( RS IN LACS ) LACS )
( RS IN LACS )
1 MUKATSAR 5 114430.88 30420.48 2723 616318.3
NIC Units Employment Investment Production

Type of Unit
CODE (No) (Nos) (Rs. Lakh) (Rs.Lakh)

BEVERAGES
16 MANUFACTURE OF TOBACCO 1 3 1.40 36.00
PRODUCTS
MFG OF TEXTILE INCLUDING
17 4 68 127.18 650.00
DYEING/PROCESSING
MFG OF HOSIERY & GARMENT
18 63 186 36.44 272.00
INCLUDING EMBROIDERY

22 PUBLISHING PRINTING & 32 112 112.45 236.00
REPRODUCTION OF RECORDED
MEDIA
MFG. OF COKE, REFINED PETROLEUM
23 3 8 3.10 104.00
BOTTLING OF
LPG
24 MFG OF CHEMICAL & CHEMICAL 45 361 265.20 2399.00
PRODUCTS
PRODUCTS
26 MFG OF OTHER NON-METALIC 109 4723 587.40 6959.00
MINERAL PRODUCTS

MFG OF FABICATED METAL
28 PRODUCTS EXCEPT MACHINERY & 79 392 160.71 2525.00
EQUIPMENT
29 MFG OF MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT 555 2301 905.43 3645.00
N.E.C.
MFG OF ELECTRICAL MACHINERY &
31 17 74 49.36 842.00
APPARATUS N.E.C.
MFG. OF RADIO, TELEVISION,
32 COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT & 9 28 11.30 109.00
APPARATUS
MFG OF MOTOR VEHICLES, TRAILERS
34 5 27 15.00 99.00
& SEMI-TRAILERS & PARTS
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF 111 358 109.00 460.00
50
MOTOR VEHICLES
52 Rep. of Elec. Goods. 160 296 66.88 327.00
55 HOTEL AND RESTAURANTS 2 20 389.00 95.00
63 Cold Store. 7 46 408.44 750.00

64 Cable T.V. 1 3 2.04 9.00
72 Data Processing 12 35 46.00 78.00

74 Computer Desiging 24 42 31.00 148.00
RECREATIONAL, CULTURAL AND

92 SPORTING ACTIVITIES 4 9 2.50 33.00
93 Other Services 4 6 3.10 22.00

Grand Total of SME Units: 2200 16311 10706.91 62252.00
ArtisonUnits 873 3137 2740 16630
G.Total MSMEs +Artisan Units 3073 19448 1346.44 78882
Source: DI, Punjab
LARGE SCALE INDUSTRIES/ PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKINGS

S.N. Name & address of theunit
1. M/s Setia Paper Mills Ltd, Malout Road, Rupana (Muktsar)
2. M/s Setia Synthetics Mills Ltd, Ferozepur Road, Lubhian Wali (Muktsar)

SRI MUKTSAR SAHIB SWOT ANALYSIS

Historical significance Insufficient supply of Development of industrial
skilled labor focal point for agricultural
implements
Agri-implements High power tariff Tourism sector development
producing area
Tourist places Complex credit By improving banking and
formalities and credit facilities exporters can
procedures be encouraged
High logistics cost
Lesser funds and
incentives
Virtually non-
industrial district
ITCHS Values In
Code Rs.
PUNJAB SRI MUKTSAR SAHIB 52052210 GREY 23,873,100 Oct.
PUNJAB SRI MUKTSAR SAHIB 52051310 GREY 7,254,652 Nov.
PUNJAB SRI MUKTSAR SAHIB 52052210 GREY 35,118,913 Dec.
PUNJAB SRI MUKTSAR SAHIB 52052310 GREY 54,907,862 Dec.
PUNJAB SRI MUKTSAR SAHIB 52052410 GREY2401 11,390,998 Dec.
TOTAL 286377134

district visibly.

2. Shrimp culture training institute can be opened to provide training to the framers in various
districts of Punjab.
3. Shrimp Processing Unit can be another export boosting initiative in the district and
neighboring regions.
4. Setting up Agri-implements cluster can be taken up to benefit Muktsar and neighboring
districts
5. A better rail connectivity may help in reducing logistic/transportation cost for the few
industrial units operating in this region. Otherwise units operating in this region are paying
additional INR 20,000 approximately transportation charges from the district to Ludhiana. A
better rail connectivity to Ludhiana will help units in saving some transportation cost.

CHAPTER 28
TARN TARAN
Tarn Taran is one of the border districts which lies in the North West frontier of Punjab and is bounded
by district Amritsar in the north east, district Kapurthala in the east and district Ferozepur in the south.
It comprises of 3 tehsils, and 8 community development blocks, 4 assembly constituencies and one
Lok Sabha constituency. The District has about 240 km international boundary with Pakistan. It is
bounded by river Beas in the south eastern side. Tarn Taran is an important religious town due to its
connectivity with the fifth Sikh Guru Arjun Dev Ji, who founded the town.
Harike Wetland, also known as "Hari-ke-Pattan", with the Harike Lake in the deeper part of it, is the
largest wetland in Asia falls in the Tarn Taran district of the Punjab. The wetland and the lake were
formed by constructing the head works across the Sutlej River, in 1953. The headwork’s is located
downstream of the confluence of the Beas and Sutlej rivers

The Tarn Taran District falls in the Jullundur Division of the Punjab. In shape, it is a trapezium, with its
base resting on the River Beas. Its western side adjoins Pakistan. The north-eastern side is bounded
by the Kapurthala District, and towards it south-east across the River Beas lie the Ferozepur districts.
The district is divided into three tehsils, Seven Sub tehsils and eight Blocks. All-important places in the
district are connected by road. The total area of the district is 241000 hectares.
TOPOGRAPHY OF TARAN TARN
Taran Tarn district lies between 31 -27.0’North and 74 -52.3’East longitudes. The area is occupied by
alluvial plains.
Sr No. of Fixed
No Unit Investment
1 TARAN TARN 2422 8501 14156.09 20800.49
FIXED
WORKING
( RS IN LACS )
( RS IN LACS )
1 TARAN TARN 6 24681.69 20693.76 764 252488.69
NIC TYPE OF No. EMPLOYMEN INVESTMENT Production

COD INDUS of T (Rs Lakh.) (Rs Lakh.)
UNIT Nos.
ENO.
14
GYPSUM POWDER 1 10 8 8.8

17 MFG OF TEXTILE INCLUDING 10 38 69.3 88.38
18 DYEING/PROCESSINGMFG OF
HOSIERY & GARMENT
21 MFG OF PAPER & PAPER 9 27 36.7 232.95
22 PUBLISHING PRINTING & 10 21 5.16 23.05
24 MFG OF CHEMICAL & CHEMICAL
PRODUCTS 7 25 10.18 63.1
26 MFG OF OTHER NON-METALIC 19 220 137.91 379.4
27 MFG OF BASIC METAL 6 46 265.5 3653
28 MFG OF FABICATED METAL 40 113 61.18 116.4
29 MFG OF MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT
N.E.C. 41 231 434.58 733.67
30 MFG OF OFFICE, ACCOUNTING & 1 6 1 90.75
31 MFG OF ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 15 52 10.01 46.1
33 MFG OF MEDICAL, PRECISION & 3 22 49.25 72.57
36 MFG OF FUNITURE, MFG OF N.E.C 23 82 56.4 134
MOTOR VEHICLE 15 65 2.62 8.87
52 MAINTENACE & REPAIR OF 100 197 71.6 225.45
63 COLD STORAGE 1 6 8.05 41.05
72 COMPUTER & RELATED 3 5 3.3 11.38
74 OTHER BUSINESS ACTIVITES (NIC 1 2 1 2.8
92 VEDEO PHOTOGRAPHY 1 5 22 5
TOTAL SIDO 472 2062 3878.89 11737.38
TOTAL NON SIDO/Artisan Units 280 655 90.00
GRAND TOTAL SIDO & NON SIDO 752 2717 3968.89 267.00
12004.38
Source: DI, Punjab
1. M/s Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd., Goindwal Sahib, Distt. Tarntarn.
2. M/s Capital Overseas Pvt. Ltd., Village Piddi, Tarntarn.
3. M/s Rana Sugars, VPO Lauka the Patti, Distt. Tarntaran
4. M/s Kochar Sung, VPO Gohalwarh, Tarntarn.
TARAN TARAN SWOT ANALYSIS

CompriseBasmati rice Insufficient transport By Developing Rice pests and
producing belt facilities industrial area diseases.
Good road High transportation Develop agriculture Non-tariff barriers
connectivity and logistics cost with high yield and
being in hinterland. sustainability
Infrastructure
upgradation

CompriseBasmati rice Insufficient transport By Developing Rice pests and
producing belt facilities industrial area diseases.
ITCHS Values In
Code Rs.
PUNJAB Tarn Taran 10063020 BASMATI RICE 719,265,724 Oct.
PREPARATION OF
PUNJAB Tarn Taran 30045034 695,605 Oct.
VITAMIN B12
OTHER MEDCNE
PUNJAB Tarn Taran 30049099 PUT UP FOR RETAIL 1,703,228 Oct.
SALE N.E.S
PUNJAB Tarn Taran 10063020 BASMATI RICE 357,159,256 Nov.
RICE EXCPTG
PUNJAB Tarn Taran 10063090 PARBOILED (EXCL 66,474,080 Nov.
BASMATI RICE)
OTHER MEDCNE
PUNJAB Tarn Taran 30049099 PUT UP FOR RETAIL 4,346,881 Nov.
SALE N.E.S
PUNJAB Tarn Taran 10063020 BASMATI RICE 477,865,537 Dec.
RICE EXCPTG
PUNJAB Tarn Taran 10063090 PARBOILED (EXCL 52,863,618 Dec.
BASMATI RICE)
PUNJAB Tarn Taran 10064000 BROKEN RICE 127,288,653 Dec.
TOTAL 1807662582
visibly.
ICD Chhehatra was established to serve exporters of the region. However, it doesn’t work to its
it also needs to be linked with Rail route. Tarantaran is just 28 Kms away from Amritsar and ICD
Chhehatra can do wonders for the region from export point of view.

Rice/Agro Exports
This region comprising districts of Amritsar, Tarantarn, Gurdaspur, and Pathankot is one of the biggest
East Asia.
Already recommended for Amritsar district. It will serve nearby districts also which includes Tarantarn
also.
Already recommended for exporters of Amritsar district. It will serve nearby districts also which
includes Tarantarn also.

CHAPTER-29
DISTRICT WISE SELECTED PRODUCTS
Sr
No DISTRICT PRODUCTS
1 Amritsar Rice, Blankets, Shawls, Tourism
2 Barnala Terry Towels,Cotton, Cotton Yarn, Agri Implements
3 Bathinda Cotton Yarn, Kinnow, Natural Honey
4 Faridkot Rice
5 Hosiery,Agri Implements,Jaggery,Rolling Mill Parts, Sewing
Fatehgarh Sahib Machine Parts
6 Fazilka Rice,Kinnow
7 Ferozepur Rice
8 Gurdaspur Lathe Machine,Haldi Powder,Meat,Jaggery
9 Hoshiarpur Natural Honey, Tractor and Tractor Parts
10 Jalandhar Sports Goods,Hand Tools,Natural Honey
11 Kapurthala Potato, Rice, Potato Seeds, Diesel Engine Parts, Auto Parts
12 Hosiery,Shirt and T-Shirt,Woolen Yarn, Bakery,Hand Tools,
Ludhiana Bicycles
13 Mansa Agri Implements,Shrimp, Cotton
14 Moga Rice, Agri Implements
15 Pathankot Rice, Litchi
16 Patiala Phulkari, Cutting Tools, Guava
17 Religious/Environmental Tourism,Kinnow, Honey,
Rupnagar Potato,Maize
18 Rice, Wheat, Mushroom, Vegetable Oil, Chilled Rools,
Sangrur Agriculture Implements,Badges
19 Punjabi Entertainment,Pharmaceuticals, Information
SAS Nagar - Mohali Technology
20 SBS Nagar - Nawanshahr Pulses,Rice, Pharmaceuticals,Peas
21 Sri Muktsar Sahib Paper,Rice, Shrimp,Agricultural Implements
22 Tarn Taran Honey , Kinnow, Cotton Yarn, Pears

PART -4
SECTOR WISE EXPORT
ANALYSIS FROM
PUNJAB

SECTOR
TEXTILE
HOSIERY
T- SHIRTS
SHIRTS
WOOLEN YARNS
GLOVES
WOOLEN JERSEY
BADGES
BLANKETS AND TRAVLLING RUGS
SHAWLS
COTTON
COTTON YARNS
TERRY TOWELS

CHAPTER - 30
HOSIERY
SECTOR: TEXTILE
INTRODUCTION
Hosiery, also referred to as legwear, describes garments worn directly on the feet and legs. The first
references to hosiery can be found in works of Hesiod, where Romans are said to have used leather
or cloth in forms of strips to cover their lower body parts. Even the Egyptians are speculated to have
used hosiery, as socks have been found in certain tombs. Segmentation by Product: Body Stockings,
Compression Stockings, Knee Highs, Hold-ups, Stockings, Socks, Tights, Toe Socks.
Ludhiana is one of the leading industrial cities of India and sometimes termed as Industrial capital of
Punjab. The city is famous for Hosiery Manufacturers in Ludhiana and is one of the leading exporters
of hosiery clothes in the country.
The Hosiery market can be segmented into North America, Latin America, Western Europe, Eastern
Europe, China, Japan, SEA others in Asia Pacific and Middle East Africa. Among these regions, the
North America Hosiery market is anticipated to dominate the worldwide Hosiery market throughout
the forecast length. The Asia Pacific (such as Japan and China) Hosiery market and the Europe Hosiery
market are predicted to follow the North America Hosiery market within the global Hosiery market in
phrases of revenue. The China Hosiery market is predicted to showcase the highest boom charge
throughout the forecast length. The Latin America Hosiery market is additionally anticipated to
witness a vast growth price throughout the forecast period.
EXPORT DATA
TABLE: EXPORT FROM INDIA
HS CODE 6115:PANTY HOSE, TIGHTS, STOCKINGS, SOCKS AND OTHER HOSIERY, INCLUDING
GRADUATED COMPRESSION HOSIERY (FOR EXAMPLE, STOCKINGS FOR VARICOSE VEINS) AND
FOOTWEAR WITHOUT APPLIED SOLES, KNITTED OR CROCHETED.
Values in Rs. Lacs
S.No. HSCode Commodity 2018-2019 %Share 2019-2020 %Share

PANTYHOSE, TIGHTS,
STOCKINGS, SOCKS AND
OTHER HOSIERY, INCLUDING
1 6115 113,578 0.05 114,454 0.05
GRADUATED COMPRESSION
HOSIERY (FOR EXAMPLE,
STOCKING
India's Total Export 230,772,619 221,985,418
(Source: Ministry of Commerce, India)
TABLE: EXPORT FROM INDIA –TOP COUNTRY WISE
HS CODE 6115:PANTY HOSE, TIGHTS, STOCKINGS, SOCKS AND OTHER HOSIERY, INCLUDING
FOOTWEAR WITHOUT APPLIED SOLES, KNITTED OR CROCHETED.-Values in Rs. Lacs
S.No. Country Values in Rs. Lacs

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 USA 25,893.36 30,484.12 17.73
2 U ARAB EMTS 13,040.45 12,681.22 -2.75
3 SPAIN 9,938.83 11,339.15 14.09
4 UK 10,223.56 9,595.65 -6.14
5 FRANCE 11,107.07 8,410.93 -24.27
6 GERMANY 8,316.51 6,964.37 -16.26
7 SAUDI ARAB 7,100.80 5,823.40 -17.99
8 POLAND 3,340.14 5,526.96 65.47
9 ITALY 2,373.77 2,525.69 6.4
10 SOUTH AFRICA 2,136.37 2,308.12 8.04
TABLE: EXPORT FROM PUNJAB
HS CODE 6115: PANTY HOSE, TIGHTS, STOCKINGS, SOCKS AND OTHER HOSIERY, INCLUDING
Values in Rs. Lacs
April, 18 To April, 18 To
Hs Code Commodity March, 19 March, 19
Value(INR) Value(US $)
GRADUATED COMPRESSION HOSIERY FOR
611510 13719671 195469
EXAMPLE, (STOCKINGS FOR VA

OF SYNTHETIC FIBRES, MEASURING PER
611522 48180 732
SINGLE YARN 67 DECITEX O
611529 OF OTHER TEXTILE MATERIALS: 4201466 58895
611594 OF WOOL OR FINE ANIMAL HAIR 971649 13778
611595 OF COTTON 4382287 62417
611596 OF SYNTHETIC FIBRES 21689609 302126
OTHER HOSIERY OF OTHER TEXTILE
611599 9800953 140414
MATERIALS
TOTAL 5,48,13,815 773831
(Source: DGCIS)
TABLE: WORLD’S TOP IMPORTERS
Value imported in
RANK World's Top Importers 2019 (USD
thousand)
World 12313808
1 United States of America 2449853
2 Germany 1065575
3 Japan 961255
4 United Kingdom 784823
5 France 679988
6 Netherlands 476707
7 Russian Federation 459768
8 Italy 446824
9 Spain 335447
10 Canada 311959
(Source: Trade map)
TABLE: WORLD’S TOP EXPORTERS
Value exported in
Rank World’s Top Exporter 2019 (USD
thousand)
World 13982702
1 China 6215943
2 Turkey 1097798
3 Italy 822883

4 Germany 686540
6 Pakistan 351324
7 Belgium 284081
8 Croatia 264550
10 Serbia 249742
(Source: Trade map)
ANALYSIS
SWOT –STRENGTHS WEAKNESSES OPPORTUNITIES THREATS
Hosiery has permanent market having stable demand in the world. Our export from India was Rs 1135
cr in 2018-19. It is very dismal compared to our strength in production. Even with robust production
and wide experience, India is not amongst top ten exporters. With same market size and with low
level infrastructure Pakistan stands sixth in top exporters of the world.
Ludhiana is the largest hub of hosiery production in India, even its share in Indian export of hosiery is
also not encouraging. Southern manufactures i.e. Tirupur fetched large market share of exports.
Ludhiana has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While hosiery is a widely price sensitive
product having low profit margin. We need to focus on large scale production with cutting short of
expenses on transportation.

CHAPTER – 31
T-SHIRT
SECTOR: TEXTILE
HS CODE 6109: T-SHRTS, SNGLTS AND OTHR VESTS, KNTTD/CRCHTD
INTRODUCTION
A T-shirt, or tee shirt, is a style of fabric shirt named after the T shape of its body and sleeves.
Traditionally, it has short sleeves and a round neckline, known as a crew neck, which lacks a collar. T-
shirts are generally made of a stretchy, light and inexpensive fabric and are easy to clean. The T-shirt
evolved from undergarments used in the 19th century and, in the mid-20th century, transitioned from
undergarment to general-use casual clothing.
The T-shirt evolved from undergarments used in the 19th century. First, the one-piece union
suit underwear was cut into separate top and bottom garments, with the top long enough to tuck
under the waistband of the bottoms. With and without buttons, they were adopted
by miners and stevedores during the late 19th century as a convenient covering for hot environments.
As slip-on garments without buttons, the earliest T-shirt dates back to sometime between the 1898
Spanish–American War and 1913, when the U.S. Navy first issued them as undergarments. These were
a crew-necked, short-sleeved, white cotton undershirt to be worn under a uniform. It became
common for sailors and Marines in work parties, the early submarines, and tropical climates to
remove their uniform jacket, wearing (and soiling) only the undershirt. They soon became popular as
a bottom layer of clothing for workers in various industries, including agriculture. The T-shirt was
easily fitted, easily cleaned, and inexpensive, and for those reasons, it became the shirt of choice for
young boys. Boys' shirts were made in various colors and patterns. The word T-shirt became part of
American English by the 1920s, and appeared in the Merriam-Webster Dictionary.
Since the 1960s, T-shirts have flourished as a form of personal expression. Screen printed T-shirts
have been a standard form of marketing for major American consumer products, such as Coca-Cola
and Mickey Mouse, since the 1970s. It has also been commonly used to commemorate an event or to
make a political or personal statement. Since the 1990s, it has become common practice for
companies of all sizes to produce T-shirts with their corporate logos or messages as part of their
overall advertising campaigns. Since the late 1980s and especially the 1990s, T-shirts with prominent
designer-name logos have become popular, especially with teenagers and young adults. These
garments allow consumers to flaunt their taste for designer brands in an inexpensive way, in addition

to being decorative. Examples of designer T-shirt branding include Calvin Klein, FUBU, Ralph Lauren,
American Apparel, and The Gap.
According to a March 2018 survey by Credence Research, the global t-shirt market is valued at 185.1
billion dollars (approximately 12,31,424 crore rupees) which means that, although the Indian market
is both sizeable and growing at 5,400 crore rupees, it is not one of the world’s largest by a long way.
The Credence Research survey also stated that, over the next five years, India is expected to
experience the highest growth rate in the t-shirt market for the whole Asia-Pacific region. This makes
the t-shirt market in India a growth opportunity for many apparel businesses.
EXPORT DATA OF T-SHIRT
Table: Export from India HS CODE 6109: T-SHIRT
Values in Rs. Lacs
%Sha
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Share
S.No. HSCode Commodity re
T-SHRTS,SNGLTS AND
1 6109 1,775,931 0.77 1,757,503 0.79
OTHR
VESTS,KNTTD/CRCHTD

TABLE: EXPORT FROM INDIA – TOP COUNTRY WISE
HS CODE 6109: T-SHIRT

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 USA 3,81,381.60 3,67,930.55 -3.53
2 U ARAB EMTS 2,79,367.60 2,88,005.51 3.09
3 GERMANY 1,45,301.36 1,23,229.77 -15.19
4 UK 1,24,544.49 1,16,268.81 -6.64
5 NIGERIA 77,048.62 1,09,202.28 41.73
6 FRANCE 1,00,285.15 85,584.16 -14.66
7 SPAIN 64,363.05 66,564.31 3.42
8 NETHERLAND 60,444.63 57,248.24 -5.29
9 SOUTH AFRICA 55,448.13 41,095.50 -25.88
10 SAUDI ARAB 33,380.92 40,981.31 22.77
April, 18 To
April, 18 To March,
Hs Code Commodity March, 19
19 Value(INR)
Value(US $)
610910 T-SHIRTS ETC OF COTTON 3,30,81,27,498 47402707
T-SHIRT ETC OF OTHER
610990 5,26,17,64,062 75144763
TEXTILE MATERIALS
TOTAL 8,56,98,91,560 122547470
(Source: DGCIS)
Value imported in
RANK World's Top Importers 2019 (USD
thousand)
World 41783056
2 Germany 4104429
4 Japan 2427359
5 France 2397633

6 Spain 1988343
7 Italy 1737998
9 Belgium 1248605
10 Hong Kong, China 962304
(Source: Trade map)
Value exported in
RANK World's Top Exporters 2019 (USD
thousand)
World 46844747
1 China 7414910
2 Bangladesh 6891737
3 Turkey 2726587
4 India 2660100
5 Viet Nam 2564041
6 Germany 2422647
7 Italy 1771104
8 Belgium 1404206
9 Spain 1371028
(Source: Trade map)
ANALYSIS
STRENGTHS WEAKNESSES OPPORTUNITIES THREATS (SWOT)
T-shirt has permanent market having stable demand in the world. T-Shirt export from India was Rs
17,759 cr in 2018-19. While China stands at the first spot in export data, Bangladesh is ahead of us in
exports. Bangladesh has robust textile infrastructure, low labor expense, low implementation of labor
laws, proximity to ports and zero duty on products of Bangladesh by virtue of being Least Developed
Country, India faces the biggest challenge from Bangladesh.
Ludhiana is the largest hub of hosiery production in India, even its share in Indian export of hosiery is
also not encouraging and it stands at only Rs 856 cr. Southern manufactures i.e. Tirupur fetched large
market share of exports.
Ludhiana has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While t-shirt is widely price sensitive

CHAPTER – 32
SHIRTS
SECTOR: TEXTILE
HS CODE 6105: MENS OR BOYS SHIRTS, KNITTED OR CROCHETED
INTRODUCTION
A shirt is a cloth garment for the upper body (from the neck to the waist). Originally an undergarment
worn exclusively by men, it has become, in American English, a catch-all term for a broad variety of
upper-body garments and undergarments. In British English, a shirt is more specifically a garment with
a collar, sleeves with cuffs, and a full vertical opening with buttons or snaps (North Americans would
call that a "dress shirt", a specific type of collared shirt). A shirt can also be worn with a necktie under
the shirt collar.
The shirt sometimes had frills at the neck or cuffs. In the sixteenth century, men's shirts often had
embroidery, and sometimes frills or lace at the neck and cuffs and through the eighteenth-century
long neck frills, or jabots, were fashionable. Colored shirts began to appear in the early nineteenth
century, as can be seen in the paintings of George Caleb Bingham. They were considered casual wear,
for lower-class workers only, until the twentieth century. For a gentleman, "to wear a sky-blue shirt
was unthinkable in 1860 but had become standard by 1920 and, in 1980, constituted the most
commonplace event."
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 6105: MENS OR BOYS SHIRTS, KNITTED OR CROCHETED
Values in Rs. Lacs
S.N HSCod %Shar %Shar

Commodity 2018-2019 2019-2020
o. e e e
MENS/BOYS
1 6105 SHIRTS,KNITTED/CRO 477,269 0.21 496,073 0.22
CHETED
221,985,41
India's Total Export 230,772,619
8

HS CODE 6105: MENS OR BOYS SHIRTS, KNITTED OR CROCHETED.
Values in Rs. Lacs

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 USA 1,50,008.58 1,45,130.24 -3.25
2 U ARAB EMTS 1,13,017.55 1,16,729.23 3.28
3 UK 29,306.23 30,302.42 3.4
4 SAUDI ARAB 10,929.61 25,626.84 134.47
5 GERMANY 25,277.29 24,369.02 -3.59
6 FRANCE 15,417.91 16,004.62 3.81
7 NETHERLAND 14,816.64 15,142.33 2.2
8 CANADA 9,705.18 8,536.19 -12.05
9 BELGIUM 8,879.17 8,258.72 -6.99
10 POLAND 5,631.80 8,163.76 44.96
Values in Rs. Lacs
Hs March, 19 March, 19
Code Commodity Value(INR) Value(US $)
610510 MENS/BOYS SHIRTS OF COTTON 189,08,02,969 26987664
MENS/BOYS SHIRTS OF MAN-MADE
610520 FIBRES 636,52,21,396 90830856
610590 SHIRTS OF OTHR TEXTILE MATERIAL 229,93,64,226 32941201
1055,53,88,591 150759721
(Source: DGCIS)

Value
imported in
Rank World's Top Importers
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 8169086
2 Germany 638238
4 Japan 460908
5 France 439299
6 Italy 364750
7 Spain 338575
10 China 174498
(Source: Trade Map)
Value
exported in
Rank World's Top Exporters
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 8558911
2 China 995249
3 India 749971
4 Viet Nam 706627
5 Pakistan 493419
6 Germany 415691
7 Italy 383543
9 Guatemala 277397
10 France 231570
(Source: Trade Map)

SWOT ANALYSIS
Shirt has permeant market having stable demand in the world. Shirt export from India was Rs 4,772
cr in 2018-19. While Bangladesh standing at the first spot in export data, it has robust textile
infrastructure, low labour expense, low implementation of labour laws, proximity to ports and zero
duty on products of Bangladesh by virtue of being Least Developed Country, India faces the biggest
challenge from Bangladesh.
Though, Ludhiana is the largest hub of hosiery production in India, even its share in Indian export of
hosiery is also not encouraging and it stands at only Rs 1055 cr. Southern manufactures i.e. Tirupur,
Bangalore, Maharasthra fetched large market share of exports.
Ludhiana has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While shirt is widely price sensitive

CHAPTER – 33
WOOLEN YARN
SECTOR: TEXTILE
INTRODUCTION
Woolen yarn is soft, light, stretchy, and full of air. It is thus a good insulator, and makes a good knitting
yarn. Woolen yarn is in contrast to worsted yarn, in which the fibers are combed to lie parallel rather
than carded, producing a hard, strong yarn. Yarn is made from many different fibers -- animal, plant
and vegetable. Animal fibers include wool, mohair, angora, silk, cashmere, llama, alpaca and qiviut
(musk ox) and are made of mostly protein. Cotton, linen and ramie are vegetable fibers. Wool, is a
textile fiber that originates from animals. Wool is actually a type of yarn that is mostly used for
knitting. Wool is a textile fiber that originates from various animals that gives them many of the
benefits that we humans seek when knitting that next project, whether it's a hat, a sweater or a shawl.
HS CODE 55093200: Containing 85 percent or more by weight of acrylic or modacrylic staple
fibre -- Multiple (folded) or cabled yarn
Acrylic and modacrylic fibers are produced from acrylonitrile, a petrochemical. The U.S. Federal Trade
Commission defines fibers of 85 percent or more acrylonitrile units as acrylic fibers: for modacrylics
the figure is 35-85 percent. Early fibers were based on 100 percent acrylonitrile, but more successful
versions were produced by the inclusion of up to 15 percent of other chemical units that improved
the ability of the resulting fiber to absorb dyes.
EXPORT SCENARIO

The global export of synthetic staple fibres, not carded, combed or otherwise processed for spinning
of acrylic or modacrylic decreased 20.48 per cent from $593.28 million in 2017 to $471.78 million in
2019. Total exports fell 21.67 per cent in 2019 over previous year and is expected to rise to $572.15
million in 2022 with a rate of 21.28 per cent from 2019.
Japan ($218.54 million), Thailand ($90.72 million), India ($34.62 million) and South Korea ($31.60
million) were the key exporters of synthetic staple fibres of acrylic or modacrylic across the globe in
2019, together comprising 79.59 per cent of total export. These were followed by China ($27.90
million), Portugal ($26.95 million) and UK ($9.45 million).
From 2016 to 2019, the most notable rate of growth in terms of export value, amongst the main
exporting countries, was attained by China (39.62 per cent). China ($201.10 million), Spain ($83.63
million), US ($74.60 million) and India ($56.97 million) were the key importers of synthetic staple
fibres of acrylic or modacrylic across the globe in 2019, together comprising 55.11 per cent of total
import. These were followed by Italy ($52.74 million), Turkey ($45.22 million) and Iran ($43.59
million). From 2016 to 2019, the most notable rate of growth in terms of import value, amongst the
main importing countries, was attained by Spain (84.25 per cent) and India (25 .35 per cent).
EXPORT DATA

Values in Rs. Lacs

YRN OF SYNTHTC STAPLE
FIBRES CNTNG 85% OR
1 55111000 9,517.19 0.0041 10,457.69 0.0047
MORE BY WEIGHT OF SUCH
FIBRES
MULTIPLE(FOLDED)/CABLED
YRN CNTNG>=85% OF
2 55093200 18,375.13 0.008 15,197.68 0.0068
ACRYLIC/MODACRYLIC
STAPLE FIBRES
YRN OF SYNTHTC STAPLE
FIBRES CNTNG LESS THN
3 55112000 457.95 0.0002 438.32 0.0002
85% BY WEIGHT OF SUCH
FIBRES
TOTAL EXPORT 28,350.27 0.0123 26,093.69 0.0118


Values in Rs.
S.No. Country Lacs
2019-
2018-2019 2020 %Growth
1 KENYA 3,199.66 3,287.55 2.75
2 MYANMAR 3,594.91 2,235.96 -37.8
3 USA 2,027.93 2,221.05 9.52
4 SOUTH AFRICA 2,773.33 2,204.81 -20.5
5 NEPAL 437.74 729.99 66.76
6 BANGLADESH PR 73.07 709.87 871.48
7 SRI LANKA DSR 489.83 538.46 9.93
8 GUATEMALA 394.19 358.21 -9.13
9 CHILE 736.33 349.84 -52.49
10 MEXICO 1,046.55 322.84 -69.15
HS CODE 55111000: MULTIPLE (FOLDED)/CABLED YRN CNTNG>=85% OF ACRYLIC/MODACRYLIC

STAPLE FIBRES

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 USA 2,121.03 4,681.49 120.72
2 CHILE 719.07 1,679.90 133.62
3 UK 1,538.98 992.67 -35.5
4 MALAYSIA 874.25 800.63 -8.42
5 AUSTRALIA 631.59 460.92 -27.02
6 CANADA 598.35 395.83 -33.85
7 BRAZIL 1,262.24 308.75 -75.54
8 ARGENTINA 798.86 234.08 -70.7
9 SWEDEN 167.33 190.7 13.96
10 CZECH REPUBLIC 125.93 125.18 -0.6

HS CODE 55112000: YRN OF SYNTHTC STAPLE FIBRES CNTNG LESS THN 85% BY WEIGHT OF SUCH
FIBRES
S.No. Country Values in Rs.

Lacs
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 UK 321.48 204.73 -36.32
2 AUSTRALIA 74.04
3 USA 10.45 45.68 337.16
4 CHILE 17.34 34.66 99.85
5 BRAZIL 59.02 28.06 -52.46
6 CZECH 19.63
7 EGYPT A RP 19.13
8 CANADA 3.02
9 COLOMBIA 4.34 2.59 -40.33
10 URUGUAY 2.73 2.12 -22.2
MULTIPLE(FOLDED)/CABLED YRN
550932 1703275296 24438711
CNTNG>=85% OF ACRYLIC/MODACRY
YRN OF SYNTHTC STAPLE FIBRES CNTNG
551110 951220818 13620617
85% OR MORE BY WEIGHT
YRN OF SYNTHTC STAPLE FIBRES CNTNG
551120 42836605 611205
LESS THN 85% BY W
TOTAL 2,69,73,32,719 3,86,70,533
(Source: DGCIS)
HS CODE 5509: YARN (OTHR THN SWNG THREAD) OF SYNTHTC STAPLE FIBRES, NOT PUT UP FOR
RETAIL SALE
Rank World's Top Value

Importers imported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 4688769
1 Bangladesh 431277
2 Turkey 304969
3 Korea, Republic of 229154

4 China 220247
5 India 204700
6 Germany 197714
7 Brazil 194678
8 Italy 181948
10 Viet Nam 163885
(Source: Trade map)
HS CODE 5509: YARN (OTHR THN SWNG THREAD) OF SYNTHTC STAPLE FIBRES, NOT PUT UP FOR
RETAIL SALE
Rank World's Top Exporters Value exported

in 2019 (USD
thousand)
World 5466194
1 China 1611634
2 Indonesia 758955
4 India 495082
5 Viet Nam 278074
6 Turkey 270253
7 Italy 176279
9 Thailand 129819
10 Germany 125647
(Source: Trade map)
HS CODE 5511: YARN (OTHR THN SWNG THREAD) OF MAN-MADE STAPLE FIBRES PUT UP FOR RTL
SALE
Rank World's Top Importers Value

imported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 359058
3 Canada 24712
4 Germany 21279
5 Viet Nam 17870
6 France 17034
7 Netherlands 16506
8 Japan 9134

9 Spain 8164
10 Australia 7628
(Source: Trade map)
HS CODE 5511: YARN (OTHR THN SWNG THREAD) OF MAN-MADE STAPLE FIBRES PUT UP FOR RTL
SALE
Rank World's Top Value exported in

Exporters 2019 (USD
thousand)
World 350938
1 Turkey 155110
2 China 43962
3 United States of 24340
America
4 Canada 17307
5 India 17051
6 Germany 13109
7 Italy 8886
8 Kenya 7101
9 France 6828
10 Netherlands 6780
(Source: Trade map)
ANALYSIS
Woolen Yarn is raw material of woolen cloth. Raw material of woolen yarn is synthetic materials. India
is amongst largest producer, importer and exporter of this yarn. Textile is complex industry where
India needs woolen yarn for woolen clothes. While our production capacity is over, we need to import
yarn from outside. As well Bangladesh is one of the largest producer of clothes, needs yarn as raw
material. So it is one of the largest importer also.
Ludhiana is the capital of woolen yarn and garments in India. India’s total exports of woolen yarn is
Rs 283 cr where Punjab exports is of Rs 269 cr. Punjab constitutes 95% of total export of woolen yarn.
Ludhiana has the largest developed market of woolen products production. Ludhiana is the leader in
India. While it has every chance to become export power house in the world.
Ludhiana has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While hand tool is widely price sensitive
products having low profit margin. We need to focus large scale production with cutting short of

CHAPTER – 34
GLOVES
SECTOR - TEXTILE
INTRODUCTION
A glove is a garment covering the whole hand. Gloves usually have separate sheaths or openings for
each finger and the thumb. If there is an opening but no (or a short) covering sheath for each finger
they are called fingerless gloves. Gloves which cover the entire hand or fist but do not have separate
finger openings or sheaths are called mittens. Mittens are warmer than other styles of gloves made
of the same material because fingers maintain their warmth better when they are in contact with
each other; reduced surface area reduces heat loss. Gloves are made of materials including cloth,
knitted or felted wool, leather, rubber, latex, neoprene, silk, and metal.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 61169100: OTHER GLOVES, MITTENS AND MITTS OF WOOL OR FINE ANIMAL HAIR
Values in Rs. Lacs

OTHER GLOVES,MITTENS
1 61169100 AND MITTS OF WOOL OR 10.78 0 13.33 0
FINE ANIMAL HAIR


2017-2018 2018-2019 %Growth
1 USA 4.78 0.01 -99.8
2 GERMANY 2.25 3.63 61.5
3 OMAN 2.13
4 CANADA 0.96 0.09 -90.31
5 SWITZERLAND 0.2 0.12 -41.18
6 UK 0.13 0.26 95.77
7 ITALY 0.12
8 BHUTAN 0.09
9 SINGAPORE 0.08 0.03 -59.51
10 IRELAND 0.03 2.31 8,862.02

Hs
Commodity March, 19 March, 19
Code
GLOVES MITTENS AND MITTS
611610 IMPREGNATED COTD/ COVRD WTH 373973 5698
PLSTC/
611692 OTHER GLOVES ETC OF COTTON 4485043 63581
OTHER GLOVES ETC OF SYNTHETIC
611693 1986715 27504
FIBRES
OTHR GLOVES ETC OF OTHER
611699 603766 8563
TEXTILE MATERIALS
TOTAL 7449497 105346
(Source: DGCIS)
HS CODE 6116: Gloves, mittens and mitts, knitted or crocheted (excluding for babies)
Value imported
Rank World's Top Importers in 2019 (USD
thousand)
World 4564505
2 Japan 422927
3 Germany 401926
4 France 262190
5 Belgium 223768

7 Canada 143444
10 Poland 120639
(Source: Trade map)
HS CODE 6116: Gloves, mittens and mitts, knitted or crocheted (excluding for babies)
Value
exported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 5274935
1 China 2861986
2 Sri Lanka 393298
3 Viet Nam 239651
4 Belgium 228012
5 Pakistan 205150
6 Germany 139430
7 Malaysia 134580
8 Korea 114439
9 France 93649
11 Indonesia 84912
13 Sweden 45377
15 Bangladesh 36121
16 Czech Republic 34207
17 Cambodia 33425
18 India 33349
19 Italy 29529
20 Poland 29465
(Source: Trade map)
SWOT ANALYSIS
Gloves have permanent market having stable demand in the world. Our export from India was
33349USD in thousands in 2018-19. It is very dismal compared to our strength in production. Even
with robust production and wide experience, India is not amongst top ten exporters, and is at 18th
position right now. With same market size and with low level infrastructure Pakistan stands fifth in
top exporters of the world.

Ludhiana and Amritsar is the largest hub of glove production in India, even its share in Indian export
of gloves is also not encouraging.
Punjab districts have the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While gloves are a widely price
sensitive product having low profit margin. We need to focus on large scale production with cutting
short of expenses on transportation.

CHAPTER – 35
WOOLEN JERSEYS
SECTOR - TEXTILE
INTRODUCTION
We’ve already mentioned that jersey fabrics were traditionally made of sheep’s wool. Today, you can
find all sorts of jerseys: cotton, silk, hemp, bamboo, viscose, rayon, etc. There are even luxury knit
fabrics woven of alpaca and vicuna! Such treasures require special care and cost a lot, but the pleasure
of wearing them beats it all. Wool jersey fabrics are made either in pure wool or wool blends. They
can be quite lightweight, but what you usually find in fabric shops is mid- to heavyweight wool knit
fabrics. They are amazing for a number of reasons! First, wool is natural and warm, so anything made
of wool is excellent for autumn and winter. Second, it is breathable and nice to the touch. Third, it is
highly versatile. Think of all these wonderful ways you can use 100% wool jersey fabric.
Jersey knit fabrics can be lightweight, medium-weight or heavy. They come in a variety of solid colors
and prints. The weaving method makes them stretchy and comfortable in wear, so consider it a unisex
material – it is a great wardrobe’s addition for men, women and kids alike. Tailored jackets, pants and
sweatshirts are also among the most common jersey garments. Plus, this soft fabric looks great with
different textures, like fur, leather or even silk! You can keep the look simple, avoiding extra
accessories, or – quite on the contrary – create a dress with printed or embroidered jersey knit.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 611011: JERSEYS, PULLOVERS, CARDIGANS ETC OF WOOL
Values in Rs. Lacs

JERSEYS, PULLOVERS,
1 611011 CARDIGANS ETC OF 32,905.11 0.0143 20,334.43 0.0092
WOOL


Values in Rs.
S.No. Country
Lacs
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 USA 2,295.95 3,263.04 42.12
2 AFGHANISTAN 151.12 2,961.10 1,859.41
3 GERMANY 2,696.96 1,543.48 -42.77
4 U ARAB EMTS 1,213.88 1,493.15 23.01
5 BANGLADESH 1,763.23 1,339.40 -24.04
6 TANZANIA 15,775.57 1,331.93 -91.56
7 FRANCE 1,308.38 1,307.68 -0.05
8 UK 1,210.40 1,006.67 -16.83
9 NETHERLAND 751.45 838.07 11.53
10 ITALY 824.43 606.77 -26.4

April, 18 To
April, 18 To March,
Hs Code Commodity March, 19
19 Value(INR)
Value(US $)
JERSEYS, PULLOVERS, CARDIGANS ETC
611011 301542442 4271762
OF WOOL
611019 OTHER WHICHEVER IS HIGHER 21797694 305590
611020 JERSEYS ETC OF COTTON 984360095 14082444
611030 JERSEYS ETC OF MAN-MADE FIBRES 1322067270 18806056
611090 JERSEY ETC OF OTHER TXTL MATRLS 797518935 11362920
TOTAL 3427286436 48828772
(Source: DGCIS)
HS CODE 6110: Jerseys, pullovers, cardigans, waistcoats and similar articles, knitted or crocheted
Value
imported
Rank World's Top Importers in 2019
(USD
thousand)
World 57025166

2 Germany 4681884
3 Japan 4591880
5 France 3184409
6 Italy 2440962
7 Spain 2243191
10 Canada 1561563
(Source: Trade map)
HS CODE 6110: Jerseys, pullovers, cardigans, waistcoats and similar articles, knitted or crocheted
Value exported in
World's Top
Rank 2019 (USD
Exporters
thousand)
1 World 57172909
2 China 18922634
4 Viet Nam 3934324
5 Italy 3417294
7 Germany 2617503
8 Turkey 1976631
9 Spain 1642246
(Source: Trade map)
SWOT ANALYSIS
Woolen jerseys have permanent market having stable demand in the world. Even with robust
production and wide experience, India is not amongst top ten exporters. China and Bangladesh are
among the top exporters of the product.
Ludhiana is the largest hub of woolen jersey production in India, even its share in Indian export of
hosiery is also not encouraging.
Ludhiana has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While the product is a widely price
sensitive product having low profit margin. We need to focus on large scale production with cutting

CHAPTER – 36
BADGES
SECTOR: TEXTILE
INTRODUCTION
A special or distinctive mark, token, or device worn as a sign of allegiance, membership, authority,
achievement, etc.: a police badge; a merit badge. any emblem, token, or distinctive mark: He
considered a slide rule as the badge of an engineering student. A badge is a small object or card used
to identify oneself in an official way. Most commonly, badge refers to the small metal medallion worn
or carried by police officers or other law enforcement members. They’re often shaped like shields or
stars. Badge also commonly refers to the official identification card of a worker, especially one that’s
pinned to their clothing or worn on a lanyard or cord around their neck. Such badges are often used
for security purposes—having a badge allows a worker to enter the building or access certain parts of
it.
Badges can be made from metal, plastic, leather, textile, rubber, etc., and they are commonly
attached to clothing, bags, footwear, vehicles, home electrical equipment, etc. Textile badges or
patches can be either woven or embroidered, and can be attached by gluing, ironing-on, sewing or
applique.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 5807: LABELS, BADGES AND SIMILAR ARTICLES OF TEXTILE MATERIALS, IN THE PIECE, IN
STRIPS OR CUT TO SHAPE OR SIZE, NOT EMBROI
Values in Rs. Lacs
LABELS, BADGES
AND SIMILAR
ARTICLES OF
TEXTILE MATERIALS,
1 5807 9,988.46 0.0043 8,056.37 0.0036
IN THE PIECE, IN
STRIPS OR CUT TO
SHAPE OR SIZE, NOT
EMBROI

Values in Rs. Lacs

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 SRI LANKA 2,680.30 2,899.79 8.19
2 HONG KONG 631.36 682.52 8.1
3 U ARAB EMTS 689.21 609.49 -11.57
4 USA 698.21 571.92 -18.09
5 BANGLADESH 557.57 488.56 -12.38
6 EGYPT A RP 390.82 283.51 -27.46
7 PAKISTAN IR 626.94 283.24 -54.82
8 CHINA P RP 164.78 239.24 45.19
9 JORDAN 195.05 181.87 -6.76
10 U K 271.35 162.71 -40.04
580710 LABELS BADGES AND THE LIKE,WOVEN 3311975 45797
OTHR LABELS BADGES AND SMLR ARTCLS
580790 2042479 28933
OF TXTL MATRLS (
Total 5354454 74730
(Source: DGCIS)
Value imported
S.NO. World's Top Importers in 2019 (USD
thousand)
1 World 1353928
2 Viet Nam 235163
4 Cambodia 89884

5 Indonesia 84345
6 Bangladesh 65401
7 China 55676
8 Myanmar 48683
9 Philippines 36891
10 India 34662
12 Thailand 29538
13 Romania 26459
14 Morocco 23884
15 Sri Lanka 20749
(Source: Trade map)
Table: World’s Top Exporters
Value exported
Rank World’s Top Exporter in 2019 (USD
thousand)
World 1327350
1 China 382219
4 Italy 73750
5 Germany 42849
6 Taipei, Chinese 41032
7 France 32592
9 Japan 28433
10 Viet Nam 22921
12 Turkey 20451
13 Spain 20340
14 Portugal 16303
15 India 13589
(Source: Trade map)

SWOT ANALYSIS
Textile badges own a permanent market having stable demand in the world. India occupies 15th
position in the top exporters of textile badges in the world. With focus on production and cost cutting,
India can surely climb up the ladder.
Districts of Punjab have the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost, being situated in the
hinterland, away from the ports. While it is a widely price sensitive product having low profit margin.
We need to focus on large scale production with cutting short of expenses on transportation.

CHAPTER – 37
BLANKETS AND TRAVELLING RUGS
SECTOR - TEXTILE
INTRODUCTION
A blanket is a piece of soft cloth large enough either to cover or to enfold a great portion of the user's
body. It is usually used when a person goes to sleep or is otherwise at rest. It traps radiant bodily heat
that otherwise would be lost through convection, helping to keep the user warm. Many children and
adults use a blanket as a comfort object. Many types of blanket material, such as wool, are used
because they are thicker and have more substantial fabric to them, but cotton can also be used for
light blankets. Wool blankets are warmer and also relatively slow to burn compared to cotton. The
most common types of blankets are woven acrylic, knitted polyester, mink, cotton, fleece and wool.
Blankets also come with exotic crafting and exotic material such as crocheted afghan or a silk covering.
The term blanket is often interchanged with comforter, quilt, and duvet, as they all have similar uses.
EXPORT DATA

HS CODE 6301: BLANKETS AND TRAVELLING RUGS
Values in Rs. Lacs
BLANKETS AND
1 6301 113,028 0.049 110,620 0.0498
TRAVELLING RUGS


Values in Rs. Lacs

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 USA 73,861.33 68,510.98 -7.24

2 GERMANY 4,415.04 4,593.26 4.04
3 UK 3,766.38 2,961.69 -21.36
4 SYRIA 2,613.11 1,431.11 -45.23
5 CHINA 2,305.94 2,106.51 -8.65
6 U ARAB 2,180.77 2,455.54 12.6
7 CANADA 2,137.83 1,502.42 -29.72
8 AUSTRALIA 1,849.57 1,990.35 7.61
9 SPAIN 1,756.87 2,171.12 23.58
10 YEMEN 1,473.10 465.53 -68.4

630110 ELECTRIC BLANKETS 604343 8698
BLANKETS(OTHER THAN ELECTRIC
630120 68121609 968454
BLANKETS)AND TRVLNG RUGS,OF W
630130 297664827 4262772
BLANKETS) AND TRAVELLING RUG
630140 94079814 1345074
BLANKETS) AND TRAVELLING RUG
OTHER BLANKETS AND TRAVELLING RUGS
630190 1321160584 18865088
:
TOTAL 1781631177 25450086
(Source: DGCIS)

Value imported in
2019 (USD thousand)
World 4283100
2 Japan 217215
3 Germany 159122

5 Canada 115862
6 Saudi Arabia 109330
7 France 104940
8 United Arab Emirates 84132
9 Brazil 78114
10 Australia 76775
(Source: Trade map)
Value exported
Rank World's Top Exporters in 2019 (USD
thousand)
World 4910406
1 China 3714614
2 India 157399
3 Germany 72989
5 Turkey 56137
6 Netherlands 54546
7 Paraguay 50539
8 Slovakia 50423
9 Poland 46401
10 Italy 44462
(Source: Trade map)
SWOT ANALYSIS
Blankets have stable and increasing demand in the world market. India is at second position in export
of blankets. China is the biggest competitor having attained the top slot in the blanket export with a
huge margin.
Amritsar is the largest hub of blanket production in India, and has the potential of increasing the same
and climb up the ladder to attain the first spot.
Amritsar has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost seen the halt in exports to Pakistan and
neighboring nations because of border issues. We need to focus on increasing large scale production
with cutting short of expenses on transportation.

CHAPTER – 38
SHAWLS
SECTOR - TEXTILE
INTRODUCTION
A shawl is an Indian simple item of clothing, loosely worn over the shoulders, upper body and arms,
and sometimes also over the head. It is usually a rectangular or square piece of cloth, which is often
folded to make a triangle, but can also be triangular in shape. Other shapes include oblong shawls.
Shawls are used in order to keep warm, to complement a costume, and for symbolic reasons. One
famous type of shawl is the tallit, worn by Jewish men during prayers and ceremonies. Today, shawls
are worn for added warmth (and fashion) at outdoor or indoor evening affairs, where the temperature
is warm enough for men in suits, but not for women in dresses and where a jacket might be
inappropriate.
The actual use of shawl is protection of the body against excessive cold and dust. It loosely hangs
around the two shoulders, covering the upper part of the body. In ancient India as well as France and
England, shawls played an important role in mostly women apparel section.
Uses of shawls
 A good covering in hill stations used by both men and women.

 Shawls cover the head as well as protect against excess heat, cold and dust in sandy regions.
 Shawl wraps also have religious implications. Muslim women often use soft black shawls as
veils.
 It is an important fashion garment in recent times. College goers buy half-length shawls
(shorter than usual ones) as stoles with western garments and ethnic skirts. They are trendy
and cheap, too!
Types of Shawls: -
1. Kashmiri Shawls - In broader sense, Kashmiri shawls are of various categories, differing in designs
and prices. The variety in quality of wool also makes shawls different from one another. Pashmina is

the commonest buy for tourists in Kashmir and they are available on online stores as well. Paisley
pattern is common to Kashmiri shawls.
2. Jamiavar Shawls - These shawls and wraps are made from brocaded fabric and the floral design is
most common. A close look will show heavy embroidery and Jamiavar shawls are often used for
wedding purpose.
3. Dourukha Shawls - The Dourukha variety of shawls is a type of Kashmiri wear with same designs on
both the sides of the shawls. The color though may be different. A multicolored pattern is seen and
the shawls produce a nice effect when brought under light. The perfect craftsmanship is producing
the same designs on both the sides in both embroidery and weaving.
4. Shatoosh Shawls - This is the most expensive range of shawls and is known for their fine weave.
They are such thin and light silk cloth that you can make a small bundle of it. Creeper designs, brocade,
net and floral prints are common for these shawls, too. The Persian "naksha" makes them even more
elegant. A luxurious wear for your wardrobe, Shatoosh is still famous among English and French as
well.
5. Paisley Motif Shawls - Paisley motif is integral to Indian fabrics and around 270 years old, evolving
in the 17th century. The tree, floral and geometrical designs on fine wool and even cloth make it have
a look of tapestry. Mughal textiles largely followed the trend. On Kashmiri shawls also elaborate
paisley work is done where you will see broad stems, large flowers and leaves. Later in the 18th
century, the work caught up even in Europe where fruits also became a subject of the designs.
6. Orenberg Shawls - Woven of fine wool that could pass through your finger ring, Orenberg shawl
dates back to the Persian culture where both men and women used it for face and body covering.
7. Silk Shawls - During the 19th century, silk shawls gained popularity in China. Made from raw silks,
they hardly had any embroidery on them. They were fashion garments that became popular as China
crepe shawls. Women wore them along with folk dress and these shawls were exported to Spain and
Rome.
8. Pashmina Shawls - The widely known variety of Kashmiri weave is made from Pashm or the
Pashmina wool of the wild Asian goat of the mountains. The wool is of the best variety and Pashmina
shawls can cost up to lakhs. The best wool is soft and the commonly seen colors are white, black,
yellow, purple and crimson. You can get apple orchards, Mughal gardens, tulips and large leaves as
the designs. The needle embroidery of Amlikar makes these shawls even more expensive.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 61171020 & 621420: SHWL, SCRV, MUFLR ETC OF WOOL

Values in Rs. Lacs

SHWL, SCRV,
1 61171020 MUFLR ETC OF 465.54 0.0002 219.07 0.0001
WOOL
SHWLS,SCARVES
2 621420 ETC OF WOOL/FINE 66,679.89 0.0289 58,777.77 0.0265
ANML HAIR
Total 67,145.43 0.0291 58,996.84 0.0266

HS CODE 61171020: SHWL, SCRV, MUFLR ETC OF WOOL
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 NIGERIA 186.6 56.83 -69.55
2 GERMANY 44.47 32.82 -26.21
3 AUSTRALIA 40.32 5.93 -85.29
4 HONG KONG 29.8 0.84 -97.19
5 FRANCE 25.55 6.83 -73.28
6 USA 21 14.34 -31.73
7 ITALY 15.11 22.75 50.52
8 FINLAND 13.96 9.55 -31.57
9 SAUDI ARAB 13.81
10 TURKEY 10.12

HS CODE 621420: SHWLS, SCARVES ETC OF WOOL/FINE ANML HAIR
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 OMAN 17,297.29 20,083.47 16.11
2 U ARAB EMTS 11,279.18 7,342.91 -34.9
3 FRANCE 4,517.90 3,999.36 -11.48
4 USA 3,465.26 2,682.81 -22.58
5 ITALY 3,117.82 2,626.59 -15.76
6 GERMANY 2,307.64 1,872.18 -18.87
7 JAPAN 2,259.74 1,747.95 -22.65

8 CHINA P RP 1,625.39 1,632.37 0.43
9 SPAIN 1,729.88 1,583.01 -8.49
10 QATAR 1,443.67 1,501.97 4.04

HS CODE 61171020: SHWL, SCRV, MUFLR ETC OF WOOL
SHWL,SCRV,MUFLR,MANTLAS,VEILS AND THE
611710 269065774 3879766
LIKE
621410 SHWLS,SCRVS,MUFFLERS ETC OF SLK/SLK WSTE 168950399 2422604
SHWLS,SCARVES ETC OF WOOL/FINE ANML

621420 586448643 8400974
HAIR
621430 SHWLS,SCRVS,MUFFLERS ETC OF SYNTHTC FBRS 173602508 2497857
621440 SHWLS SCRVS,MUFFLRS ETC OF ARTIFICIAL FBRS 125256176 1785582
621490 SHWLS,SCRVS ETC OF OTHER TXTL MATERIALS 2283262862 32634589
TOTAL 3606586362 51621372

(Source: DGCIS)
HS CODE 6214: Shawls, scarves, mufflers, mantillas, veils and similar articles
Value imported in
2019 (USD thousand)
World 3526482
2 France 381692
3 Japan 260292
4 Germany 230304
5 Italy 192240
7 China 174363
9 Spain 111879
(Source: Trade map)

HS CODE 6214: Shawls, scarves, mufflers, mantillas, veils and similar articles
Value exported in 2019

(USD thousand)
1 World 57172909
2 China 18922634
4 Viet Nam 3934324
5 Italy 3417294
7 Germany 2617503
8 Turkey 1976631
9 Spain 1642246
(Source: Trade map)
SWOT ANALYSIS
Shawls are the common product having stable demand in the various world markets. China,
Bangladesh and Vietnam have captures the first three spots in the top exports of the world. India does
not hold a rank in the top ten.
Increasing production capacity, customising and diversifying the product as per the buyer
requirements and reducing the production cost can help India scaling up the slope. Amritsar district
is the hub of manufacturing shawls in Punjab.
Being in hinterland away from the ports, the cost benefit is mitigated. Deicated freight corridor may
benefit in the long run.

CHAPTER – 39
COTTON
ITCHS-5605
Cotton is a soft, fluffy staple fiber that grows in a boll, or protective case, around the seeds of the
cotton plants of the genus Gossypium in the mallow family Malvaceae. The fiber is almost
pure cellulose. Under natural conditions, the cotton bolls will increase the dispersal of the seeds.
The plant is a shrub native to tropical and subtropical regions around the world, including the
Americas, Africa, Egypt and India. The greatest diversity of wild cotton species is found in Mexico,
followed by Australia and Africa. Cotton was independently domesticated in the Old and New Worlds.
The fiber is most often spun into yarn or thread and used to make a soft, breathable textile. The use
of cotton for fabric is known to date to prehistoric times; fragments of cotton fabric dated to the fifth
millennium BC have been found in the Indus Valley Civilization, as well as fabric remnants dated back
to 6000 BC in Peru. Although cultivated since antiquity, it was the invention of the cotton gin that
lowered the cost of production that led to its widespread use, and it is the most widely used natural
fiber cloth in clothing today.
Current estimates for world production are about 25 million tonnes or 110 million bales annually,
accounting for 2.5% of the world's arable land. India is the world's largest producer of cotton. The
United States has been the largest exporter for many years. In the United States, cotton is usually
measured in bales, which measure approximately 0.48 cubic meters (17 cubic feet) and weigh 226.8
kilograms (500 pounds).
There are four commercially grown species of cotton, all domesticated in antiquity:
 Gossypium hirsutum – upland cotton, native to Central America, Mexico, the Caribbean and
southern Florida (90% of world production)
 Gossypium barbadense – known as extra-long staple cotton, native to tropical South America (8%
of world production)
 Gossypium arboreum – tree cotton, native to India and Pakistan (less than 2%)

 Gossypium herbaceum – Levant cotton, native to southern Africa and the Arabian Peninsula (less
than 2%)
Hybrid varieties are also cultivated. The two New World cotton species account for the vast majority
of modern cotton production, but the two Old World species were widely used before the 1900s.
While cotton fibers occur naturally in colors of white, brown, pink and green, fears of contaminating
the genetics of white cotton have led many cotton-growing locations to ban the growing of colored
cotton varieties.
Successful cultivation of cotton requires a long frost-free period, plenty of sunshine, and a moderate
rainfall, usually from 60 to 120 cm (24 to 47 in) Soils usually need to be fairly heavy, although the level
of nutrients does not need to be exceptional. In general, these conditions are met within the
seasonally dry tropics and subtropics in the Northern and Southern hemispheres, but a large
proportion of the cotton grown today is cultivated in areas with less rainfall that obtain the water
from irrigation. Production of the crop for a given year usually starts soon after harvesting the
preceding autumn. Cotton is naturally a perennial but is grown as an annual to help control pests.
Planting time in spring in the Northern hemisphere varies from the beginning of February to the
beginning of June. The area of the United States known as the South Plains is the
largest contiguous cotton-growing region in the world. While dryland (non-irrigated) cotton is
successfully grown in this region, consistent yields are only produced with heavy reliance
on irrigation water drawn from the Ogallala Aquifer. Since cotton is somewhat salt and drought
tolerant, this makes it an attractive crop for arid and semiarid regions. As water resources get tighter
around the world, economies that rely on its face difficulties and conflict, as well as potential
environmental problems. For example, improper cropping and irrigation practices have led
to desertification in areas of Uzbekistan, where cotton is a major export. In the days of the Soviet
Union, the Aral Sea was tapped for agricultural irrigation, largely of cotton, and now salination is
widespread.
Cotton can also be cultivated to have colors other than the yellowish off-white typical of modern
commercial cotton fibers. Naturally colored cotton can come in red, green, and several shades of
brown.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 5605: MTLSD YRN,W/N GMPD BEING TXTL YRN/STRP/ THELIKE OF HD 5404/5405 COMBND
WTH METL IN THE FORM OF THRED,STRP/PWDR/COVRD
S.No HSCod %Shar %Shar
Commodity 2018-2019 2019-2020
. e e e
MTLSD YRN,W/N GMPD BEING
TXTL YRN/STRP/ THELIKE OF
1 5605 HD 5404/5405 COMBND WTH 12,432.75 0.0054 10,999.81 0.005
METL IN THE FORM OF
THRED,STRP/PWDR/COVRD
230,772,61 221,985,41
India's Total Export
9 8

Values in Rs.
S.No. Country
Lacs
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 PAKISTAN 6,924.17 3,286 -53
2 U ARAB EMTS 54.75 1,749.78 3,096.23
3 ALGERIA 1,518.76 966.42 -36.37
4 CHINA 2.31 809.32 34,879.64
5 AFGHANISTAN 0.99 652.06 65,918.25
6 BANGLADESH 665.93 612.75 -7.99
7 TURKEY 1,033.12 532.34 -48.47
8 JORDAN 346.28 488.73 41
9 JAPAN 336.86 239.83 -28.8
10 MYANMAR 169.86 191.71 12.86
Hs Code State Commodity March, 19 March, 19
MTLSD YRN,W/N GMPD
BEING TXTL
560500 PUNJAB 16299 248
YRN/STRP/THELIKE OF HD
5404/54
(Source: DGCIS)
Value imported
RaNK World's Top Importers in 2019 (USD
thousand)
World 249128
1 Pakistan 40963
2 India 23755
3 Italy 15433
4 France 12572
5 Belgium 10726

6 China 10344
7 Sri Lanka 9874
9 Bangladesh 9088
10 Turkey 6957
(Source: Trade Map)
Value exported
thousand)
World 261205
1 China 110522
2 Japan 20567
3 India 19532
5 France 14543
7 Belgium 12932
8 Turkey 11700
9 Germany 10675
(Source: Trade Map)
SWOT ANALYSIS
Cotton is a widely grown fibre with numerous uses and qualities which leads to a stable and huge
demand in the global market.
Top exporters being USA and Italy, India has long way to climb the export ladder. The issues of quality,
contamination and brand have to be taken care of to achieve in cotton exports.
Barnala district of Punjab has huge potential in cotton farming, however, due to lack of pre-cleaning
and post cleaning treatment equipment installation in the factories, the contamination issue is not
being dealt with. We may look towards infrastructure development as well as transportation facilities
from the remote areas to make cotton reach to the outside world.

CHAPTER – 40
COTTON YARN
SECTOR - TEXTILE
HS CODE 5205
Yarn is a long continuous length of interlocked fibres, suitable for use in the production of textiles,
sewing, crocheting, knitting, weaving, embroidery, or rope making. Thread is a type of yarn intended
for sewing by hand or machine. Modern manufactured sewing threads may be finished with wax or
other lubricants to withstand the stresses involved in sewing. Embroidery threads are yarns
specifically designed for needlework.
Cotton and polyester are the most commonly spun fibers in the world. Cotton is grown throughout
the world. After harvesting it is ginned and prepared for yarn spinning. Polyester is extruded from
polymers derived from natural gas and oil. Synthetic fibers are generally extruded in continuous
strands of gel-state materials. These strands are drawn (stretched), annealed (hardened), and cured
to obtain properties desirable for later processing.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 5205: COTN YRN (OTHR THN SWNG THRD) CNTNG 85% OR MORE BY WT OF COTON NT
PUT UP FR RETL SALE
Values in Rs. Lacs
S.No. HSCode 2018-2019 %Share 2019-2020 %Share %Growth
1. 5205 2,656,040.22 1.1509 1,914,800.71 0.8626 -27.91
230,772,619.38 221,985,418.10 -3.81

HS CODE 5205: COTN YRN(OTHR THN SWNG THRD)CNTNG 85% OR MORE BY WT OF COTON NT PUT
UP FR RETL SALE
Sr Country 2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth

No
1. CHINA P RP 883,674.21 414,066.18 -53.14
2. BANGLADESH PR 496,056.49 410,186.87 -17.31
3. PAKISTAN IR 139,956.70 34,775.14 -75.15

4. EGYPT A RP 123,446.94 123,614.44 0.14
5. KOREA RP 94,354.54 66,816.46 -29.19

6. VIETNAM 92,992.17 80,431.98 -13.51
7. PORTUGAL 91,996.09 104,572.82 13.67
8. PERU 83,868.59 90,044.82 7.36

9. SRI LANKA DSR 48,896.00 49,226.88 0.68
10. COLOMBIA 47,766.98 39,699.26 -16.89

HS CODE 5205: COTN YRN (OTHR THN SWNG THRD)CNTNG 85% OR MORE BY WT OF COTON NT PUT
UP FR RETL SALE
HS Description 18-19 in Rs
Code
520511 SNGL YRN OF UNCMBD FBRS MEASURNG 714.29 435258079
DCTX/MORE(NT EXCDN
520512 SNGL YRN OF UNCMBD FBRS MEASURING<714.29 BUT >= 5779119515
232.56 DCTX
520513 SNGL YRN OF UNCMBD FBRS MEASURNG<232.56 BUT 4082197635
>=192.31 DCTX(
520514 SNGL YRN OF UNCMBD FBRS MEASURNG<192.31 BUT >=125 611497469
DCTX(>50
520521 SNGL YRN OF CMBD FBRS MEASURNG 714.29 D CTX/MORE 235694278
(NT EXC
520522 SNGL YRN OF CMBD FBRS MEASURNG<714.29 BUT >= 232.56 4080109650
DCTX
520523 SNGL YRN OF CMBD FBRS MEASURNG< 232.56 BUT >=192.31 14320606011
DCTX(
520524 SNGL YRN OF CMBD FBRS MEASURNG<192.31 BUT >=125 12230525163
DCTX(>52
520526 SNGL YRN OF COMBD FBRS MSRNG BETWN 106.38 AND 125.00 40427148
DCTX AN

520527 SNGL YRN OF COMBD FBRS MSRNG BETWN 83.33 AND 106.38 242899626
DCTX AN
520528 SNGL YRN OF COMBD FBRS MSRNG <83.83 DCTX AND > 120 15099116
MTRC NO.
520531 MLTPL(FLDED)/CBLD YRN OF UNCMBD FBRS MEASURNG PER 7307420
SNGL
520532 MLTPL(FLDED)/CBLD YRN OF UNCMBD FBRS 1209770594
MEASURNG<714.29 BU
MEASURNG<232.56 BU
MEASURNG<192.31 BU
MEASURNG<125 DCTX
520541 MLTPL(FLDED)/CBLD YARN OF COMBED FIBRES MEASURNG 14958825
PER SNGL
520542 MLTPL(FLDED)/CBLD YRN OF CMBD FBRS MEASURNG PER 218800532
SNGL
SNGL
SNGL
520546 MLTPL (FOLDD)/CABLD YRN OF COMBD FBRS MSRNG PER 45311224
SNGL YRN
520547 MLTPL (FOLDD)/CABLD YRN OF COMBD FBRS MSRNG PER 69229877
SNGL YRN
TOTAL 4506,48,65,908
(Source: DGCIS)
HS CODE 5205: COTN YRN
World's Top Value imported in

Rank
Importers 2019 (USD thousand)
1 China 4,626,230
2 Bangladesh 888,902
3 Turkey 503,741
4 Korea, Republic of 318,137
5 Portugal 300,096
6 Italy 292,614
7 Egypt 291,785
8 Hong Kong, China 281,666

9 Viet Nam 273,702
Russian
10 Federation 266,293
(Source: Trade map)
HS CODE 5205: COTN YRN
Value
exported in
Rank
2019 (USD
World's Top Exporters thousand)
India 2,924,647
1
Viet Nam 2,453,741
2
China 1,147,066
3
United States of America 1,102,269
4
Pakistan 1,078,479
5
Uzbekistan 919,771
6
Indonesia 485,250
7
Turkey 412,546
8
Hong Kong, China 306,836
9
Taipei, Chinese 192,268
10
(Source: Trade map)
SWOT ANALYSIS
India is the top exporter in the world as far as cotton yarn is concerned. While Punjab is contributing
4500 cr export for the product. India will remain at the top in next time to come.
However, the progress in Vietnam for textile will create competition for Indian yarns in future. But
there is always chance to make Vietnam and Bangladesh for our major buyers for yarns for their textile
industry.

CHAPTER – 41
TERRY TOWELS
SECTOR - TEXTILE
Terrycloth, terry cloth, terry cotton, terry toweling, terry, terry towel or simply toweling is
a fabric woven with many protruding loops of thread, which can absorb large amounts of water. It
can be manufactured by weaving or knitting. Toweling is woven on special looms that have two beams
of longitudinal warp through which the filler or weft is fired laterally.
There are two types of terry fabrics. Towel terry is a woven fabric with long loops that can absorb
large amounts of water. Its content is usually 100% cotton, but may sometimes contain polyester.
French terry is a fabric, used in men's, women's and children's clothes. One of its sides is flat, while
the other side is with cross loops. It can be 100% cotton or be made from a variety of fibres, sometimes
with spandex (also known as elastane or Lycra). It is often warp knitted, and the term French Terry is
colloquially used for all warp knitted Terry. It is the length of loops that determines how much fluid is
absorbed by the cloth as longer loops provide more surface area to absorb and come in contact with
the fluid.
The following are the fiber raw materials used for manufacturing terry towels.
1. Cotton
2. Bamboo
3. Model
4. Lyocell
5. Flax
6. Synthetics microfibers (polyester, nylon)
7. Cashmere
According to end uses
The major application of terry fabrics is as terry towel. These can be classified as home towels and
beach towels. Home towels are normally non-sheared, ie, loops are not cut, whereas beach towels
are normally sheared.

Wash towel: These are the smallest terry towels and they are often used to exfoliate the skin. The
wash towels are generally used to dry the face and hands after a wash. This smallest size of towel may
vary a little bit in its size from manufacturer to manufacturer. Usually the dimensions are 30 × 30 cm
with a little variation from place to place.
Hand towel: The next largest size of towel is the hand towel. These normally hang near the washbasin
so that the people can dry off their hands and faces after washing. This second smallest size of towel
may vary a little bit in its size from manufacturer to manufacturer. Usually the dimensions are
40 × 60 cm with a little variation from place to place.
Bath towel: This is the regular sized towel. These are popularly used for the entire body for drying
purpose after taking a bath. While manufacturing a bath towel, all efforts are made to give them
maximum absorbency and quick drying capabilities. The size of a bath towel may vary a little bit in its
size from manufacturer to manufacturer. Usually the dimensions are 70 × 140 cm with a little
variation from place to place.
Bath sheet: This is the largest of the home towels. The size of bath sheet is larger than bath towels
and is generally used in hotel bathrooms or guest rooms. Like bath towels, these towels also need to
have quick and high absorbency as well as quick drying ability. Their size should be large enough to
wrap around the body for drying. Usually the dimensions are 90 × 210 cm with a little variation from
place to place.
Bathmat: These towels are normally used as a foot mat near the bathtub in bathrooms. These are
usually manufactured with two or more ply pile yarn leading to a very dense structure with heavy
areal density. Usually the dimensions are 50 × 70 cm with a little variation from place to place.
Beach towels: These towels are normally manufactured using two ply dyed yarns with elaborate
designs and bright colours. Beach towels have the biggest dimension (around 272 × 500 cm or more).

Kitchen towel: The kitchen towels are used for the wiping and drying the dishes in the kitchen. Usually
these are produced with limited pile portion on the towel. The pile height is also very low.
Kitchen mitts: These are used in the kitchen for insulation purpose. The terry pile on the fabric surface
creates air pockets, which act as an insulator.
Yoga towel: These towels are used to provide a cushioning effect on the hard ground during yoga or
gymnastics. Apart from cushioning, these towels require an anti-slip property. Their anti-slip
properties can be enhanced by stitching plain fabric at the length and cross hems. Apart from this,
use of multiple plied and course pile yarn to produce a high areal density fabric can enhance the anti-
slip properties. Usually the dimensions are 61 × 183 cm with a little variation from place to place.
Golf towel: These towels are used by the golfers for their personal use during the game. Generally,
these towels are manufactured with low areal density and a soft feel. In most of the cases they are of
sheared quality. Usually the dimensions are 30 × 50 cm with a little variation from place to place.
EXPORT OF TERRY TOWELS FROM INDIA (6304)
EXPORT IN Rs.
YEAR (lakhs)
2020-21 (Apl-
Jul) 310,697.97
2019-20 1,263,303.16
2018-19 12,73,093.68
2017-18 10,46,044.46
2016-17 10,12,725.76
2015-16 10,48,005.01
2014-15 10,48,715.83
The export of Terry towels has been increasing in the past few years and India can take advantage of
the infrastructural facilities and manufacturing base to reach higher in the ladder of exports in the

product globally. The never ending demand and global markets that can be tapped is an opportunity
to grab.
LARGEST EXPORTS OF TERRY TOWELS FROM INDIA
Values in Rs.
S.No. Country Lacs
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 USA 7,28,724.57 7,15,360.94 -1.83
2 UK 65,167.44 65,905.71 1.13
3 GERMANY 58,843.25 57,117.03 -2.93
4 SPAIN 35,251.47 40,385.60 14.56
5 AUSTRALIA 29,178.59 28,582.52 -2.04
6 FRANCE 28,736.18 30,611.47 6.53
7 ITALY 28,506.87 22,843.02 -19.87
8 CANADA 26,164.82 29,187.23 11.55
9 UAE 18,287.88 25,248.04 38.06
10 NETHERLAND 14,975.63 15,241.53 1.78
11 DENMARK 13,416.02 13,732.83 2.36
12 SWEDEN 12,663.56 12,697.70 0.27
13 POLAND 11,628.65 9,494.74 -18.35
14 JAPAN 11,518.73 14,331.42 24.42
15 ISRAEL 10,562.95 15,029.98 42.29
The above table shows the ranking of top countries in the concerned product export. Israel and UAE
has shown increase in exports recently and in coming years may scale the ladder up. India needs to
go a long way to overcome and expand the manufacturing base and thus exports in Terry towels.
TARGET COUNTRIES
1. VIETNAM
2. UAE
3. HONG KONG
These countries have shown a surge in imports of terry towels and can be targeted by India for exports
of the same. Due to cultural similarities and huge Indian diaspora in these nations, the export potential
of India has an opportunity of being harnessed.
SWOT ANALYSIS OF TERRY TOWEL INDUSTRY
STRENGTHS
1. India is one of the largest producers of natural and man-made fibers that are used as raw
materials in the industry.
2. Low cost skilled labor is abundant.

3. India’s presence across the manufacturing value chain in textiles.
WEAKNESSES
1. Low efficiency and lower productivity hampers Indian ranking.

2. Lack of scale of economies is another shortcoming for manufacturers in the country.
3. Exchange rate poses a hurdle in every field and sector.
OPPORTUNITIES
1. FTAs may help in growing exports.

2. Increasing and never ending demand both domestically and internationally.
THREATS
1. Mature markets may pose a threat in future.

2. Dynamic sector and changing consumer choices is another negative externality.
TEXTILE SECTOR

Self-sufficient in rawLacking in upgradation Focus on product Competition from free
material. Grows all of technology used. development and market access
types of fibres. diversification. countries
Highly competitive
Labour force Huge potential of Increase in social and
spinning sector comparatively less domestic and ecological awareness.
productive than other international market.
developing nations.
Available cheap and Poor infrastructure Rising incomes and
skilled labour. and higher power spending power.
costs make us less
competitive.
Existence of complete Lack of scale of Collaboration with
value chain in the economies foreign players.
state.
Textile industry plays an important role in the industrial development of the country by ways of its
contribution to export, employment generation and production. India’s textile products including
handlooms and handicrafts are exported to more than hundred countries. The textile industry
contributes 10% of industrial production, employment to 45 million people, 13% to total export and
2% of GDP. The contribution of India’s textile industry is valued at US$ 18.7 billion with a share of 14%
out of total India’s export of UD$ 132 billion during 2016-17 (April-Sept.)
Punjab is a developing as leading hub for textile based industries like apparel manufacturing, spinning,
cotton and woollen textile, and hosiery export, as it is flourished with rich resources, eco system for
manufacturing and a robust spinning capacity. Punjab is 2nd largest producer of cotton & blended
yarn with 70% best quality cotton production in India. The share of textile industry out of total
production of all industries of Punjab is 23%. The textile sector contributes about 38% of the total

export from the state to outside countries. The total export of yarn and textile and hosiery and
readymade garment of Punjab is USD 1300 million and USD 630 million respectively.
The state has 3 main industrial units i.e. agro-based industrial unit, machinery units and chemical
units. Textile and apparel is one of the thrust sectors of state by keeping in view its potential growth
and employment generation in future. Under Industrial and Business Development Policy, 2017
government of Punjab is providing additional support to textile units, under amended technology up
gradation scheme. Punjab has 4 integrated textile parks (Ludhiana Integrated Textile Park, Rhythm
Textile and Apparel Park, Lotus Integrated Textile Park and Punjab Apparel Park), which provide
infrastructure and necessary clearance to production units. All these industrial parks shall be
exempted from the provision of Punjab Apartment and Property Regulation Act (PAPRA), 1995.
Ludhiana is the highest manufacturing cluster for textile in North India. It is also known as Manchester
of India. The government of Punjab is also supporting the textile industry by upgrading Northern India
Institute of Fashion Technology (NIIFT), Ludhiana as a centre of excellence for garmenting and high
fashion, which will work with the industry. Now government of Punjab is also taking initiative to
setting up of 3 Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs) for dyeing industry in Ludhiana.
There is existence of complete value chain in Punjab in the textile sector starting from the raw material
to textile machinery. Punjab has 4 textile parks and 4 major textile clusters which provide state-of-art
infrastructure and conducive ecosystem.
Punjab has advantage of having robust connectivity and has been ranked second in the ease of doing
business in the country. Also ranked best in India on safety and security of cargo movement.
The Punjab textile industry has several strengths. First is the availability of low cost labour, it has
skilled manpower at very low prices which in turn reduces the cost of production. It has availability of
abundant raw material which helps to control the costs and reduces the lead time. The textile industry
is a self-reliant industry. It has complete value chain from the procurement of raw materials to the
production of finished goods.
Textile industry is facing a problem to compete in the world textile market. This is because of
weaknesses like fragmented infrastructure, rigid labour laws, technology obsolescence and many
others. Due to fragmented infrastructure, diversification is reduced. Another drawback is use of
outdated technology which resulted in low production capacities as compared to China.
Industry in Punjab has various opportunities like technical textiles, product development and
diversification, FDI and brand recognition. Technical textiles offer the opportunity to the Indian textile
industry to maintain the present current growth and flourish in near future. It will also help in
advancement of the industry. India is not using technical textiles much. Both nonwoven and woven
technical textiles will thrive in India in coming years. The companies need to focus on product
development and diversification in order to capture new markets globally. They need to invest in
design centres and investment labs. Specialized and smart fabrics should be introduced.
China is the biggest threat to the textile industry in the global market long with a threat from low cost
producing countries like Pakistan and Bangladesh which may hinder Indian exports demand in the
future. Another disadvantage is its geographical distance from major global markets of US, Europe
and Japan in contrast to its rivals like Mexico, China etc. which are comparatively nearer. Big
geographical distance results in high shipping expenses and lengthy lead-time.

PART -5
SECTOR
ENGINEERING
HAND TOOLS
BICYCLE
CUTTING TOOLS
AGRI IMPLEMENTS
ROLLING MILLS
MACHINERY PARTS
WOOD WORKING MACHINES
SEWING MACHING PARTS
LATHE MACHINES
DIESEL ENGINE PARTS
CHILLED ROLLS
TRACTORS

CHAPTER - 42
HAND TOOLS
SECTOR: ENGINEERING
HS CODE 8205: HAND TOOLS
INTRODUCTION
A hand tool is any tool that is powered by hand rather than a motor. Categories of hand tools include
wrenches, pliers, cutters, files, striking tools, struck or hammered tools, screwdrivers, vises, clamps,
snips, saws, drills and knives.
EXPORT DATA
Table: Export from India
HS CODE 8205: HAND TOOLS-Values in Rs. Lacs

Hand tools (including glaziers
diamonds), not elsewhere
specified or included; blow lamps;
vices, clamps and the like, other
1 8205 than accessories for and parts of, 83,470 0.04 79,946 0.04
machine-tools or waterjet cutting
machines; anvils; portable forges;
hand or pedaloperated grinding
wheels with frameworks.

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth

1 USA 31,952.08 32,296.49 1.08
2 UK 6,527.91 5,969.25 -8.56
3 FRANCE 4,835.52 4,220.96 -12.71
4 GERMANY 3,480.45 3,429.94 -1.45
5 U ARAB EMTS 3,865.06 3,079.52 -20.32
6 AUSTRALIA 2,192.76 2,091.39 -4.62
7 NEPAL 2,159.59 2,047.95 -5.17
8 ITALY 1,564.93 1,784.05 14
9 SWEDEN 1,468.32 1,431.53 -2.51
10 MEXICO 1,508.85 1,340.93 -11.13
Code Commodity Value(INR) Value(US $)
820510 DRILLING THREADING OR TAPING TOOLS 35172126 504597
820520 HAMMERS AND SLEDGE HAMMERS 729019049 10382587
PLANES,CHISELS,GAUGES AND SMLR CUTTING
820530 TOOLSFOR WORKING WOOD 434718530 6202113
820540 SCREWDRIVERS 21912785 316773
820551 HOUSEHOLD HAND TOOLS 114305081 1633054
820559 OTHER HND TOOLS(INCL GLAZIERS DIAMONDS) 1528218752 21816408
820560 BLOW LAMPS 275738 4014
820570 VICES,CLAMPS AND THE LIKE 1172131142 16752770
820590 SETS OF TWO OR MORE SUBHDNGS OF 8205 6904484 98912
TOTAL 404,26,57,687 57711228
(Source: DGCIS)
Value imported
thousand)

World 7348934
2 Germany 587564
3 France 362008
5 Canada 281459
7 Belgium 180890
9 Italy 155331
10 Spain 154452
(Source: Trade map)
Value exported in
World's Top Exporters 2019 (USD
Rank thousand)
World 8049092
1 China 2886759
3 Germany 753907
5 France 274142
8 Italy 164479
9 Belgium 139490
10 Poland 137844
11 India 120399
(Source: Trade map)
SWOT ANALYSIS
Hand tools are very basic engineering instruments having a large and stable demand in the world
market. India ranks at 11th position having very good opportunity to climb up the ladder. The biggest
competitor is China having attained the top slot in exports.
Although, Ludhiana and Jalandhar, together, are the largest hub of hand tool production in India, even
their share in Indian export is more than 50% counting Rs 404 cr. In India, Punjab has no competitor
in the field of hand tool market.
Ludhiana has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While hand tool is widely price sensitive
product having low profit margin. We need to focuson large scale production with cutting short of

CHAPTER – 43
BICYCLE
SECTOR: AUTO SECTOR
INTRODUCTION
A bicycle, also called a bike or cycle, is a human-powered or motor-powered, pedal-driven, single-

track vehicle, having two wheels attached to a frame, one behind the other. A bicycle rider is called a
cyclist, or bicyclist.
Bicycles were introduced in the 19th century in Europe, and by the early 21st century, more than 1
billion were in existence at a given time. These numbers far exceed the number of cars, both in total
and ranked by the number of individual models produced. They are the principal means of
transportation in many regions. They also provide a popular form of recreation, and have been
adapted for use as children's toys, general fitness, military and police applications, courier services,
bicycle racing, and bicycle stunts.
The basic shape and configuration of a typical upright or "safety bicycle", has changed little since the
first chain-driven model was developed around 1885. However, many details have been improved,
especially since the advent of modern materials and computer-aided design. These have allowed for
a proliferation of specialized designs for many types of cycling.
The bicycle's invention has had an enormous effect on society, both in terms of culture and of
advancing modern industrial methods. Several components that eventually played a key role in the
development of the automobile were initially invented for use in the bicycle, including ball bearings,
pneumatic tires, chain-driven sprockets and tension-spoked wheels.
Although bike and cycle are used interchangeably to refer mostly to 2 types of 2 wheelers the terms
still vary across the world. In India for example a cycle refers only to a 2 wheeler using pedal power
whereas the term bike is used to describe a 2 wheeler using internal combustion engine or electric
motors as a source of motive power instead of motorcycle/motorbike.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODES 87120010 : BYCLE

Values in Rs. Lacs
S.No. HSCode Commodity 2018-19 %Share

1 87120010 BICYCLES 33,376.59 0.0147
India's Total
230,772,619.38
Export
TABLE: EXPORT FROM INDIA- TOP COUNTRY WISE
HS CODES 87120010: BYCLE
Rank 2018-2019 2019-2020 2018-2019 Growth

1 NEPAL 5,855.64 5,559.52 -5.06
2 MOZAMBIQUE 5,769.49 5,398.68 -6.43
3 BANGLADESH 3,527.84 3,734.88 5.87
4 UK 2,478.92 2,040.20 -17.7
5 GERMANY 2,036.91 2,271.58 11.52
6 MALAWI 1,960.58 1,330.47 -32.14
7 SWEDEN 1,256.47 807.66 -35.72
8 POLAND 1,210.36 767.56 -36.58
9 ZAMBIA 1,061.82 1,532.19 44.3
10 CONGO D. REP. 781.55 898.91 15.02
11 BURKINA FASO 732.49 213.84 -70.81
HS Code 871200
April, 18 To
Code Commodity Value(INR) Value(INR)
BICYCLES AND
OTHERCYCLES(INCL DELIVERY
871200 TRICYCLES),NOT MOT 283,29,75,916 2832975916
TABLE: WORLD'S TOP IMPORTERS

RANK IMPORTERS Value

imported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 8319937
2 Germany 792588
4 Japan 658952
6 France 399789
7 Belgium 357639
8 Spain 265363
9 Canada 252682
10 Austria 215016
(Source: Trade Map)
TABLE: WORLD'S TOP EXPORTERS
RANK EXPORTERS Value imported

in 2019 (USD
thousand)
World 8781605
1 China 2880681
4 Germany 658344
5 Cambodia 413264
6 Portugal 270691
7 Italy 258915
5 Belgium 225905
9 Poland 176753
(Source: Trade Map)
SWOT ANALYSIS
Bicycle is very basic auto product having large and stable demand in the world market. Corona
pandemic resulted in a massive demand of Bicycle in Indian as well as foreign market. India is not
even standing in top 10 exporters although havinghuge number of production units. The biggest
competitor is China having attained the top slot in exports.

Ludhiana and Jalandhar are the largest hub of bicycle production in India, their share in Indian export
is Rs 333 cr while Punjab export is Rs 283 cr.
Ludhiana has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While we cannot compete with Chinese
production capacity in Bicycle, however after corona pandemic, we have a very good opportunity to
develop our own export hub in exports.

CHAPTER – 44
CUTTING TOOLS
SECTOR: ENGINEERING
INTRODUCTION
In the context of machining, a cutting tool or cutter is any tool that is used to remove some material
from the work piece by means of shear deformation. Cutting may be accomplished by single-point or
multipoint tools. Single-point tools are used in turning, shaping, planing and similar operations, and
remove material by means of one cutting edge. Milling and drilling tools are often multipoint tools. It
is a body having teeth or cutting edges on it. Grinding tools are also multipoint tools. Each grain of
abrasive functions as a microscopic single-point cutting edge (although of high negative rake angle),
and shears a tiny chip. Cutting tool materials must be harder than the material which is to be cut, and
the tool must be able to withstand the heat and force generated in the metal-cutting process. Also,
the tool must have a specific geometry, with clearance angles designed so that the cutting edge can
contact the workpiece without the rest of the tool dragging on the workpiece surface. The angle of
the cutting face is also important, as is the flute width, number of flutes or teeth, and margin size. In
order to have a long working life, all of the above must be optimized, plus the speeds and feeds at
which the tool is run.
Types: Linear cutting tools include tool bits (single-point cutting tools) and broaches. Rotary cutting
tools include drill bits, countersinks and counterbores, taps and dies, milling cutters, reamers, and
cold saw blades. Other cutting tools, such as bandsaw blades, hacksaw blades, and fly cutters,
combine aspects of linear and rotary motion.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 8203: FILES, RASPS, PLIERS (INCLUDING CUTTING PLIERS), PINCERS, TWEEZERS, METAL
CUTTING SHEARS, PIPE-CUTTERS, BOLT CROPPERS

FILES, RASPS, PLIERS
(INCLUDING CUTTING
PLIERS), PINCERS,
1 8203 42,730.89 0.0185 40,487.56 0.0182
TWEEZERS, METAL CUTTING
SHEARS, PIPE-CUTTERS,
BOLT CROPPERS
HS CODE 8203: FILES, RASPS, PLIERS (INCLUDING CUTTING PLIERS), PINCERS, TWEEZERS, METAL
CUTTING SHEARS, PIPE-CUTTERS, BOLT CROPPERS

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 USA 8,279.81 6,772 -18
2 GERMANY 3,621.75 3,421.57 -5.53
3 NIGERIA 2,833.11 3,214.16 13.45
4 U ARAB EMTS 2,745.63 2,706.63 -1.42
5 BRAZIL 1,705.10 2,074.78 21.68
6 COTE D' IVOIRE 1,814.32 1,695.60 -6.54
7 COLOMBIA 1,682.57 1,530.84 -9
8 MEXICO 1,828.24 1,461.89 -20.04
9 MYANMAR 1,505.81 1,066.61 -29.17
10 ITALY 1,023.15 968.39 -5.35
Hs
Code
820310 FILES,RASPS AND SMRL TOOLS 140706583 2007998
PLIERS,PINCERS,TWEEZERS AND
820320 781889079 11172706
SMRL TOOLS
METAL CUTTING SHEARS AND
820330 1909836 27557
SIMLR TOOLS
PIPE CUTTRS,BOLT CROPPRS
820340 54648886 778126
ETC.SMLR TOOLS
979154384 13986387
(Source: DGCIS)

Value imported in
Rank World's Top Importers 2019 (USD thousand)
World 2407802
2 Germany 177086
3 Singapore 128796
4 France 107850
5 Netherlands 96860
7 Canada 83654
8 Mexico 70043
9 Belgium 66506
(Source: Trade Map)
Value
exported in
2019 (USD
Rank World's Top Exporters thousand)
World 2255138
1 China 796560
2 Germany 385161
5 Netherlands 77648
6 Switzerland 69003
7 Belgium 60575
8 India 59038
9 France 53094
10 Japan 51680
(Source: Trade Map)

SWOT ANALYSIS
Cutting tools are very basic engineering instruments having a large and stable demand in the world
market. India ranks at 8th position having very good opportunity to climb up the ladder and book a
place in top three world exporters. The biggest competitor is China having attained the top slot in
exports.
Although, Patiala is the largest hub of hand tool production in India, even its share in Indian export is
not promising.
Patiala has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While cutting tool is widely price sensitive

CHAPTER – 45
AGRI IMPLEMENTS
SECTOR - ENGINEERING
INTRODUCTION
Agriculture is a labor-intensive process which cannot be done by hands. Therefore, it is necessary to

use tools and machines to carry out agricultural processes. These are known as agricultural
implements or agricultural tools
Following are the different types of agricultural implements used by the farmers to facilitate easy
production of crops.
 Irrigation machinery includes central pivot irrigation systems and pump units. It helps in the
watering of crops at appropriate levels.
 Soil cultivation implements are used to plough the soil and prepare it for cultivation. For eg.,
disk harrows, spike, drag, etc.
 Planting Machines are used to plant the seeds and saplings over a large land area after the
cultivation of soil. This is achieved using broadcast seeders, precision drills, air seeders, seed
drills, transplanting equipment, etc.
 Harvestingimplements are used to harvest the matured crops. For eg., trailers, diggers,
pickers, etc.
 Other Agricultural implements used in the final agricultural activities such as hay-making,
loading, shredding, etc

Agricultural tools such as sickle, plough, hoe, drills, etc. are implemented in agricultural activities to
make the process more productive and efficient. There are a large number of agricultural tools used
by the farmers for cultivation.
Following are the different types of agricultural tools used in farming:
 Plough is usually derived from wood and is pulled by two bulls. It has been used since ancient
times for tiling, turning the soil and adding fertilizers. It consists of a long wooden log called
ploughshaft. It has a strong triangular iron strip known as a ploughshare. The other end is
connected to a beam that is then placed on the bull’s neck. However, the wooden ploughs
are now substituted by iron ploughs and it is drawn by tractors
 Hoe has been used since ancient times for cultivation purposes. It consists of a long rod of
wood and is pulled by the animals. It is pulled by the animals and is used for loosening the soil
and removing weeds. It has a strong, broad, bent plate of iron which works as a blade.
 A plough attached to a tractor is called a cultivator. This reduces labour and saves time. It stirs
the soil around the maturing crop to promote growth and destroy weeds.
 Seed Drill is used for sowing seeds. This is done with the help of tractors. It makes sure that
the seeds are sown at equal distances and depths and are covered with the soil. This allows
plants to receive sufficient sunlight, nutrients, and water from the soil. This saves labour, time
and protects the seeds from being eaten by birds or other animals.
 The traditional tool for sowing seeds is shaped like a funnel. The funnel is filled with seeds.
The seeds are passed through two or three pipes with sharp ends. These ends enter into the
soil and the seeds are placed there. Sickle, spade, axe, are some of the traditional agricultural
implements used by the farmers. It is a labour and time-intensive agriculture practice.
EXPORT OF AGRI-IMPLEMENTS FROM INDIA-ITCHS-8432
YEAR Export in Rs.
2018-19 74,778.53
2017-18 61,736.25
2016-17 56,756.78
2015-16 55,646.65
2014-15 54,796.21
Exports of the above implements has been increasing every year and thereby having huge potential
for tapping newer markets
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 8432: AGRCLTRL, HRTCLTRL/FRSTRY MCHNRY FR SOIL PRPRTION/CLTVTN; LAWN/SPRTS-

GRND RLLRS

Values in Rs. Lacs
S.No HSCod %Shar %Shar

Commodity 2018-2019 2019-2020
. e e e
AGRCLTRL,HRTCLTRL/FRSTRY
MCHNRY FR SOIL
1 8432 74,778.53 0.0324 79,544.00 0.0358
PRPRTION/CLTVTN;LAWN/SPRT
S-GRND RLLRS

GRND RLLRS
S.NO. COUNTRY VALUES IN RS. QUANTITY IN

LACS THOUSANDS
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 USA 16,651.87 20,702.40 24.32

2 NEPAL 7,981.03 7,410.35 -7.15
3 SRI LANKA 3,993.08 3,247.29 -18.68
4 BANGLADESH 3,212.67 3,267.33 1.7
5 MYANMAR 2,741.53 2,191.51 -20.06
6 THAILAND 2,518.91 3,230.45 28.25
7 TANZANIA REP 2,431.28 2,571.06 5.75
8 ITALY 2,312.90 2,091.40 -9.58
9 KENYA 2,201.91 2,515.91 14.26
10 ALGERIA 2,161.98 2,516.99 16.42
Most of the market is supplied by US. And India faces stiff competition from the neighboring countries
like Nepal, Sri Lanka and Bangladesh. This is because of higher domestic consumption.
Even smaller countries like Kenya and Algeria are above India in the implement exports.
843210 PLOUGHS 221374730 3165807
843221 DISC HARROWS 66242902 952394
OTHR(HARROWS,SCRFRS,CLTVTRS,WEEDRS
843229 81991564 1169778
AND HOES)

NO-TILL DIRECT SEEDERS, PLANTERS AND
843231 15130581 217540
TRANSPLANTERS
OTHER SEEDERS, PLANTERS AND
843239 9489803 137655
TRANSPLANTERS
843242 FERTILISER DISTRIBUTORS 86180 1260
843280 OTHER MACHINERY : 172032942 2458265
PRTS OF AGRCLTRL AND HORTCULTRL
843290 1079409335 15420030
MACHINERY
1645758037 23522729
(Source: DGCIS)

GRND RLLRS
Value
imported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 7828846
2 France 701762
3 Germany 556714
4 Canada 419759
7 Ukraine 235917
9 Romania 216100
10 Poland 212197
11 Austria 197250
12 Denmark 171832
(Source: Trade Map)

GRND RLLRS
Value exported in
World's Top
Rank 2019 (USD
Exporters
thousand)
World 8139994

1 Germany 1471245
2 Italy 856156
3 China 712852
United States of
4 621799
America
5 France 458974
7 Canada 422883
8 Sweden 284468
10 Poland 192341
11 Denmark 184284
12 Austria 168910
13 Belgium 155594
14 Spain 154342
16 Turkey 142882
17 Japan 139310
18 India 111931
19 Brazil 110280
20 Hungary 102594
(Source: Trade Map)
AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY EXPORT AND IMPORT
5 years
export
trend
Value in US$ million
April- April-
Nov Nov
2016- 2017- 2018- 2019- 2019- 2020-
Year Growth%
17 18 19 20 20 21
Exports 1249.3 1226.8 1287.4 1021.4 690.46 627.94 -9%
Imports 261.3 228.9 312.7 301.56 212.43 209.24 -2%
Total
988 997.9 974.7 719.84 478.03 418.7
Balance

Agricultural Machinery Exports and Imports Value in US$ million
India's
India's
Import
HS Code Description Export in
in 2019-
2019-20
20
84322910 ROTARY HOES 0.49 0.2
84322990 OTHERS 4 14.53
82011000 SPADES & SHOVELS 8.65 1.45
82012000 FORKS
82013000 MATTOCKS PICKS HOES & RAKES 9.87 0.07
82014000 AXES BILLHOOKS & SIMLR HEWING TOOLS 6.31 0.49
ONE-HANDED SECATURS(INCLD POULTRY
82015000 0.05 0.92
SHEARS)
HEDGE SHEARS,TWO-HANDED PRUNING SHEARS
82016000 & SIMLR TWO-HANDED SHEARS 0.06 0.19
OTHR HNDTOLS USD IN
82019000 6.29 1.19
AGRCLTR/HRTCLTR/FRSTRY
KNIVES & CUTNG BLADES FOR AGRICULTURE,
82084000 HORTICULTURE OR FORESTRY MACHINES 0.71 0.56
84193100 DRYERS FOR AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS 6.23 18.78
84242000 SPRAY GUNS & SIMILAR APPLIANCES 8.04 16.28
APPLNCS FR HORTICULTURAL/AGRICULTURAL
84248100
WORK
84321010 DISC PLOUGHS 4.56 0
84321020 TRACTOR PLOUGHS 1.59
84321090 OTHER PLOUGHS 6.19 3.74
84322100 DISC HARROWS 6.12 0
84323000 SEEDERS,PLANTERS & TRANSPLANTERS
84324000 MANURE SPREADERS & FERTILISER DISTRIBUTORS
84328010 LAWN & SPORTS GROUND ROLLERS 0.2 0.15
84328020 ROTARY TILLER 26.37 9.86
84328090 OTHERS 2.85 12.51
PRTS OF AGRCLTRL MCHNRY FLLNG WTHN HDG
84329010 NOS843210,843221,843229,843230 & 843240 20.79 2.88
PARTS OF OTHER AGRICULTURAL AND
84329090 HORTICULTURAL MACHINERY OF HDG NO 843280 37.76 12.26
MOWRS FR LAWNS,PRKS/SPRTS
84331110 GRNDS,PWRD,WTH 3 HP OR MORE 3.65 2.99
OTHER PWRD MOWRS FR LAWNS,PRKS/SPRTS
84331190 1.56 0.78
GRNDS
NON-POWERED MOWERS, HAVING WIDTH >=
84331910 0.01 0.29
75CM
84331990 OTHER NON-POWERED MOWERS 0.61 0.64
OTHR MOWRS,INCL CUTR BARS FR TRCTR
84332000 1.51 2.15
MOUNTNG

84333000 OTHER HAYMAKING MACHINERY 1.28 0.85
84334000 STRAW/FODDER BALERS,INCL PICK-UP BALERS 1.44 6.5
84335100 COMBINE HARVESTER-THRESHERS 9.41 29.22
84335200 OTHER THRESHING MACHINERY 5.37 0.57
84335300 ROOT OR TUBER HARVESTING MACHINES 0.02 0.27
84335900 OTHER HARVESTING & THRESHING MACHINERY 12.2 10.49
WINNOWING & SIMILAR CLEANING MACHINES
84336010 FOR SEED,GRAIN OR LEGUMINOUS VEGETABLES 0.51 0.36
EGG-GRADING AND OTHER GRADING MACHINES
84336020 FORAGRICULTURAL PRODUCE 2.35 10.57
84339000 PARTS OF HRVESTNG,THRSHNG MACHINES ETC 19.01 22.42
84361000 MCHNRY FR PRPRNG ANML FEEDNG STUFFS 5.68 15.04
GRMNTN PLNT FTD WTH MCHNCL/THRML
84368010 0.01 0.12
EQPMNT
PARTS OF OTHR AGRICULTUTAL,HORTICULTURAL
&FORESTRY MACHINE INCL GERMINATION OF
84369900 PLANT 3.75 13.06
87011000 PEDESTRIAN CONTROLLED TRACTORS 4.7 0
ROAD TRACTORS FOR SEMI-TRAILERS OF ENGINE
CAPACITY
87012010 <= 1800 CC 2.33 0
87012090 OTHR ROAD TRACTORS FOR SEMI-TRAILERS 17.95 0.15
GARDEN TRACTORS OF ENGN CAPACITY <=
87013011 0.21
1800CC
87013019 OTHER GARDEN TRACTORS 16.36 0.44
OTHR TRACK-LAYING TRACTORS OF ENGN
87013091 CAPACITY <= 1800CC 0.06 0.01
87013099 OTHR TRACK-LAYING TRACTORS 31.84 0.1
87019010 OTHER TRACTORS OF ENGN CAPACITY <= 1800CC
87019090 OTHER TRACTORS
POWEREXCEEDING 18 KW BUT NOT EXCEEDING
87019200 37 KW 221.25 38.65
POWEREXCEEDING 37 KW BUT NOT EXCEEDING
87019300 75 KW 415.25 21.28
87081010 BUMPERS ETC FOR TRACTORS 30.34 1.35
87161000 TRLRS & SEMI-TRLRS OF CARAVAN TYPE 0.3 1.94
SELF-LOADING OR SELF-UNLOADING TRAILERS &
87162000 SEMI- TRAILERS FOR AGRICULTURL PURPOSES 2.35 0.09
87163100 TANKER TRAILERS & TANKER SEMI-TRAILERS 2.82 0.1
87163900 OTHR TRLRS & SEMI-TRLR FR TRNSPRT OF GOODS 5.06 10.33
87164000 OTHR TRAILERS & SEMI-TRAILERS 1.27 0.31
87169010 PARTS & ACCESSORIES OF TRAILERS 43.81 14.43
Total Exports 1021.4 301.56

AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY INDUSTRY HAS ISSUES TO ADDRESS FOR GROWTH IN EXPORTS:
Despite performing well in South Asia region, we need to find out more ways to increase the
export of agriculture Machinery to Europe & African countries..
1.
Support for Exports:

 More focused exhibition and BSM for Agricultural Machinerysector.
2.  Need to identify and explore the potentialmarket.
 Need to explore ways to counter China in African and CISmarket.
EEPC INDIA organized a virtual expo called FarmMech only for Agriculture Machinery Companies
during the difficult time of the pandemic where travel was not allowed and finding new buyers
were very difficult. EEPC INDIA brought good number of buyers during FarmMech event virtually
3.
and made sure that the Indian Agriculture Machinery companies get business even during tough
times.
RoDTEP rates should be out as soon as possible as from 1st January exporters are not been
4. able to negotiate with international buyers due to not having a clear picture of the scheme and
its rate.
Higher steel prices. We would request the Govt. to make a ban on the export of raw material steel
from India and duty on the import of raw steel material should be zero. It would help Indian
manufacturing industry to become more competitive in the International market.
5.
Meanwhile EEPC India is ensuring the MSME to get the raw material steel on the export parity
prices from the big steel manufacturing companies such as Jindal Group, TATA, BHEL etc. The
interested MSME can contact EEPC to get the steel in cheaper rates till a permanent solution
comes from the Govt. This facility is exclusive to EEPC INDIA members.
6.
The efficiency and skillness of the Indian worker is not as per international standard (Infect below
average) and Govt. should insure the programs which can provide high quality skilled labors to get
7. the maximum output in minimum time possible.

As Punjab is a land lock state so the inland freight and handling of shipment is very high as the raw
material is first brought to Punjab and then the finished goods are taken back to the port which is
8. 2500 km away. Since the Transaction cost as well as cost of to and fro from the Indian port to
Punjab is too high so would request the Govt. to give good margin to Agriculture Machinery sector
in RoDTEP Scheme to stayafloat.
Online RCMC:
 Online Registration for Registration Cum Membership Certificate (RCMC) can be done
through the Engineering Export Promotion Council website. All members are requested to
9.
give their export data in a prescribedformat.
1 Certificate of Origin
0.
 Now you can have Certificate of Origin through EEPC INDIA website. This process is 100%
online and payment is also online. Applicants will get the COO without any hassle and
veryquickly.
Monthly Magazine:
 The Council’s monthly E-magazine INDIAN ENGINEEERING EXPORTS (ie2) has received all
round appreciation. The reader profile includes all engineering exporters, foreign,
embassies government offices, Chamber of Commerce, Industry associations and trade
1 bodies. Members are requested for their advertisements in themagazine.
1.
To consider Hosting of Home pages/providing Hyper-linking services on Council’s

1 Website:
2.
 Members are aware that the council is providing services for hosting of HomePages/
Hyper Linking on the Council’s Website with a minimum service at the rateof
Rs.2500/ p.a plus18% GST. Members may avail this opportunity by way of
registering their names to the respective Regional OfficesoftheCouncil.

SWOT ANALYSIS
Agri Implements are very basic agricultural instruments having a large and stable demand in the world
market. India does not rank in the top 10 exporters and can try to climb up the ladder. The biggest
competitors are USA and Nepal having attained the first and the second slots respectively, in exports.
Although, Moga and Mansa, together, are the largest hub of agri-implements production in Punjab,
even their share in Indian export is not up to the mark.
Mansa has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost along with the production at lower scales.
We need to focus on large scale production with cutting short of expenses on transportation along
with improvement in the brand and quality of the implements produced.

CHAPTER – 46
ROLLING MILL MACHINERY PARTS
INTRODUCTION
Rolling Mill Equipments are widely used in steel rolling mill machinery and rolling mill plants for rolling
down sheets, slabs and coils that are made up of various metals mainly aluminum, copper and
stainless steel. These are extensive used for production of rods, TMT, squares, angles, wires, coils, H-
I Beams and channels. Machined in adherence to the prerequisite domain norms, these are largely
appreciated due to their durability standards, dimensional accuracy, high efficiency, corrosion free
surface and sturdy construction. Easy to install, simple to use and maintenance free, these Rolling Mill
Equipment are offered with appropriate safety features to ensure user-friendly operation.
Types of Rolling Mill Equipments
Below are some of the commonly used rolling mill equipments which assist in proper assembly and
functioning of the rolling mills and rolling mill plants:
 Pre Stressed Mill Stands

 Twist Pipe
 Brush Rolls
 Billet Pusher
 Rolling Mill Un Coiler Machine
 Steel Rolling Mill Parts
 Fly Wheel
 Sugarcane Rollers
 Rolling Mill Cranes
 Rolling Mill Rolls
 Rolling Mill Stands
 Recoiler Machine
 Rolling Mill Shears
 Rolling Mill Saw
 Rolling Mill Plant Spare Parts
 Ejector Machines
 Sigma Mixer
 Work Roll Chock Assembly
 Mandrel Shaft
 Pinch Rolls
 Forged Rolls
 Metal Straightening Machine
 Burger Line
 Roller Guide Box
 Rolling Mill Coilers
 Rolling Mill Gear
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 84559000: OTHER PARTS OF MTL ROLLING MILLS
Values in Rs. Lacs
OTHER PARTS OF MTL

1 84559000 60,712.60 0.0263 56,347.96 0.0254
ROLLING MILLS
HS CODE 84559000: OTHER PARTS OF MTL ROLLING MILLS
Values in Rs. Lacs
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 BANGLADESH 4,243.97 6,087.82 43.45
2 NEPAL 3,975.35 4,409.89 10.93
3 VIETNAM SOC 10,528.74 4,230.85 -59.82
4 NIGERIA 3,313.48 3,591.70 8.4
5 GHANA 1,522.62 3,344.38 119.65
6 SOUTH AFRICA 767.85 3,128.78 307.47
7 SAUDI ARAB 1,623.92 3,066.60 88.84
8 ETHIOPIA 807.79 2,396.91 196.72
9 U ARAB EMTS 1,703.16 1,823.07 7.04
10 SPAIN 1,255.43 1,667.47 32.82

April, 18
April, 18 To To March,
Hs
Commodity March, 19 19
Code
Value(INR) Value(US
$)
845510 TUBE MILLS 20302014 293997
ROLLING MILLS-HOT/COMBINATION
845521 113531350 1621467
HOT AND COLD
845522 ROLLING MILLS-COLD 2107845 31043
845530 ROLLS FOR ROLLING MILLS 329940987 4731819
845590 OTHER PARTS 264298637 3772785
TOTAL 730180833 10451111
(Source: DGCIS)
HS CODE 8455: Metal-rolling mills and rolls therefor; parts of metal-rolling mills
Value
imported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 5543548
1 India 626093
3 Mexico 513931
4 China 342176
5 Germany 191629
7 Italy 157829
8 Indonesia 157397
9 Turkey 152274

(Source: Trade Map)
HS CODE 8455: Metal-rolling mills and rolls therefor; parts of metal-rolling mills
Value
exported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 5212198
1 China 1205336
2 Italy 986369
3 Germany 635867
4 Japan 383944
7 Austria 163494
8 India 158036
10 Turkey 99330
(Source: Trade Map)
SWOT ANALYSIS
Metal rolling mills and rolls are having a large and stable demand in the world market. India ranks at
8th position having very good opportunity to climb up the ladder. The biggest competitor is China
having attained the top slot in exports.
Although, Punjab the largest hub of hand tool production in India, even its share in Indian export is
not much.
Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While the product is widely price sensitive

CHAPTER – 47
WOOD WORKING MACHINE
INTRODUCTION
A Woodworking machine is a wood machine that is intended to process wood. These machines are
usually powered by electric motors and are used extensively in woodworking. Sometimes grinding
machines are also considered a part of woodworking machinery.
Types of woodworking machinery
Artisanal and hobby machines
These machines are used both in small-scale commercial production of timber products and by
hobbyists. Most of these machines may be used on solid timber and on composite products.
Machines can be divided into the bigger stationary machines where the machine remains stationary
while the material is moved over the machine, and hand-held power tools, where the tool is moved
over the material.
Hand-held power tools
 Biscuit joiner
 Domino jointer
 Chain saw
 Hand-held circular saw
 Electric drill
 Jig saw
 Miter saw
 Nail gun
 Hand-held electric plane
 Reciprocating saw
 Rotary tool
 Router
 Hand-held sanders, including belt sander, orbital sander, random orbit sander
Stationary machines

 Bandsaw
 Combination machine
 Double side planer
 Four sided planer or timber sizer
 Drill press
 Drum sander
 Bench grinder
 Jointer
 Wood lathe
 Mortiser
 Panel saw
 Pin router
 Radial arm saw
 Scroll saw
 Spindle moulder (Wood shaper)
 Stationary sanders, including stroke sanders, oscillating spindle sander, belt sander, disc
sander (and combination disc-belt sander).
Wood Machinists and Other Wood Trades Workers set up and operate woodworking machines and
wood turning lathes to shape wood stock, finish and polish furniture, and make picture frames and
frame paintings, photographs and other artwork.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 8465: MCHN-TOOLS (INCL MCHNS FR NAILNG, STAPLNG, GLUENG/OTHRWS ASSEMBLNG)

FR WRKNG WOOD, CORK, BONE, HARD RUBBER, HARD PLASTICS
Values in Rs. Lacs
MCHN-TOOLS(INCL MCHNS
FR NAILNG,STAPLNG,
GLUENG/OTHRWS
1 8465 36,258.30 0.0157 26,728.17 0.012
ASSEMBLNG)FR WRKNG
WOOD, CORK,BONE,HARD
RUBBER,HARD PLASTICS

FR WRKNG WOOD, CORK,BONE,HARD RUBBER,HARD PLASTICS

Values in Rs. Lacs
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 ITALY 8,456.74 6,417.89 -24.11
2 USA 5,920.68 3,619.26 -38.87
3 NEPAL 2,021.80 1,551.20 -23.28
4 CANADA 2,630.75 1,373.80 -47.78
5 AUSTRALIA 2,358.19 1,205.64 -48.87
6 NETHERLAND 1,052.91 943.33 -10.41
7 SOUTH AFRICA 534.16 842.58 57.74
8 BELGIUM 1,246.23 774.69 -37.84
9 MALAYSIA 1,021.92 535.15 -47.63
10 CZECH REPUBLIC 449.7
April, 18
April, 18 To
Hs To March, March,
Commodity
Code 19 19
Value(INR) Value(US
$)
MACHINES WHICH CAN CARRY OUT

846510 1408705 20832
DIFFERENT TYPES OF MACHINING
846520 MACHINING CENTRES 1848025 26598
SAWING MCHNS FR WRKNG

846591 15103967 211462
WOOD,CORK,BONE ETC
PLNG,MILLING/MLDNG MCHNS FR
846592 12313271 174598
WRKNG WOOD ETC
GRNDNG/PLSHNG MCHNS FR WRKNG

846593 16410 235
WOOD,CORK ETC
BENDING/ASSEMBLING MCHNS FR
846594 1559000 22041
WRKNG WOOD ETC

846595 DRILLING/MORTICING MACHINES 893001 12531
SPLITTING,SLICING/PARING MACHINES
846596 149180 2172
FOR WORKING WOOD.C
846599 OTHER MACHINE-TOOLS OF HDG 8465 35876311 513511
69167870 983980
(Source: DGCIS)
HS CODE 8465: MCHN-TOOLS (INCL MCHNS FR NAILNG, STAPLNG, GLUENG/OTHRWS

ASSEMBLNG)FR WRKNG WOOD, CORK,BONE,HARD RUBBER,HARD PLASTICS
Value
imported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 7578736
2 Germany 447266
3 China 340846
4 Viet Nam 301511
6 Canada 293018
7 France 278656
10 Poland 158951
11 Italy 155139
13 Indonesia 142061
14 Belgium 139643

15 Austria 139315
16 Australia 137498
18 Switzerland 119320
19 India 116671
20 Malaysia 113440
(Source: Trade Map)

FR WRKNG WOOD, CORK,BONE,HARD RUBBER,HARD PLASTICS
Value exported
thousand)
World 8439709
1 Germany 1997397
2 China 1835364
3 Italy 1301487
5 Austria 523627
7 Canada 171231
8 Japan 144166
10 Poland 125031
(Source: Trade Map)
SWOT ANALYSIS
Wood working machine has a large and stable demand in the world market. India does not rank in the
top ten exporters and has a very good opportunity to climb up the ladder. The biggest competitors
are Germany, China and Italy having attained the top three slots in exports.
Punjab produces a good quality product, but still has a long way to go up in exports.

Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While the product is widely price sensitive
CHAPTER – 48
SEWING MACHINERY PARTS
INTRODUCTION
Sewing machine plays an important role in the garments manufacturing industry. There are a lot of
sewing machines used in the ready-made garments sector. This article has shown all the parts of a
sewing machine and the function of those.
Different Parts of Sewing Machine:
 Spool pin,
 Bobbin binder spindle,
 Bobbin winder stopper,
 Stitch width dial,
 Pattern selector dial,
 Handwheel,
 Stitch length dial,
 Reverse stitch lever,
 Power stitch,
 Bobbin winder thread guide,
 Thread tension dial,
 Thread take-up lever,
 Needle clamp screw,
 Presser’s foot,
 Bobbin cover,
 Bobbin cover release button,
 Feed dog,
 Needle,
 Needle plate.
parts of sewing machine

Balance Wheel
In a traditional handheld machine and in a semi-auto machine, you can see that there is a wheel on
the top right corner of a sewing machine. Basically, it is used to run the machine manually.
Needle
A needle is a sharp metal, very sharp in nature which has a small hole (eye) in which a thread goes
through. Basically, a needle is used for sewing. A needle consists of 5 parts. They are a shank, Shaft,
Front Groove, Point Scarf, and eye. However, for woven fabric and denim, lather, knit fabric, different
types of Needle are used and Needle made of steel coated with chrome or titanium.
Different Size of Sewing Machine Needle
According to the purpose, Different sizes of a needle are used for different types of fabric.

Sourcing of Needles
The needle is mainly sourced from China because of a cheap price. So you can also source it locally if
the order quantity is less.
Spool Pin
A spool pin is placed vertically or horizontally which actually used for holding the spool of threads and
this is a fixed part of a sewing machine.
Bobbin
A bobbin is one of an integral part and it is non-electrical parts. Bobbins can be found in different
electric devices. In a bobbin, threads are wired which is used for sewing. You need to set the required
thread into a bobbin. After finishing you have to refill the bobbin.
Sourcing of Bobbin
There are many popular brands of bobbin manufacturer, you can collect bobbin from them. You can
source either by importing or if locally available then purchase it locally because it will be cheaper.
Bobbin Holder
Bobbin holder is used to holding the bobbin into the machine. Bobbin holder also is known as the
bobbin case which is one of the key parts. Time to time you may need to conduct cleaning and
maintenance of the bobbin case. It is one of the commonly used spare parts.
Presser Foot
A presser foot is used to hold the fabric in the right place on the throat plate so that fabric cannot slip
around. Sometimes it may require to change the pressure foot if you use your machine for commercial
garments production or small household business.
Tension Discs and Tension Spring
The tension discs used to control the thread tension to give proper stitch on the fabric. If there is a
problem of tension then you may see that stitch is not placing properly, it may loose or tight. A tension
spring is added to control the pressure so that two different fabrics can join together with proper
stitch. Tension discs and spring may need to change if it is damaged. Sourcing options are local or
source it from China or any other region if you need a large quantity.

Tension Discs and Spring
Remember that you have to clean dust from time to time from the tension discs otherwise, you will
get an improper stitch on the fabric.
Face Plate Thumb Screw
The faceplate thumb screw is used for attaching the faceplate of a sewing machine. You may find it a
traditional machine but normally this part is not required to replace it.
Thread Guide
Thread guide is a small part of a machine that has a hole inside, is responsible for properly guide the
threads from the spool pin to the hole of a needle. Thread guide is made of steel or metal.
Throat Plate
The throat plate is placed between the pressure foot and bobbin case. This plate also is known as a
needle plate. It is made of metal and at the time of sewing, a pressure foot is placed on top of the
throat plate.
Stitch Indicator Plate
Stitch Indicator plate indicates the stitching type where different stitching number is written. This
plate is a fixed part of the machine that is not required to change but you should clean the surface of
the plate so that the written number is visible.
Stitch Regulator
By using a stitch regulator, you can regulate the type of stitch on the fabric. In accordance with your
requirements, you can switch into a different stitch or adjust your sewing stitch.
Bobbin Winder
Bobbin winder basically ensures the right direction of the threads from the spool to the bobbin. An
automated mechanical process works inside the machine.
Feed Dog
Feed dog helps to feed the fabric to the required direction, either backward or forward using its teeth.
It is a metal-based product. Normally it is not a visible part of a machine. But if you look closely into
the needle plate then you can see. If the feed dog is damaged, then you must need to change it.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 845290: OTHER PARTS OF SEWING MACHINES:
Values in Rs. Lacs
OTHER PARTS OF
1 845290 6,640.07 0.0029 7,098.06 0.0032
SEWING MACHINES :

HS CODE 845290: OTHER PARTS OF SEWING MACHINES:
Values in Rs. Lacs
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 NEPAL 909.83 897.88 -1.31
2 BANGLADESH 676.05 754.05 11.54
3 U ARAB EMTS 386.35 549.28 42.17
4 NIGERIA 477.02 511.51 7.23
5 YEMEN REPUBLC 407.8 488.01 19.67
6 MYANMAR 480.69 415.35 -13.59
7 SRI LANKA DSR 278.94 361.2 29.49
8 PAKISTAN 1,060.20 351.66 -66.83
9 AFGHANISTAN 95.53 258.22 170.29
10 TANZANIA 166.73 222.64 33.53
845210 SEWNG MCHNS OFHOUSEHOLD TYPE 746905262 10661839
845221 SEWNG MCHNS-AUTOMATIC UNITS 168269854 2403521
845229 OTHER SEWING MACHINES 371521718 5308402
845230 SEWING MACHINE NEEDLES 7444844 107912
845290 OTHER PARTS OF SEWING MACHINES : 432004686 6186769

TOTAL 1726146364 24668443
(Source: DGCIS)
HS CODE 8452: SEWNG MCHNS, EXCL BOOK-SEWNG MCHNS OF HDG NO 8440; FURNTR, BASES AND
COVRS SPCLY DSGND FOR SEWNG MCHNS;SEWNG MCHNS NEDLS
Value
imported in
Rank World’s Top Importers
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 5409911
1 Viet Nam 487910
3 Singapore 298316
4 India 258477
5 Bangladesh 235273
6 Germany 234871
7 Nigeria 221558
8 China 190953
9 Japan 173509
10 Indonesia 155618
(Source: Trade map)
HS CODE 8452: SEWNG MCHNS, EXCL BOOK-SEWNG MCHNS OF HDG NO 8440;FURNTR,BASES AND
COVRS SPCLY DSGND FOR SEWNG MCHNS;SEWNG MCHNS NEDLS
Value
exported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 5073889
1 China 1793840

2 Viet Nam 466365
3 Japan 407854
4 Singapore 359579
6 Germany 284202
9 Malaysia 116409
10 Thailand 105427
11 Italy 104259
12 Poland 94796
16 India 57883
17 Spain 37608
18 Turkey 33078
(Source: Trade map)
SWOT ANALYSIS –SEWING MACHINERY PARTS
Sewing machinery parts are small products which have a stable demand in the world market and the
fashion market. The quality, precision and accuracy are the characteristics of the product, which
increase the demand from India.
India occupies 16th position in the top exporters of the world and can climb the ladder up in the coming
times. The major competitors are China, Vietnam and Japan having occupied the top three slots in the
world exports.
Manufacturing or the production cost reduction, improving quality and increasing economies of scale
can help India achieve a better ranking in the exports of the product.
Transportation cost is another hurdle because of Punjab being situated in the hinterland.

CHAPTER – 49
LATHE MACHINE
INTRODUCTION
A lathe is a machine tool that rotates a workpiece about an axis of rotation to perform various
operations such as cutting, sanding, knurling, drilling, deformation, facing, and turning, with tools that
are applied to the workpiece to create an object with symmetry about that axis. The purpose of a
lathe is to rotate a part against a tool whose position it controls. It is useful for fabricating parts and/or
features that have a circular cross section. The spindle is the part of the lathe that rotates.
The lathe is a very versatile and important machine to know how to operate. This machine rotates a
cylindrical object against a tool that the individual controls. The lathe is the forerunner of all machine
tools. The work is held and rotated on its axis while the cutting tool is advanced along the line of a
desired cut. The lathe is one of the most versatile machine tools used in industry. With suitable
attachments, the lather may be used for turning, tapering, form turning, screw cutting, facing, dulling,
boring, spinning, grinding, polishing operation. Cutting operations are performed with a cutting tool
fed either parallel or at right angles to the axis of the work. The cutting tool may also be fed at an
angle, relative to the axis of the work, for machining taper and angles. On a lathe, the tailstock does
not rotate. Instead, the spindle that holds the stock rotates. Collets, centers, three jaw chucks, and
other work-holding attachments can all be held in spindle. The tailstock can hold tools for drilling,
threading, reaming, or cutting tapers. Additionally, it can support the end of the workpiece using a
center and can be adjusted to adapt to different workpiece lengths.

Parts of the Lathe Machine
Lathe Machine Operations
1. Facing
It is the first operation that is done on the workpiece. It is a machining operation that is done to
produce flat surfaces at the ends of the workpiece. This operation is performed by feeding the tool
perpendicular to the axis of rotation of the chuck.
2. Turning
In turning operation, the excess material is removed from the surface of the workpiece to produce a
cylindrical surface of desired shape and size. During the turning operation, the feed is moved along
the axis of rotation of the chuck. It reduces the diameter of the cylindrical workpiece.
3. Boring
The process of removing material from hole of the workpiece is called boring. Holes are bored with
the help of single point cutting tool.
4. Drilling
It is the process of making holes in the workpiece by the use of drills. The drill is held in the tailstock
and the drilling operation is done by advancing the drill in the workpiece by rotating the handle of the
tailstock.
5. Reaming
The process of enlarging the holes to accurate sizes is called reaming. Reaming is always performed
after drilling operation. It is similar to the drilling process. The reamer is held in the tailstock to carry
out reaming operation.
6. Counter Boring
The process of boring a hole to more than one diameter on the same axis is called counter boring.
This operation is performed by boring tool.
7. Threading
The process of making threads on a cylindrical job is called threading.
8. Undercutting

In the undercutting operation, we enlarge the diameter if done internally and decrease the diameter
if done externally. It is done at the end of the hole, near the stepped shoulder of a cylindrical surface
and at the end of a threaded portion in the blot.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE: 8458 Lathes (including turning centres) for removing metal.
Values in Rs. Lacs

LATHES
(INCLUDING
1 8458 TURNING CENTRES) 22,872.91 0.0099 19,861.85 0.0089
FOR REMOVING
METAL

Values in Rs. Lacs

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 GERMANY 3,634.69 2,883.59 -20.66
2 SPAIN 4,308.10 2,769.88 -35.71
3 BANGLADESH 1,678.56 1,905.34 13.51
4 U ARAB EMTS 1,345.81 1,826.45 35.71
5 NEPAL 971.98 787.32 -19
6 ITALY 298.62 694.89 132.7
7 RUSSIA 178.47 645.09 261.46
8 CHINA 1,173.13 579.17 -50.63
9 SOUTH AFRICA 509.18 573.99 12.73
10 U S A 2,158.20 571.07 -73.54

Values in Rs. Lacs

HORIZONTAL
845811 LATHES,NUMERICALLY 33503702 479991
CONTROLLED
845819 OTHER HORIZONTAL LATHES 73941304 1055614
OTHER NUMERICALLY
845891 5989558 85736
CONTROLLED LATHES
845899 OTHER LATHES 141241667 2031114
TOTAL 254676231 3652455
(Source: DGCIS)
Values in Rs. Lacs
Value imported in
Rank World's Top Importers 2019 (USD
thousand)
World 7214627
2 China 655015
3 Germany 622269
4 Belgium 414135
5 Italy 347159
6 France 310059
8 Mexico 212602
9 India 206633
10 Japan 198250
12 Thailand 167330
(Source: Trade map)
Values in Rs. Lacs
Value exported
RANK World's Top Exporters in 2019 (USD
thousand)
World 7256707

1 Japan 1841446
2 Germany 1105551
5 China 497355
6 Italy 392722
7 Belgium 366113
9 Thailand 183368
11 Austria 158276
12 Spain 144377
14 France 109011
16 Poland 80243
17 Singapore 53146
19 India 33508
20 Slovakia 32390
(Source: Trade map)
SWOT ANALYSIS
Lathe machine is basic engineering machine which can be put to a gamut of uses. This has an
advantage of having a large and stable demand in the world market. India ranks at 19th position in the
top world exporters and has to go a long way to climb up the ladder. The biggest competitors are
Japan and Germany having attained the top slots in exports.
Although, Gurdaspur is the hub of Lathe machine production in Punjab, even its share in Indian export
needs to be boosted.
District has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. Lathe machine is widely used and
diversified product having good profit margin. We need to focus on large scale production with cutting
short of expenses on transportation and logistics cost, being produced in the hinterland away from
ports.

CHAPTER – 50
TRACTORS
HS CODE 8701: TRACTORS (OTHER THAN TRACTORS OF HEADING 8709)
A tractor is an engineering vehicle specifically designed to deliver a high tractive effort (or torque) at
slow speeds, for the purposes of hauling a trailer or machinery such as that used in agriculture, mining
or construction. Most commonly, the term is used to describe a farm vehicle that provides the power
and traction to mechanize agricultural tasks, especially (and originally) tillage, but nowadays a great
variety of tasks. Agricultural implements may be towed behind or mounted on the tractor, and the
tractor may also provide a source of power if the implement is mechanised.
In the UK, Ireland, Australia, India, Spain, Argentina, Slovenia, Serbia, Croatia, the Netherlands, and
Germany, the word "tractor" usually means "farm tractor", and the use of the word "tractor" to mean
other types of vehicles is familiar to the vehicle trade, but unfamiliar to much of the general public. In
Canada and the US, the word may also refer to the road tractor portion of a tractor trailer truck, but
also usually refers to the piece of farm equipment.
 Tractors in India is a major industry and significant contributor to its agriculture output gains.
 In 1947, as India gained independence from the British Empire, the level of agriculture
mechanisation was low. The socialist oriented five-year plans of the 1950s and 1960s
aggressively promoted rural mechanisation via joint ventures and tie-ups between local
industrialists and international tractor manufacturers. Despite these efforts, the first three
decades after independence local production of 4-wheel tractors grew slowly. By the late
1980s tractor production was nearly 140,000 units per year, and a prevalence rate of less than
2 per 1,000 farmers.
 After economic reforms of 1991, the pace of change increased and by late 1990s with
production approached 270,000 per year. In early 2000s, India overtook the United States as
the world's largest producer of four-wheel tractors. FAO estimated, in 1999, that of total
agricultural area in India, less than 50% is under mechanised land preparation, indicating large
opportunities still exist for agricultural mechanisation.

 In 2013, India produced 619,000 tractors accounting for 29% of world's output, as the world's
largest producer and market for tractors. India currently has 16 domestic and 4 multinational
corporations manufacturing tractors.
INDUSTRIES VIEW
(Source: indianmirror)
State wise sale
(Source: Rushlane)
The tractor industry too hasn’t been immune, and it too has seen its overall sales numbers go down
by a whooping 86% in the month of May’2020. In May’2019, overall sales of tractors across the
country stood at around 34K units mark. However, in May’20 sales figures had contracted to just 8,317
units, merely a 15% of last year’s performance. Rajasthan came out as the state with maximum
number of tractor sales with the total amounting to 2,815 units. Last year in the same month the
North Western state had registered sales of 6,469 units. Sales decline over last year stood at 56%,
which is comparatively the best in all other larger states. Uttar Pradesh, which usually contributes to
highest number of tractor sales every month stood at the 2nd spot. Its sales declined by a considerable
margin of 75% however the state still managed with a podium finish. In the month of May’20, it
registered sales of 1,986 units against a total of 8,098 units in May’19.
Values in Rs. Lacs
S.No. HSCode Commodity 2018-2019 %Share 2019-2020
TRACTORS (OTHER THAN

1 8701 TRACTORS OF HEADING 8709) 680,598 0.29 543,493

Values in Rs. Lacs
Values in Rs.
S.No. Country Lacs
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 USA 149,297.13 124,994.17 -16.28
2 NEPAL 70,943.36 48,075.57 -32.23
3 BANGLADESH 71,547.41 47,427.28 -33.71
4 THAILAND 19,424.96 41,048.51 111.32
5 MEXICO 28,774.53 24,981.48 -13.18
6 SUDAN 11,222.28 19,908.77 77.4
7 SOUTH AFRICA 18,785.46 17,399.19 -7.38
8 ITALY 22,570.03 14,518.05 -35.68
9 NETHERLAND 19,999.88 13,929.64 -30.35
10 BRAZIL 5,621.39 13,476.25 139.73

Hs
Code
870110 SINGLE AXLE TRACTORS 87623209 1253687
870120 ROAD TRACTORS FOR SEMI-TRAILERS 137198058 1940605
870130 TRACK-LAYING TRACTORS 38387199 556343
870191 1649887577 23629184
POWERNOT EXCEEDING 18 KW
870192 3590313456 51086609
POWEREXCEEDING 18 KW BUT NOT EX
870193 6544248014 93665597
870194 216319938 3098422
870195 4587474 63524
POWEREXCEEDING 130 KW
TOTAL 12,26,85,64,925 17,52,93,971
(Source: DGCIS)

Value imported in
thousand)
World 53221005
2 Canada 4019709
3 France 3855500
4 Germany 2977956
5 Italy 1779348
6 Poland 1697974
8 Belgium 1411897
9 Spain 1410559
(Source: Trade map)

Value exported in 2019

(USD thousand)
1 World 56177017
2 Mexico 9788357
3 Germany 8710929
6 France 3605810
7 Belgium 2910419
8 Japan 1876806
9 Sweden 1654033
10 Italy 1621795
(Source: Trade map)
ANALYSIS –TRACTORS
Tractor and tractor parts have a stable demand in the world market and the agriculture market. Till
the humanity and the need for food is exiting, the demand can never go down.
India does not hold any position in the top ten exporters of the world and can climb the ladder up in
the coming times. The major competitors are Mexico, Germany and Netherlands having occupied the
top three slots in the world export of tractors and tractor parts.
Manufacturing or the production cost reduction, improving quality and increasing economies of scale
can help India achieve a better ranking in the exports of the product.
Transportation cost is another hurdle because of Punjab being situated in the hinterland.

CHAPTER – 51
DIESEL ENGINES PARTS
(SECTOR-ENGINEERING)
INTRODUCTION
The diesel engine, named after Rudolf Diesel, is an internal combustion engine in which ignition of the
fuel is caused by the elevated temperature of the air in the cylinder due to the mechanical
compression (adiabatic compression); thus, the diesel engine is a so-called compression-ignition
engine (CI engine). This contrasts with engines using spark plug-ignition of the air-fuel mixture, such
as a petrol engine (gasoline engine) or a gas engine (using a gaseous fuel like natural gas or liquefied
petroleum gas) Diesel engines work by compressing only the air. This increases the air temperature
inside the cylinder to such a high degree that atomised diesel fuel injected into the combustion
chamber ignites spontaneously. With the fuel being injected into the air just before combustion, the
dispersion of the fuel is uneven; this is called a heterogeneous air-fuel mixture. The diesel engine has
the highest thermal efficiency (engine efficiency) of any practical internal or external combustion
engine due to its very high expansion ratio and inherent lean burn which enables heat dissipation by
the excess air.
Efficiency
Due to its high compression ratio, the diesel engine has a high efficiency, and the lack of a throttle
valve means that the charge-exchange losses are fairly low, resulting in a low specific fuel
consumption, especially in medium and low load situations. This makes the diesel engine very
economical. Even though diesel engines have a theoretical efficiency of 75%, in practice it is much
lower. In his 1893 essay Theory and Construction of a Rational Heat Motor, Rudolf Diesel describes
that the effective efficiency of the diesel engine would be in between 43.2% and 50.4%, or maybe
even greater. Modern passenger car diesel engines may have an effective efficiency of up to 43%,
whilst engines in large diesel trucks, and buses can achieve peak efficiencies around 45%. However,
average efficiency over a driving cycle is lower than peak efficiency. For example, it might be 37% for

an engine with a peak efficiency of 44%. The highest diesel engine efficiency of up to 55% is achieved
by large two-stroke watercraft diesel engines.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 84099941: COMPONENT PARTS FOR DIESEL ENGINES FOR MOTOR VEHICLES, N.E.S
Values in Rs. Lacs

COMPONENT PARTS FOR
1 84099941 DIESEL ENGINES FOR MOTOR 141,462.16 0.0613 123,729.73 0.0557
VEHICLES, N.E.S.
HS CODE 84099941: COMPONENT PARTS FOR DIESEL ENGINES FOR MOTOR VEHICLES,N.E.S
Values in Rs. Lacs
Values in Rs.
S.No. Country
Lacs
2019-
2018-2019 %Growth
2020
1 FRANCE 44,125.20 36,733.36 -16.75

2 USA 47,827.59 31,687.16 -33.75
3 SPAIN 1,451.87 8,514.87 486.48
4 UK 5,722.25 7,653.22 33.74
5 GERMANY 12,162.53 7,421.73 -38.98
6 TURKEY 1,910.14 6,123.31 220.57
7 INDONESIA 5,082.94 4,180.51 -17.75
8 JAPAN 4,179.74 4,081.61 -2.35
9 TAIWAN 1,662.52 3,256.60 95.88
10 NETHERLAND 1,769.13 2,290.59 29.48

PARTS FOR AIRCRAFT
840910 342991 4934
ENGINES
PRTS SUITBL FR USE

840991 SOLELY/PRNCPLY WTH 1290380653 18453468
SPARK-IGNTN INTRNL
PARTS OF OTHER
840999 ENGINES(DSL/SMI DSL) 1246353950 17801980
OTHER THAN PARTS F
TOTAL 2537077594 36260382
(Source: DGCIS)
HS CODE 8409: Parts suitable for use solely or principally with internal combustion piston engine of
heading ...
Value imported in
thousand)
World 65522514
2 Germany 6738956
4 Mexico 3917555
5 China 3546558
6 France 2403664
7 Canada 2226142
8 Hungary 2121770
9 Austria 2024664
10 Italy 2006972
11 Japan 1964603
12 Thailand 1679538
13 Poland 1673334
15 Spain 1378035
(Source: Trade Map)

HS CODE 8409: Parts suitable for use solely or principally with internal combustion piston engine of
heading ...
Value
exported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 67188658
1 Germany 13150600
2 Japan 6608831
4 China 5717549
5 Mexico 4282999
7 Italy 2463812
8 Poland 1940157
9 France 1917678
12 Turkey 1531973
13 Singapore 1462035
14 Thailand 1369946
15 Brazil 1286690
16 Hungary 1148176
17 India 1110458
19 Canada 1017231
20 Austria 972366
(Source: Trade Map)
ANALYSIS
Diesel engine parts are very basic parts used in engines of light motor vehicles having a huge and
stable demand in the world market. India ranks 17th in the world export of diesel engine parts and
has vast potential to climb up the ladder. The biggest competitors are Germany and Japan having
attained the first and the second slots respectively, in exports.
Punjab has multiple units of diesel engine parts production and helped India in achieving a rank among
top 20 exporters of the same.

Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost along with the production at lower scales.
with improvement in the brand and quality of the parts produced.
8708 PARTS AND ACCESSORIES OF THE MOTOR VEHICLES OF HEADINGS 8701 TO 8705
Auto parts contains articles relating to essential and/or typical automotive parts and includes some
articles that concern parts that are not specifically or only found on automobiles but also on other
vehicles. Multi-part technologies are addressed in the parent Category: Automotive technologies.
Non-essential, optional parts are the domain of Category: Automotive accessories, while retailers and
suppliers of essential and non-essential parts are found in Category: Auto parts suppliers and
Category: Automotive part retailers, respectively.
Types of Auto Parts

HS Code 8708: PARTS AND ACCESSORIES OF THE MOTOR VEHICLES OF HEADINGS 8701 TO 8705
Values in Rs. Lacs
2020-2021(Apr-
HSCode 2018-19 %Share 2019-2020 %Share Aug(P)) %Share
8708 36,45,930 1.6 34,21,354 1.5 9,15,143 1.25

India’s
Total
Export 23,07,72,619 22,19,85,418 7,34,83,253
Values in Rs. Lacs
Values in Rs.
S.No. Country Lacs
2017-2018 2018-2019 %Growth
1 USA 7,57,052.74 9,76,809.41 29.03
2 TURKEY 2,61,029.95 2,31,900.00 -11.16
3 GERMANY 1,60,700.70 2,14,405.23 33.42
4 BRAZIL 1,62,465.04 1,97,846.26 21.78
5 MEXICO 1,25,855.26 1,46,080.82 16.07
6 THAILAND 1,26,629.94 1,41,395.53 11.66
7 UK 1,25,850.28 1,36,224.99 8.24
8 ITALY 1,06,085.11 1,17,909.79 11.15
VIETNAM SOC
9 REP 64,450.37 1,13,558.74 76.2
10 JAPAN 84,176.06 1,10,052.63 30.74
Values in Rs. Lacs
March, 19 March, 19
Hs Code Commodity Value(INR) Value(US $)
870810 BUMPERS AND PRTS THEREOF 212622152 3057711
870821 SAFETY SEAT BELTS 582042 7936

OTHR PRTS AND ACCSSRS OF
870829 BODIES(INCL CABS) 67140667 953522
BRAKES AND SERVO-BRAKES; PARTS
870830 THEREOF 88407610 1259352
870840 GEAR BOXES 432089982 6187304
DRIVE AXLES WITH DIFFERENTIAL W/N
870850 PROVIDEDWITH OTHER TRANSMI 1204397206 17153154
ROAD WHEELS AND PRTS AND
870870 ACCSSRS THEREOF 355733021 5083577
Total 2360972680 33702556
(Source: DGCIS, India)
Value imported in
Rank World's Top Importers 2019 (USD thousand)
World 399822459
United States of
1 America 69634459
2 Germany 39541788
3 Mexico 27159357
4 China 25220956
5 Canada 19827911
6 Spain 16815704
7 France 16623361
9 Slovakia 11888852
(Source: Trademap)
TABLE: WORLD’S TOP EXPORTER
Value imported in
2019 (USD thousand)
Rank World's Top Expoters
World 39,35,21,089
1 Germany 6,17,96,400
2 United States of America 4,30,18,677
3 China 3,36,25,803
4 Japan 3,26,97,064
5 Mexico 3,06,59,940
6 Korea, Republic of 1,89,81,682

7 Czech Republic 1,51,65,218
8 Italy 1,44,37,100
9 Poland 1,43,52,084
10 France 1,39,32,725
(Source: Trademap)
ANALYSIS
Auto parts are very basic parts used in light motor vehicles, having a huge and stable demand in the
world market. India does not hold a position among top 10 exporters in the the world export of auto
parts and has vast potential to climb up the ladder. The biggest competitors are Germany, USA and
China having attained the first, second and third spots respectively, in exports.
Punjab has multiple units of auto parts production, in few districts and helped India in exporting the
parts.
Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost along with the production at lower scales.
with improvement in the brand and quality of the auto parts produced.

CHAPTER – 52
CHILLED ROLLS
SECTOR: ENGINEERING
INTRODUCTION
Chilled rolls are used in many processes where temperature control is critical to product quality or
product safety. The primary purpose of a chill roll is to remove heat from the product before any
downstream operations. Although these processes are different, the design criteria are the same—
roll load, face deflection, and heat removal rate. The functional aspects of a roll will vary considerably
from process to process. The process and product predicate roll construction, materials, and surface
finish. All these factors require consideration to achieve a properly designed and functioning chill roll.
The first primary design principle is roll load in pounds per linear inch. Roll load is the amount of load
applied to a web by an air or hydraulic actuating system. Equations are available in the paper to
calculate roll load. Calculation of deflection is also possible using an equation from the paper.
Heat Removal Rate
The primary purpose of a chilled roll is to remove heat from the product before any downstream
operations. Several key factors are necessary to determine the heat removal or cooling capabilities of
a roll used in extrusion operations—polymer type, maximum extruder output, melt temperature at
the die exit, desired temperature off the roll, and specific heat of the polymer. These factors allow
calculation of the heat that a specific set of process conditions can remove. Before making a significant
process change such as increasing total rate, heat removal rate therefore requires consideration. Heat
removal rate is one important thermal factor. Another is coolant flow rate.
Coolant Flow Rate
The coolant flow rate determines the ability of a roll to remove the required heat and temperature
variation across a roll face. Sufficient flow must occur for proper cooling. Coolant flow rate is therefore
important to a chill roll. A flow meter allows comparison of actual flow rate to calculated for a
determined heat removal rate.
Construction
Three types of common chill roll construction are double shell spiral baffle, cooling can, and single
shell. The cooling can be probably the oldest design and produces poor mechanical and thermal
abilities. The single shell design has improved mechanical and thermal abilities. The internal spiral

baffles provide support to the outer shell and improved coolant flow characteristics. Design of the
baffles can provide increased coolant velocity through the roll to improve cooling efficiency.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 84379010: PARTS OF FLOUR MILL MACHINERY

Values in Rs. Lacs
PARTS OF
1 84379010 FLOUR MILL 4,101.78 0.0018 3,935.07 0.0018
MACHINERY
India's Total
230,772,619 221,985,418
Export
HS CODE 84379010: PARTS OF FLOUR MILL MACHINERY

Values in Rs. Lacs
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 ETHIOPIA 1,357.56 1,383.22 1.89
2 NIGERIA 801.72 805.21 0.44
3 BURKINA FASO 445.63 413.42 -7.23
4 BANGLADESH 359.73 183.26 -49.06
5 GHANA 267.45 226.82 -15.19
6 NEPAL 148.11 187.39 26.52
7 SUDAN 85.4 107.95 26.41
8 MALI 76.01 79.61 4.74
9 U ARAB EMTS 69.34 26.88 -61.23
10 QATAR 53.45
MACHINES FOR CLEANING,SORTING

843710 11725254 167029
OR GRADING SEED,GRAIN OR DRIE

OTHER MACHNRY FOR
843780 32269720 466980
CLNG,SRTNG/GRADNG SEEDS
PARTS OF MACHNS FR CLNG,SRTNG
843790 16725280 240829
GRADNG ETC
TOTAL 60720254 874838
(Source: DGCIS)
HS CODE 8437: Machines for cleaning, sorting or grading seed, grain or dried leguminous
vegetables; machinery ...
Value imported
thousand)
World 2218199
1 Nigeria 188258
2 India 140042
4 Indonesia 78427
5 Canada 65527
7 Germany 59717
8 Uzbekistan 52628
9 Mexico 44055
10 Viet Nam 42757
(Source: Trade map)
Value exported
thousand)
World 1992321
1 China 443078
2 Turkey 241417
3 Italy 181388
5 Germany 133487

8 Netherlands 78956
9 Denmark 69114
10 India 64775
11 Spain 45918
12 Thailand 30293
(Source: Trade map)
ENGINEERING SECTOR

Abundant low cost Corruption and red Huge domestic market Competition
manpower tapism
Entrepreneurial Unskilled labour Foreign investments Lack of market
excellence diversification
Growing domestic Lack of Scope of development Weaker trade
economy professionalism and outsourcing relations
Lack lustre
government policies
The field of engineering is omnipresent; from a fan to a scissors, every object is a feat of engineering.
It is crucial for the Government to boost this sector as it creates jobs and spurs development in every
sense. The Government while has promoted the sector, a large chunk of illegal activities that primarily
owe their being to corruption conducive political framework hinder the progress of this sector. The
Government also has many laws of the License Raj standing intact; labour laws are an example. The
country still offers corporate loan at an Interest Rate of 15 percent, a figure higher than the developed
countries; this law is a hindrance to expansion of MSMEs which are the pith of any Engineering Market
in the World.
Key Initiatives by the Government are as follows:

1. Focus on Infrastructure development
2. Doing away with licensing
3. FDI limit being increased to 100 percent in Engineering Industry
4. Creation of Special Economic Zones or SEZs to boost engineering output

PART - 6
SECTOR
AGRO AND FOOD
CHAPTER – 53
BAKERY
SECTOR: FOOD AND BEVERAGES
HS CODE 1905
INTRODUCTION
A bakery is an establishment that produces and sells flour-based food baked in an oven such as bread,
cookies, cakes, pastries, and pies. Bakery can extend into past years of history. Romans first came with
the art of baking and due to globalization it spread worldwide. Baked foods are healthy, tasty, and
flavorful. They are in demand on special occasions such as weddings, parties, and social feasts.
A bakery is a building where bread, pastries, and cakes are baked, or the shop where they are sold. As
one of the largest segments in the food processing sector in India, the bakery industry offers huge
opportunities for growth, innovation, and job generation. Separated into three categories, bread,
biscuits, and cakes and pastries, the bakery industry reached a market value of USD 7.22 billion in
2018. As the second largest producer of biscuits after the USA, India is a key player internationally,
and with the entrepreneurial spirit of Indian companies and individuals it is one of the most exciting
regions for the bakery sector. the Indian bakery industry faces certain challenges. The industry is
generally divided into organized and unorganized, with more than 2,000 organized or semi-organized
bakeries, and 1,000,000 unorganized bakeries. Operational efficiency is a major issue in the industry,
as is the lack of technology and skilled workers.
The Bakery industry and India is experiencing robust growth over 9% according to a recent report. It's
a huge industry employing a large number of people. In fact, with over a million an organised small
scale bakeries and more than 2000 organised or semi organised bakeries. The Bakery sector is the
largest of all the segment of India's food processing sector. Report released by leading market
research company IMARC in March 2019 started that the Indian Bakery markets reach a value of
dollars 7.22 billion in 2018. The market value is projected to exceed dollar 12 billion within the next 5
year expanding at a compound annual growth of 9.3 % during 2019-2014.
A large part of this market nearly 80% is captured by bread and biscuits which are items of mass
consumption. In fact, India is 2nd only to the US in terms of biscuit production. As breads and biscuits
are fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG), they are consumed on a daily basis by the consumers, which
is main reason for increases in sales of these products in India.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 1905
Values in Rs. Lacs

BREAD, PASTRY, CAKES,
BISCUITS AND OTHER BAKERS?
WARES, WHETHER OR NOT
1 1905 242,536 0.1051 243,287 0.1096
CONTAINING COCOA;
COMMUNION WAFERS, EMPTY
CACHE
HS CODE 1905-Values in Rs. Lacs

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 USA 44,581.03 47,419.27 6.37
2 U ARAB EMTS 20,751.02 18,099.26 -12.78
3 UK 15,900.68 16,683.95 4.93
4 NEPAL 17,044.31 15,512.38 -8.99
5 ANGOLA 8,708.96 12,922.51 48.38
6 CANADA 10,608.04 12,424.29 17.12
7 AUSTRALIA 7,451.12 8,692.30 16.66

8 SAUDI ARAB 7,679.82 7,190.91 -6.37
9 MALAYSIA 4,911.03 5,417.58 10.31
10 SOUTH AFRICA 6,290.76 5,367.06

HS CODE 1905
190510 CRISP BREAD 5091378 71289

190531 SWEET BISCUITS 1864679295 26638734
190532 WAFFLES AND WAFERS 2006516 29110

RUSKS TOASTED BREAD AND SMLR
190540 32932196 465552
TOASTED PRDCTS
OTHR BREAD,PSTRY,RICE PAPR AND
190590 23448924 337781
SMLR PRODUCTS
TOTAL 192,81,58,309 27542466
(Source: DGCIS)

HS CODE 1905
Value imported in
thousand)
World 37743775
3 Germany 2526422
4 France 2369831
5 Canada 1633360
7 Belgium 1171682
8 Italy 947351
9 Spain 872009
10 China 836562
(Source: Trade map)

HS CODE 1905
Value exported in
Rank World's Top Exporters 2019 (USD
thousand)
World 37109442
1 Germany 4048118
2 Canada 3090031
3 Italy 2612851
4 France 2378076
5 Belgium 2369396
8 Poland 1407175
9 Mexico 1342964
(Source: Trade map)
ANALYSIS
Bakery products are food based processed productswith sensitivity of quality, taste, culture and
health norms. Punjab having the largest agro infrastructure in the country has very good opportunity
to develop bakery market in the world.
One of the largest group in bakery ie ITS, Nestle, Mrs. Bector and many more have large presence in
Punjab. Their quality is approved by world major health indexes.
However, our bakery exports are around Rs 2400 cr in which Punjab constitutes only 10% of the
market. We need to grab market from world major exporters through quality improvement and
cutting down the cost of transportation.

CHAPTER – 54
SECTOR: AGRICULTURE , FOOD
The major agricultural products can be broadly grouped into foods, fibers, fuels and raw materials
(such as rubber). Food classes include cereals (grains), vegetables, fruits, oils, meat, milk, fungi and
eggs.
RICE
SECTOR: AGRICULTURE FOOD
INTRODUCTION
Rice is the seed of the grass species Oryza glaberrima (African rice) or Oryza sativa (Asian rice). As a
cereal grain, it is the most widely consumed staple food for a large part of the world's human
population, especially in Asia and Africa. It is the agricultural commodity with the third-highest
worldwide production (rice, 741.5 million tonnes in 2014), after sugarcane (1.9 billion tonnes) and
maize (1.0 billion tonnes). As part of our diet, it is considered a carbohydrate. 100g of rice will contain
80g of carbohydrates, 7.13g of protein, 11.61g of water and 0.66g of fat.
In India, agriculture is the main occupation. About 58 per cent of the population depends upon
agriculture. It is the backbone of the Indian economy. In agriculture, rice is one of the most important
food crops of India. It feeds more than 50 per cent of the world's population. Rice is continuing to play
vital role in the national exports. India is one of the important countries in the world in export of rice.
India is among the top five rice-producing nations which include China, Indonesia, Bangladesh and
Vietnam in the list. India produces above 23% of overall global rice production. Overall India’s rice
export is dominated by basmati rice as India being the highest producer of basmati rice globally. Iran
and Saudi Arabia are the largest importer of basmati rice from India and contribute the highest value
share in India’s overall basmati rice export. Rice is continuing to play vital role in the national exports.
The percentage share of rice in total national export was 1.01 per cent during 2010-11. The percentage
share of agriculture export in total national export was 10.47, whereas the percentage share of rice
export in total agriculture export was 9.64 per cent during 2010-11. Thus, rice export contributes
nearly 10 per cent of total agriculture export from the country.
India is largest rice exporter in the world during 2012 -13. China and Indonesia are likely to boost their
import of rice, which will facilitate to India to increase its rice export. Besides, the Govt. of India has
also fixed high target of export of rice from India including broken rice. The Govt. of India has also
fixed the export price of rice quite competitive in the international market. These measures are
expected to contribute in boosting the export of rice from India.

The Govt. has also created four zones in addition to earlier 28 zones to boost the export of agriculture
products from the country, these new zones are –
 Apple zone in Himachal Pradesh

 Mango zones in Andhra Pradesh
 Flower zone in Tamil Nadu
 Basmati rice export zone in Punjab.
With the creation of these four new zones the exports of agriculture products from the country have
risen to 32 zones, which will cover the export of various agriculture products in the country. Therefore,
the special emphasis is being laid down to strengthen these zones for increasing agricultural products
including export of basmati rice from India. The basmati export zone has been set up in Punjab to tap
the potential of basmati rice to increase its export in the international market. In fact, Indian basmati
rice is well recognized in the international markets because of its quality. Keeping in view the export
potential of basmati rice, the Govt. of India has launched aggressive export promotion policy to
further develop the basmati rice by adoption of improved production technology including improved
high yielding new seeds. The scheme for export of basmati zone will cover Gurdaspur, Amritsar,
Kapurthala, Jalandhar, Hoshiarpur and Nawanshahar districts of Punjab.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 1006: RICE
Values in Rs. Lacs

1 1006 RICE 53,97,546.75 2.339 45,42,665.61 2.046
India's Total Export 23,07,72,619 22,19,85,418
HS CODE 1006: RICE

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 IRAN 10,98,022.66 8,89,920.83 -18.95
2 SAUDI ARAB 7,23,350.62 7,23,009.43 -0.05
3 IRAQ 3,04,972.66 3,43,420.50 12.61
4 U ARAB 3,08,750.95 2,41,790.42 -21.69
5 NEPAL 1,99,682.77 1,78,328.62 -10.69
6 KUWAIT 1,40,849.93 1,56,841.12 11.35
7 YEMEN 1,77,762.86 1,56,430.48 -12
8 USA 1,42,148.64 1,50,769.71 6.06
9 BENIN 1,85,225.29 1,38,403.77 -25.28
10 SOMALIA 88,591.06 93,129.34 5.12

April, 18 To
Hs April, 18 To March,
Commodity March, 19
Code 19 Value(US $)
Value(INR)
RICE IN HUSK (PADDY OR
100610 2155510 31533
ROUGH)
100620 HUSKED (BROWN) RICE 5412740 80099
SEMI/WHOLLY MILED RICE W/N
100630 66676297805 959002748
POLISHED/GLAZED
100640 BROKEN RICE 141038039 2071549
6,68,24,904,094 9,61,185,929
(Source: DGCIS)
HS CODE 1006: RICE
Value imported in
2019 (USD thousand)
World 24143772
1 Iran, Islamic Republic of 1647128
3 China 1253724
5 Philippines 1009687
6 Iraq 821272
7 Côte d'Ivoire 604438
8 Benin 570906
9 France 540292
(Source: Trade Map)
HS CODE 1006: RICE
Value exported in
2019 (USD thousand)
World 24209454
1 India 7112146
2 Thailand 4206796
3 Viet Nam 2434252

4 Pakistan 2277005
6 China 1058981
7 Myanmar 782429
8 Italy 613892
9 Cambodia 421108
10 Uruguay 375820
(Source: Trade Map)
BASMATI RICE
The leading aromatic fine quality rice in world trade popularly known as Basmati rice is fetching good
export price in the international markets for its three district quality features viz.-pleasant aroma,
superfine grains and extreme grain elongation. About two third of basmati rice produced in India is
exported. Awareness about basmati rice is spreading among different strata of the society in the
country and abroad. Basmati rice is possessing unique grain, cooking, eating and digestive qualities.
Hence, majority of people in the country and abroad have developed liking for basmati rice. Because
of its superfine quality, basmati rice is most preferred and also meant for high premium value in the
national and international markets. Thus, basmati rice is also stated to be 'Pearl' of rice.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 10063020: BASMATI RICE
Values in Rs. Lacs

1 10063020 BASMATI RICE 32,80,430.16 1.422 31,02,633.20 1.398
Values in Rs.
S.No. Country Lacs
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 IRAN 10,79,001.61 8,84,636.07 -18.01
2 SAUDI ARAB 6,54,906.79 6,78,807.04 3.65
3 IRAQ 2,79,574.55 3,07,805.67 10.1
4 U ARAB 2,05,522.15 1,48,703.87 -27.65
5 KUWAIT 1,23,129.16 1,42,638.60 15.84
6 YEMEN 1,46,474.25 1,38,851.09 -5.2
7 USA 1,18,051.83 1,28,497.24 8.85

8 UK 74,764.14 73,634.91 -1.51
9 OMAN 67,318.91 53,874.15 -19.97
10 JORDAN 36,442.07 47,517.46 30.39
NON-BASMATI RICE
Rice other than basmati rice is called non- basmati rice. In fact, basmati rice equals to only 1%
production of the total rice grown in India. Non- basmati rice comes in all kinds of different shapes
and sizes. Some are long and slender, some are short and thick, some are like beads, and some may
be round. The export of non-basmati rice from India was on its peak during 2007-08 and a total
quantity of 6469.44 thousand tonnes was exported to different countries in the world. Again the
export crossed to 2488.3 thousand tonnes during 2008-09, but during subsequent years, the export
of non-basmati rice again came down significantly due to various reasons. Non-basmati rice exports
have also suffered much due to the competition from exporting countries like Thailand, Vietnam and
Pakistan because of their low cost of production. In the recent past export of non-basmati rice was
fluctuating year after year due to various reasons. The export of non-basmati rice was on its peak
during 1995-96 it came down during 1998-99 due to many reasons. Sometime, export is also affected
if good harvest is there in the importing countries, they reduce their import accordingly. If rice
exporters made their sincere efforts with Govt. supporting export policy, non-basmati rice export is
expected to increase in future.
NON-BASMATI RICE

RICE IN HUSK (PADDY OR
1 100610 66,665 0.03 65,913 0.03
ROUGH)
RICE IN HUSK OF SEED 23,668.86 0.01 23,542.44 0.01
2 10061010
QLTY
3 10062000 HUSKED (BROWN) RICE 4,522.98 0.00 3,104.36 0.00
SEMI/WHOLLY MILED RICE 50,68,418.47 2.20 44,14,275.88 1.99
4 100630
W/N POLISHED/GLAZED
5 10063010 RICE PARBOILED 10,54,428.39 0.46 8,59,823.70 0.39
6 10064000 BROKEN RICE 2,57,939.90 0.11 59,372.57 0.03
TOTAL 64,75,643.99 2.81 54,26,031.75 2.44
ANALYSIS
Rice is staple cereal having a large and stable demand in the world market. India ranks 1st in world
exporters and has the potential to increase the value of exports to maintain the top slot for the coming
years too. The biggest competitor is Thailand having attained the second slot in exports.

Although, Rice is grown in various districts of Punjab, together, these districts have attained monopoly
of rice production and export. In India, Punjab has almost no competitor in the field of Rice production
Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While Rice is widely rain and irrigation
sensitive product, we need to focus on increasing the scale production with cutting short of expenses
on transportation.

CHAPTER – 55
LITCHI
SECTOR -AGRICULTURE
INTRODUCTION
A lychee (pronounced LIE-Chee) is a tropical fruit in the genus Litchi. It comes from southern China.
Since it is tropical, it will only grow in a warm, wet climate.
Lychee is of local importance throughout much of Southeast Asia and is grown commercially
in China and India. Its introduction into the Western world came when it reached Jamaica in 1775.
The first lychee fruits in Florida—where the tree has attained commercial importance—are said to
have ripened in 1916. To a lesser extent the tree has been cultivated around the Mediterranean,
in South Africa, and in Hawaii.
The lychee tree develops a compact crown of foliage that is bright green the year round.
The leaves are compound, composed of two to four pairs of elliptic to lanceolate leaflets that are 50–
75 mm (2–3 inches) long. The flowers, small and inconspicuous, are borne in loose diverse terminal
clusters, or panicles, sometimes 30 cm (12 inches) in length. The fruits are oval to round, strawberry
red in colour, and about 25 mm (1 inch) in diameter. The brittle outer covering encloses a translucent
white fleshy aril and one large seed.
The tree is propagated by seed and by air layering, in which a branch is made to produce roots while
still attached to the parent plant. When moved to a permanent orchard, lychee plants are set 7.5–
10.5 metres (24.5–34.5 feet) apart. They require very little pruning and no unusual attention, though
they should have abundant moisture around the roots most of the time. The trees come into
production at three to five years of age.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 08109060: LICHI
Values in Rs. Lacs

S.No. HSCode Commodity 2019-2020 %Share 2020- %Share
2021(Apr-
Sep(F))
1. 08109060 LICHI 45.74 0.0000 35.93 0.0000
India's 221,985,418.10 94,064,243.76
Total
Export

HS CODE: 08109060: LITCHI
2019-
2018-2019 %Growth
2020
1 BAHARAIN IS 1.83 0.1 -94.59
2 BHUTAN 1.82
3 BRUNEI 0.17
4 CANADA 0.01 0.1 916
5 GERMANY 0
6 KUWAIT 0.39
7 LEBANON 0.01
8 MALAYSIA 0.01
9 NEPAL 48.53 35.67 -26.5

10 NORWAY 0.08
ANALYSIS
Litchi has huge demand in the global market. This fruit has a great taste, nutritious value and health
benefits. Moreover, the processing and diversification leads to major demand in various world
countries.
Bahrain, Bhutan and Brunei occupy the top three positions in the world exports. India does not hold
a rank in the top ten exporting countries in the world.
Increasing production, reducing contamination and pesticide residue can help in boosting demand
and exports of the product. Storage, warehousing and processing units can further the exports.
Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While Litchi is widely price sensitive
product, we need to focus on increasing the scale production with cutting short of expenses on
transportation.

CHAPTER – 56
NATURAL HONEY
HS CODE 04090000: NATURAL HONEY
Honey is a sweet, viscous food substance made by honey bees and some related insects. Bees produce
honey from the sugary secretions of plants (floral nectar) or from secretions of other insects (such as
honeydew), by regurgitation, enzymatic activity, and water evaporation. Bees store honey in wax
structures called honeycombs. The variety of honey produced by honey bees (the genus Apis) is the
best-known, due to its worldwide commercial production and human consumption. Honey is
collected from wild bee colonies, or from hives of domesticated bees, a practice known as beekeeping
or apiculture.
Honey and beekeeping have a long history in India. Honey was the first sweet food tasted by the
ancient Indian inhabiting rock shelters and forests. The raw materials for the beekeeping industry are
mainly pollen and nectar that come from flowering plants. Both the natural and cultivated vegetation
in India constitute an immense potential for development of beekeeping.
India has exported 59,536.75 MT of Natural Honey to the world for the worth of Rs. 633.82 Crore/
88.65 USD Millions during the year of 2019-20.
Major Export Destinations (2019-20): U S A, Saudi Arab, U Arab Emts, Canada, Qatar.
Values in Rs. Lacs

1 NATURAL 73,219 63,379 0.029
04090000 HONEY 0
India's Total 230,772,619 221,985,418
Export

Values in Rs.
S.No. Country
Lacs
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1
USA 56,309.26 47,572.81 -15.52
2
SAUDI ARAB 3,066.02 3,353.56 9.38
3
U ARAB EMTS 3,092.81 2,592.16 -16.19
4
CANADA 517.68 1,224.28 136.49
5
QATAR 1,167.49 1,067.40 -8.57
6
MOROCCO 1,228.56 950.63 -22.62
7
NEPAL 954.75 800.73 -16.13
BANGLADESH
8 700.9 700.68 -0.03
PR
9 LIBYA 850.05 497.7 -41.45
10 KUWAIT 389.73 496.93 27.5
April, 18 To
April, 18 To March,
Hs Code State Commodity March, 19
19 Value(INR)
Value(US $)
040900 PUNJAB NATURAL HONEY 2769258901 39977088
(Source: DGCIS)
Value
imported
Rank World's Top Importers in 2019
(USD
thousand)
World 2035061
2 Germany 249612
3 Japan 144524
4 France 118391
6 China 84901
7 Italy 81316
9 Belgium 64193
10 Poland 61775

(Source: Trade map)
World's Top Value exported in 2019

Rank
Exporters (USD thousand)
World 1982988
1 China 235314
2 New Zealand 228775
3 Argentina 146700
4 Germany 131491
5 Ukraine 113932
6 India 99594
7 Spain 88467
8 Hungary 84805
9 Brazil 67879
10 Belgium 63458
(Source: Trade map)
ANALYSIS
Natural honey has huge demand in the global market. This product has a great taste, nutritious value
and health benefits. Moreover, the processing and diversification leads to major demand in various
world countries.
China, New Zealand and Argentina occupy the top three positions in the world exports. India holds
6th rank in the top ten exporting countries in the world.
Diversification into flavored honey would capture more markets.
Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While Honey is widely price sensitive
transportation.

CHAPTER – 57
HALDI POWDER
SECTOR - AGRICULTURE
INTRODUCTION
Turmeric (pronounced /ˈtɜːrmərɪk/, also /ˈtuːmərɪk/ or /ˈtjuːmərɪk/]) is a flowering plant, Curcuma

longa of the ginger family, Zingiberaceae, the roots of which are used in cooking. The plant is
a perennial, rhizomatous, herbaceous plant native to the Indian subcontinent and Southeast Asia,
that requires temperatures between 20 and 30 °C (68 and 86 °F) and a considerable amount
of annual rainfall to thrive. Plants are gathered each year for their rhizomes, some for propagation
in the following season and some for consumption.
The rhizomes are used fresh or boiled in water and dried, after which they are ground into a deep
orange-yellow powder commonly used as a coloring and flavoring agent in many Asian cuisines,
especially for curries, as well as for dyeing, characteristics imparted by the principal turmeric
constituent, curcumin. Turmeric powder has a warm, bitter, black pepper–like flavor and
earthy, mustard-like aroma. Curcumin is approved as a food additive by the World Health
Organization, European Parliament, and United States Food and Drug Administration.
Although long used in Ayurvedic medicine, where it is also known as haridra, there is no high-
quality clinical evidence for using turmeric or curcumin to treat any disease.
HS CODE:- 09103030 Haldi Powder
Values in Rs. Lacs

S.No. HSCode Commodity 2019-2020 %Share 2020- %Share
2021(Apr-
Sep(F))
1. 09103030 POWDER 47,986.24 0.0216 28,014.89 0.0298
India's 221,985,418.10 94,064,243.76
Total
Export

TABLE: EXPORT FROM INDIA- TOP COUNTRY WISE
HS CODE:- 09103030 : Haldi Powder
Values in Quntity in
S.No. Country
Rs. Lacs thousands
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth

1 ALGERIA 643.68 282.6 -56.1
2 ANGOLA 3.39 17.19 406.37
3 ARGENTINA 128.28 132.83 3.55
4 ARMENIA 0.28
5 AUSTRALIA 1,417.38 1,081.08 -23.73
6 AUSTRIA 11.95 12.2 2.16

7 AZERBAIJAN 27.66 30.47 10.16
8 BAHARAIN IS 229.63 207.94 -9.45
9 BANGLADESH PR 0.13
10 BARBADOS 3.69
(Source: trade map)
ANALYSIS
Haldi powder has huge demand in the global market. This product has a great nutritious value and
health benefits. Moreover, the diversified use leads to major demand in various world countries.
Algeria, Angola and Argentina occupy the top three positions in the world exports. India does not
hold any rank in the top ten exporting countries in the world.
Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While haldi powder is widely price
sensitive product, we need to focus on increasing the scale production with cutting short of expenses
on transportation.

CHAPTER – 58
KINNOW
INTRODUCTION
In the present era, farmers are shifting from low value cereal based cropping system to high value
horticulture crops due to higher productivity and assured revenue.
Horticultural development had not been a priority in India until recent years. Post 1992, there was
consolidation of institutional support and planned allocation of resources for the development of
horticulture. It was in the post-1993 period that a focused attention was given to horticulture
development through an enhancement of plan allocation and knowledge-based technology. Despite
of this decade being called a “golden revolution” in horticultural production, the productivity of
horticultural crops has increased only marginally from 7.5 tonnes per hectare in 1991-92 to 8.4 tonnes
per hectare in 2004-05.
The National Horticulture Mission was launched in 2005-06 by the Government of India with a
mandate to promote integrated development in horticulture, to help in coordinating, stimulating and
sustaining the production and processing of fruits and vegetables and to establish a sound
infrastructure in the field of production, processing and marketing with a focus on postharvest
management to reduce losses. India is blessed with diverse agro-climatic conditions, which are
conducive to the cultivation of different fruits and vegetables almost round the year. Other factors
that makes Indian horticulture a promising sector from the angle of global competition, are low import
intensities of this sector and reasonably low Labour costs. The main predicament faced by the farmers
growing fruits and vegetables in the India is wide fluctuations in their prices. Fall in prices possess a
disincentive for the farmers thereby affecting the aggregate supply. The reduced supply affecting the
per capita daily requirement of 300 grams of fruits and vegetables as recommended by Indian Council
of Medical Research.
EXPORT SCENARIO
Citrus Fruit is exported to over 129 countries. In the year 2019-2020 (Apr-Jan), India has
exported Citrus Fruit worth of 31.94 USD million. The total volume of export in 2019-2020 (Apr-
Jan) was around 29737580.

The total volume of Citrus Fruit export around the world in year 2018 was 33247558. The figures
show the great potential for Indian exporters of Citrus Fruit to increase their participation in
global trading and improve their numbers. Netherlands is the largest exporter of Citrus Fruit. In
2018 India exported 33247558 million metric tons of Citrus Fruit showing the fall of -32.25%
compared to 2017.
The top 5 trading partners of India are Netherlands (4.9 USD Million), USA (4.06 USD Million),
France (3.5 USD Million), China (2.95 USD Million), United Kingdom (2.17 USD Million). The total
export value of Citrus Fruit in these countries is 17.58 USD million. These top 5 countries
account for over 55.04% of the total Citrus Fruit export from India.
Netherlands is the largest market for Citrus Fruit export from India. In 2019 -2020 (Apr-Jan),
Netherlands imported 4.9 USD million worth Citrus Fruit from India.
Among the top countries, Netherlands market share of the total Citrus Fruit export shipments
from India is 15.34%. Followed by USA with the Citrus Fruit shipment value being 4.06 USD
Million. The top 10 countries in total shared the share of 79.12% of the Citrus Fruit export value
from India.
Considering the top trading partners which import Citrus Fruit from India, Morocco recorded
the fastest growth in their import shipments from India with 800.0% rise in their shipment
values. The least amount of Citrus Fruit is imported by Afghanistan.
Between 2017 and 2018, India’s Citrus Fruit export volume has increased to country’s all top 10
Citrus Fruit export markets. Comparing the growing figures of previous years, countries like
Kenya has shown significant growth of 400.0% in their Citrus Fruit import from India, followed
by Thailand which is up by 400.0%.
Last year, around 7,000 tonnes of kinnow were exported to various countries, including 5,000 tonnes
to Russia. This time, the government had earlier targeted exports of around 20,000 tonnes, but
officials of Punjab Agro, a Punjab government undertaking, said exports would exceed 25,000 tonnes.
In Punjab, one million tonnes of kinnow production is expected from a 49,300-hectare area. According
to Punjab Horticulture department, over 370 containers carrying over 10,000 tonnes kinnow has been
exported till date to Dubai, Saudi Arabia, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh and Russia, while several private
companies have also exporting the fruit, taking the export quantity to nearly 15,000 tonnes till date.
LARGEST IMPORTERS
Qty in MT Value in Rs. Crore & US$

Product: Fruits
2018-19
Importing Countries Qty Rs. Crore US$
NETHERLAND 306.72 191.87 27960335.00
USA 614.52 169.13 24583035.00
PAKISTAN IR 5831.50 122.46 17528530.00
BANGLADESH PR 5960.80 73.83 10603603.00
THAILAND 89.46 33.01 4739899.00

JAPAN 156.20 26.20 3766772.00
SINGAPORE 51.06 17.27 2529519.00
ISRAEL 25.46 16.83 2488208.00
MALAYSIA 205.96 16.81 2426475.00
FRANCE 19.98 16.03 2345577.00
Top 10 Total 13261.66 683.44 98971953.00
Other Countries 2889.49 165.79 23791567.00
Total 16151.15 849.23 122763520.00
% Share of Top 10
82.11 80.45 80.62
Countries
Source: DGCIS
TARGET COUNTRIES
Some important export markets for 'Kinnow' are:Iran, Bahrain, United Arab Emirates, Kuwait, Oman,
Qatar, Saudi, Arabia, Indonesia, Malaysia, Afghanistan, Netherlands, Philippines, Singapore,
the United Kingdom, Russia and Vietnam.
SWOT ANALYSIS OF KINNOW
STRENGTHS
1. Huge area under cultivation (49,300 hectares).

2. Great demand in export markets.
3. Capability to produce premium export quality.
4. Strong brand with an increase in price of the product.
5. Exports tripled in the last one year.
WEAKNESSES
1. Fertilizer residue.
2. Customer disappointment from fruit outside market specs at the start of the season.
3. Lack of skilled labour and cost of the available labour.
4. Market access issues.
5. Potential for inaccurate crop estimates
6. Pathogen related losses due to emerging diseases.
OPPORTUNITIES
1. Increase product value.

2. Improve efficiency and sustainability
3. Provide a supportive operating environment
4. Develop & maintain market opportunities both domestically and especially for export so as to
increase demand and support citrus prices.

5. Assist growers and industry to reduce biosecurity related risks to Build skills, capacity and
knowledge
6. Undertake R&D that improves product quality to underpin the industry’s future viability.
7. Increased demand for high quality product supporting well-known brands.
8. Proximity to Asia.
9. Moving to ultra-low MRL (Maximum Residue Limit) through best practice.
10. Health benefits of citrus.
11. Diversion to Juice and allied processing industries.
THREATS
1. Increasing competition in export markets.

2. Increasing Australian dollar and domestic production.
3. Threat of biosecurity incursions and MRL compliance as well as other phytosanitary measures.
4. Imported citrus and other seasonal fruit from other markets.
5. Reduced accuracy of crop estimates and tree census.
SPECIFIC ISSUES
1. Problem in importing of Wax for improving shelf life.

2. Support for cold storage.
3. Special bogies (temperature controlled) required for transportation.
4. State advertisement in deep south states was demanded by producers.
5. Higher inland logistic cost due to long distance from ports.

CHAPTER – 59
JAGGERY
SECTOR: AGRICULTURAL FOOD
INTRODUCTION
Jaggery is unrefined natural sugar that is produced without adding any chemicals. More than 70% of
the total world jaggery production is done in India. Jaggery is popularly known as the “medicinal
sugar” and is nutritionally comparable with honey. It has been used as a sweetener in Ayurvedic
Medicine for 3000 years. Indian Ayurvedic medicine considers jaggery to be beneficial in treating
throat and lung infections. While refined sugar mainly consists of glucose and fructose, jaggery
contains glucose and sucrose. But jaggery also has minerals and vitamins which lacks in the refined
sugar. The mineral content of jaggery includes calcium, phosphorus, magnesium, potassium and iron
and traces of zinc and copper. The vitamin content includes folic acid and B-complex vitamins. Thus,
other than that it is a good source of energy, it also prevents rheumatic afflictions; prevents disorders
of bile; helps in relieving fatigue, relaxation of muscles, nerves and blood vessels; maintains blood
pressure and reduces water retention; increases hemoglobin level and prevents anaemia.
India Facts and Figures:

As the major producer of Jaggery, the country has recognized as one of the leading traders and
exporters of Jaggery to the world. India exported 3,41,155.34 MT of jaggery and confectionery
products to the world for the worth of Rs. 1,633.22 crores/ 227.90 USD Millions during the year 2019-
20.
Major Export Destinations (2019-20): Sri Lanka Dsr, Nigeria, Nepal, Malaysia, Tanzania Rep.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 17011310: CANE JAGGERY

Values in Rs. Lacs
1 17011310 CANE JAGGERY 7,214.93 0.0031 7,681.75 0.0035
HS CODE 17011310: CANE JAGGERY
S.No. Country Values in Rs. Lacs Quntity in thousands
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 MALAYSIA 3,037.96 3,565 17
2 USA 1,262.86 1,388.00 9.91
3 NEPAL 439.28 492.12 12.03
4 U ARAB EMTS 474.98 391.86 -17.5
5 CANADA 422.57 357.44 -15.41
6 SINGAPORE 235.31 249.77 6.14
7 AUSTRALIA 216 217.54 0.71
8 OMAN 310.92 215.93 -30.55
9 UK 152.65 178.06 16.64
10 SAUDI ARAB 179.66 141.55 -21.21
April, 18
April, 18
To March,
Hs To March,
Commodity 19
Code 19
Value(US
Value(INR)
$)
BEET SUGR RAW NT CONTNG

170112 113009 1608
FLVRNG/COLRNG MATR

CANE SUGAR SPECIFIED IN SUBHEADING
170113 30139637 426513
NOTE 2 TO THIS CHAPTER:
170114 OTHER CANE SUGAR: 19488452 275009
SUGR REFIND NT CONTNG FRVRNG/COLRNG

170199 8195630 119697
MATTER
TOTAL 57936728 822827
(Source: DGCIS)
HS CODE 1701: Cane or beet sugar and chemically pure sucrose, in solid form
Value
imported in
2019 (USD
Rank World's Top Importers thousand)
World 22090180
2 Indonesia 1366136
3 China 1121332
4 Italy 716764
5 Spain 686080
6 Algeria 646153
7 Bangladesh 641686
8 Malaysia 629931
10 Sudan 534813
(Source: Trade Map)
HS CODE 1701: Cane or beet sugar and chemically pure sucrose, in solid form
Value
exported in

2019 (USD
thousand)
World 20501110
1 Brazil 5245545
2 Thailand 2973111
3 India 1762460
4 France 960408
5 Guatemala 694687
6 Mexico 669470
7 Germany 620625
8 South Africa 492420
9 Eswatini 421753
10 Belgium 341760
(Source: Trade Map)
ANALYSIS
Jaggery is unrefined sugar having health benefits and is free of chemical, which leads to higher
demand in the world market looking at the health scenario in the present times. Punjab having the
largest agro infrastructure in the country has very good opportunity to develop jaggery market in the
world.
India holds third rank in the top world exporters of the product and has a huge potential of reaching
the top slot. Biggers’s competitors are Brazil and Thailand presently holding the top two ranks,
respectively.
Numerous small-scale units prepare jaggery in Punjab. Promoting mechanized preparation along with
improving quality and branding can capture wider and emerging market globally.
We need to grab market from world major exporters through quality improvement and cutting down
the cost of transportation.

CHAPTER – 60
POTATO
SECTOR: AGRICULTURE, FOOD
INTRODUCTION
The potato is a root vegetable native to the Americas, a starchy tuber of the plant Solanum tuberosum,
and the plant itself is a perennial in the nightshade family, Solanaceae.
CHARACTERISTICS
Potato plants are herbaceous perennials that grow about 60 cm (24 in) high, depending on variety,
with the leaves dying back after flowering, fruiting and tuber formation. They bear white, pink, red,
blue, or purple flowers with yellow stamens. In general, the tubers of varieties with white flowers
have white skins, while those of varieties with colored flowers tend to have pinkish skins. Potatoes
are mostly cross-pollinated by insects such as bumblebees, which carry pollen from other potato
plants, though a substantial amount of self-fertilizing occurs as well. Tubers form in response to
decreasing day length, although this tendency has been minimized in commercial varieties.
After flowering, potato plants produce small green fruits that resemble green cherry tomatoes, each
containing about 300 seeds. Like all parts of the plant except the tubers, the fruit contain the toxic
alkaloid solanine and are therefore unsuitable for consumption. All new potato varieties are grown
from seeds, also called "true potato seed", "TPS" or "botanical seed" to distinguish it from seed tubers.
New varieties grown from seed can be propagated vegetatively by planting tubers, pieces of tubers
cut to include at least one or two eyes, or cuttings, a practice used in greenhouses for the production
of healthy seed tubers. Plants propagated from tubers are clones of the parent, whereas those
propagated from seed produce a range of different varieties.

Growth and cultivation
Seed potatoes: Potatoes are generally grown from seed potatoes, tubers specifically grown to be free
from disease and to provide consistent and healthy plants. In the US, this restricts production of seed
potatoes to only 15 states out of all 50 states where potatoes are grown. These locations are selected
for their cold, hard winters that kill pests and summers with long sunshine hours for optimum growth
Phases of growth: Potato growth can be divided into five phases. During the first phase, sprouts
emerge from the seed potatoes and root growth begins. During the second, photosynthesis begins as
the plant develops leaves and branches above-ground and stolons develop from lower leaf axils on
the below-ground stem. In the third phase the tips of the stolons swell forming new tubers and the
shoots continue to grow and flowers typically develop soon after. Tuber bulking occurs during the
fourth phase, when the plant begins investing the majority of its resources in its newly formed tubers.
At this phase, several factors are critical to a good yield: optimal soil moisture and temperature, soil
nutrient availability and balance, and resistance to pest attacks. The fifth phase is the maturation of
the tubers: the plant canopy dies back, the tuber skins harden, and the sugars in the tubers convert
to starches.
Challenges: New tubers may start growing at the surface of the soil. Since exposure to light leads to
an undesirable greening of the skins and the development of solanine as a protection from the sun's
rays, growers cover surface tubers. An alternative method, used by home gardeners and smaller-scale
growers, involves covering the growing area with organic mulches such as straw or plastic sheets.
Correct potato husbandry can be an arduous task in some circumstances. Good ground preparation,
harrowing, plowing, and rolling are always needed, along with a little grace from the weather and a
good source of water. Three successive plowings, with associated harrowing and rolling, are desirable
before planting. Eliminating all root-weeds is desirable in potato cultivation. In general, the potatoes
themselves are grown from the eyes of another potato and not from seed. Home gardeners often
plant a piece of potato with two or three eyes in a hill of mounded soil. Commercial growers plant
potatoes as a row crop using seed tubers, young plants or microtubers and may mound the entire
row. Seed potato crops are rogued in some countries to eliminate diseased plants or those of a
different variety from the seed crop. Potatoes are sensitive to heavy frosts, which damage them in
the ground. Even cold weather makes potatoes more susceptible to bruising and possibly later rotting,
which can quickly ruin a large stored crop.
Harvest: At harvest time, gardeners usually dig up potatoes with a long-handled, three-prong "grape"
(or graip), i.e., a spading fork, or a potato hook, which is similar to the graip but with tines at a 90°
angle to the handle. In larger plots, the plow is the fastest implement for unearthing potatoes.
Commercial harvesting is typically done with large potato harvesters, which scoop up the plant and

surrounding earth. This is transported up an apron chain consisting of steel links several feet wide,
which separates some of the dirt.
Storage: Storage facilities need to be carefully designed to keep the potatoes alive and slow the
natural process of decomposition, which involves the breakdown of starch. It is crucial that the
storage area is dark, ventilated well and, for long-term storage, maintained at temperatures near 4 °C
(39 °F). For short-term storage, temperatures of about 7 to 10 °C (45 to 50 °F) are preferred. In the
other hand, temperatures below 4 °C (39 °F) convert the starch in potatoes into sugar, which alters
their taste and cooking qualities and leads to higher acrylamide levels in the cooked product,
especially in deep-fried dishes. The discovery of acrylamides in starchy foods in 2002 has led to
international health concerns. They are believed to be probable carcinogens and their occurrence in
cooked foods is being studied for potentially influencing health problems.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 07101000: POTATOES COOKED OR UNCOOKED, FROZEN
Values in Rs. Lacs

POTATOES COOKED OR
1 07101000 639.37 0.0003
UNCOOKED,FROZEN 597.57 0.0003
Values in Rs. Lacs

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 NEPAL 332.61 265 -20
2 USA 222.21 212.69 -4.28
3 SRI LANKA 3.83 53.67 1,301.40
4 JAPAN 57.39 40.38 -29.65
5 UK 4.1 8.04 96.14
6 QATAR 4.13 4.65 12.73
7 BRUNEI 3.79
8 CANADA 2.96 3.68 24.3
9 NEW ZEALAND 1.29 2.46 90.13
10 AUSTRALIA 1.99 1.13 -42.91

April, 18
To March,
April, 18 To 19
Hs March, 19 Value(US
Code Commodity Value(INR) $)
071010 POTATOES COOKED OR UNCOOKED,FROZEN 5739247 80686
071021 PEAS SHELLED OR UNSHELLED,FRZN 8860374 126115
071022 BEANS SHELLED OR UNSHELLED,FRZN 43227558 615772
071040 SWEET CORN FRZN 4605807 66796
071080 OTHER VEGETABLES: 13063853 185567
071090 MIXTURE OF VEGETABLES FRZN 7244700 107256
82741539 1182192
(Source: DGCIS)
Value
imported in
2019 (USD
World 7072342
2 Japan 971968
3 Germany 622024
4 France 538426
6 Belgium 368583
7 Italy 301086
9 Spain 195628
(Source: Trade Map)

Value
exported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 6726023
1 Belgium 1187876
2 China 1170493
3 Spain 706163
4 Mexico 497313
5 Poland 353503
7 France 265123
9 Egypt 163428
10 Ecuador 147466
(Source: Trade Map)
ANALYSIS
Potato, being the king of vegetables and presence in almost every kitchen has a large and unending
demand in the world market. Being use as a vegetable and diversification to multiple processed foods,
the potential to tap wider global markets is huge.
India does not rank in the top 10 world exporters of the fruit. The biggest competitors are Belgium
and China having attained the first and the second slots respectively, in exports.
Kapurthala belt is the main potato producing region in Punjab, however, even its share in Indian
export is meagre and needs to be improved seeing the potential. Branding and reduction in
contamination can help improving the export of the fruit in huge numbers. Diversification and better
food processing infrastructure and facilities would give a huge boost to potato export.
Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost being a landlocked state along with the
production at lower scales. We need to focus on large scale production with cutting short of expenses
on transportation along with improvement in the brand and quality of potato.

CHAPTER – 61
POTATO SEEDS
INTRODUCTION
Potato seed is what gardeners call small pieces of cut-up whole potato tubers, each with a growing
bud that will form a new potato plant. And by the way, it is potato seed, not potatoe seed with an
extra “e.” For the best chance at success when planting seed potatoes, start with recommended
varieties for your climate.
Where to Get Seed Potatoes
For the best chance at success when planting seed potatoes, start with recommended varieties for
your climate. Grocery store spuds are often not the best varieties for growing at home, or have been
treated to reduce sprouting in stores. So for planting seed potatoes look for fresh “certified” disease-
free tubers at area garden centers, or through specialty online sites which often carry unusual
varieties, ordering early to ensure your selection will be available.
Getting Ready to Plant
Prepare a bed that gets 6 to 8 or more hours of direct sunshine daily, ahead of time if late rains in
your area will likely make digging difficult. Work in a little all-purpose or good organic fertilizer, plus
enough compost to loosen your soil.
How to Plant Seed Potatoes?
Potato tubers grow on the buried lower stems of plants grown in well-drained soil and cool
temperatures. Plant potato pieces in rows or hills, raised beds, and even containers. Place seed pieces
about a foot apart and two or three inches deep, cut side down, and water deeply to start their
sprouting.
Harvest and Store Potatoes
Within about three months you can dig small or “new” potatoes, but for large tubers leave the plants
alone until they turn yellow. Where the season is long, after about four months you may cut the plants
down and leave the tubers in the soil a few days so their skin can harden a little. Do not wash potatoes
after you dig, just shake off excess dirt.

EXPORT DATA

HS CODE 0701POTATOES, FRESH OR CHILLED
Values in Rs. Lacs

S.No. HSCode Commodity 2018-2019 %Share
2019-2020 %Share
POTATOES, FRESH
1 0701 44,986.31 0.0195 58,429.29 0.0263
OR CHILLED
India's Total
230,772,619 221,985,418
Export
Values in Rs. Lacs

Values in Rs.
S.No. Country
Lacs
2019-
2018-2019 %Growth
2020
1 NEPAL 25,522.63 29,778.63 16.68
2 OMAN 5,593.58 4,630.64 -17.22
3 INDONESIA 1,901.27 4,522.21 137.85
4 SRI LANKA 2,402.30 4,109.82 71.08
5 SAUDI ARAB 237.74 2,977.92 1,152.58
6 MALAYSIA 2,135.77 2,576.10 20.62
7 TURKEY 77.16 2,171.58 2,714.40
8 MAURITIUS 1,772.93 2,062.57 16.34
9 KUWAIT 1,333.92 1,617.30 21.24
10 MALDIVES 1,542.17 1,442.08 -6.49
April, 18
April, 18 To
To March, March,
Hs Code State Commodity
19 19
Value(INR) Value(US
$)
POTATO SEEDS FRESH OR
070110 PUNJAB 37023767 522215
CHILLED
POTATOES FRESH OR
070190 PUNJAB CHILLED OTHER THAN 3347934 48484
SEEDS

TOTAL 40371701 570699
(Source: DGCIS)
Value
imported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 5260904
1 Belgium 756186
3 Germany 360218
4 Spain 333387
5 Italy 240173
7 France 157682
10 Portugal 125801
(Source: Trade Map)
Value exported
thousand)
World 4984119
2 France 815795
3 Germany 444270
4 China 398089
5 Egypt 266152
7 Belgium 238591

8 Canada 228837
10 Spain 171262
11 Pakistan 115628
12 India 72221
13 Italy 69299
14 Denmark 68336
15 Belarus 57386
(Source: Trade Map)
ANALYSIS
Potato, being the king of vegetables and presence in almost every kitchen.
Potato seeds own a large and unending demand in the world market. Being used as a vegetable and
diversification to multiple processed foods, the potential to tap wider global markets is huge.
India ranks 12th world exporters of the potato seeds. The biggest competitors are Netherlands and
France having attained the first and the second slots respectively, in exports.
Kapurthala belt is the main potato seeds producing region in Punjab, however, even its share in Indian
export is meagre and needs to be improved seeing the potential. Branding and reduction in
contamination can help improving the export of the seeds in huge numbers. Better warehousing and
storage infrastructure and facilities would give a huge boost to potato seeds export.
Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost being a landlocked state along with the
production at lower scales. We need to focus on large scale production with cutting short of expenses
on transportation along with improvement in the brand and quality.

CHAPTER – 62
MAIZE (DESI)
SECTOR: AGRICULTURAL FOOD
INTRODUCTION
Maize, also known as corn, is a cereal grain first domesticated by indigenous peoples in southern
Mexico about 10,000 years ago. The leafy stalk of the plant produces pollen inflorescences and
separate ovuliferous inflorescences called ears that yield kernels or seeds, which are fruits. Maize has
become a staple food in many parts of the world, with the total production of maize surpassing that
of wheat or rice. In addition to being consumed directly by humans (often in the form of masa), maize
is also used for corn ethanol, animal feed and other maize products, such as corn starch and corn
syrup. The six major types of maize are dent corn, flint corn, pod corn, popcorn, flour corn, and sweet
corn. Sugar-rich varieties called sweet corn are usually grown for human consumption as kernels,
while field corn varieties are used for animal feed, various corn-based human food uses (including
grinding into cornmeal or masa, pressing into corn oil, and fermentation and distillation into alcoholic
beverages like bourbon whiskey), and as chemical feedstocks. Maize is also used in making ethanol
and other biofuels.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 1005: MAIZE (CORN)
Values in Rs. Lacs

1 1005 MAIZE (CORN) 187,201.18 0.0811 102,449.28 0.0462
India's Total
Export 230,772,619 221,985,418

Values in Rs. Lacs
Values in Rs.
S.No. Country Lacs
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 NEPAL 72,982.40 69,790.39 -4.37
2 BANGLADESH 50,249.21 10,892.31 -78.32
3 MYANMAR 8,069.46 6,364.49 -21.13
4 PAKISTAN IR 11,649.22 3,117.86 -73.24
5 BHUTAN 734.21 2,394.78 226.17
YEMEN
6 REPUBLC 2,430.63 2,138.56 -12.02
7 JAPAN 1,291.10 1,747.75 35.37
8 THAILAND 1,086.63 1,135.09 4.46
9 SAUDI ARAB 1,162.38 1,098.42 -5.5
10 OMAN 1,021.73 716.77 -29.85
April, 18 To
April, 18 To March,
Hs Code State Commodity March, 19
19 Value(US $)
Value(INR)
100510 PUNJAB MAIZE SEED 9290713 130546
OTHER MAIZE
100590 PUNJAB 420725 5720
(CORN)
9711438 136266
(Source: DGCIS)
World's Top Importers

Value imported in
Rank 2019 (USD thousand)
World 38987719
1 Japan 3524970
2 Mexico 3190075
4 Viet Nam 2312953
5 Spain 1945687

6 Egypt 1929765
9 Italy 1258130
10 Colombia 1144693
(Source: Trade Map)
Value exported in
Rank World's Top Exporters 2019 (USD thousand)
World 35706555
2 Brazil 7421383
3 Argentina 5965559
4 Ukraine 5218275
5 Romania 1390729
6 France 1370469
7 Hungary 860304
9 Serbia 530391
10 Bulgaria 465433
(Source: Trade Map)

CHAPTER – 63
GUAVA
SECTOR: AGRICULTURE
INTRODUCTION
Guava is a common tropical fruit cultivated in many tropical and subtropical regions. Psidium guajava
(common guava, lemon guava) is a small tree in the myrtle family (Myrtaceae), native to Mexico,
Central America, the Caribbean and northern South America. Although related species may also be
called guavas, they belong to other species or genera, such as the pineapple guava, Feijoa sellowiana.
In 2018, India was the largest producer of guavas, with 45% of the world total.
Guava fruits, usually 4 to 12 centimetres (1.6 to 4.7 in) long, are round or oval depending on the
species. They have a pronounced and typical fragrance, similar to lemon rind but less sharp. The outer
skin may be rough, often with a bitter taste, or soft and sweet. Varying between species, the skin can
be any thickness, is usually green before maturity, but may be yellow, maroon, or green when ripe.
The pulp inside may be sweet or sour and off-white ("white" guavas) to deep pink ("red" guavas). The
seeds in the central pulp vary in number and hardness, depending on species.
Guava is a fruit cultivated in tropical and subtropical regions. The scientific name of the guava tree is
Psidium guajava and it belongs to the myrtle family (Myrtaceae). It is believed to have originated in
Mexico or Central America. It is now very popular in Asian countries and is also increasingly available
in the US.
Guava Nutrition Facts
This popular fruit is a powerhouse of nutrients. As per USDA’s Food Data Central, guava is a good
source of energy, dietary fiber, vitamins, and minerals. It contains vitamin C, A, E, B-vitamins, as well
as potassium, phosphorus, magnesium, calcium, sodium, and zinc. Not only has that, but a 100g
serving of it also contained only 68 calories. This means that you can enjoy these fruits without
worrying about your weight.
Cultivation, Bearing, Post Harvest Management and Storage of Guava

Guava can grow from the sea level to an altitude of about 1500 meter with annual rainfall of below
1000 mm. June and September is the best time for the growth of guava plants. Young plants are
susceptible to drought and cold conditions. Guava being perennial fruit plant can live up to 40 years
without being replanted and the fruits are readily available year around in tropical region. Guava
plants are vegetatively propagated by budding, inarching or air layering. Planting is done during the
rainy season i.e. June-July through layers and seedling. Plants start bearing fruits at 2 years and
become heavy bearers by 8 years. A Guava plant can be ready for harvesting twice in a year under
proper agronomic practices. The fruits are usually let ripened on the tree to experience their intense,
natural flavor. However, for longer storage, these must be picked while green and mature; and later
allowed for ripening. The ripe guava fruit is soft with sweet musky aroma, varied colours and creamy
texture. The fresh ripe fruit has a short shelf life; however, mature and green fruits can be stored up
to five weeks between 46°F and 55°F temperature and 85- 95% relative humidity and then value
addition can be done at later stage.
Marketing Strategy for Guava Beverage
The increasing urbanization and income offers huge scope for marketing of fruit based RTS beverages.
Urban organized platforms such as departmental stores, malls, super markets can be attractive
platforms to sell well packaged and branded guava based RTS beverage. Processors can also have tie-
up with hotels and restaurants for supply.
Guava research at Patiala village by TNL Bureau
Patiala, June 17, 2018 (By TNL Bureau): To break free Punjab from the water guzzling wheat-paddy
cycle, the initiative of Chief Minister Punjab Captain Amarinder Singh, a Guava Research Estate is
coming up on 25 acres of land at village Wajidpur at a cost of Rs 4 Cr. The state government has
already released a grant of Rs 1.25 cr as its first instalment. The Estate will house mother plants of the
best of guava varieties including Allahbadi safeda, L 49, Lucknow 49, Shweta, Punjab Safeda, Punjab
Kiran, Punjab Arka Amuliya, Punjab Pink and others. Guava cultivators will be given varieties suitable
to their soil type at most genuine prices. The farmers will also be imparted knowledge on technical
know-how and all other aspects of guava cultivation. A committee has been set up to implement this
project that includes deputy director horticulture, horticulture development officer, lead bank,
Pegrocso, Punjab Mandi Board and PAU representatives besides 10 successful farmers. The
government will soon sanction this committee. He added that currently, 960 hectares of land is under
guava cultivation that yields 22,070 MT of guava every year and sends to major markets of the
country. This has supplemented farm income in a big way.
The Deputy Director said that the Guava Estate will also give horticulture implements like mechanical
spray pump, rotavators, diggers, laser levellers and insecticides to farmers.
The project will have separately dedicated staff that will spread information and awareness in
different villages. It will also have a lab for soil and leaf testing as well as poly cleaning lab, wherein
farmers will be given information about different insects, diseases and their treatment. The centre
will not only be boon for the Patiala district farmers but for the entire state as well.

EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 080450: GUAVAS, MANGOES/MANGOSTEENS FRESH OR DRIED
Values in Rs. Lacs
S.N HSCo %Sh

Commodity 2018-2019 %Share 2019-2020
o. de are
GUAVAS,MANGOES/MA
08045 0.04
1 NGOSTEENS FRESH OR 111,322.58 0.0482 104,110.59
0 6
DRIED
230,772,61 221,985,41
India's Total Export
9 8
Values in Rs. Lacs

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 U ARAB EMTS 18,235.31 16,479.00 -9.63
2 SAUDI ARAB 15,991.10 14,181.49 -11.32
3 UK 11,273.03 9,911.98 -12.07
4 USA 8,689.77 7,520.79 -13.45
5 NETHERLAND 6,903.87 6,887.38 -0.24
6 KUWAIT 6,744.58 6,324.67 -6.23
YEMEN
7 REPUBLC 7,540.84 6,248.89 -17.13
8 OMAN 4,099.74 4,126.52 0.65
9 QATAR 3,292.81 3,616.41 9.83
10 GERMANY 2,598.38 3,148.73 21.18
April, 18
April, 18
To March,
Hs To March,
State Commodity 19
Code 19
Value(US
Value(INR)
$)
GUAVAS,MANGOES/MANGOSTEENS
080450 PUNJAB 4795204 70622
FRESH OR DRIED

(Source: DGCIS)

Value imported in
2019 (USD
World 16183828
3 China 1157455
4 France 956346
5 Germany 813375
7 Spain 627949
9 Canada 527680
10 Japan 416716
11 Belgium 307130
12 Italy 297274
13 India 296275
15 Morocco 186701
(Source: Trade map)
Value exported
thousand)
World 14677841
1 Mexico 3429702
3 Peru 1010309
4 Costa Rica 987276
5 Thailand 639771
6 Spain 537561

9 Iraq 382574
10 Viet Nam 341627
11 Chile 301627
12 Turkey 295852
13 Israel 291341
15 Tunisia 266256
16 Brazil 254906
18 Belgium 220268
19 France 190112
20 Pakistan 173796
21 India 156048
22 Germany 151500
24 Kenya 125873
25 Algeria 110908
(Source: Trade map)
Major Guava Clusters in Important Guava Growing States in India
(Source: http://nhb.gov.in)
Economic Importance
The fruit is a good source of vitamin C, pectin, calcium and phosphorus. The fruit is used for the
preparation of processed products like jams, jellies and nectar. Guava jelly puree is very popular for
its attractive purplish-red colour, pleasant taste and aroma. The puree can be used in juice, cakes,
puddings, sauces, ice-cream, jam and jelly. Fruits can be preserved by canning as halves or quarters,
with or without seed core (shells). Good quality salad can be prepared from the shell of ripe fruits.

ANALYSIS AND FUTURE STRATEGY
Guava fruits have very short shelf life making it difficult for distant marketing. For long distance
transportation, use of refrigerated transport and also proper packaging and cushioning material is
required to enhance the shelf life of fruits.
The processing industry for guava needs to be developed in order to lower the marketing costs and
reduce wastage and losses in the production chain.
Guavas can be dehydrated and powdered. Two types of wine, viz. guava juice wine and guava pulp
wine can be manufactured from ripe fruits. Good quality ready-to-serve beverage can be made from
guava. The seeds contain 5-13% oil which is rich in essential fatty acid and can be used in salad
dressing.

CHAPTER – 64
PEAS
SECTOR: AGRICULTURE
The pea is most commonly the small spherical seed or the seed-pod of the pod fruit Pisum sativum.
Each pod contains several peas, which can be green or yellow. Botanically, pea pods are fruit,since
they contain seeds and develop from the ovary of a (pea) flower. The name is also used to describe
other edible seeds from the Fabaceae such as the pigeon pea (Cajanus cajan), the cowpea (Vigna
unguiculata), and the seeds from several species of Lathyrus.
P. sativum is an annual plant, with a life cycle of one year. It is a cool-season crop grown in many parts
of the world; planting can take place from winter to early summer depending on location. The average
pea weighs between 0.1 and 0.36 gram. The immature peas (and in snow peas the tender pod as well)
are used as a vegetable, fresh, frozen or canned; varieties of the species typically called field peas are
grown to produce dry peas like the split pea shelled from a matured pod. These are the basis of peas
porridge and pea soup, staples of medieval cuisine; in Europe, consuming fresh immature green peas
was an innovation of early modern cuisine.
The wild pea is restricted to the Mediterranean basin and the Near East. The earliest archaeological
finds of peas date from the late Neolithic era of current Greece, Syria, Turkey and Jordan. In Egypt,
early finds date from c. 4800–4400 BC in the Nile delta area, and from c. 3800–3600 BC in Upper
Egypt. The pea was also present in Georgia in the 5th millennium BC. Farther east, the finds are
younger. Peas were present in Afghanistan c. 2000 BC; in Harappan civilization around modern-
day Pakistan and western- and northwestern India in 2250–1750 BC. In the second half of the 2nd
millennium BC, this legume crop appears in the Ganges Basin and southern India.
EXPORT FROM INDIA
Commodity: 07131000 *PEAS (PISUM SATIVUM)
S.No. Country Values in Quntity in

Rs. Lacs thousands

2018- 2019-2020 %Growth 2018- 2019- %Growth
2019 2019 2020
1 SRI LANKA 389.73 2.72 -99.3 1,344.0 6 -99.55
DSR 0
2 NEPAL 100.79 65.8 -34.72 293.55 132.96 -54.71

3 USA 89.33 167.72 87.75 110.47 446.1 303.8
4 AUSTRALIA 33.09 1.66 -94.97 40.59 3 -92.61
5 QATAR 26.68 29.87 11.96 81.61 65.69 -19.5

6 RUSSIA 19.84 35.28
7 BANGLADES 15.54 107
H PR
8 CONGO P 15.19 0.97 -93.65 16.18 1.18 -92.71

REP
9 U ARAB 14.21 448.37 3,055.7 23.93 2,165.0 8,947.4
EMTS 2 6 7
10 NEW 10.52 12.9

ZEALAND
11 HONG 9.04 7.77 -14.02 10.46 10.08 -3.62

KONG
12 SINGAPORE 8.49 11.89 40.08 11.89 17.03 43.19
13 VIETNAM 8.05 10.83

SOC REP
14 NIGERIA 7.19 20.53 185.51 8.51 20.35 139.13
15 UK 7.12 6.54 -8.03
TOP EXPORTERS IN THE WORLD.
ITCHS-01731000
S.No. Country 2018-2019 %Share 2019-2020 %Share %Growt

h
1 USA 3,66,48,039.35 15.880 3,76,16,554. 16.9455 2.64

6 11
2 U ARAB 2,10,21,093.32 9.109 2,04,23,782. 9.2005 -2.84
EMTS 22

3 CHINA P RP 1,17,28,910.90 5.0825 1,17,67,331. 5.3009 0.33
48
4 HONG 91,11,741.76 3.9484 77,75,243.40 3.5026 -

KONG 14.67
5 SINGAPORE 80,94,224.79 3.5074 63,02,692.37 2.8392 -
22.13
6 UK 65,10,479.78 2.8212 61,88,224.21 2.7877 -4.95
7 BANGLADES 64,39,152.25 2.7903 58,17,660.89 2.6207 -9.65

H PR
8 GERMANY 62,20,062.92 2.6953 58,72,261.72 2.6453 -5.59
9 NETHERLAN 61,56,453.40 2.6678 59,19,052.19 2.6664 -3.86

D
10 NEPAL 54,30,053.60 2.353 50,71,276.32 2.2845 -6.61
TOP IMPORTERS OF THE WORLD
Major Importing Countries of Peas (Pisum sativum), dried, shelled, whether or not skinned/split
Quantity in MT
Value in 000'US$
2019
Sr No. Country Qty Value
1 China 20,02,791.00 5,81,755.00
2 India 9,15,311.00 2,64,550.00
3 USA 2,36,399.00 88,336.00
4 Belgium 2,12,697.00 61,454.00
5 Pakistan 2,00,874.00 59,840.00
6 Spain 1,93,112.00 48,463.00
7 Italy 1,55,485.00 44,782.00
8 Germany 1,30,163.00 44,364.00
9 UK 78,719.00 41,851.00
10 Norway 1,20,296.00 34,608.00
ANALYSIS
Peas is widely consumed vegetable in many forms, having a large and stable demand in the world
market. India does not rank in the top 10 exporters and has the potential to increase the value of
exports to climb up the ladder. The biggest exporters are US, UAE and China.

Although, peas are grown in various districts of Punjab, together, these districts do not produce peas
on the scale that the export surplus be increased. The major issues involved are perishability, lack of
cold storages and processing plants availability.
Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost as well as poor infrastructure related to
storage and processing of the peas. We need to focus on increasing the scale production with cutting

CHAPTER – 65
WHEAT
INTRODUCTION
Wheat is a grass widely cultivated for its seed, a cereal grain which is a worldwide staple food. The
many species of wheat together make up the genus Triticum; the most widely grown is common
wheat. Wheat is a very important edible cereal grain crop. As already mentioned, it is the second
largest grain crop consumed after rice. The cultivation of wheat has its own advantages like it has a
very good yield per unit area, has a relatively short growing duration period and the production of
wheat is comparatively easier than the other grain crops as it grows well in the temperate regions.
That is why it serves as a very good cash crop and proves its dominance in the world commerce.
Gluten, which is a primary constituent in raised bread, is found in wheat and that is why most of the
bakery products are made from wheat only.
According to the archeological evidences, some species of wheat grew as a wild grass in the Middle
East areas of Syria, Israel, Jordan, Turkey and Iraq. With the shortages of food, wheat was
domesticated and cultivated 11000 thousand years ago. In fact, it was one the first crops cultivated
ever. This was only due to the cultivation of this crop that people came to know how to produce their
own food and in turn started to settle than wander around.
In around 6700 BC, Swiss people came to know the use of wheat in flat cakes. Egyptians were the first
one to develop the concept of yeast bread and even the workers who were indulged in the
construction of pyramids were paid in bread! Wheat now started gaining popularity and the concept
of wheat farming spread and reached Ireland, Ethiopia, Spain and India. In 150 BC bakeries were
largely set up to produce bread in Rome.
The British took wheat to the new world as the climate and soil of England was not suitable for the
wheat production. With time, wheat became so significant as a staple food crop, that now; the
demand of wheat is directly proportional to the population level.

CULTIVATION PATTERN
Wheat was one of the first crops that were cultivated in the world thanks to its adaptability to wider
range of climatic conditions and soils making it a very easy to produce crop in that time when man
didn’t even know the basics of living. Wheat requires a cooler weather and a good level of moisture
in the early plantation period and once the grain is formed, it needs a warmer weather to dry up. That
is why the best-suited climate needed for the wheat crop to prosper is the temperate climate. In USA,
the wheat seeds are sown in the months of September and October. After February, when the snow
in those areas starts to melt, the wheat crop starts to shoot up and during summers it is left to develop
and finally it is harvested in the months of June, July and September. In India, wheat is cultivated as a
Rabi crop and it is planted in the month of October. It is harvested in the months April and May.
INDIAN WHEAT MARKET
India is the third largest producer of the wheat crop. It has been successfully fulfilling its large
domestic consumption demand in the past few years and has been exporting the surpluses to give
the major exporters of the world a good competition. India produces an average of 75 million tons
wheat each year but the production of this crop is generally fluctuating due to the uncertainty of the
rainfall. The state of Uttar Pradesh leads the production in the country. For self-consumption
purposes, the farmers retain around 48% of their production and hence it is not entered into the total
production figures of the country.
Indian wheat is generally medium hard bread wheat. It is a staple food of this country. That is why
almost all of the wheat produced is consumed. India holds the third position in the major wheat
consumer’s list after European Union and China consuming around 72 million tons of wheat. The
demand-supply flows with in the country are largely interfered by the government of the country so
as to make sure that the grain supplies be stable and prices do not get affected.
With the introduction of the new technologies in the agricultural sector, there has been a constant
increase in the productivity of wheat produced and hence there has been a growth in the surplus level
of the country and consequently a rising trend in the wheat export. World market sees a dependable
supplier of wheat in the form of India. The major exporters of the world namely US and Australia have
lost their share in the world’s export with the coming of India in the exporting scenario. The export
figures of India in 2003-04 were 5 million tons. The major importers of Indian wheat are the
southeastern Asian countries and the gulf countries. India was an importer of wheat in the 90s as it
the domestic demand was too high but now this situation has been overcoming and overturned.
Market influencing factors
 Weather conditions
 Government policies and regulations
 Prices fluctuations of the competitive and substitute products
 Season of harvesting and peak season
 Technological improvements
 Crop size
 World demand for wheat

EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 10019910
Values in Rs. Lacs
1 10019910 WHEAT 42,273.92 0.0183 44,316.91 0.02

India's Total
Export 230,772,619 221,985,418

HS CODE 10019910
Values in Rs. Lacs
Values in Rs.
S.No. Country Lacs
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 NEPAL 32,974.08 32,102.29 -2.64
2 BANGLADESH 3,910.95 6,296.36 60.99
3 U ARAB EMTS 1,679.25 2,253.44 34.19
4 SOMALIA 1,047.34 1,022.08 -2.41
5 SRI LANKA DSR 586.63 531.84 -9.34
6 MALAYSIA 357.93 244.9 -31.58
7 AFGHANISTAN 325.86
8 UK 294.33 41.79 -85.8
9 JORDAN 222.05 255.61 15.12
10 KUWAIT 159.43 40.78 -74.42

HS CODE 1001
Value imported in
World's Top 2019 (USD
Rank Importers thousand)
World 43677017
1 Egypt 3024161
2 Indonesia 2799261
3 Turkey 2266301
4 Italy 1847486
6 Brazil 1491082
7 Algeria 1477965
8 Japan 1473495

10 Nigeria 1266832
(Source: Trade map)
Value
exported in
2019 (USD
World 40503345
3 Canada 5385361
4 France 4358855
5 Ukraine 3658402
6 Australia 2514432
7 Argentina 2450653
8 Romania 1272159
9 Germany 1254530
10 Kazakhstan 1003207
(Source: Trade map)
ANALYSIS
Wheat, being a staple food in major arrears of world, has stable and permanent demand in the global
market. This product has a great nutritious value and health benefits. Moreover, the diversified use
leads to major demand in various world countries.
Russia, USA and Canada occupy the top three positions in the world exports. India does not hold a
position in the top ten exporters of the world and has a long way to go in exports.
Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While wheat is widely price sensitive
transportation.

CHAPTER – 66
MUSHROOM
SECTOR: AGRICULTURE
INTRODUCTION
A mushroom or toadstool is the fleshy, spore-bearing fruiting body of a fungus, typically produced
above ground, on soil, or on its food source. The standard for the name "mushroom" is the cultivated
white button mushroom, Agaricus bisporus; hence the word "mushroom" is most often applied to
those fungi (Basidiomycota, Agaricomycetes) that have a stem (stipe), a cap (pileus), and gills
(lamellae, sing. lamella) on the underside of the cap. "Mushroom" also describes a variety of other
gilled fungi, with or without stems, therefore the term is used to describe the fleshy fruiting bodies of
some Ascomycota. These gills produce microscopic spores that help the fungus spread across the
ground or its occupant surface.
Identifying mushrooms requires a basic understanding of their macroscopic structure. Most are
Basidiomycetes and gilled. Their spores, called basidiospores, are produced on the gills and fall in a
fine rain of powder from under the caps as a result. At the microscopic level, the basidiospores are
shot off basidia and then fall between the gills in the dead air space. As a result, for most mushrooms,
if the cap is cut off and placed gill-side-down overnight, a powdery impression reflecting the shape of
the gills (or pores, or spines, etc.) is formed (when the fruit body is sporulating). The color of the
powdery print, called a spore print, is used to help classify mushrooms and can help to identify them.
Spore print colors include white (most common), brown, black, purple-brown, pink, yellow, and
creamy, but almost never blue, green, or red

Mushroom, the conspicuous umbrella-shaped fruiting body (sporophore) of certain fungi, typically of
the order Agaricales in the phylum Basidiomycota but also of some other groups. Popularly, the term
mushroom is used to identify the edible sporophores; the term toadstool is often reserved for inedible
or poisonous sporophores. There is, however, no scientific distinction between the two names, and
either can be properly applied to any fleshy fungus fruiting structure. In a very restricted sense,
mushroom indicates the common edible fungus of fields and meadows (Agaricus campestris). A very
closely related species, A. bisporus, is the mushroom grown commercially and seen in markets. A few
mushrooms belong to the order Boletales, which bear pores in an easily detachable layer on the
underside of the cap. The agarics and boletes include most of the forms known as mushrooms. Other
groups of fungi, however, are considered to be mushrooms, at least by laymen. Among these are the
hydnums or hedgehog mushrooms, which have teeth, spines, or warts on the undersurface of the cap
(e.g., Dentinum repandum, Hydnum imbricatum) or at the ends of branches (e.g., H. coralloides,
Hericium caput-ursi). The polypores, shelf fungi, or bracket fungi (order Polyporales) have tubes under
the cap as in the boletes, but they are not in an easily separable layer. Polypores usually grow on living
or dead trees, sometimes as destructive pests.

Mushrooms are free of cholesterol and contain small amounts of essential amino acids and B vitamins.
However, their chief worth is as a specialty food of delicate, subtle flavour and agreeable texture. By
fresh weight, the common commercially grown mushroom is more than 90 percent water, less than
3 percent protein, less than 5 percent carbohydrate, less than 1 percent fat, and about 1 percent
mineral salts and vitamins.
TYPE OF MUSHROOM
There are so many types of mushrooms -- at least 14,000 -- though only about half are OK to eat. But
almost all the mushrooms we eat in the U.S. are the white button variety. Why not branch out? Other
common types include cremini, portabella, maitake (also called hen of the woods), shiitake, enoki,
and oyster. Each has its own unique shape, flavor, and texture.
Nutrient Powerhouses
If you’re looking for an all-natural multivitamin, skip the supplement aisle and pick up some
mushrooms. Among their many nutrients: B vitamins -- including pantothenic acid (B5), niacin (B3),
and riboflavin (B2) -- plus copper and selenium. Mushrooms also have protein, fiber, potassium,
vitamin D, calcium, and more. Not bad for a food that’s more than 90% water.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 071151: MUSHROOMS OF GENUS AGARICUS PROVISONALLY PRESRVD
Values in Rs. Lacs
MUSHROOMS OF GENUS
1 071151 AGARICUS PROVISONALLY 22.5 0 179.17 0.0001
PRESRVD

HS CODE 071151: MUSHROOMS OF GENUS AGARICUS PROVISONALLY PRESRVD
Values in Rs. Lacs

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 USA 167.4
2 BHUTAN 1.07 5.6 422.11
3 NEPAL 9.14 4.59 -49.82
4 NIGER 0.53
5 KUWAIT 0.48
6 NEW ZEALAND 0.31
7 NIGERIA 0.25
8 GERMANY 0.01
9 U ARAB EMTS 0.03 0.01 -54
10 JAPAN 0
HS CODE 0711: Vegetables provisionally preserved, e.g. by sulphur dioxide gas, in brine, in sulphur
water ...
Value
imported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 633486
1 Italy 101355
2 Japan 70724
3 France 48066
4 Spain 41844
6 Germany 32371
7 Brazil 29762
9 Belgium 21252
(Source: Trade Map)
HS CODE 0711: Vegetables provisionally preserved, e.g. by sulphur dioxide gas, in brine, in sulphur
water ...

Value
exported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 629326
1 China 167362
2 Spain 100778
3 India 61889
4 Egypt 46430
5 Morocco 32139
6 Belgium 24782
7 Poland 24332
8 Netherlands 22923
9 Italy 16894
10 Greece 14561
(Source: Trade Map)
ANALYSIS
Mushroom has vast demand in the global market. This product has a great nutritious value and health
benefits. Moreover, the diversified use leads to major demand in various world countries.
China, Spain and India occupy the top three positions in the world exports.
Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While mushroom is widely price sensitive
transportation.

CHAPTER – 67
VEGETABLE OIL
SECTOR: AGRICULTURE
INTRODUCTION
Vegetable oils, or vegetable fats, are oils extracted from seeds, or less often, from other parts of fruits.
Like animal fats, vegetable fats are mixtures of triglycerides. Soybean oil, grape seed oil, and cocoa
butter are examples of fats from seeds.
Vegetable oils, or vegetable fats, are oils extracted from seeds, or less often, from other parts of fruits.
Like animal fats, vegetable fats are mixtures of triglycerides. Soybean oil, grape seed oil, and cocoa
butter are examples of fats from seeds. Olive oil, palm oil, and rice bran oil are examples of fats from
other parts of fruits. In common usage, vegetable oil may refer exclusively to vegetable fats which are
liquid at room temperature. Vegetable oils are usually edible; non-edible oils derived mainly from
petroleum are termed mineral oils.
The following triglyceride vegetable oils account for almost all worldwide production, by volume. All
are used as both cooking oils and as SVO or to make biodiesel. According to the USDA, the total world
consumption of major vegetable oils in 2007/08 was:
World consumption
Oil source Notes
(million metric tons)
The most widely produced tropical

Palm 41.31
oil, also used to make biofuel
One of the most widely consumed
Soybean 41.28
cooking oils
One of the most widely used
Rapeseed 18.24 cooking oils, canola is a variety
(cultivar) of rapeseed
Sunflower A common cooking oil, also used to
9.91
seed make biodiesel

Peanut 4.82 Mild-flavored cooking oil
A major food oil, often used in
Cottonseed 4.99
industrial food processing
From the seed of the African palm
Palm kernel 4.85
tree
Used in cooking, cosmetics and
Coconut 3.48
soaps
Used in cooking, cosmetics, soaps

Olive 2.84
and as a fuel for traditional oil lamps
Note that these figures include industrial and animal feed use. The majority of European rapeseed oil
production is used to produce biodiesel, or used directly as fuel in diesel cars which may require
modification to heat the oil to reduce its higher viscosity. The suitability of the fuel should come as
little surprise, as Rudolf Diesel's original engine to ran on peanut oil as well as mineral oil.
Other significant triglyceride oils include:
 Corn oil, one of the most common cooking oils. As of 2006, the US produced about 1.09 million
metric tons [26] of corn oil, which is used for cooking oil, salad dressing, margarine,
mayonnaise, prepared goods like spaghetti sauce and baking mixes, and to fry prepared foods
like potato chips and French fries.
 Grape seed oil, used in cooking and cosmetics
 Hazelnut oil and other nut oils
 Linseed oil, from flax seeds
 Rice bran oil, from rice grains
 Safflower oil, a flavorless and colorless cooking oil
 Sesame oil, used as a cooking oil, and as a massage oil, particularly in India
 Açaí palm oil, used in culinary and cosmetics
 Jambú oil, is extracted from the flowers, leaves and stem from jambu (Acmella oleracea),
contains spilanthol
 Graviola oil, derived from Annona muricata
 Tucumã oil, from Astrocaryum aculeatum is used to manufacture soap.
 Brazil nut oil, culinary and cosmetics use
 Carapa oil, pharmaceutical use and anti-mosquito candle
 Buriti oil, from Mauritia flexuosa, used in cosmetics (skin and hair care)
 Passion fruit oil, derived from Passiflora edulis, has varied applications in cosmetics
manufacturing and for uses as a human or animal food.
 Pracaxi oil, obtained from Pentaclethra macroloba, cosmetics use
 Solarium oil, derived from chloroplasts, various applications in cooking
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 15180039: OTHR VEG OIL AND ITS FATS EXCLDEDBLE GRADE

Values in Rs. Lacs
OTHR VEG OIL AND

1 15180039 ITS FATS EXCLDEDBLE 5,616.49 0.0024 4,466.59 0.002
GRADE


HS CODE 15180039: OTHR VEG OIL AND ITS FATS EXCLDEDBLE GRADE

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 BELGIUM 1,570.74 992.04 -36.84
2 ITALY 509.24 657.43 29.1
3 SINGAPORE 627.67 567.11 -9.65
4 U ARAB EMTS 174.7 503.44 188.18
5 AUSTRALIA 366.15 461.26 25.98
6 JORDAN 501.17 341.11 -31.94
7 KOREA 81.6 152.53 86.93
8 VIETNAM SOC 371.46 147.74 -60.23
9 PHILIPPINES 68.39 134.36 96.46
10 TAIWAN 144.99 111.49 -23.1
HS CODE 1518: Animal or vegetable fats and oils and their fractions, boiled, oxidised, dehydrated,
sulphurised, ...
Value imported in
thousand)
World 4627167
3 Germany 482652
4 Singapore 379461

5 Afghanistan 378083
7 Spain 180377
8 Finland 170976
9 Portugal 141110
10 Malaysia 136839
11 Austria 73725
14 Belgium 58294
15 Hungary 44510
17 China 43332
18 Mexico 34514
19 France 33234
20 Italy 33227
22 India 28476
(Source: Trade map)
HS CODE 1518: Animal or vegetable fats and oils and their fractions, boiled, oxidised, dehydrated,
sulphurised, ...
Value exported in
thousand)
World 3048519
2 China 521071
3 Malaysia 202369
4 Germany 176394
6 Spain 111592
8 Belgium 92795
9 Canada 81584

10 Indonesia 80235
11 Poland 75348
12 Japan 55006
13 Argentina 50147
14 Italy 46618
18 France 32452
19 India 27034
20 Lithuania 26993
(Source: Trade map)
ANALYSIS
Vegetable oil has vast demand in the global market. This product has a great nutritious value and
health benefits. Moreover, the diversified use leads to major demand in various world countries.
Netherlands, China and Malaysia occupy the top three positions in the world exports. India is
presently at 19th position in export of vegetable oil. Increasing production, reducing contamination
and pesticide residue can help in boosting demand and exports of the product. Storage, warehousing
and processing units can further the exports.
Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While edible oil is widely price sensitive
transportation.

CHAPTER – 68
CURRY LEAF
SECTOR: AGRICULTURE (Spices)
INTRODUCTION
The curry tree (Murraya koenigii) is a tropical to sub-tropical tree in the family Rutaceae (the rue
family, which includes rue, citrus, and satinwood), and is native to Asia. The plant is also sometimes
called sweet neem, though M. koenigii is in a different family to neem, Azadirachta indica, which is in
the related family Meliaceae. Its leaves, known as curry leaves, are used in many dishes in the Indian
subcontinent, especially curries. Curry leaves are small in size and long, slender, and oval in shape
narrowing to a point, averaging 2-4 centimeters in length and 1-2 centimeters in width. The shiny,
dark green leaves grow pinnately along a stem, and each branch can hold up to twenty, tightly
clustered leaves. Curry leaves are extremely aromatic and have a strong flavor that has been
compared to citrus, asafoetida, anise, and lemongrass. When cooked, Curry leaves have a mild and
slightly pungent bite with a nutty aroma.
Uses
The fresh leaves are an indispensable part of Indian cuisine and Indian traditional medicines. They are
most widely used in southern and west coast Indian cooking, usually fried along with vegetable oil,
mustard seeds and chopped onions in the first stage of the preparation. They are also used to make
thoran, vada, rasam and kadhi. The fresh leaves are valued as seasoning in the cuisines of South and
Southeast Asia. In Cambodia, where the leaves are called sloek kontroap, the leaves are roasted and
used as an ingredient in a soup, maju krueng. In Java, the leaves are often stewed to flavor gulai.
Though available dried, the aroma and flavor is greatly inferior. The oil can be extracted and used to
make scented soaps.
Harvest and yield
At the end of first year 250-400 kg of leaves/ha can be harvested.
In II year : Once in 4 months every time 1800 kg/ha which would work out to 5400
kg/ha/year.
III year : Yield 5400 kg/ha
IV year : 2500 kg/ha once in 3 months which would work out to 10,000 kg/ha/year.

V year onwards : 5000 kg/ha once in 3 months which work out to 20,000 kg/ha/year.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 0910: GINGER, SAFFRON, TURMERIC (CURCUMA), THYME, BAY LEAVES, CURRY AND OTHER
SPICES
Values in Rs. Lacs
GINGER, SAFFRON,
TURMERIC (CURCUMA),
1 0910 304,552.35 0.132 298,876.74 0.135
THYME, BAY LEAVES, CURRY
AND OTHER SPICES

SPICES
Values in Rs. Lacs

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 USA 75,147.26 49,550.99 -34.06
2 BANGLADESH 17,954.04 37,380.40 108.2
3 U ARAB EMTS 15,627.05 16,929.99 8.34
4 UK 15,750.94 15,173.96 -3.66
5 MOROCCO 11,206.24 14,851.10 32.53
6 SAUDI ARAB 10,566.56 11,919.57 12.8
7 IRAN 15,586.79 11,265.58 -27.72
8 GERMANY 10,893.44 8,643.74 -20.65
9 NETHERLAND 6,446.39 7,670.29 18.99
10 MALAYSIA 7,731.46 7,420.17 -4.03

Hs Code State Commodity March, 19 March, 19
GINGER:NEITHER CRUSHED NOR

091011 PUNJAB 147389 2082
GROUND
091012 PUNJAB GINGER:CRUSHED OR GROUND 1735585 24849
091020 PUNJAB SAFFRON 15052731 213813
091030 PUNJAB TURMERIC (CURCUMA) 10235994 146416
MIXTRS OF TWO OR MORS PRODCTS OF
091091 PUNJAB 5678880 81957
DIFF HDG
091099 PUNJAB OTHER : SEED : 63962388 908856
TOTAL 96812967 1377973
(Source: DGCIS)
SPICES
Value
imported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 2897991
3 Germany 173274
5 Japan 142428
8 Bangladesh 97134
9 France 93715
10 Malaysia 90446
11 Pakistan 86828
12 India 76983
13 Canada 71616
14 Spain 71260

15 Belgium 57598
(Source: Trade map)
Value exported
thousand)
World 2748337
1 China 702985
2 India 393620
4 Germany 122295
5 Turkey 107502
7 Spain 98304
8 Pakistan 74164
9 Thailand 69833
10 South Africa 60924
13 Peru 44567
14 France 41125
(Source: Trade map)
AGRO-SECTOR

Huge land under Less value addition Global market for agri Scarcity of labour
cultivation and food implements and
processing equipment
Assured Irrigation Stagnation in crop Capacity building of Poor access to farm
facilities yields along with farmers/engineers/scient machines and
post-harvest losses ists etc. technology
High farm power Unsustainable Eco- friendly Climate change and
availability water management environment sustainability of
agriculture
Cropping intensity and Lack of Imports
productivity mechanization in

horticultural and
vegetable crops
Agri equipment Fragmentation of Small and shrinking
manufacturers in the land holding size
state
Hardworking
peasantry
Agriculture in Punjab today is on the crossroads. It is constrained by various factors. We have created
history by being the front runner state in agricultural production and gaining the title of food bowl of
India. But this has been accompanied by land degradation, declining size of land holding, depleting
water table and may other related problems. While the strength lies having the largest cultivable land
with record food grain production and hardworking peasantry, our weaknesses lies in having low
yields, less value addition and food processing and large amount of post-harvest losses. We should
envisage where the opportunities exist and how these opportunities can be further encashed to
augment the yield and income of the farming community and bringing back the lost glory.
The importance of agriculture in the context of Punjab is also paramount as it has a significant share
in the employment and livelihood of the people. Punjab has strong agriculture base with huge
production of principal crops such as wheat, rice, maize, sugarcane and cotton. Punjab, having only
1.53 per cent area of India contributed about 46 per cent wheat and 27 per cent rice to the central
pool during 2015-16. Being the largest contributor of main cereals to the central pool, Punjab has
earned the title of ‘Granary of India’. The contribution of agriculture and allied sectors in state Gross
Value Added (GVA) at current prices was 27.38 percent during 2014-15.
The state of Punjab has been classified into three agro-climatic zones on the basis of homogeneity,
rainfall distribution, soil texture, cropping pattern etc. These zones are sub-mountainous zone, central
zone and south-western zone also referred as wheat-maize, wheat-paddy and wheat-cotton zones.
The rate of growth of agriculture has picked up and sustained over the longer period of time in all the
zones of the state but disparities in agricultural development continues to persist in Punjab
Agriculture. In view of the predominant position of the agricultural sector in the country, collection
and maintenance of agricultural statistics assumes great importance.

CHAPTER – 69
MEAT
SECTOR: FOOD
INTRODUCTION
Meat is animal flesh that is eaten as food. Humans have hunted and killed animals for meat since
prehistoric times. The advent of civilization allowed the domestication of animals such as chickens,
sheep, rabbits, pigs and cattle. This eventually led to their use in meat production on an industrial
scale with the aid of slaughterhouses. Meat is mainly composed of water, protein, and fat. It is edible
raw, but is normally eaten after it has been cooked and seasoned or processed in a variety of ways.
Unprocessed meat will spoil or rot within hours or days as a result of infection with and decomposition
by bacteria and fungi.
Meat is important in economy and culture, even though its mass production and consumption has
been determined to pose risks for human health and the environment. Many religions have rules
about which meat may or may not be eaten. Vegetarians and vegans may abstain from eating meat
because of concerns about the ethics of eating meat, environmental effects of meat production or
nutritional effects of consumption.
Meaning of Meat
Many people in the context of meat refer to food which comes from lamb; but in reality, meat is the
body tissue of any animal that is eaten as food. This could be meat from chicken, lamb, cow, and even
frog legs. In order to classify this broad selection of meats available, the first and foremost approach
is to segregate fish from meat.
This is done because we would like to refer to meat as a tissue, which is a muscle tissue found in
animals. Muscle tissues are involved in helping the animal move its body parts. This article discusses
various kinds of meats and their usage in cookery.
Classification of Meats:
Before we get into the classification of the meats, let us first understand the nomenclature of these
meat products. To a layman, words such as, mutton, lamb, heifer, veal, etc. would seem like
something to do with meats, but they would not know what exactly each one would mean. These
names of the meats are given to the specific meat that comes from a specific animal.

Meat is broadly classified into the following three types:
 Bovines Ox, cow, buffalo, bison, etc.

 Ovines Sheep, lamb, goat, deer, etc.
TYPE OF MEAT
 Swines Pigs, wild boar, etc. Red Meat: All livestock is considered red meat.
 Poultry: Commonly referred to as white meat, poultry includes chicken and turkey.
 Seafood: That includes fish, as well as crustaceans, like crab and lobster, and molluscs, like
clams, oysters, scallops, and mussels.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 0202: MEAT OF BOVINE ANIMALS, FROZEN
Values in Rs. Lacs

MEAT OF BOVINE
1 0202 ANIMALS, 2,318,549 1.0047 2,076,820
FROZEN 0.9356
India's Total
230,772,619 221,985,418
Export
Values in Rs. Lacs
Values in Rs.
S.No. Country
Lacs
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 VIETNAM 1,072,441.11 666,121.54 -37.89
2 MALAYSIA 252,328.04 260,824.30 3.37
3 EGYPT A RP 77,071.45 225,466.48 192.54
4 INDONESIA 226,699.29 165,196.60 -27.13
5 IRAQ 118,895.39 120,786.03 1.59
6 SAUDI ARAB 64,310.25 75,209.13 16.95
7 HONG KONG 612.87 72,746.00 11,769.80
8 MYANMAR 73,319.89 59,839.43 -18.39
9 PHILIPPINES 83,887.93 56,172.37 -33.04
10 ALGERIA 35,484.63 50,188.50 41.44

March, 19 March, 19
Hs Code State Commodity Value(INR) Value(US $)
020230 PUNJAB BONELESS 15481539165 221347449
15481539165 221347449
(Source: DGCIS)
Value
imported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 26742672
1 China 7931483
5 Egypt 1496747
6 Japan 1402405
9 Indonesia 653171
(Source: Trade Map)
Value exported in
thousand)
World 28139419
1 Brazil 5610764

2 Australia 4925255
4 India 3076896
5 Argentina 2334564
6 New Zealand 2069414
7 Uruguay 1505116
8 Paraguay 555482
10 Canada 413529
(Source: Trade Map)
ANALYSIS
Meat is staple food for the non- vegetarians residing in many regions having a large and stable demand
in the world market. India ranks 4th in world exporters, however, India has the potential to increase
the exports to reach the top spot. The biggest competitors are Brazil, Australia and USA, holding the
top three positions in the top exporters of the cereal.
Although, Meat is produced in various districts of Punjab, together, these districts have increased
production and export of the same.
Reducing contamination, improving quality and branding along with creation of better warehousing,
storage, processing and packaging infrastructure can help increasing the export.
Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. We need to focus on increasing the scale
production with cutting short of expenses on transportation.

CHAPTER - 70
LIVE POULTRY PRODUCTS
SECTOR: FOOD
INTRODUCTION
"Poultry" can be defined as domestic fowls, including chickens, turkeys, geese and ducks, raised for
the production of meat or eggs and the word is also used for the flesh of these birds used as food.
Poultry are domesticated birds kept by humans for their eggs, their meat or their feathers. These birds
are most typically members of the superorder Galloanserae (fowl), especially the order Galliformes
(which includes chickens, quails, and turkeys).
Examples
Bird Wild ancestor Domestication Utilization

Chicken Red junglefowl Southeast Asia Eggs and flesh
Turkey Wild turkey Mexico Flesh
Duck Mallard Various Eggs and flesh
Goose Greylag Various Eggs and flesh
Guinea fowl Helmeted guineafowl Africa Flesh
Pigeon Rock dove Middle East Flesh
Poultry is the second most widely eaten type of meat in the world, accounting for about 30% of total
meat production worldwide compared to pork at 38%. Sixteen billion birds are raised annually for
consumption, more than half of these in industrialised, factory-like production units. Global broiler
meat production rose to 84.6 million tonnes in 2013. The largest producers were the United States
(20%), China (16.6%), Brazil (15.1%) and the European Union (11.3%). There are two distinct models
of production; the European Union supply chain model seeks to supply products which can be traced
back to the farm of origin. This model faces the increasing costs of implementing additional food
safety requirements, welfare issues and environmental regulations. In contrast, the United States
model turns the product into a commodity.
Poultry is one of the fastest growing segments of the agricultural sector in India today. While the
production of agricultural crops has been rising at a rate of 1.5 to 2 percent per annum, that of eggs
and broilers has been rising at a rate of 8 to 10 percent per annum. As a result, India is now the world's
fifth largest egg producer and the eighteenth largest producer of broilers. The Potential in the sector
is due to a combination of factors - growth in per capita income, a growing urban population and

falling real poultry prices. Poultry meat is the fastest growing component of global meat demand, and
India, the world's second largest developing country, is experiencing rapid growth in its poultry sector.
In India, poultry sector growth is being driven by rising incomes and a rapidly expanding middle class,
together with the emergence of vertically integrated poultry producers that have reduced consumer
prices by lowering production and marketing costs. Integrated production, market transition from live
birds to chilled and frozen products, and policies that ensure supplies of competitively priced corn
and soybeans are keys to future poultry industry growth in India. There are number of small poultry
dressing plants in the country. These plants are producing dressed chickens. In addition to these
plants, there are five modern integrated poultry processing plants producing dressed chicken, chicken
cut parts and other chicken products. These plants will manufacture egg powder and frozen egg-yolk
for export.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 0105: LIVE POULTRY, THAT IS TO SAY, FOWLS OF THE SPECIES GALLUS DOMESTICUS,
DUCKS, GEESE, TURKEYS AND GUINEA FOWLS
Values in Rs. Lacs

LIVE POULTRY, THAT IS TO
SAY, FOWLS OF THE SPECIES
1 0105 GALLUS DOMESTICUS, 781.74 0.0003 409.34 0.0002
DUCKS, GEESE, TURKEYS
AND GUINEA FOWLS
HS CODE 0105: LIVE POULTRY, THAT IS TO SAY, FOWLS OF THE SPECIES GALLUS DOMESTICUS, DUCKS,
GEESE, TURKEYS AND GUINEA FOWLS

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 NEPAL 400.59 109.08 -72.77
2 TANZANIA 99.11
3 UGANDA 36.19 84.81 134.36
4 KENYA 21.54 57.27 165.93
5 BANGLADESH 273.4 27.56 -89.92
6 BHUTAN 18.04 24.67 36.76
7 BURKINA FASO 7.76 4.93 -36.54
8 SENEGAL 1.42
9 MALDIVES 0.14 0.39 176.57

10 U ARAB EMTS 0.1
Value imported
thousand)
World 3131245
2 Germany 344504
3 Belgium 201386
4 Singapore 180417
5 Poland 174095
6 Hungary 82790
7 Romania 61911
8 Canada 61770
9 Ukraine 60506
10 Spain 47912
(Source: Trade Map)
Value
exported in
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 3203917
1 Germany 660713
4 France 264279
6 Malaysia 185003
7 Belgium 168166
8 Hungary 144383

9 Denmark 107869
10 Poland 90093
(Source: Trade Map)
ANALYSIS
Poultry is staple food for the non- vegetarians residing in many regions having a large and stable
demand in the world market. India does not rank in top ten world exporters, however, India has the
potential to increase the exports to reach the top spot. The biggest competitors are Germany,
Netherlands and USA, holding the top three positions in the top exporters of the item.
Although, Poultry is produced in various districts of Punjab, together, these districts have increased
Reducing contamination, improving quality and branding along with creation of better warehousing,
storage, processing and packaging infrastructure can help increasing the export. Punjab has the
biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. We need to focus on increasing the scale production with
cutting short of expenses on transportation.

CHAPTER – 71
SHRIMP
SECTOR – SEA FOOD
Shrimp are decapod crustaceans with elongated bodies and a primarily swimming mode of
locomotion – most commonly Caridea and Dendrobranchiata. More narrow definitions may be
restricted to Caridea, to smaller species of either group or to only the marine species. Under a broader
definition, shrimp may be synonymous with prawn, covering stalk-eyed swimming crustaceans with
long narrow muscular tails (abdomens), long whiskers (antennae), and slender legs. Any small
crustacean which resembles a shrimp tends to be called one. They swim forward by paddling
with swimmerets on the underside of their abdomens, although their escape response is typically
repeated flicks with the tail driving them backwards very quickly. Crabs and lobsters have strong
walking legs, whereas shrimp have thin, fragile legs which they use primarily for perching.
Shrimp are widespread and abundant. There are thousands of species adapted to a wide range of
habitats. They can be found feeding near the seafloor on most coasts and estuaries, as well as in rivers
and lakes. To escape predators, some species flip off the seafloor and dive into the sediment. They
usually live from one to seven years. Shrimp are often solitary, though they can form
large schools during the spawning season.
Shrimp farming in Punjab
The agriculture economies of six southwest districts of Punjab State (Fazilka, Ferozepur, Sri Mukatsar
Sahib, Bathinda, Faridkot and Mansa) are being affected by the dual problems of underground water
salinity and water-logging. These inland, salt affected and waterlogged areas – where agriculture does
not have a prominent role but water is abundantly available – can be potentially utilized for
developing aquaculture. Thanks to research and development initiatives from 2007 to 2018 by Guru
Angad Dev Veterinary & Animal Sciences University (GADVASU) in Ludhiana (Punjab, India) under
various projects – including the Niche Area Excellence Program during 2010 to 2015, funded by the
Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR), New Delhi (India) – inland saline water aquaculture has
flourished in the State of Punjab.
The first pilot project with freshwater carp culture in an inland saline area was carried out from 2007
to 2010 in unproductive land of farmer Mr. Radhey Sham, in the village of Shajrana (Fazilka District),
under the leadership of Dr. Asha Dhawan (former Dean, College of Fisheries, GADVASU) and with
collaboration from the local industrialist Mr. Sanjeev Nagpal (NGO), which proved to be the torch

bearer for other farmers of the region. Subsequently, the aquaculture area in the village increased
from 1 hectare in 2014 to more than 30 ha in 2018, with an average annual earnings of US$2,152 per
ha (INR 150,000 per ha) in low saline areas (≤ 5ppt). This aquaculture development has transformed
the socioeconomic status of this farming community, otherwise forced to work as daily wagers or
farm laborers.
With continuous technical support from GADVASU from 2007 to 2018 and the promotional activities
of the state government from 2016 to 2018 implemented by the Fisheries Department of the State,
about 250 ha of salt-affected, waterlogged lands in the southwest district have been converted into
aquafarms during the last five years, including freshwater carp culture in low-saline (≤ 5ppt) areas
and L. vannamei culture in medium- to high-saline areas (10 to 25 ppt). In 2017, shrimp farming was
carried out in 15 ha of salt-affected areas of Punjab, which increased to 92 ha in four districts (Fazilka,
Sri Muktsar Sahib, Mansa and Bathinda) during 2018, and is expected to increase further to over 200
ha in 2019.
With productivity ranging between from 8 to 10 tons per ha per crop (cycles of 4 months) and a
corresponding net profit of US$14,345 to $17,216 (INR 1-1.2 million), shrimp farming has converted
wastelands into gold mines, especially for large farmers with relatively stronger economic
backgrounds and higher investment and risk taking capacity. The winter season (Nov-Dec to Feb-Mar)
in the non-coastal northern states restricts the culture of shrimp to seven to eight months, but still
two crops of shrimp can be produced and harvested in Punjab, between April to November (before
the onset of winter), making it highly remunerative as compared to any other agriculture and livestock
enterprise.
In the case of small farmers, for shrimp farms once established with one-time financial assistance
from state/central government, the income from a single crop is sufficient to generate a revolving
fund for the subsequent crop, thus transforming them into larger and progressive farmers with every
crop they harvest. Hence, Punjab’s hardworking, innovative and enthusiastic farmers are looking
forward to a brighter future, provided existing issues are addressed through an effective R&D action
plan at the national level for optimized aquaculture utilization of salt affected lands to support their
food and livelihood security.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 03069500: SHRIMPS AND PRAWNS OTHN THN LIVE FRESH OR CHILLED
Values in Rs. Lacs

SHRIMPS AND PRAWNS OTHN
1 3069500 2,714.67 0.0012 1,250.71 0.0006
THN LIVE FRESH OR CHILLED
HS CODE 03069500: SHRIMPS AND PRAWNS OTHN THN LIVE FRESH OR CHILLED

Values in Rs. Lacs
Values in Rs.
S.No. Country
Lacs
2019-
2018-2019 %Growth
2020
1 BAHARAIN 1.27 1.32 3.39
2 CANADA 1.11 0.89 -19.82
3 TAIWAN 8.5
4 FRANCE 0.4 0.39 -3.16
5 GERMANY 0.35 0.06 -84.13
6 ITALY 0.89
7 JAPAN 0.01 0.02 70.63
8 KOREA 0.02
9 LEBANON 0.46
10 MALDIVES 2.52
TABLE: WORLD’S TOP IMPORTER
HS CODE 0306 : Crustaceans, whether in shell or not, live, fresh, chilled, frozen, dried, salted or in
brine, ...
Value imported in
World's Top Importers 2019 (USD
Rank thousand)
World 29493424
2 China 7027305
3 Japan 2298209
4 Spain 1420966
6 France 1073025
7 Canada 793049
8 Italy 751478
(Source: Trade Map)
HS CODE 0306 : Crustaceans, whether in shell or not, live, fresh, chilled, frozen, dried, salted or in
brine, ...

Value exported in
Rank World's Top Exporters 2019 (USD thousand)
World 29313211
1 India 4461050
2 Ecuador 3901559
3 Canada 3090863
4 Viet Nam 2107349
6 Indonesia 1428656
7 Argentina 1079696
8 China 1029957
9 Thailand 991033
(Source: Trade Map)
Top 15 countries that exported the highest dollar value worth of frozen freshwater shrimps.
1. Greenland: US$347.2 million (21.2% of exported frozen cold water shrimps)

2. Canada: $277.8 million (16.9%)
3. Denmark: $271.4 million (16.5%)
4. Ecuador: $215.2 million (13.1%)
5. Netherlands: $139 million (8.5%)
6. Russia: $106.6 million (6.5%)
7. China: $69.1 million (4.2%)
8. Morocco: $28.8 million (1.8%)
9. United Arab Emirates: $17.9 million (1.1%)
10. Thailand: $17.9 million (1.1%)
11. Faroe Islands: $17.3 million (1.1%)
12. Norway: $16.3 million (1%)
13. United States: $13.1 million (0.8%)
14. Bahrain: $10.3 million (0.6%)
15. New Zealand: $7.7 million (0.5%)

TOP IMPORTERS OF SEAFOOD.
10. South Korea: $4.3 billion (3.6%)
9. Sweden: $4.6 billion (3.8%)
8. Germany: $4.7 billion (4%)
7. Italy: $5.2 billion (4.3%)
6. France: $5.4 billion (4.5%)
5. Vietnam: $6.2 billion (5.2%)
4. Spain: $6.8 billion (5.7%)
3. China: $8.1 billion (6.8%)
2. Japan: $11.7 billion (9.9%)
1. United States: US$17.9 billion (15%)
In 2018, the top seven markets imported 2.7 million tonnes of shrimp and prawn, 31 percent more
than 2017. This could be credited to high imports in China and other Asian markets. Imports increased
marginally in the United States of America and in the EU28, while Japan posted a negative growth
rate. Imports also increased in most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries in the Middle
East.
Among the top seven suppliers, exports increased in volume from the first five but with faltered
growth in 2018. Exports earnings declined for all except Ecuador, due to the general price weakening
during the same period. For better financial return, able exporters in Asia exported more processed
shrimp targeting the developed markets.
India was the lead exporter in 2018 but with a falling growth rate (+7.2 percent) compared with 2017
(+31 percent). The leading markets for Indian shrimp were the United States of America, Viet Nam
and the EU28. Exports declined to Viet Nam (-15 percent) and to the EU28 (-13 percent). With a 300
percent export growth in supply (46 000 tonnes), China became India’s fourth largest market
overtaking Japan in 2018. India exported more processed shrimp in 2018 (+18 percent up to 22 000
tonnes) than in 2017.
Vietnamese shrimp exports increased by 7 percent in 2018 compared with 2017. The leading markets
were the EU28 (+13.7 percent), Australia (-4.0 percent), United States of America (+4.6 percent),
Japan (- 5.5 percent) and the Republic of Korea (+23 percent). Compared with 2017, official exports

from Viet Nam to China increased by 300 percent to 14 000 tonnes in 2018. This volume is small
compared with high raw material imports and increased domestic production in 2018.
Ecuador maintained a rather stable position in 2018, diverting 61 percent of its exports to Asian
markets, but exports to its number one market, Viet Nam, fell by 10 percent to 202 000 tonnes.
However, direct sales to China increased by 512 percent reaching 98 000 tonnes in 2018 compared
with a mere 16 000 exports in 2017. Exports also increased to its second largest market, the EU28
(+7.8 percent to 104 300 tonnes).
The top seven markets imported nearly 2.7 million tonnes of shrimp in 2018, about 31 percent more
than in 2017. This could be attributed to strong Asian markets, particularly China. Imports increased
in other emerging markets in East Asia and Middle East, but declined in Viet Nam due to direct imports
from China. Among the conventional markets, imports increased marginally in the United States of
America and the EU28, but declined in Japan and Australia.
United States of America
The US shrimp market remained overstocked starting in early 2018, which led to a price crash in the
international trade in April. However, US wholesale prices were stable and lower import prices trickled
down to end-users’ levels by mid-2018, benefitting retail and catering business during 2018 summer
sales and year-end sales. Shrimp remains the most popular seafood amongst US consumers.
US imports increased by 5.1 percent in 2018 against 2017, but US buyers paid less in 2018 (USD 6.2
billion in 2018 compared to USD 6.5 billion in 2017) due to record low import prices. India had a 36
percent market share in supply, followed by Indonesia (19 percent), Ecuador (11 percent), Viet Nam (8
percent), China and Thailand (7 percent each). Processed shrimp Imports totalled 160 000 tonnes,
mainly supplied by China, Viet Nam, Thailand and Indonesia. US per capita shrimp consumption is
bound to be historically high, crossing the 4.5 lb in 2018.
Japan
Shrimp demand in Japan remained dormant in 2018. This trend confirms the fading appetite for
shrimp among Japanese consumers, particularly the younger generation, who prefers beef, pork,
chicken and salmon to shrimp. Demand for raw head-on and headless shrimp in the last ten years has
followed a decreasing curve. Only semi-processed peeled shrimp (tail-on and others) experienced
improved demand from institutional users and restaurants. Raw frozen shrimp imports declined to
155 000 tonnes in 2018, compared with 210 000 tones in 2010.
Year-on-year demand for processed shrimp increased consistently, with a 3 percent rise in imports in
2018, compared with 2017. Thailand, Viet Nam, Indonesia and China were the top suppliers of value-
added shrimp to Japan.
European Union (Member Organization)
The EU28 common market remains the world’s largest shrimp importer, though without much
improvement in demand in recent years. Compared with 2017, low shrimp prices and good supplies
of tropical shrimp had minimal impact on consumer market, suggesting a flat demand curve in 2018.
Total shrimp imports reached 817 700 tonnes (+2.4 percent) in 2018, with decreasing imports in Spain
(-2.4 percent), France (-1 percent) and the United Kingdom (-1.1 percent). The 12 percent rise in Italy’s
import to 78 000 tonnes contributed to an overall positive growth for the year. Imports increased in

the Netherlands (+11 percent to 86 000 tonnes) and Denmark (+5 percent to 86 000 tonnes), who are
generally re-exporters.
For the first time, extra-EU28 imports exceeded 600 000 tonnes in 2018, supplied by Ecuador,
Argentina, Viet Nam, India and Greenland. ExtraEU28 imports of raw frozen shrimp declined
from India, Bangladesh and Indonesia. Value-added shrimp (HS code 1605) imports increased by 5.4
percent to 113 200 tonnes, with Viet Nam as the leading supplier.
Asia/Pacific
Increased supplies of farmed shrimp and soft prices supported the rising shrimp demand in the
regional import markets. Low export prices also diverted supplies to home markets in many producing
countries. China became Asia’s leading shrimp importer in 2018. In December 2017, China decreased
its import tariff on shrimp from 5 to 2 percent. Since then, producers worldwide increased direct
exports to China. According to the Chinese Customs, shrimp imports in 2018 doubled to 265 000
tonnes (+117 percent) compared with 2017. Direct supplies increased from major and minor sources,
including Ecuador (+410 percent to 77 000 tonnes), India (+226 percent to 36 000 tonnes) and
Argentina (+38 percent to 38 000 tonnes). There were also 2- to 3-digit increases in imports from
Thailand, Indonesia and Malaysia. Official imports from Viet Nam increased from 3 200 in 2017 to
13 000 tonnes in 2018.
China’s high surveillance on illegal border trade with Viet Nam reduced unreported shrimp imports to
an estimated level of 200 000 tonnes in 2018, compared with 300 000 tonnes in 2017. Taking this
volume into account, foreign shrimp supply to China possibly reached half a million tonnes in 2018,
making China the third largest importer in the world, after the EU28 and the United States of America.
Meanwhile, imports in Viet Nam declined by 18 percent to 360 000 tonnes in 2018, with reduced
supplies from Ecuador (-5.5 percent to 189 300 tonnes), India (-9.3 percent to 130 000 tonnes) and
other sources. Total imports in China Hong Kong SAR were slightly low due to a 17 percent supply
shortfall from China. Nevertheless, consumer demand remained strong with increased supplies from
Viet Nam, Thailand, Myanmar and India. Shrimp Imports also increased in Taiwan Province of China
and in Macao SAR. The shrimp market in the Republic of Korea continued strong in 2018. Imports
increased by 9 percent compared with 2017, of which 56 percent were semi-processed and processed
products, mainly supplied by Viet Nam, Ecuador, Thailand and China. There was an abrupt rise in
shrimp exports form the Republic of Korea to China (from 200 tonnes in 2017 to 800 tonnes in 2018),
suggesting re-exports of imported shrimp, possibly from Viet Nam.
Economic recession in Australia took a toll on shrimp imports, particularly for the higher value
processed products, which declined by 20 percent to 18 100 tonnes in 2018. Imports of cheaper raw
frozen shrimp increased by 12 percent to 16 000 tones compared with 2017. Shrimp imports in New
Zealand remained positive.
Shrimp prices in the international market started to weaken in late 2107, after remaining high and
firm between 2014 and 2017. In a price war between the largest exporter India and the largest single
market the United States of America, price crushed in April 2018. Between August and December
2018, prices reached some level of stability but with nominal improvement. In the United States of
America, the average import price fell by 9 percent to USD 8.95 per kg in 2018, compared with USD
9.83 per kg in 2017. The average export price of Indian shrimp was 13 percent lower at USD 7.58 per
kg in 2018 (USD 8.65 per kg in 2017). Unlike other years, export prices did not rise during the low
farming months between December of 2018 and March of 2019. For many producers in India and
elsewhere, growing shrimp at 20–30 percent lower ex-farm prices is no longer profitable. Farmers in

China and Southeast Asia benefited from high demand and strong prices during the Gregorian New
Year and Lunar New Year celebrations, in February 2019.
Industry leaders forecast the supply level for 2019 to be similar to that of 2018. The ‘persisting low
market price’ outlook for 2019 remains a big challenge for farmers, who remain conservative and also
undecided in crop planning for 2019. Some farmers in Southeast Asia are shifting from vannamei to
black tiger shrimp, which provided better financial return in 2018. In Asia, the new season’s crop is
expected from April 2019. Production will be seasonally low in Ecuador, Mexico and other countries
in Latin America between March and May. Compared with 2018, Ecuador’s farmed shrimp production
is forecast to increase in 2019. The 2019 opening inventories in the United States of America were
high and there was a 12 percent decline in January 2019 imports, keeping international prices at bay
from improving. US wholesale prices are low and stable compared with 2017, encouraging
promotional campaigns at retail and restaurants levels, which will lead to more consumption and
reduced stocks in the market.
Imports in the EU28 will be low until the seasonal supplies improve in Ecuador, which exports to the
EU28 at Zero tariffs. Likewise, no real recovery is in sight in the Japanese market during 2019. Imports
in January 2019 were already lower than last year’s. Contrary to some prediction, imports in China
during January-February 2019 surpassed all records, reaching 104 000 tonnes, some 337 percent
more than during the same period in 2018. This brings some hope to shrimp farmers for the upcoming
season.
ANALYSIS
Shrimp, both freshwater and saline, have an increasing demand in the global market. The catching
culture of shrimp is mostly done on the coastal areas, however, the aquaculture in ponds has shown
increase in the northern region of India in the recent years.
Though India stands tall in the export of sea water shrimp, but has a long way to go in case of cultured
shrimps.
Districts of Punjab like Mansa and Fazilka, have huge are diversification towards shrimp culture and
planning to increase the area under it and also to get two crops a year from the same ponds.
Sea food eating countries are biggest importers and can be target markets. As far as exports is
concerned, China is a huge competitor.
Aquaculture of shrimps is taking a huge leap in the areas of Punjab. The scale of production needs to
be encouraged along with provision of storage and warehousing facilities in addition to facilitation of
trade promoting measures.

CHAPTER – 72
SECTOR: HANDICRAFTS
Indian handicrafts is an art of making crafts by hand in India is called Indian handicrafts, in ancient
India people lived in colonies called tribals and they were used to make utility items for their daily
need, that art of making the crafts called handicrafts, and the items called handicrafts goods. A skilled
activity in which something is made in a traditional way with the hands rather than being produced
by machines in a factory, or an object made by such an activity.
WOODEN TOYS & CRAFT
SECTOR: HANDICRAFTS
INTRODUCTION
A wooden toy is a toy constructed primarily from wood and wood products. Wooden toys made from
sustainably sourced, certified wood are, of course, a much more environmentally friendly option than
plastic toys. As an organic, renewable substance, wooden toys are biodegradable and can be recycled.
Wooden toys also present a direct connection to the natural world for children.
Why are wooden toys better?
Wooden toys are more sustainable, kinder to the environment, and healthier for children
developmentally and physically due to the high levels of toxic chemicals involved in manufacturing
plastic toys. Wooden toys aren't ridiculously expensive either so it's something we can all afford.
A toy is an item that is used in play, especially one designed for such use. It is mainly intended for use
by children, though may also be marketed to adults under certain circumstances. Playing with toys
can be an enjoyable means of training young children for life in society. Different materials like wood,

clay, paper, and plastic are used to make toys. Many items are designed to serve as toys, but goods
produced for other purposes can also be used.
Akabeko is a legendary cow from the Aizu region of Japan, who inspired a traditional toy. Aizu
legend claims that the toys are based on a real cow used to build the Enzō-ji temple of Yanaizu in the
ninth century.
Ball-in-a-maze puzzles are dexterity puzzles which involve manipulating either a maze (or labyrinth)
or one or several balls so that the ball or balls are manoeuvered towards a goal. Toys like this have
been popular since "Pigs in Clover" was invented by Charles Martin Crandall in the 1880s, with the
patent being applied for in 1889.
A burr puzzle is an interlocking puzzle consisting of notched sticks, combined to make one three-
dimensional, usually symmetrical unit. These puzzles are traditionally made of wood, but versions
made of plastic or metal can also be found. Quality burr puzzles are usually precision-made for easy
sliding and accurate fitting of the pieces.
Channapatna toys are a particular form of wooden toys (and dolls) that are manufactured in the town
of Channapatna (12.87 Sq.K.M) [1]in the Ramanagara district of Karnataka state, India. This traditional
craft is protected as a geographical indication (GI) under the World Trade Organization, administered
by the Government of Karnataka. As a result of the popularity of these toys, Channapatna is known
as Gombegala Ooru (toy-town) of Karnataka. Traditionally, the work involved lacquering the wood of
the Wrightia tinctoria tree, colloquially called Aale mara (ivory-wood).

A Dalecarlian horse or Dala horse; Swedish: Dalahäst) is a traditional carved, painted wooden statue
of a horse originating in the Swedish province of Dalarna (Dalecarlia). In the old days the Dalecarlian
horse was mostly used as a toy for children; in modern times it has become a symbol of Dalarna, as
well as of Sweden in general.
Kondapalli Toys are the toys made of wood in Kondapalli of Krishna district, a village nearby
Vijayawada in the Indian state of Andhra Pradesh. Bommala Colony translates to Toys Colony in
Kondapalli is the place where the art of crafting takes place. It was registered as one of the
geographical indication handicraft from Andhra Pradesh as per Geographical Indications of Goods
(Registration and Protection) Act, 1999.
A rocking horse is a child's toy, usually shaped like a horse and mounted on rockers similar to a rocking
chair. There are two sorts, the one where the horse part sits rigidly attached to a pair of curved rockers
that are in contact with the ground, and a second sort, where the horse hangs on a rigid frame by iron
straps the horse moves only relative to the frame, which does not move.
Wooden toy trains are toy trains that run on a wooden track system with grooves to guide the wheels
of the rolling stock. While the trains, tracks and scenery accessories are made mainly of wood, the
engines and cars connect to each other using metal hooks or small magnets, and some use plastic

wheels mounted on metal axles. Some trains are made to resemble anthropomorphical, fictional, and
prototypical railroad equipment.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 9503: OTHR TOYS;RDCD-SIZE(SCALE)MODLS AND SMLR RECRETNL

MODLS,WRKNG/NT;PUZLS OF A
Values in Rs. Lacs

OTHR TOYS;RDCD-
SIZE(SCALE)MODLS AND SMLR
1 9503 RECRETNL 76,729.65 0.0332 91,822.54 0.0414
MODLS,WRKNG/NT;PUZLS OF
A
HS CODE 9503: OTHR TOYS; RDCD-SIZE (SCALE) MODLS AND SMLR RECRETNL MODLS, WRKNG/NT;
PUZLS OF A
2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 USA 23,984.39 24,080.55 0.4

2 UK 5,960.22 8,927.89 49.79
3 GERMANY 4,904.50 7,304.23 48.93
4 BELGIUM 4,822.72 5,818.63 20.65
5 POLAND 6,676.45 4,598.85 -31.12
6 ITALY 2,158.14 4,336.08 100.92
7 NETHERLAND 1,496.96 3,732.78 149.36
8 SPAIN 1,092.72 2,971.50 171.94

9 RUSSIA 1,608.89 2,929.87 82.1
10 CHINA P RP 3,100.05 2,888.70 -6.82
TRICYCLES, SCOOTERS, PEDAL CARS

950300 82463642 1177207
AND SIMILAR WHEELED TO
(Source: DGCIS)
HS CODE 9503: OTHR TOYS; RDCD-SIZE(SCALE)MODLS AND SMLR RECRETNL

Value
imported in
Rank World’s Top Importers
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 50788717
2 Germany 3345220
4 Japan 2296681
5 France 2250886
7 Canada 1406919
10 Italy 1190682
(Source: Trade map)

HS CODE 9503: OTHR TOYS; RDCD-SIZE(SCALE)MODLS AND SMLR RECRETNL

Value exported
RaNK World's Top Exporters in 2019 (USD
thousand)
World 51820007
1 China 31342495
4 Germany 2270005
7 Viet Nam 1018424
9 Poland 756310
10 Belgium 753387
(Source: Trade map)
HS CODE 4420: MARQUTY AND INLAID WOOD; CASKETS/CASES FOR JWELRY/CTLRY AND SMLR
ARTCLS STATUETS AND OTHR ORNAMTS OF WOOD NT FALLNG I
Values in Rs. Lacs

MARQUTY AND INLAID
WOOD;CASKETS/CASES FOR
JWELRY/CTLRY AND SMLR
1 4420 29,507.37 0.0128 29,339.41 0.0132
ARTCLS STATUETS AND
OTHR ORNAMTS OF WOOD
NT FALLNG I

2018-2019 2019-2020
1 USA 15,968.22 14,955.83

2 U ARAB EMTS 1,079.01 2,192.96
3 AUSTRALIA 1,424.13 1,999.84
4 HONG KONG 681.5 1,162.79
5 NETHERLAND 1,299.83 1,161.09
6 CANADA 838.89 982.26
7 UK 1,133.17 913
8 GERMANY 1,685.51 855.5
9 FRANCE 633.74 840.65
10 SPAIN 684.38 434.2
STATUETS AND OTHR ORNAMNTS OF

442010 197869 2831
WOOD
WOOD MARQUETRY AND INLAID
442090 WOOD;CASKETSANDCASESFOR CULTRY 5531022 79184
AND
TOTAL 5728891 82015
(Source: DGCIS)
Value
imported in
Rank World’s Top Importer
2019 (USD
thousand)
World 2031573
2 Germany 186924

3 France 104476
4 Japan 95298
5 Netherlands 91008
7 Switzerland 79668
8 Canada 52583
9 Spain 48262
10 Italy 37473
(Source: Trade map)
Value exported
thousand)
World 2107922
1 China 1273507
2 Germany 82829
3 Netherlands 68994
4 Indonesia 64791
6 Poland 43362
7 Italy 41700
8 India 40859
9 France 39469
(Source: Trade map)
ANALYSIS
Handicrafts of wood have a wavering demand in the world market. India ranks 8th in top ten world
exporters, however, India has the potential to increase the exports to reach the top spot. The biggest
competitors are China, Germany andNetherlands, holding the top three positions in the top exporters
of the item.
Although, these are produced in various districts of Punjab, together, these districts have increased
Improving quality and branding along with creation of better packaging infrastructure can help
increasing the export. Punjab has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. We need to focus
on increasing the scale production with cutting short of expenses on transportation.

CHAPTER - 73
HANDICRAFTS (TEXTILE PHULKARI)
Phulkari, a rural tradition of handmade embroidery, literally meaning " flower work”. It is a form of
craft in which embroidery is done in a simple and sparse design over shawls and dupattas. The main
characteristics of Phulkari embroidery are use of darn stitch on the wrong side of coarse cotton cloth
with colored silken thread. Phulkari, is a skillful manipulation of single stitch that provides interesting
pattern on the cloth. The base is khaddar cloth. Punjabi women create innumerable alluring and
interesting designs and patterns by their skillful manipulation of the darn stitch. Many folk songs on
Phulkari are part of Punjab culture.
The craftsmen of Punjab appear to possess an innate understanding of the various elements in the
creation of an object. Exquisite, beautiful, fascinating, fabulous, delightful...one can well run out of
adjectives when it comes to the Handicrafts of Punjab. Marked by elegant creativity, a wise blend of
colors, superb patterning & extremely good execution, the ethnic creations of Punjab command
sizeable domestic and overseas markets.
Designs and Patterns

There is an extensive pattern of designs used in phulkari. Every possible representation of life and
nature find expression therein. Though it began with geometrical patterns, flowers and leaves,
today, the designs have been enlarged to encompass birds, animals, human figures, the sun, moon,
the objects of everyday use and everything found on the earth. Then, there is a special bagh design
called dhoop-chhaon (sun-shade), which is extremely popular in the state. However, no religious
subjects or darbar scenes are embroidered. Some of the most famous varieties of phulkaris and
baghs have been listed below.
 Chope: This variety is usually presented to the bride by her grandmother, during a ceremony
before the wedding. It has straight, two-sided line stitch and appears the same on the reverse.
However, only the border is embroidered and the center is left plain. It is usually red in color
and worn as a veil.

 Vari-da-bagh: This is also done on a red cloth. It is covered with lozenge golden yellow
embroidery, with smaller ones within the border.
 Ghunghat Bagh: This includes a small border on all the four sides, with a large triangular motif
in the center. It is worn as a veil.
 Darshan dwar: This is usually used for presentation in temples or for adorning the walls of
home, when the Granth Sahib is brought therein. It is also done on a red cloth with the motifs
of arched gates facing design of humans, animals, birds, flowers etc.
 Chamba: This includes a series of wavy creepers, stylized leaves and flowers and is highly in
vogue recently.
 Suber: This is worn by the bride during marriage. It contains five motifs, one in the center and
one in each of the corner.
Other than the above mentioned, there are some more important phulkaris like bawan bagh, satrang,
surajmukhi, mor, mirchi, belan and parantha and ikka or ace of diamonds. A new form of phulkari has
evolved of late which is not as detailed and time consuming as the older variety. Using a range of
different fast colored synthetic threads, it is done from the top of the cloth rather than on its reverse.
Phulkari being a traditional, Cultural and famous product has enormous potential for exports as Indian
diaspora (especially Punjabi’s) has been settled everywhere in the world. Phulkari as a product having
aesthetic and artistic value have potential to attract not even native of Punjab but others also.
Now a day, Patiala district is famous for Phulkari among other things/products. So it can be a part of
Export Action Plan.
SWOT ANALYSIS
STRENGTHS
1. Traditional, Cultural and famous product.

2. Great demand in Diaspora (especially Punjabi).
3. Capability to produce premium export quality.
WEAKNESSES
1. Lack of recognition at international level.

2. Lack of branding.
OPPORTUNITIES
1. Higher aesthetic and artistic value.

2. Acceptability as fashion in this modern era.
THREATS
1. Availability of other fabrics and trends in the market.

HANDICRAFTS SWOT ANALYSIS

Large, diversified and Lack of infrastructure Rising demand for Competition in
potential market. and communication handicraft products in domestic market
facilities developed countries
such as USA, Canada,
Britain, France,
Germany, Italy etc
o There is large product Unawareness about o Developing fashion o Balance between high
variety and range is international industry requires demand and supply.
available because of requirements and handicrafts products.
diversified culture. market
It has strong, Lack of co-ordination Development of o Quality products
diversified and between government sectors like Retail, produced by
supportive retail bodies and private Real Estate that offers competing countries
infrastructure players great requirements of like China, South
handicrafts products Africa.
Diversified product o Inadequate o Development of o Better Trade terms

range that service information of new domestic and offered by competing
different market technology. international tourism countries.
sector.
o Cheap labor rates that Inadequate o E-Commerce and o Increased and better
result to competitive information of current Internet are emerged technological support
price. market trends as promissory and R and D facility in
distribution channels competing countries
to market and sell the
craft products.
o Need low capital Less interest of young

investment. people in craft
industry.
There is flexible o Lack of skilled labor.
production flexibility
Low barriers of new o Still confined to rural
entry. areas and small cities
and untapped market
Lack of promotion of
products
KEY FACTS OF INDIAN HANDICRAFTS INDUSTRY
India’s rich cultural diversity and heritage provides a unique and huge resource for developing craft
products.
Handicrafts industry is one of the important segment of decentralized sector in India.

According to the national census of handicrafts, undertaken by the NCAER the value of handicrafts
produced last year were of Rs. 26,213 Crore.
Provides huge employment opportunities to artisans that include women and people belonging to
backward and weaker society (6 million artisans).
India’s contribution in world market is 1.2%
The total exports of crafts items: - Rs. 13412.92 Crore.
Industry’s share in India's exports: - 1.51 %
HANDICRAFT ITEMS
 Metal ware
 Wood ware
 Hand printed textiles,
 Embroidered goods & Shawls
 Carpets
 Bamboo products
 Zari goods
 Imitation jewellery
 Paintings & Earthenware
 Jute products
 Marble Sculpture
 Bronze Sculpture
 Leather Products
 Other miscellaneous handicrafts
India’s Edge
India has an edge against its competitors like China, Philippines, Thailand, Taiwan and Korea who
generally produce machine made products.
Indian handmade products have a niche market all over the world creating a distinct impact through
exclusive designs, workmanship, finesse, colors and raw material etc.
Study by ASSOCHAM
India’s handicrafts exports are likely to cross Rs 17,000 crore mark by the end of current fiscal year of
2015-16 and is further expected to cross Rs 24,000 crore mark by FY 2020-21.
Promotion methods like building brand image, conducting road shows and craft festivals in target
countries and also point of sale publicity through attractive display and banners together with
marketing tools like innovative and appealing packaging need to be extensively used by the Govt and
other councils.
The Government in partnership with private sector needs to encourage integrated enterprise
development by providing supporting services such as local centres for skill training, product
adaptation, vocational training and entrepreneurship development.

CHAPTER - 74
SPORTS GOODS
SECTOR: SPORTS
The equipment of sports is like bats, balls, nets, protective gear like helmets, shoes, suits, sports gears
etc. Sporting equipment can be used as protective gear or as tool used to help the athletes play
the sport. Sporting equipment, also called sporting goods, are the tools, materials, apparel, and gear
used to compete in a sport and varies depending on the sport. The equipment ranges from balls, nets,
and protective gear like helmets. Sporting equipment can be used as protective gear or as tool used
to help the athletes play the sport. Over time, sporting equipment has evolved because sports have
started to require more protective gear to prevent injuries. Sporting equipment may be found in any
department store.
1. Game equipment
a. Balls
b. Flying discs
c. Goal posts
d. Nets
e. Racquets
f. Rods and tackle
g. Sticks, bats and clubs
h. Wickets and bases
2. Player equipment
a. Footwear
b. Protective equipment
c. Training equipment
d. Special sports equipment
Sports Equipment Facts:
 Sporting equipment can range from the boots or shoes worn for a sport including protective
gear worn by athletes such as pads or helmets through to objects used to play sports such as
bats, balls, racquets, hoops, and goal posts.
 Original golf balls used to be made by carpenters out of hardwoods such as beech trees.
 Another ball used for golf over the centuries was called a 'featherie' ball. A white painted
leather pouch was filled with goose or chicken feathers. The amount of feathers to use was
measured by how many would fit in a gentleman's top hat.

 The basis for protective shin guards or pads used in sports such as football (soccer), ice
hockey, field hockey, lacrosse, and cricket, dates back to ancient Greek and Roman times.
Warriors had shin guards made of bronze for protection during battles.
 Due to its softness and resilience, animal intestine, mainly from sheep or goats used to be the
most commonly used material to make tennis strings.
 Sport equipment designers and engineers of today use a variety of technological
advancements for designs and testing including, computer modelling, nanotechnology, wind
tunnels and specialized robotic machinery.
 Baseball bats are traditionally made from ash wood, or sometimes maple and bamboo.
Aluminum bats are not allowed in professional leagues.
 When swimsuit designer Speedo and NASA teamed up to design swimwear, they created,
the 'LZR Racer'. The full-body suit with ultrasonically welded seams reduced drag
significantly. At the 2008 Olympics, 98% of medal-winners in swimming wore the suits and
23 world records were broken by athletes wearing them. Athletes gained so much
advantage that FINA later had to ban the suits.
 During the 1970s, lightweight, strong metals like aluminum and titanium, replaced wood
and steel as popular for use in the production of certain sports gear.
EXPORT SCENARIO
India's sporting goods are popular around the world and have made a mark in the global sports goods
market. The domestic industry export nearly 60% of its total output. Total toys, games, and sports
requisites export stood at US$ 417.43 million in FY19 and reached US$ 404.13 million in FY20.When
India was partitioned in 1947, many of Sialkot's skilled Hindu craftsmen migrated across the border
into Punjab, settling in Jalandhar and Meerut, where the Indian sports goods industry is now based.
Since the craftsmen were settled in these areas, the entrepreneurs started pouring in Jalandhar and
Meerut and thus started the present Indian Sports Goods Industry in 1948 precisely. Indian sports
goods industry is in its nascent stage, though over 100 years old and some of the manufacturing
centers over the years have established in and around Jalandhar, Meerut, Delhi, Mumbai, Agra,
Moradabad, Chennai, Jammu and Calcutta. Of these, Jalandhar and Meerut together claim around
75% to 80% of the total production.
 The sports and leisure goods retail market in India was valued at US$ 17.7 billion for 2007-
2008. The market grew at the rate of 18 per cent over 2006-2007 in value terms, primarily
due to outlet expansions by industry players
 The nucleus of the industry in India is in and around the states of Punjab and Uttar Pradesh;
Jalandhar (Punjab) and Meerut (Uttar Pradesh) together account for nearly 81.8 per cent of
total domestic production with more than 3,000 manufacturing units and 230 exporters
present in these two towns
 About 60 per cent of the sports goods manufactured in Jalandhar are different kinds of
inflatable balls and provide direct employment to more than thousands of workers.
 The industry also has a presence in Jammu, Mumbai, Kolkata and Chennai, albeit at a lower
scale
EXPORT DATA

HS CODE 9506: ARTCLS AND EQPMNT FR GYMNSTCS, ATHLTCS, OTHR SPORTS INCL
TABLETENNIS)/OUTDOOR GAMES, N.E.S.; SWIMMING POOLS AND PADDLING
Values in Rs. Lacs

ARTCLS AND EQPMNT FR
GYMNSTCS,ATHLTCS,OTHR
1 9506 SPORTS(INCL TABLETENNIS)/OUTDOOR 141,181.29 0.0612 108,104.41 0.0487
GAMES, N.E.S.;SWIMMING POOLS AND
PADDLING

HS CODE 9506: ARTCLS AND EQPMNT FR GYMNSTCS, ATHLTCS, OTHR SPORTS (INCL

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth
1 UK 21,739.84 24,413.21 12.3
2 USA 16,015.34 16,992.33 6.1
3 AUSTRALIA 14,279.29 13,656.35 -4.36
4 GERMANY 5,420.09 5,074.99 -6.37
5 U ARAB EMTS 44,370.25 4,594.34 -89.65
6 SOUTH AFRICA 4,361.78 4,380.66 0.43
7 IRELAND 2,078.55 3,493.35 68.07
8 FRANCE 3,388.76 3,415.19 0.78
9 NEW ZEALAND 2,588.68 2,583.32 -0.21
10 NEPAL 1,801.68 2,354.42 30.68

950611 SKIS 342860 4859
950619 OTHER SNOW-SKI EQUIPMENT 4666827 66145
950621 SAILBOARDS 18348 264
OTHR WATR-SPORT EQUPMNTS(SURF-
950629 359893 5172
BOARDS WATER-SKIS ETC)
950631 GOLF CLUBS,COMPLETE 22000 317
950632 GOLF BALLS 486664 7075

950639 OTHER GOLF EQUIPMENTS 1763523 24896
ARTICLES AND EQUIPMENT FOR TABLE-
950640 290023763 4146221
TENNIS
950651 LAWN-TENNIS RACKETS,W/N STRUNG 35644 526
OTHER(BADMINTON/SMLR
950659 2017802 28811
RACKETS,W/N STRUNG)
950661 LAWN-TENNIS BALLS 2224851 32134
950662 INFLATABLE BALLS 1163545329 16765742
950669 OTHER BALLS 1107874328 15831992
ICE SKATES AND ROLLER
950670 SKATES,INCLUDING SKATING BOOTS 723191 10694
WI
GYMNASIUM AND ATHLETICS
950691 516584315 7384593
EQUIPMENT
950699 OTHER SPORTS EQUIPMENTS 1739806931 24925897
TOTAL 4830496269 69235338
(Source: DGCIS)

Value imported in 2019

(USD thousand)
World 28370628
2 Germany 1730416
3 Japan 1530388
5 France 1286395
6 Canada 1207274
10 Spain 811828
(Source: Trade map)
Value exported in
thousand)
World 27663798
1 China 11238854

4 Germany 1125077
5 Italy 977919
8 France 760068
9 Austria 727771
11 Spain 522822
13 Mexico 477650
14 Japan 457407
15 Viet Nam 437696
16 Thailand 425427
17 Belgium 408196
18 Poland 354239
19 Canada 324680
20 Pakistan 224310
21 Sweden 202372
22 India 179891
23 Ukraine 135119
25 Hungary 129623
(Source: Trade map)
ANALYSIS
Sports goods are basic and advanced recreational and professional goods having a large and stable
demand in the world market. India ranks at 22nd position and can improve her position by emphasizing
the issues and resolving the same. The biggest exporters are China and USA having attained the top
slots in exports.
Although, Jalandhar is the largest hub of sports goods production in India, even their share in Indian
export is not promising. In India, Punjab has no competitor in the field of sports goods market.
Jalandhar has the biggest disadvantage of transportation cost. While hand tool is widely price sensitive

SPORTS GOODS INDUSTRY SWOT ANALYSIS

Good Returns on Organization structure The new technology Shortage of skilled
Capital Expenditure is only compatible provides an workforce in certain
with present business opportunity to global market
model thus limiting practice differentiated represents a threat to
expansion in adjacent pricing strategy in the steady growth of
product segments new market. profits
Strong distribution High attrition rate in Opening up of new Imitation of the
network work force markets counterfeit and low
quality product is also
a threat
Successful track Limited success New customers from No regular supply of
record of developing outside core business online channel innovative products
new products
Strong Brand Portfolio There are gaps in the New trends in the  New technologies
product range sold by consumer behavior developed by the
the company. This can open up new competitor or market
lack of choice can give market disruptor could be a
a new competitor a serious threat to the
foothold in the industry in medium to
market. long term future.
High level of customer Need more Stable free cash flow

satisfaction investment in new provides opportunities
technologies. to invest in adjacent
product segments.
Highly skilled Not very good at Organization’s core
workforce through product demand competencies can be a
successful training forecasting leading to success in similar
and learning higher rate of missed other products field
programs opportunities
compare to its
competitors.
The Indian sports goods industry has grown substantially ever since independence. The products such
as Cricket Bat/Ball, Football and Nets are getting popular all over the world. Over the years, India has
developed sports goods sourcing hub: Jalandhar is the major center of India's sports goods industry,
Meerut in Uttar Pradesh is the second and Gurgaon in Haryana is the third largest clusters of sports
goods manufacturing.
The sports goods industry in India has occupies a place of prominence in the Indian economy in terms
of its massive potential for employment generation and export. Sports Goods sector is one of the largest
providers of widest avenues of employment opportunities.
Sports Goods Industry has remained not only one of the important livelihood avenues but has also been
the savior of various traditional skills that have been inherited by the workers over generations. The

unique and high-skill oriented processes for the production of exquisite sports products helped the
industry to survive the onslaught of automated production systems.

CHAPTER - 75
PHARMACEUTICALS
INTRODUCTION
A pharmaceutical is any kind of drug used for medicinal purposes, like cough syrup or sleeping pills.
In general, a pharmaceutical is anything related to pharmacies or pharmacists, though it especially
refers to the kinds of medicines that they sell. Pharmaceutics is the discipline of pharmacy that deals
with the process of turning a new chemical entity (NCE) or old drugs into a medication to be used
safely and effectively by patients. It is also called the science of dosage form design. There are many
chemicals with pharmacological properties, but need special measures to help them achieve
therapeutically relevant amounts at their sites of action. Pharmaceutics helps relate the formulation
of drugs to their delivery and disposition in the body. Pharmaceutics deals with the formulation of a
pure drug substance into a dosage form. Branches of pharmaceutics include:
 Pharmaceutical formulation
 Pharmaceutical manufacturing
 Dispensing pharmacy
 Pharmaceutical technology
 Physical pharmacy
 Pharmaceutical jurisprudence
Exports of pharmaceuticals products from India increased from US$6.23 billion in 2006-07 to US$8.7
billion in 2008-09 a combined annual growth rate of 21.25%.
India exported $11.7 billion worth of pharmaceuticals in 2014. Pharmaceutical export from India
stood at US$17.27 billion in 2017-18, and is expected to grow by 30 per cent to reach US$20 billion
by the year 2020.
In 2002, over 20,000 registered drug manufacturers in India sold $9 billion worth of formulations and
bulk drugs. 85% of these formulations were sold in India while over 60% of the bulk drugs were
exported, mostly to the United States and Russia. Most of the players in the market are small-to-
medium enterprises; 250 of the largest companies control 70% of the Indian Market, Thanks to the
1970 Patent Act, multinationals representonly 35% of the market, down from 70% thirty years ago.

Most pharm companies operating in India, even the multinationals, employ Indians almost exclusively
from the lowest ranks to high level management. Home-grown pharmaceuticals, like many other
businesses in India, are often a mix of public and private enterprise.
In terms of the global market, India currently holds an accountable share and is known as pharmacy
of the world and biggest generic supplier. India gained its foothold on the global scene with its
innovatively engineered generic drugs and active pharmaceutical ingredients (API), the country
accounts for around 30 per cent (by volume) and about 10 per cent (value) in the US$70–80 billion US
generics market. Growth in other fields notwithstanding, generics are still a large part of the picture.
India is the largest provider of generic drugs globally. Indian pharmaceutical sector industry supplies
over 50 per cent of global demand for various vaccines, 40 per cent of generic demand in the US and
25 per cent of all medicine in UK.
Between 2015 and 2017, there were 31 FDA warning letters to Indian pharmaceutical companies
citing serious Data Integrity issues, including data deletion, manipulation or fabrication of test results,
see “An Analysis of 2017 FDA Warning Letters On Data Integrity” By Barbara Unger, Unger Consulting
Inc. According to Outsourcing Pharma in 2012 75% of counterfeit drugs supplied world over had some
origins in India, followed by 7% from Egypt and 6% from China.
The Central Drug Standards Control Organisation (CDSCO), the drug regulatory authority of India
conducted a nationwide survey in 2009 and announced that of "24,000 samples [that] were collected
from all over India and tested. It was found that only 11 samples or 0.046% were spurious. In 2017 a
similar survey found 3.16% of the medicines sampled were substandard and 0.0245% were fake.
Those more commonly prescribed are probably more often faked.
India's Pharmaceuticals Exports Category wise

USD million
Fy-2016-17 Fy-2017-18 Fy-2018-19
Drug formulations & Biologicals 11,987.16 12094.48 13561.53
Bulk Drugs & Drug intermediates 3,383.52 3525.65 3895.14
Vaccines 679.28 653.40 661.93
Surgicals 333.36 552.16 569.77
Herbal Products 278.02 311.74 298.90
Ayush 123.67 144.38 147.22
Grand Total 16,785 17281 19134

(Source: DGCIS)
India's Pharma Exports Region wise

USD million
Region Fy-2016-17 Fy-2017-18 Fy-2018-19
North America 5.770.13 5348.00 6145.67
Africa 3,213.76 3346.97 3436.44
EU 2,522.74 2752.64 3003.91
Asean 1,083.09 1181.45 1310.14
LAC 992.82 1135.15 1308.30
Middle East 807.56 869.05 1074.11
South Asia 721.99 764.33 812.84
CIS 631.90 733.17 788.27
Asia (Excluding Middle East) 565.31 627.30 693.62
Oceania 297.28 320.25 340.84
Other European Countries 129.78 150.99 162.86
Other America 47.65 52.48 57.38
Grand Total 16,785.00 17281.81 19134.39
India's Pharma exports to Top 25 Destinations

USD million

Rank Country Fy-2016-17 Fy-2017-18 Fy-2018-19
1 USA 5,563.54 5118.20 5820.41
2 UK 549.81 556.65 630.17
3 SOUTH AFRICA 484.89 582.99 619.08
4 RUSSIA 383.46 468.77 485.55
5 BRAZIL 337.37 383.72 452.05
6 NIGERIA 397.99 466.67 447.95
7 GERMANY 333.30 389.24 445.78
8 CANADA 206.59 229.80 325.26
9 BELGIUM 231.16 242.95 277.49
10 FRANCE 208.87 252.12 276.66
11 AUSTRALIA 236.87 253.86 276.19
12 KENYA 325.43 254.63 261.01
13 U ARAB EMTS 34.29 128.29 260.24
14 VIETNAM SOC REP 227.11 226.30 245.09
15 PHILIPPINES 208.38 216.72 240.02
LARGEST IMPORTERS
The 10 countries below imported 56.5% of that total:

Rank Country Value (US$) Share
1 United States $3.8 billion 32.9%
2 South Africa $461.1 million 3.9%
3 Russia $447.9 million 3.8%
4 United Kingdom $444.9 million 3.8%
5 Nigeria $385.4 million 3.3%
6 Kenya $233.9 million 2%
7 Tanzania $225.2 million 1.9%
8 Brazil $212.7 million 1.8%
9 Australia $182.1 million 1.6%
10 Germany $178.8 million 1.5%
TARGET COUNTRIES
In the years 2001-2012, U.S., Germany, England, Belgium, France, Switzerland, Italy, Japan, Spain,
and the Netherlands were the largest importers from the world pharmaceutical market. In recent
years, Afghanistan, Russia, Iraq, Pakistan, Ukraine, Syria, Yemen, and Tajikistan were the major
pharmaceutical importers. These countries can be targeted to achieve the targets of Indian
pharmaceutical exports.

PHARMACEUTICAL SECTOR SWOT ANALYSIS

Huge generic drugs Stringent pricing Global demand for Changing Government
manufacturing regulations generics regulations
Low cost skilled Lack of data protection Increase in per capita Low cost competitors
manpower income
Large pool of trained Lesser number of Medical tourism Lack of investment in
scientists patents infrastructure
Large domestic and Low investment in Investment from Wage inflation
international demand innovation and R&D MNCs
base
Poor health insurance Ayurveda and Novel pathogens
coverage traditional knowledge
India’s booming pharmaceuticals industry is not only a great source of innovation and employment
generation, but it has also become a global healthcare provider in need. During the COVID-19
pandemic, India has shown exemplary work on international cooperation by sending valuable
medicines to many countries. India is now world renowned for its pharma innovation and for
producing high quality medicines at a low cost. This sector is a sunrise industry in the country.
Punjab has immense potential in the pharmaceutical sector and with a view to harness this potential
to the fullest extent, the state government is exploring the idea of developing a Pharmaceutical Park
to augment growth in this sector. The pharmaceutical sector has been identified as a priority sector
in the state, boosted by the presence of prominent industry players like Sunpharma, Kwality
Pharmaceuticals, Nectar Lifesciences, IOL Chemicals, etc. The state also boasts the presence of world
class Research and Development and Educational centres like NIPER, PGI, INST, IFB, IISER, etc.
Key points
1. Bio-resource rich state

2. Specialized infrastructure to support Life Sciences industry
3. Punjab is home to a number of leading academic and research institutes such as NABI, NIPER,
IISER, IIT Ropar, Panjab University, PGIMER
4. Punjab is home to 11 medical institutions which offers life sciences programs
5. Key facilities offered in the state include National Facility for Microbial Culture Collection,
Bioinformatics, and National Facility for Bio-equivalence & Biotechnology Outreach and IPR
Support
MAJOR CLUSTER PARKS:
India’s first Agri- Food Biotech Cluster with NABI (A joint venture of Government of Punjab and Dept.
of Biotechnology, Government of India.
The cluster encompasses institutional zone comprising National Agri-Food Biotechnology Institute
(NABI), Innovation Zone comprising Centre of Innovative & Applied Bioprocessing (CIAB) and Punjab
Biotechnology Incubator (PBTI) and Industrial Zone comprising Mohali Biotechnology Park.

Knowledge city has all key elements of a healthy Life Sciences ecosystem: human resources, R&D
facilities, analytical support, and a platform for innovation, incubation, commercialization and
outreach/IPR support.
Medicine spending in India is projected to grow 9-12% over the next five years, leading India to
become one of the top 10 countries in terms of medicine spending. Going forward, better growth in
domestic sales would also depend on the ability of companies to align their product portfolio towards
chronic therapies for diseases such as such as cardiovascular, anti-diabetes, anti-depressants and anti-
cancers, which are on the rise.
The Indian Government has taken many steps to reduce costs and bring down healthcare expenses.
Speedy introduction of generic drugs into the market has remained in focus and is expected to benefit
the Indian pharmaceutical companies. In addition, the thrust on rural health programmes, lifesaving
drugs and preventive vaccines also augurs well for the pharmaceutical companies.

CHAPTER - 76
PUNJABI ENTERTAINMENT
PUNJABI CINEMA
Punjabi cinema, sometimes metonymously referred to as Pollywood, is the Punjabi language film
industry centred around the state of Punjab in India. Mainly based in Amritsar and Mohali.The cinema
of Punjab has its beginnings with the 1928 production of Daughters of Today, the earliest feature film
produced in Punjab. The first sound film, Heer Ranjha, using the sound-on-disc technology, was
released in 1932. Since then, many films have been produced in Punjabi cinema, a number of which
have received international recognition. Many actors and filmmakers started their careers in Punjabi
films, a number of whom have acquired international reputations, and a number of whom have found
greater financial benefits in careers in larger film producing industries.
HISTORY
Film operations started in the 1920s in Lahore, the provincial capital of British Punjab. The first silent
film, Daughters of Today, was released in 1924 in Lahore; the city had nine operational cinema houses.
Movies shown at these cinemas were mostly produced in Bombay and Calcutta, and seldom from
Hollywood and London.
In 2000 there was just a single release: Dard Pardesan De, starring Avinash Wadhawan, Upasana Singh,
Paramveer, and Deepshikha, which fared poorly in Punjab, but did very well overseas. Sikandra and
Jagira were released in 2001. Avinash Wadhawan and Ayesha Jhulka starred in Khalsa Mero Roop Hai
Khaas, which was released to the overseas market but not in Punjab.
In 2002 Jee Ayan Nu was released, featuring singer-turned-actor Harbhajan Mann and directed by
Manmohan Singh. The movie was made on a big budget for Punjwood – 9 million, as compared to the
more typical 20–25 million. It was very successful. This was a turning point in the revival of Punjabi
cinema.

Badla came out in 2003. Asa Nu Maan Watna Da was released in 2004, again with actor Harbhajan
Mann and director Manmohan Singh.Jija Ji, Des Hoyaa Pardes, Main Tu Assi Tussi, Yaaran Naal
Baharan, and Nalaik were released in 2005. Dil Apna Punjabi (again pairing Harbhajan and director
Manmohan), Ek Jind Ek Jaan (introducing Prabhleen Sandhu), Mannat (directed and written by Gurbir
Singh Grewal, having Jimmy Sheirgill and introducing Kulraj Randhawa), and Waris Shah: Ishq Daa
Waaris came out in 2006.Rustam-e-Hind and Mitti Wajan Mardi (with Harbhajan and Manmohan)
were released in 2007.
In 2010, 16 movies were released. Mel Karade Rabba starring Jimmy Shergill, Gippy Grewal later broke
all records and grossed 110 million net, becoming the highest-grossing Punjabi film ever. Babbu
Maan's Ekam – Son of Soil was released in April and was a smash hit. It brought british-punjabi actress
Mandy Takhar to the industry. Jawani Zindabad, written and directed by Harinder Gill and starring the
famous Punjabi singer Raj Barar, Pooja Kanwal, Guggu Gill, and Gurkirtan, was released in March 2010.
It became a big hit in Canada. Channa Sachi Muchi, written and directed by Harinder Gill and starring
Miss Pooja and Goldie Somal, was released in August 2010. Also released in 2010 was Sukhmani (Hope
for Life), starring Gurdas Maan, Juhi Chawla & Divya Dutta.
In 2011, the film Ek Noor starring Harshdeep Kaur and Yami Gautam was released. Chhevan Dariya
(The Sixth River), directed by Ish Amitoj Kaur, was released in September 2011. Kaur was the first
Punjabi woman to have directed, produced, and written a Punjabi film. The film starred Gulshan
Grover, Neena Gupta, Manpreet Singh, Lakhwinder Wadali, Christa Cannon and Rana Ranbir.
FESTIVALS
Name Est. City Type Details
Punjabi Film Annual festival focusing on Punjabi

2007 Amritsar Special interest
Festival films.
International Film
Annual festival focusing on the
Festival of South 2012 Toronto International
cinema of South Asia.
Asia
Ma Boli
International
2013 Vancouver Special interest Annual showcase of Punjabi films.
Punjabi Film
Festival
New Zealand
Punjabi Film 2017 Auckland Special interest Annual showcase of Punjabi films.
Festival
Punjabi
Annual short film festival focusing on
International Film 2012 Toronto Special interest
Punjabi films
Festival
Sikh International
2013 Toronto Special interest Annual showcase of Sikh films.
Film Festival

Virasat Film
Annual festival focusing on Punjabi
Festival and 2016 Melbourne Special interest
films.
Awards
Film distribution and production companies
Notable Punjabi film distribution and/or production companies include:
 '''Cine Heights'''
 Rhythm Boyz Entertainment
 White Hill Productions
 Humble Motion Pictures
 Shri Narotam Ji Productions
 Vehli Janta Films
 Villagers Film Studio
 Naughty Men Productions
 Dream Reality Films
 Unisys Infosolutions Pvt Ltd/Saga Music Pvt Ltd
DISTRIBUTION
Prior to the late-1900s, Punjabi film companies were largely immersed in the competition for the
domestic market. Limited to East Punjab and West Punjab and low number of screens in Punjabi-
speaking areas of Delhi and Rajasthan (Sri Ganganagar, Hanumangarh) and no prospect in metro
cities, distribution was a problem for Punjabi filmmakers. It was difficult to compete with the huge
demand for films created by Bollywood. Gradually, Punjabi companies moved to the Australasian,
European and North American markets.
In recent years, Canada has become a popular destination for shooting Punjabi films and is the second
largest market of Punjabi cinema. About 50 percent of the revenue for all successful Punjabi films are
generated from the overseas markets, including Australia, Canada, Malaysia, New Zealand, United
Kingdom and United States. A number of Punjabi films have also surpassed the gross collections of
Bollywood films in the overseas markets.

PUNJABI ENTERTAINMENT
PUNJABI DANCE
Folk dances of Punjab
Punjabi dances are an array of folk and religious dances of the Punjabi people indigenous to the Punjab
region, straddling the border of India and Pakistan. The style of Punjabi dances ranges from very high
energy to slow and reserved, and there are specific styles for men and women. Some of the dances
are secular while others are presented in religious contexts.
The dances are typically performed at times of celebration, such as harvest (Visakhi), weddings, melas
(festivals) like Lohri, Jashan-e-Baharan (Spring Festival) etc., at which everyone is encouraged to
dance. Married Punjabi couples usually dance together. The husband dances in the style of male
Punjabi dances, frequently with arms raised, and the wife dances in the style of female Punjabi dances.
The main Punjabi folk dance for females is giddha or giddhah and for men or for both men and women
is bhangda or bhangra.
Common Punjabi folk dances for females
Punjabi girls dancing
 Sammi
 Giddha
 Jaago
 Kikli
Common Punjabi folk dances for males

 Bhangra
 Malwai Giddha
 Jhumar
 Luddi
 Mirza
 Sial Koti
 Jugni
 Khichan
 Dhamal
 Dankara
 Gatka or khatka (sword dance)
 Tipri dance (Punjab)
Common Punjabi folk dances for males and females
 Bhangra
 Karthi
 Jindua
 Dandass
PUNJABI ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRY SWOT ANALYSIS

Large customer base, Inability to stick to Increasing interest of Increasing interest of
both national and ethical standards in global investors in consumers in digital
international. order to face tough Indian Television media
competition. Industry.
The low cost of Slow momentum in The small screen has Environmental
production and high digitalization. Cables produced numerous regulation
revenues ensure a are still in use. celebrities, some even
good return on attaining the national
investment and international fame
Change in the lifestyle Lack of penetration in The high technological Other vernacular
and spending patterns lower economic innovation which is entertainment
of the Indian masses classes happening everyday industry
on entertainment. also presents a good
opportunity for the

media industry to
utilize the latest
technology
Remains a favourite The media penetration Westernization and
media source for most is poor among the culture mix-ups.
of the consumers poorer sections of the
irrespective of age society. This offers
domicile opportunities for
expansion in the area.
Is equipped with the Rise in the viewership
power to influence & the advertising
people, their beliefs expenditure
and their opinions
Being a visual medium,
its impact transcends
the social &
educational
background of its
viewers.
 Punjabi film industry has been progressing at an outstanding rate and has become popular all
over the world. In the earlier times, the audience of the Punjabi cinema was limited to Punjabi
speaking places only, but now the trend has changed. People from all over the world come in
large numbers in the theatres to watch these films.
 After a slow and sluggish start, the Punjabi film industry seems to be now poised to scale new
highs and is increasingly becoming popular not only in the north Indian state, but also in
overseas locations where a sizeable number of the NRI population with their roots in Punjab
have settled down. The primary marketing objective of all the movie makers in the state has
been to simply entertain their existing admirers to sustain a competitive advantage and
ensure continued satisfaction and loyalty of cine goers. Gathering pace form 1936…… In 2013
alone, 42 Punjabi movies were released. This might be less than the 103 Marathi and 105
Bengali movies, but industry insiders believe that things are moving in the right direction.
 North Indian film industry consists of films produced in Punjab, Haryana and Himachal
Pradesh. Punjab is the leading film industry in the region, with Haryana and Himachal film
industries comparatively nascent. Punjab film industry has grown at ~52%1 compound annual
growth rate (CAGR) during 2010-2015 on a low base of ` 210 million in 2010 to reach ` 1,720
million in 2015.
 The key growth drivers that will shape the future growth are:
 Audience demand and interest, domestically and globally
 Participation of national and international media houses
 Setting up of Punjab Entertainment Industry and Film Tourism Promotion Policy
(PEIFTPP)
 Critical acclaim for Punjabi movies at a national and international level
 Pan-India exposure and acceptance of the Punjabi language and content
 Despite the growth drivers and encouraging future prospects, the North Indian film industry
has had lower realizations than regional counterparts such as South Indian, Marathi and
Bengali film industries. Reasons for this could be attributed to:
 Low infrastructure penetration

 Multiple layers of decision making
 Lack in skill development and skill gap
 Limited monetization of revenue streams – broadcasting and OTT (Over the Top)
applications
 Restricted industry collaboration and associations
 Going forward the industry will need to focus on a number of aspects to sustain growth in the
long term. These include:
 Infrastructure development and financial investments
 Adoption of emerging technologies
 Skill development
 Cross-industry collaboration
 Increasing the national footprint through country wide promotions
 Monetization of newer revenue streams
 Film tourism both, inbound and outbound
 For a country obsessed with Bollywood productions usually studded with Khan or Kapoor
royalty, regional cinema has to regularly negotiate with this national and international
popularity to establish its status of cinematic delight, linguistic difference, and contextual
validity. Superstar Rajnikanth’s divine worship in Tamil Nadu and the Hindi dubbing of almost
all of his films, is perhaps the most successful example of this negotiation. As a result, his
attempt to problematize caste and class politics in Kaala through Ambedkarite and to a certain
extent leftist revolutionary politics, has catapulted the stories of the marginalized to the
mainstream of the ‘national popular’. Similarly, Baahubali and Baahubali 2: The Conclusion
became mega-blockbusters performing better than many mainstream Hindi films, creating a
highly thrilling and confusing myth about Kattappa’s moral culpability. This interest in regional
cinema, briefly touched upon during National Film Awards ceremonies, only delves into the
beauty of alternative narratives when the likes of Sairat get Bollywood make-overs. But, this
is a very hopeful time for regional cinema and indie films, and they are not synonymous terms
by any means. The film industry is now evolving from a multiplex cinema viewing audience to
one that equally interestedly watches TV series on YouTube and films on the internet.
 With respect to the star status of Punjabi singers, many of whom permanently rest in the
public imagination as creators of hit party songs, films created by Punjabi producers and
media houses almost entirely rested on the shoulders of their leading singer-actors. Film-
maker Gurbir Singh Grewal and film critic Mike McCahill reflect on the dependence of films
on cult fan followings of singers for the film to sell. This also sparked off a reliance on comedy
as the only genre of ‘hit’ film production. Grewal explains that “Some films released recently
were really good and enjoyable, whereas others forced you to believe that Punjab has no
literature, history, culture or social issues. For overall growth of regional cinema, one needs
films of different genres that thematically belong to the region. The main reason for this
qualitative degeneration is a lack of governmental or for that matter any institutional support
to alternative cinema.” However, recent films like Sajjan Singh Rangroot, Subedar Joginder
Singh, Punjab 1984, Anhe Ghode Da Daan, Angrej, Bambookat, Harjita, Rabb Da Radio etc.
have explored diverse genres like historical personalities fashioned in a biographical frame,
the exploration of the Sikh faith through religious metaphor, the period of Operation Blue
Star and militancy in the state, the plight of farmers and their relationship with landlords, love
stories set in the past evoking the love ballads sung in Punjabi folk song etc. and have met
with good success, on an average. Even though slapstick comedies like Carry on Jatta 2
continue to do big business, these forays into story-telling deal with sociological portraiture,

burning political topics, and questions of identity through forms of tragedy, drama,
melodrama, thriller etc.
 This evolution of film-making, which many can also view as a parallel with famous Punjabi
singer Diljit Dosanjh’s mainstream acting ventures in the likes of Udta Punjab, can be said to
have taken place with the rousing success of the animated historical film Chaar Sahibzaade,
which spread through word of mouth of audiences exiting theatres in tears. However, despite
significant metamorphosis in film-making, Punjabi cinema continues to hold Bollywood
productions as standards of excellence and comparison. They have found success in foreign
markets in Canada, UK, Australia etc. because of their appeal to NRI populations. Even with
respect to slapstick comedy without logical plotting, the usage of pithy sayings, witty
comebacks, situational humour and exaggerated expressions are a uniquely regional
experience—this revelation in farce is carefully packaged in clever script-writing which
trounces comic insults with impossible situations.
 However, realizing the legacy of late Jaspal Bhatti, the famed comic popular for his social
caricature and witty wisdom, seems to require the addition of many different nuances into
our conception of comedy. The comic films produced in Punjabi cinema have perfected comic
timing and brilliant dialogue delivery, but they fall short of achieving a balance between
delivering heavy-handed moral lectures as shoddy film conclusions and creating belly laughs.
If significant progress in ‘serious’ films has been witnessed, the emergence of this reality is
also not far off.

CHAPTER - 77
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
INTRODUCTION
Information technology is the study, design, development, implementation, support or management

of computer-based information systems—particularly software applications and computer hardware.
IT workers help ensure that computers work well for people. Information technology (IT) is the use of
computers to store, retrieve, transmit, and manipulate data or information. IT is typically used within
the context of business operations as opposed to personal or entertainment technologies. IT is
considered to be a subset of information and communications technology (ICT). An information
technology system (IT system) is generally an information system, a communications system, or, more
specifically speaking, a computer system – including all hardware, software, and peripheral
equipment – operated by a limited group of users.
Humans have been storing, retrieving, manipulating, and communicating information since the
Sumerians in Mesopotamia developed writing in about 3000 BC. However, the term information
technology in its modern sense first appeared in a 1958 article published in the Harvard Business
Review; authors Harold J. Leavitt and Thomas L. Whisler commented that "the new technology does
not yet have a single established name. We shall call it information technology (IT)." Their definition
consists of three categories: techniques for processing, the application of statistical and mathematical
methods to decision-making, and the simulation of higher-order thinking through computer
programs.
IT software and hardware
IT includes several layers of physical equipment (hardware), virtualization and management or

automation tools, operating systems and applications (software) used to perform essential functions.
User devices, peripherals and software, such as laptops, smartphones or even recording equipment,
can be included in the IT domain. IT can also refer to the architectures, methodologies and regulations
governing the use and storage of data.
Business applications include databases like SQL Server, transactional systems such as real-time order
entry, email servers like Exchange, Web servers like Apache, customer relationship management and
enterprise resource planning systems. These applications execute programmed instructions to
manipulate, consolidate, disperse or otherwise affect data for a business purpose.

Computer servers run business applications. Servers interact with client users and other servers across
one or more business networks. Storage is any kind of technology that holds information as data.
Information can take any form including file data, multimedia, telephony data and Web data, data
from sensors or future formats. Storage includes volatile random access memory (RAM) as well as
non-volatile tape, hard disk and solid-state flash drives.
IT architectures have evolved to include virtualization and cloud computing, where physical resources
are abstracted and pooled in different configurations to meet application requirements. Clouds may
be distributed across locations and shared with other IT users, or contained within a corporate data
center, or some combination of both deployments.
IT education and job functions
A team of administrators and other technical staffers deploy and manage the company's IT
infrastructure and assets. IT teams depend on a wide range of specialized information and technology
skills and knowledge to support equipment, applications and activities. Third-party contractors and IT
vendor support personnel augment the IT team.
The information technology profession is extremely diverse. IT workers can specialize in fields like
software development, application management, hardware components such as desktop support,
server or storage administrator and network architecture. Many businesses seek IT professionals with
mixed or overlapping skill sets.
Common IT careers:
Chief information officer: This person is responsible for IT and computer systems that support the
enterprise's goals.
Chief technology officer: This person sets all technology goals and policies within an organization.
How Mohali aims to become IT city of north
Chandigarh was conceived by Jawahar Lal Nehru as a replacement for Lahore after the partition. When
Chandigarh was a newborn city, Mohali was a village. With time Chandigarh developed and the
economy of the city was based on the service sector. In 1966 the Punjab government imagined Mohali
as an industrial town adjacent to Chandigarh. The plan of building Mohali as an industrial town was
not fruitful as the city was not as well connected as it is today. There were no railway or highways.
The most recent role of Mohali was that of a “satellite town” to Chandigarh. People would live in
Mohali but work in Chandigarh. Mohali matured with each developmental stage and as of today the
city is at the cusp of becoming a full-fledged economy of its own. The Mohali of tomorrow will be a
knowledge-based economy propelled forward by the IT sector in the city.
Why the focus on IT Sector?
The share of agriculture and allied sector in Punjab’s Gross State Value Added (GSVA) has been
declining annually since the fiscal year 2011-2012. The declining share explicitly shows the structural
shift in Punjab’s economy. This structural shift has not been a shift from agriculture to industries. The
share of GSVA which agriculture lost was almost completely transferred to the tertiary sector. Hence
the sectoral shift in Punjab has already bypassed the secondary sector which includes sub-sectors like
manufacturing, construction and electricity. The sector having the largest contribution towards
Punjab’s GSVA estimates is the Services sector which comprises the Information Technology sector.
The Indian IT industry, which made $177 billion revenue in Fiscal Year 2019, is expected to reach $350

billion by 2025. The existing economic indicators of Punjab are clear enough to show that the growth
sector for the future is the Services sector.
Mohali Makeover
The city’s development is planned by the government of Punjab through its two arms named Greater
Mohali Area Development Authority (GMADA) and Invest Punjab. Both these bodies are aiming to
complete the transition of Mohali from a “satellite city” to an Information Technology destination.
GMADA is currently the master-planner of Mohali’s development and is planning it in a future-proof
fashion. The city plan has followed a clustered approach to land development. There is an IT City,
which will be the heart of Mohali’s service economy in the future. IT Sector cannot sustain itself
without educated and skilled people. Mohali has a knowledge city within it. This will ensure a seamless
inflow of new IT professionals. Residential projects like Aerocity and Aerotropolis are being actively
followed up by the government to accommodate the expected wave of professionals migrating to
Mohali. To get a glimpse of Mohali’s future, an understanding of some important clusters is necessary.
IT City
The airport’s location is being strategically exploited due to the presence of an IT City near the airport.
This IT City is better situated than the ones at Hyderabad or Bangalore as the airport is in close
proximity. The IT City was completed in 2014 but IT Companies were unable to take possession as the
lands allotted to them were devoid of basic infrastructure like street lights, roads and sewage
pipelines. This infrastructure was developed in 2017 and since then 45 IT companies, including Infosys,
have taken possession. Infosys has started functioning at Mohali with 25 employees and is planning
to scale up its investment by expanding further on 22 acres of land.
Knowledge Hub
Mohali can only become Punjab’s Silicon Valley if it offers an uninterrupted supply of skilled people
for the IT industry. According to Rajeev Sharma of Quark City,” Emerson, an IT Company, asked its
employees for applications for getting a transfer to its facility at Mohali. The total seats were 300 but
1100 applications were received from its other offices in India. This shows the number of Punjabis
working outside the state who want to return.”
IT INDUSTRY SWOT ANALYSIS

Highly skilled, English Recent months have To capitalise and The anti-outsourcing
speaking manpower. seen a rise in the level encash on the already legislation in the US
of attrition rates established image of state of New Jersey.
among IT workers who India being portrayed Three more states in
are as the the
quitting their jobs to most favoured IT US are planning
pursue higher studies. destination in the legislation against
Of late workers have world. outsourcing.
shown a tendency not
to
pursue IT as a full-time
career.

Cheap workforce than The cost of telecom Opportunities for Workers in British
their Western and network Indian companies to Telecom have
counterparts. infrastructure is much work closely with protested against
According to higher in India western Governments outsourcing of work to
NASSCOM, the wages and Indian BPO
difference is as high as assure their concerns companies
70-80 percent when and issues.
compared to other
Western counterparts.
Lower attrition rates Decreasing India can be branded Other IT destinations
than on the West. competitive as a quality IT such as China,
advantage. destination rather Philippines and South
than a low-cost Africa could have an
destination. edge on
the cost factor
Dedicated workforce Declining growth and Great scope for Rupee-Dollar
aiming at making a margin product innovation.
long term career in the
area.
Round-the clock Price pressure Significant opportunity Global economic
benefit for Western in Product and slowdown.
companies due to the platform segment
huge time difference.
Lower response time
with efficient and
effective service.
Breadth of service
offering.
Ease of scalability
Quality and maturity
of process
Global and 24x7
delivery
A major feature of Information Technology is the changes that IT brings. Those who speak of a
revolution from technology are really talking about change. Business and economic conditions change
all the time; a revolution is a discontinuity, an abrupt and dramatic series of changes in the natural
evolution of economies. In the early days of technology, change was gradual and often not
Particularly significant. The advent of personal computers accelerated the pace of change, and when
the Internet became available for profit-making activities around 1992, change became exponential
and revolutionary. To a great extent, the study of information technology is a study of change.
In the past few years, six major trends have drastically altered the way organisations use technology.
These trends are as follows:

1. The use of technology to transform the organisation.
2. The use of information processing technology as a part of corporate strategy.
3. Technology as a pervasive part of the work environment.
4. The use of technology to support knowledge workers.
5. The evolution of the computer from a computational device to a medium for
communications.
6. The growth of the Internet and World Wide Web (WWW).
The human civilization started most dramatic change just after Industrial Revolution. The Industrial
Revolution changed the nature of work and led to dramatically higher standards of living. Again,
history is being repeated with Information Revolution. The computer has been called ‘the machine
that changed the world.’ We believe that Information Technology has and will continue to
revolutionize all aspects of human life. The Information Technology Sector in India has to take care of
threats and should trap the bundle of opportunities into its basket in order to take maximum benefits
of its Information Technology competitive advantage.
Why is the sector growing?
•Rapid industrialization and growth of IT parks in the country
•Partial privatization of telecommunication
•Development of SEZ; which also help IT companies get tax benefits
•A large number of resources readily available in the country
•Low operating costs
•Tax breaks and sops offered by the government
The IT industry is heavily influenced by factors like the global market and sustenance of its rate of
growth. The recession in the United States also impacted the IT community in India negatively. This
segment is promising and has vast potential, but there are concerns regarding the demand-supply
gap, which is widening. Some challenges which the industry is facing are inadequate infrastructure,
tax issues and limited preferential access for local firms. China and Taiwan are examples of low cost
destinations, and India needs to change its current tax structure so that it can outdo competition from
other countries.
One of the biggest benefits that the computer and IT industry provides in India is the employment it
can generate. Other benefits are export and Foreign Direct Investments (FDI). New markets have
opened up in the Middle East, Africa, Eastern Europe, and South and South East Asia. India is now a
major destination for IT outsourcing. There is no dearth of IT job opportunities in India. In fact, India
is expected to overtake the US to have the most number of software developers in 2018 (52 lakh
developers in India against America’s 42 lakhs).

Some important points related to the future of IT industry in India are: -
1. Automation is expected to create majority of the upcoming jobs in the IT sector.
2. Make in India and other such government schemes will help to create variety of new jobs in
the field of IT and IT enabled services.
3. All industrial sectors will start making greater use of Information Technology to speed up their
growth or enhance their efficiency.
4. IT and its tools will help in creating more jobs in other sectors as well like- banking,
manufacturing, finance, sales.
5. IT related startups will flourish, especially those with innovative products like chatbots etc.
6. IT industry is one of the biggest employers in India.
Major challenges that the IT Industry in India will be facing in the future are: -
• High unemployment rate of IT professionals- According to corporate surveys, only 20% of the
Indian engineering graduates are considered employable because of lack of skills and absence of right
attitude.
• Changing Technology and trends- Global advisory firm, Mckinsey & Company declared that
nearly half of the workforce in Indian IT sector will be irrelevant over the next 3-4 years. It was backed
by Capgemini CEO declaring 65% of workforce is not trainable and not keen on upgrading their skills.
• Loss of jobs due to automation- According to Horses for Sources, Indian Information
Technology sector is likely to lose around 6,40,000 jobs due to automation.
• Conventional Jobs to be replaced- Typical manual jobs is expected to be taken over by

automatic coding and cloud computing technologies.
• Uncertain future- Large majority of the workforce today is engaged in jobs that are expected
to be non-existent in the coming future. Hiring too will slow down in the near future.
• World Bank report- World Bank report titled ‘Digital Dividend’ declares that 69% of work in
India can get automated. This may lead to a sudden crisis in the Indian IT industry.
The road ahead for Information Technology industry in India
IT can undoubtedly be considered as one of the most emerging fields yet the challenges are many to
tap this resource and use its full potential for the development of the country.
With time Information Technology promises to be less of an isolated technology and is directed
towards being an integral part of all development in almost all leading sectors. India, today is regarded
as the back-office of the world owing to IT and ITeS industry blooming in India.

It is known that anyone resisting change perishes and it is no mystery that as the world of Information
Technology is undergoing major transition globally from simple software development to integrated
solutions involving emerging technology stack like cloud computing, Big data and artificial intelligence,
India must prepare its workforce accordingly, stay open to new policies and flexible to their approach
regarding the industry.
If India manages to transit smoothly and create a skilled workforce armed with expertise in core as
well as emerging technologies, establishing more product based start-ups driven by technology and
innovation there will be no stopping India in the Information Technology industry for a long time to
come.

CHAPTER - 78
PAPER
SECTOR- CHEMICALS
Paper is a thin sheet material produced by mechanically and/or chemically

processing cellulose fibers derived from wood, rags, grasses or other vegetable sources in water,
draining the water through fine mesh leaving the fiber evenly distributed on the surface, followed by
pressing and drying.
Paper may be classified into seven categories:
 Printing papers of wide variety.

 Wrapping papers for the protection of goods and merchandise. This includes wax and Kraft
papers.
 Writing paper suitable for stationery requirements. This includes ledger, bank, and bond paper.
 Blotting papers containing little or no size.
 Drawing papers usually with rough surfaces used by artists and designers, including cartridge
paper.
 Handmade papers including most decorative papers, Ingres papers, Japanese paper and tissues,
all characterized by lack of grain direction.
 Specialty papers including cigarette paper, toilet tissue, and other industrial papers.
Sri Muktsar Sahib has mainly printing paper manufacturing units.
EXPORT OF PAPER FROM INDIA- 4802
YEAR Export in Rs.

2018-19 2,89,596.72
2017-18 2,26,298.64
2016-17 1,82,094.50
2015-16 1,99,759.76
2014-15 1,79,306.97

PAPER EXPORTS FROM INDIA –m USD
Paper exports from India has shown an increase recently. Tapping newer markets and increasing
manufacturing base can fetch a higher ranking in Paper exports from India.
EXPORT DATA
HS CODE 4802: UNCOTD PAPR AND PAPRBORD FOR WRTNG, PRNTNG ORGRPHIC PRPSES, PNCH CRD
STCKANDPNCH TPE PAPR OF HDNG 4801/4803 ; HND-MDE PAPR
Values in Rs. Lacs

UNCOTD PAPR AND PAPRBORD
FOR WRTNG,PRNTNG
ORGRPHIC PRPSES,PNCH CRD
1 4802 289,596.72 0.1255 269,379.35 0.1214
STCKANDPNCH TPE PAPR OF
HDNG 4801/4803 ; HND-MDE
PAPR

2018-2019 2019-2020 %Growth

1 SRI LANKA 42,061.84 37,526 -11
2 U ARAB EMTS 13,236.31 35,553.57 168.61
3 IRAN 43,433.36 32,438.54 -25.31
4 NIGERIA 30,912.66 28,484.67 -7.85
5 KENYA 28,342.71 24,630.90 -13.1
6 NEPAL 20,479.60 20,355.91 -0.6
7 USA 10,302.72 11,750.68 14.05
8 ETHIOPIA 9,192.96 10,995.79 19.61
9 SUDAN 7,246.65 7,115.80 -1.81
10 EGYPT 811.78 5,680.55 599.77
Above figures reveal that United Arab Emirates has shown huge growth surge in the paper
manufacturing and export recently. However, the top exporters are Iran, Sri Lanka and Nigeria.
Three countries posted declines in their exported paper sales namely: Canada, United States and
United Kingdom.
480210 HAND MADE PAPER AND PAPERBOARD 136120526 1927956
PAPR,PAPRBORD USD AS BASE FOR
480220 41622800 601844
PHOTO/HEAT ELECTRO SENSITIVE
OTHR PAPR AND PAPRBORD NT CNTNG

480254 8990 124
FBRS OBTND BY MCHNCL PRCSS/
OPTHR PAPR AND PAPRBORD NT CTNG

480255 1469766935 21085717
FBRS OBTND BY MCHNCL PRCSS/
OTHER PAPER ANDPAPRBOARD

480256 WGHNG 40G/M2 TO 150 G/M2 IN 990276346 14113626
SHEE
OTHER PAPER AND PAPR BORD
480257 373854695 5333942
WGHNG 40 G/M2 TO 150 G/M2
OTHER PAPR 7 PAPRBORD IN ROLLS OF
480261 2762856 39645
WHCH>10%BY WT OF TOTL FBR
OTHR PAPR AND PAPRBORD IN SHEETS

480262 10974 153
OF WHCH>10%BY WT OF TOTL FB

PAPER AND PAPERBOARD OTHER THAN
480269 30196311 432110
ROLL/SHEET OFWHCH >10% BY W
3044620433 43535117
(Source: DGCIS)
HS CODE 4802: UNCOTD PAPR AND PAPRBORD FOR WRTNG, PRNTNG ORGRPHIC PRPSES,PNCH CRD
Value imported
in 2019 (USD
World 21092565
2 Germany 1765225
3 France 1096430
5 Italy 693715
6 India 659348
7 China 653399
8 Singapore 556400
9 Belgium 552111
10 Japan 523921
(Source: Trade Map)
Value exported
in 2019 (USD
World 20314993
1 Indonesia 2255281
2 Canada 2031118
3 Germany 2013154
4 Sweden 1417291
5 Portugal 1321838
6 China 1022101
7 Brazil 752853
8 Finland 727393

(Source: Trade Map)
SWOT ANALYSIS OF PAPER INDUSTRY

Moisture barrier and
Easy availability of raw wet strengths concern Can optimize and Fluctuating raw
material from nearby engineer product material prices and
districts distribution currency variability in
the global economy.
Vast domestic market Market and regulatory Emerging markets can Extended producer
hurdles be tapped due to responsibility and
budding exports. environmental
concerns and threats
Widespread usage Environmental Investment in direct

along with recyclability clearance and EIA printing for retail ready
option concerns. product for packaging
Employment
generation

CHAPTER – 79
TOURISM
SECTOR: SERVICES
INTRODUCTION
Tourism is the activities of people traveling to and staying in places outside their usual environment
for leisure, business or other purposes for not more than one consecutive year. Tourism is travel for
pleasure or business; also the theory and practice of touring, the business of attracting,
accommodating, and entertaining tourists, and the business of operating tours. The World Tourism
Organization defines tourism more generally, in terms which go "beyond the common perception of
tourism as being limited to holiday activity only", as people "traveling to and staying in places outside
their usual environment for not more than one consecutive year for leisure and not less than 24 hours,
business and other purposes”. Tourism can be domestic (within the traveler’s own country) or
international, and international tourism has both incoming and outgoing implications on a country's
balance of payments.
PLACE FOR TOURISM IN AMRITSAR
Punjab is the birthplace, the cradle of Sikhism. And it is in Punjab that some of the most important
religious places of Sikhs are found. These religious places and ancient Gurudwaras are the Mecca for
Sikhs across the world. NRI’s and PIO’s (Persons of Indian Origin) come from all over the world to visit

where their Gurus once lived and taught. Religious tourism is thus an important facet of Punjab’s
economy and also can serve as one of the most important sources of Services Exports.
It is in this respect that Amritsar district can help. Home to the most important shrine for Sikhism,
Amritsar can serve as the starting point of the religious tourism circuit for the state of Punjab and
perhaps even beyond (to Patna Sahib in Bihar and Hazoor Sahib in Maharashtra)
Amritsar is an attractive destination for tourists, especially those part of Golden Triangle. Major
destinations are:
 Golden Temple and Heritage Street

 Punjab State War Heroes' Memorial & Museum
 Bhagwan Valmiki Tirath Sthal
 Sadda Pind
 Urban Haat Food Street
 Gobindgarh Fort
 Ram Bagh Palace and Maharaja Ranjit Singh Museum
 Wagah border
 Gurudwara Shaheed Ganj Sahib
 Partition Museum
 Jallianwala Bagh
 Pul Kanjri
 Jang-e-Azadi Memorial near Kartarpur, India
GOLDEN TEMPLE
The Darbar Sahib or Harmandir Sahib, also known as the Golden Temple is the preeminent spiritual
abode of Sikhism, located in Amritsar city. The gurdwara is built around a man-made pool (sarovar)
that was completed by the fourth Sikh Guru, Guru Ram Das in 1577. Guru Arjan, the fifth Guru of
Sikhism, requested Sai Mir Mian Mohammed, a Muslim Pir of Lahore, to lay its foundation stone in
1589. In 1604, Guru Arjan placed a copy of the Adi Granth in Harmandir Sahib. The Gurdwara was
repeatedly rebuilt by the Sikhs after it became a target of persecution and was destroyed several
times by the Mughal and invading Afghan armies. Maharaja Ranjit Singh after founding the Sikh
Empire, rebuilt it in marble and copper in 1809, overlaid the sanctum with gold foil in 1830. This has
led to the name the Golden Temple.

The Harmandir Sahib, famous in the world as the Golden Temple, is Sikhism's holiest shrine, visited
by millions of pilgrims and tourists from all over the world. ... Harmandir Sahib also houses the Guru
Granth Sahib, the holy text of Sikhism.The “Langar” found in the Golden temple is the largest free
kitchen on the planet, the kitchen serves more than 100,000 visitors on a normal day, and swelling up
to 150,000 visitors on weekends.
GURDWARA BABA ATAL SAHIB
Gurdwara Baba Atal Sahib is situated to the south of the Golden Temple, It is said that the nine storey
octagonal tower is the tallest building in Amritsar. It is believed a monument has been here since the
1600s - this was destroyed by Abdali. The Sikh Sardars built a 3 storeyed building in 1750 AD - Giani
Gian Singh claims the present nine storeyed building was built by Maharaja Ranjit Singh in 1821 AD -
though SGPC records claim the foundations and tower date from 1778 and was completed in 1784
AD. At the spot now stands a beautiful nine storied Gurdwara Sahib known as Baba Atal Sahib. To
express their reverence to his bountiful nature, people call out to the open hearted prince of truth, 'O
Baba Atal, Pakkian Pakaian ghal.' ie. O Baba, the revered one, send us well-baked bread to satiate our
hunger. Since then, faithful Sikhs distribute cakes of bread to all visitors.
GURDWARA RAMSAR
Gurdwara Ramsar stands alongside the Ramsar sarovar, the smallest of Amritsar's five holy sarovars.
Located near Chativind Gate, on the south-eastern side of the walled city of Amritsar, the present
Gurdwara Ramsar is a small marble-lined hall topped by a gilded, fluted lotus dome. It was built in
1855, at the site of the original shrine, where long before the present Gurdwara was constructed.
Guru Arjun Dev, the fifth Sikh Guru who was looking for a quiet spot away from the growing city of
Amritsar, chose this site as the spot where the Guru Granth Sahib would take form. Many sacred Sikh

shrines can be found in the Sikh holy city of Amritsar. Of particular importance are the five sacred
pools in this city. These are called sarovars and it is the practice of some Sikhs to have a dip in all five
of these holy pools. The ritual, apart from the being good exercise, acquaints one with the importance
of these five sites. These five holy Sarovars are: Amritsar (1586) (now used more to refer to the city
rather than the sarovar), Santokhsar (1587-88), Ramsar (1602-03), Kaulsar (1627), and Bibeksar
(1628). Among these famous five historical shrines is the famous Gurdwara, Ramsar.
JALLIYAN WALA BAGH
The Jallianwala Bagh massacre, also known as the Amritsar massacre, took place on 13 April 1919,
when Acting Brigadier-General Reginald Dyer ordered troops of the British Indian Army to fire their
rifles into a crowd of unarmed Indian civilians in Jallianwala Bagh, Amritsar, Punjab, killing at least 379
people and injuring over 1,200 other people.Jallianwala Bagh is a historic garden and ‘memorial of
national importance’ in Amritsar, India, preserved in the memory of those wounded and killed in the
Jallianwala Bagh Massacre that occurred on the site on the festival of Baisakhi, 13 April 1919. It houses
a museum, gallery and a number of memorial structures.
WAGAH BORDER
Wagha is a village and union council located in the Wahgah Zone of Lahore, Punjab, Pakistan. The
town is famous for the Wagah border ceremony and also serves as a goods transit terminal and a
railway station between Pakistan and India.Wagah is situated 600 metres west of the border and lies
on the historic Grand Trunk Road between Lahore and Amritsar in India. The border is located 24
kilometres from Lahore and 32 kilometres from Amritsar. It is also 3 kilometres from the bordering
village of Attari.
ANALYSIS
Tourism demand has been increasing in the busy and stressed world. Punjab is one of the major tourist
center in India, having historical legacy.

Amritsar has multiple places as tourist attractions along with various other places in the state of
Punjab. This sector can be tapped and India can climb up the ladder in sector of Tourism exports.
Various bottlenecks and issues should be resolved and awareness regarding the tourism export should
be widened to reap the benefits and help the economy grow.
PLACES FOR TOURISM IN RUPNAGAR
o Gurudwara Shri Keshgarh Sahib

o Gurudwara Sri Katalgarh Sahib and Garhi Sahib (Chamkaur Sahib)
o Gurudwara Shri Kiratpur Sahib
o Nangal Dam
o Nangal Wildlife Sanctuary
o Ropar Wetland
Gurudwara Shri Keshgarh Sahib
The most important of the complex of shrines at Anandpur Sahib is Gurudwara Keshgarh Sahib, which
stands on the place where the “Khalsa” was born. It is regarded as one of the five sacred “Takhats” or
seats of Sikh religion. It is on the main Rupnagar-Nangal road and one has to walk up a cobbled path
to reach the shrine, built on the hillock. Climbing up some steps, Darshani Deorhi has to be crossed
first Then comes the large open marbled quadrangle at the end of which steps lead up to the central
shrine. In the centre of the hall is a room displaying twelve weapons used by Guru Gobind Singh in
battle.
There is an imposing dome on the hall with a golden kalas on the top. A big serai of about 200 rooms
is also attached.
It was here in 1699, on the Baisakhi day (13th April), Tenth Master Guru Gobind Singh Ji created Khalsa
by baptizing five beloved Sikhs known as “Panj Piaras”. At the behest of the Guru, thousands of people
had assembled on the hill where now Gurudwara Keshgarh Sahib stands. The Guru appeared before
the congregation with a naked sword in his hand and told that his thirsty sword demanded the life of
a volunteer. A deep hush fell over the crowd. Ultimately, Daya Ram, a Khatri of Lahore came forward.
The Guru took him to a tent and returned with his sword with blood. He asked for another head and

Dharam Dass, a Jat from Delhi offered himself. Three more similar calls brought out Mohakam Chand,
a washerman of Dwarka, Sahib Chand, a barber from Bidar and Himmat Rai, a water carrier from Jagan
Nath Puri. From the tent in which these five followers had been taken, Guru Gobind Singh brought
out the five Sikhs dressed in new clothes, blue turbaned with loose long yellow shirts, a waist band
round their waists, with sorts of Knicker-bockers worn as underwears and with swords dangling by
their sides. It was an inspiring sight. The Guru told the congregation that these were his Five Beloved
Sikhs (Panj Payaras), and he baptized them by offering them Amrit (the nectar of immortality) he had
prepared by dissolving Sugar Bubbles (Patasa) in water sanctifying the sweetened water by stirring it
with double edged sword (khanda) and reciting the holy verses. The Guru himself took the Amrit from
the Panj Payaras, thus removing the distinction between himself and followers. On that day, Guru
Gobind Rai became Guru Gobind Singh. The Panj Payaras were enjoined to embrace the five symbols
of the new Sikh faith, Kes (unshorn hair), Kangha (comb), Kara (steel bracelet), Kachha (short drawer)
and Kirpan (sword). The ceremony gave followers of Guru, a new identity which was to prepare the
Sikhs for their struggle against the Mughal State and influence the future of the country.
Gurudwara Sri Chamkaur Sahib
Situated on the banks of Sirhind Canal, Chamkaur Sahib is at a distance of 15 km from Morinda and
16 km from Rupnagar. Guru Gobind Singh and his two elder sons and 40 followers had come to this
place from Kotla Nihang with his pursuers close on his heels. They came in the garden said to be of
Raja Bidhi Chand, where now Gurudwara Damdama Sahib stands. There are several Gurudwaras at
this place marking the vistis and halts of Guru Gobind Singh.
Gurudwara Katalgarh Sahib also known as Gurudwara Shahidganj. Occupies a unique place among all
the Gurudwaras located at Chamkaur Sahib. It is built at the site where Baba Ajit Singh and Baba
Jhujhar Singh, elder sons of Guru along with his 37 followers fell fighting against the Mughal Army.

Nangal Dam
Bhakra Dam which is situated at about 10 kms from Nangal, is one of the highest straight gravity
concrete dams in the world. The construction of the dam started in November, 1955.In its rear is
formed a beautiful lake ‘Gobind Sagar’ named after Guru Gobind Singh.
It is 96 km in length with a gross storage capacity of 7.8 million acre feet of water. On the downstream,
the dam, is flanked by two power houses, one on either side of the river satluj, each fitted with 5
generators, capable of producing a total of 1050 MW of electricity.
Cafeteria has been provided at the top of the dam and also about 1 km upstream of the dam. Water
sports in Gobind Sagar have been added to make it a good tourist resort. A motorable road to link
Bhakra with Shimla and Kulu valley via Naina Devi temple and Bilaspur has been constructed and this
has opened the interior of Himachal Pradesh to tourism.
There is a subsidiary dam known as Nangal Dam which is 1000 feet long and 95 feet high and is meant
for diverting water into the Nangal Hydel Channel. In this way, the Nangal Dam holds up the water of
Satluj River coming from Bhakra Dam and forms an artificial lake of 6 km length. The Nangal Hydel
Channel including Nangal Dam were constructed prior to 1954.
Nangal Wildlife Sanctuary
Located in the Sivalik Hills of Punjab, the sanctuary supports abundant flora and fauna including
threatened species, such as the endangered Indian pangolin (Manis crassicaudata) and Egyptian

vulture (Neophron percnopterus) and the vulnerable leopard (Panthera pardus). It occupies a human-
made reservoir constructed as part of the Bhakra-Nangal Project in 1961. The site is of historic
importance as the Indian and Chinese prime ministers formalized the Five Principles of Peaceful
Coexistence there in 1954. More than half a million people downstream benefit from the reservoir as
the flow of water is regulated, reducing the risks to both people and property from floods.
The Department of Forest and Wildlife (Rupnagar Wildlife Division), Punjab is responsible for
managing the sanctuary.
Ropar Wetland
Ropar Wetland, also named Ropar Lake, is a man-made freshwater riverine and lacustrine wetland.
The area has at least 9 mammal, 154 bird (migratory and local), 35 fish, 9 arthropod, 11 rotifer,
9 crustacean and 10 protozoan species, making it biologically diverse. This important ecological zone
is located in the Shivalik foothills of the Lower Himalayas and was created in 1952 on the Sutlej River,
in the Punjab state of India, by building a head regulator to store and divert water for beneficial uses
of irrigation, drinking and industrial water supply. The endangered turtle Chitra indica and the
threatened snake Python molurus ("at lower risk"), as per IUCN Red List, are reported to be resident
in the wetland. Considering the wetland's diverse and rich biodiversity, Ramsar Convention has
included Ropar Wetland (listed as Ropar Lake) as one of the Ramsar sites among the 27 sites listed
under India, for "the conservation of global biological diversity and for sustaining human life through
the ecological and hydrological functions they perform."
The wetland once was a popular tourist attraction for bird watching and boating. A tourism complex
called the ‘Pinccasia’ was located within the wetland boundary, which was run by the Punjab Tourism
Development Corporation. A boat club was also functioning. Now only a dilapidated building of tourist
bungalow exists, boating Bay is damaged, garden is also unkept. The road leading to Karli fish farm
once displayed typical ecological succession with Marsilea growing on the banks of lake along with
Equisetum sp.(Horsetails) growing through large rock boulders on the bank. Typha grew further away
from lake going a across the narrow road with Ferns growing ultimately leading to shrubs during early
1990s. Now only shrubs and trees can be seen.
ANALYSIS
Tourism demand has been increasing in the busy and stressed world. Punjab is one of the major tourist
center in India, having historical legacy.

Amritsar has multiple places as tourist attractions along with various other places in the state of
Punjab. This sector can be tapped and India can climb up the ladder in sector of Tourism exports.
Various bottlenecks and issues should be resolved and awareness regarding the tourism export should
be widened to reap the benefits and help the economy grow.
TOURISM SECTOR- SWOT ANALYSIS

Plethora of tourist Cleanliness concerns Eco Tourism Sikh Pandemics and safety
places and lack of high-tech circuit, Heritage issues
infrastructural circuit, Freedom trail
facilities
Multicultural and rich Long summer season Improvement in Security issues
art, culture and and infrastructural
heritage facilities.
Warm, cordial and Inadequate funds and Farm Tourism can be Growing competition
helpful people information portals promoted from neighbouring
states.
Good connectivity and Lack of promotion of Local handicrafts and
infrastructure tourist places culture can be another
scope
Sikh Circuit - Akal Takht, Sri Keshgarh Sahib, Sri Damdama Sahib
Eco Tourism - Chandigarh-Ropar-Hoshiarpur-Talwara-Ranjit Sagar Dam
Heritage Circuit - Nabha- Patiala- Sangrur- Bathinda- Faridkot- Kapurthala
Freedom trail - Patiala-Nabha- Malerkotla- Jagraon- Ferozpur-Amritsar- Ajnala
Tourism as a recent term is related to both international and national tourists. Through small
improvement in tourism sector, the country can be benefited by generating foreign currency and
employment opportunities and hence contributing to overall progress of the nation's financial system.
Thus, tourism industry can become most important source of revenue. The main aim of this paper is
to reveal the recent profile of tourism in Punjab to know how the tourism can play an imperative role
for the nation's development. To reflect the current outline SWOT analysis of Punjab tourism has been
put above.
While India is rich in diversity to offer visiting tourists, some of the states encompasses all the richness,
which the country possesses and Punjab is one of among these states and Punjab is the unique state
which provides such richness. Punjab provides a variety of tourist attractions as Punjab is known as
the land of great gurus, has a great heritage of famous religious shrines, palaces, monuments, and
historical embodiments, wetlands and much more to attract all categories of tourists. Punjab is also
endowed with music and melody, gaiety and colours, history and legend. It is also famous for its
handicrafts, woodcrafts and intricately designed in rich traditional patterns and motifs and
needlework products which are much more sought after by the domestic as well as foreign tourist.
The arrival prototype of tourists is a key factor of current demand scenario and suggests the potency
of tourism industry together with the supply side. India's earnings from foreign exchange from tourism
sector in 2015 is about 3.85 million with the growth rate of 3.4% and likely to grow 5 million in 2020.

India has increased its foreign tourist’s inflow from 6.31 million in 2011 to 7.68 million in 2014 and
the domestic tourist recorded as 864.53 million in 2011 to 1281.95 million in 2014 Earnings from
Foreign Exchange from tourism during the year 2014 was 1,20,083 crores with the growth of 11.5%.
Punjab is the fastest growing state in tourism. There is 114% increase in foreign tourists and 147%
increase in domestic tourists in year 2008-2012. In year 2014 24.25 million domestic and foreign
tourists visits Punjab. It has been observed that total arrival of tourists has increased over the years.
Although Punjab is gifted with a wealth of lots of amazing tourist’s places that can get the attention
of foreign tourists. But Punjab Tourism needs more development and high level of infrastructure for
gaining the attention of foreign tourists and local tourists as well. Thus, the Punjab government should
scrutinize the strengths and weakness of Punjab tourism industry and should search for the upcoming
opportunities. Also, Punjab tourism needs more promotion to sell their tourist destinations
worldwide. It will generate more revenue to Punjab economy.

PART 8
INDUSTRIAL POLICY
GOVERNMENT
OF
PUNJAB

CHAPTER - 80
PUNJAB INDUSTRIAL AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT POLICY 2017
GLIMPSE OF POLICY
1.1. Punjab – a Progressive State
The State of Punjab is known for its leadership position in the country with rapid strides in all round
growth and prosperity. The State has done remarkably well in sectors across the spectrum such as
Agriculture, Industry, Health, Education, Sports, Arts, Literature and Culture. The State has excellent
infrastructure, human capital, progressive and enterprising people, who can transform every potential
opportunity into success. Punjabi diaspora is spread across the world and has carved out a niche for
itself.
1.2. Punjab – a Strong Agriculture base
1.2.1. The State has done exceedingly well in Agriculture and has earned the epithet of “Granary of
India”. Punjab is the highest contributor of wheat and rice to the central procurement pool.
Agriculture and allied services are one of the key strengths of the State. Punjab has highest per capita
availability of milk which is almost four times higher than all India level. It is also the 2nd highest
cotton and blended yarn producer in the country. Punjab has highest productivity of Kinnow, a citrus
fruit in the country and highest production of honey in the country.

1.2.2. Agriculture, however, has limited potential to drive future economic growth of the State and
it is the secondary and tertiary sectors, which will play an important role in future economic growth
of the State and creation of jobs for its youth.
1.3. Punjab’s Industrial landscape – MSMEs, the backbone of Industry
1.3.1. Punjab has emerged as the leading hub for textile-based industries such as apparel
manufacturing, spinning and hosiery exports. Further, engineering sector is a major contributor in the
economy of Punjab. Over the last decade, it has grown more than 16%, and constitutes 23% of the
total industrial output of Punjab.
1.3.2. The key strength of Punjab is its thriving eco-system of well-established Micro, Small and
Medium enterprises. Punjab is home to approximately 1.6 lakh MSME units, which are one of the
most important pillars of the industrial growth. Punjab’s industry is dominated by small and medium
enterprises. It has a rich industrial base of MSME units belonging to Auto Components, Bicycle Parts,
Hosiery, Sports Goods, Agricultural Implements and many others.
1.3.3. Punjab leads the Country in industrial growth for more than four decades till 1990s. The State
has also given rise to some of the prominent industrial houses of the country.
1.4. Industrial and Business Development Policy 2017 – A new paradigm
1.4.1. The present policy ushers into bold reforms, restructures institutions, and presents a holistic
framework for sustainable industrial growth of the State. The policy is architected around eight core
strategic pillars of Infrastructure, Power, MSME, Ease of Doing Business, Startup &Entrepreneurship,
Skills, Fiscal& Non-Fiscal Incentives and Stakeholder Engagement supported by Sector Specific
Strategies for growth. The policy gives a great thrust to the development of MSME sector. The policy
also aims at promoting growth of service industries apart from the traditional manufacturing
industries.
1.4.2. In true spirit of the cooperative federalism, the policy envisages substantial alignment and
synergy with respective sectoral policies of the Central Government and would focus on optimum
utilization of the same and further building upon it.
1.4.3. The policy envisages setting up of a Policy Implementation Unit to ensure necessary support
for the implementation of various aspects of the policy.
8 KEY STRATEGIC PILLARS OF THE POLICY
1. Infrastructure
The State would develop quality industrial infrastructure with robust policies for its maintenance. The
Industrial Parks and Industrial Estates would be brought under one agency and all the necessary
amenities and common facilities will be provided in these estates. All the estate management policies
will be simplified. The infrastructure development agency will be given statutory powers and suitably
strengthened.
2. Power

The State recognizes that power is one of the most crucial input for the industry. The State will
accordingly make provision for quality, reliable and cost-effective power to give a great boost to the
Industry. The State is power surplus today. The State will provide power to the Industry at affordable
and fixed tariff for 5 years. This would benefit industries across a broad spectrum and will bring much
needed respite to the industry. The State would utilise this period of five years to build a strong
support system to enhance the productivity, efficiency and competitiveness of the Industry in the
State.
3. Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
The State has a strong base of MSME units. MSMEs play a crucial role in providing large employment
opportunities at comparatively lower capital cost. MSMEs also help in industrialization of rural &
backward areas, thereby, reducing regional imbalances. The MSMEs in the State are facing a myriad
of challenges. The State would build suitable capacity to focus on the development of MSMEs to make
it a highly vibrant and dynamic sector.
4. Startup and Entrepreneurship
Innovation and Entrepreneurship are crucial for future growth of State’s economy. The State would
support cluster specific bottom up approach to build and strengthen Startup and Entrepreneurship
ecosystem in the State. The State would follow an entrepreneur centric approach fostering
connections and learning. The State will facilitate networking between entrepreneurs and
entrepreneurship support organizations by bringing entrepreneurs together in an environment that
catalyzes learning.
5. Skill Development
The State has already set up a State Skill Development Mission, which would be further strengthened.
The State would ensure convergence of various skill training schemes to bring scale and synergy. The
State is conscious of the dire need for the Industry to adopt next generation manufacturing to become
globally competitive. Given high dependence on low skill labour, re-skilling or up-skilling of existing
workforce will be required to make them ready for the new requirements. The State would set up
cluster specific skill centers for various manufacturing sectors to ensure skilled workforce for the
Industry. The State would also focus on employment generating service industry and train its youth
for service industry. The State would strengthen industry institute interaction to enhance the
employability of youth and would set up Ghar Ghar Rozgar portal to connect skilled youth to the
Industry.
6. Ease of Doing Business
The State recognizes the utmost need for providing conducive environment to the industry and
businesses in the State. The State would strengthen Invest Punjab initiative by setting up “Business
First” portal to provide all regulatory services and fiscal incentives to the businesses through one
common integrated platform and business friendly service delivery network. Each business will be
given a unique identification. This will avoid supplying information to multiple web portals and
creating multiple credentials. The State would set up District Bureau of Enterprise to provide a wide
range of services to the industry. The State would reengineer the processes of seven core

departments connected with Industrial development and growth so as to make them extremely
simple and easy to follow.
7. Fiscal and Non-Fiscal Incentives
The State would provide a variety of fiscal and non-fiscal incentives to support the growth of existing
industries and to attract new investments. The policy provides strong support to MSMEs to enhance
their access to Finance, Technology, Market, Infrastructure and other needs. The State has identified
certain thrust sectors for growth and they have been provided higher incentives. Keeping in view the
significance of Anchor investors, they have been offered special incentives in the policy. It has also
given a package of incentives for revival of sick industries. Extreme Border Zone has also been given
special incentives. The policy provides a host of non-fiscal incentives to promote industrial growth.
8. Stakeholder Engagement
Industrial growth and development requires engagement with a very diverse set of stakeholders. The
Stakeholder Engagement will be a key essential for the success of the Policy. The policy aims to identify
key stakeholders from the State and Central government, Key Industry leaders and Industry
Associations, private sector, academic institutions, civil society, as well as development agencies and
foreign governments that would require continuous engagement. The policy suggests approaches on
how to effectively engage them throughout the implementation of the Policy.

CHAPTER - 81
INFRASTRUCTURE IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY OF PUNJAB
1. Industrial Infrastructure – Key to the Growth of Industries
Industrial Infrastructure is one of the key mainstays in the long term development of the Industry. The
Government aims to develop robust infrastructure including core and supporting infrastructure which
shall provide long term benefits to the industry and set the State on the path of planned industrial
growth. It is also the endeavor of the Government to simplify laws and rules for infrastructure
development, management and maintenance through a single Industrial Infrastructure Development
Agency in the State.
2. Setting up of Punjab Industrial and Business Development Authority
2.1. In order to streamline all the activities pertaining to Industrial Infrastructure development,
maintenance and management, Punjab Small Industries and Export Corporation (PSIEC) needs to be
strengthened and the State would set up Punjab Industrial and Business Development Authority
(PIBDA), a statutory body to spearhead industrial development including industrial infrastructure in
the State.
2.2. All Industrial estates, industrial parks, industrial focal points, industrial growth centers etc. (to
be referred as Industrial Parks hereafter) developed by the Directorate of Industries (Punjab), Punjab
Small Industries & Export Corporation (PSIEC), Punjab InfoTech (PICTC) and Punjab Agro Industries
Corporation and other such agencies shall be transferred to the Authority for development,
management and maintenance.
2.3. The Authority shall be declared local authority for the purposes of maintaining various
Industrial Parks and shall also be vested with the powers of Special Urban Planning and Development
Authority and other powers under Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development Act, 1995
for ensuring planned development of various designated industrial areas under the Master Plan of
respective cities.
3. Development of New Industrial Parks and Industrial Land Banks
3.1. In order to provide impetus to rapid industrial growth, the State would develop new Industrial
Parks, which shall have the best-in-class infrastructure. The State through the Authority will develop
4 major Industrial Parks and 10 other Industrial Parks covering general and sector specific
requirements of various industrial sectors. The State would help identify and transfer various village
common lands and unutilized government lands for being developed as Industrial Parks. In addition,
the Authority will also keep a ready shelf of land bank, earmarked after their due feasibility is
established, which can be offered to the Industries.
3.2. In order to reduce the upfront investment from the State in assembling and developing
various land pockets, making projects viable and greater benefits to the stakeholders, the State would
take following steps:
4. Development of Integrated Industrial Townships
4.1. Integrated development – Live, Work and Play

Industrialization and urbanization are related phenomenon and therefore the State would have an
integrated approach to face the challenges arising from the same. The State would develop integrated
townships with provision of residential, industrial, commercial and other needs rather than
developing industrial areas and residential areas separately. These industrial townships should follow
a philosophy of Live, Work and Play to ensure high degree of quality of life and livability.
4.2. Land to the Industry at reasonable price – A large scale mixed land use project would be able
to provide land to the industry at reasonable price reaping benefits from other components of the
project.
5. Development along Industrial Urban Corridors
5.1. Amritsar Kolkata Industrial Corridor (AKIC)
5.2. Chandigarh-Amritsar Industrial Corridor
5.3. Chandigarh-Hoshiarpur-Gurdaspur Industrial Corridor
5.4. Chandigarh-Patiala-Sangrur-Bathinda Corridor
5.5. Development of Economic Corridors along major rivers
6. Core, Support and Social Infrastructure to be provided in Industrial Estates
6.1. Though the actual infrastructure facilities will depend on the nature, size and resources
available for an industrial Parks, the State would endeavor to provide the following core, support and
social infrastructure in all the existing and future industrial Parks in a time bound manner:
6.5. Exhibition and Convention Centers
Exhibition centers play a key role in enabling the Industry to showcase and market their range of
products. The State will set up Exhibition and Convention centers with the latest infrastructure and
facilities including spacious conference halls, display areas, proper parking, etc. in Mohali, Ludhiana,
Jalandhar and Amritsar in first phase.
6.6. Warehousing Facility
All the new Industrial Parks shall have the provision of warehousing facilities, which could be
developed in PPP mode providing good facilities and latest infrastructure. Further, provisions shall be
made to develop Warehousing facilities near existing clusters, in case such demand exists.
7. Common Environment Infrastructure
7.1. The State firmly believes that Industrial development has to be environmentally sustainable.
Common Environment Infrastructure is the need of the hour for industries not capable of putting up
their own Environment Management System due to technical, financial or land related constraints.
This is particularly required to support MSME units in various industrial clusters.
7.2. The State in partnership with Industry Associations will facilitate setting up of common
environment infrastructure such as Common Effluent Treatment Plants, Common Hazardous Waste
Treatment Facilities, E-Waste Collection and Disposal facilities and other such facilities to protect the
environment and promote sustainable development.

7.3. The State shall utilize various schemes such as MSME-CDP scheme of Ministry of MSME,
Integrated Processing Development Scheme (IPDS) of Ministry of Textiles to avail funding for setting
up of CETPs. Apart from facilitating assistance under various Central and State Schemes, the State will
also facilitate setting up of common facilities on PPP.
8. Amendment in Common Infrastructure (Regulation and Maintenance) Act 2012
Wherever SPVs for maintenance have been formed and have come forward for maintenance of
industrial estates, the Authority will involve them in the maintenance of Industrial Areas. The State
will further suitably amend the existing Common Infrastructure (Regulation and Maintenance) Act,
2012 regarding maintenance of Industrial Parks in line with the Policy.
9. Private Industrial Park
The State will separately formulate a scheme for promotion and development of Industrial Parks in
Private Sector.

CHAPTER - 82
POWER IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY OF PUNJAB
1. Punjab – Robust Power Infrastructure
Power is one of the basic factors of production for Industry. Punjab is a power surplus state and has
adequate power supply to meet the demand. The state has excellent distribution network which
includes 66 KVA sub-stations at every 10 km. It has the country's first ever 400 KVA ring main system
covering the entire state. The state has a cumulative installed renewable energy capacity of 1,422
MW with 475 MW of Biomass power and over 800 MW of solar power. The state thus has an
advantage of surplus power and a robust power infrastructure.
2. Uninterrupted and Quality Power
Punjab is the only state in North India which has been able to control the theft of power and has
achieved reduction of aggregate technical and commercial losses below 15%. The Government is
committed to supply uninterrupted electricity at affordable rates so as to attract industrial
investments in the state.
3. Power at affordable and fixed tariff for 5 years
Power represents a major recurring expenditure. In order to enhance the cost competitiveness, the
State will provide power at affordable and fixed tariff for 5 years. This would not only benefit the new
industry in Punjab, but also help in reviving the existing industry of Punjab, which has always been the
State’s pillar of strength.
4. Up-gradation of power infrastructure to industrial areas
The State will through the concerned department and agency get the audit of the power distribution
networks to the Industry conducted and any gaps such as lack of dedicated feeders, lack of proper
feeder capacity, faults in distribution etc. will be appropriately addressed. In order to mobilize upfront
investment in upgrading distribution infrastructure to the industrial estates, the State will explore the
possibility of private sector participation for Industrial Estates at Ludhiana, Jalandhar and Amritsar.
5. Business Friendly Policies by PSPCL
PSPCL will review its policies to make them more business friendly for release of new connection,
enhancement of load, splitting of connection, import of bulk power, rationalization of various
electricity rates and other service charges, peak load charges, procurement from state MSME’s and
OTS policy etc.
6. Stand by Support to Captive Generators/ Users
The State will in consultation with Stakeholders endeavor towards an equitable policy to provide
Stand by support to Captive Generators/ Users based on similar policies in other States.

CHAPTER - 83
MSME DEVELOPMENT IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY OF PUNJAB
1. MSME Sector – Engine for socio economic growth and employment generation
1.1. MSME sector plays a crucial role in providing large employment opportunities at
comparatively lower capital cost. MSMEs also help in industrialization of rural & backward areas,
thereby, reducing regional imbalances. MSME sector has emerged as an engine for socio economic
growth.
1.2. The Micro Small Medium Enterprises Development (MSMED) Act 2006 enacted by Central
Government seeks to facilitate the development of these enterprises, enhance their competitiveness
and provides a legal framework for recognition of both manufacturing and services entities.
1.3. Khadi and Village Industries development, which is being looked after by Khadi and Village
Industries Board would also be supported as part of the MSME sector.
2. State’s approach to MSME sector development
2.1. The State recognizes that different stages of MSMEs have different needs. MSME growth can
be broadly classified into five stages – Ideating a Business, starting a Business, growing a Business,
reviving a Business and Exiting a Business. The policy will address various needs that emerge in these
stages.
2.2. The Policy is not merely subsidization of factors of production but growth and performance
oriented. The policy will strengthen the state institutions to support a smart MSME Ecosystem driven
by efficiency and innovation.
3. Setting up of ‘MSME Punjab’
3.1. Punjab has a strong base of close to 1.6 lac MSME units truly reflecting the enterprising spirit
of the State. In order to address a myriad of challenges being faced by the MSMEs in the State and to
make it a highly vibrant and dynamic sector, the State would set up ‘MSME Punjab’, as part of the
Punjab Industrial and Business Development Authority to focus on the development of MSMEs.
3.2. ‘MSME Punjab’ will address the following key functions pertaining to MSME sector in the
State:
3.3. MSME Punjab will have dedicated divisions and requisite competencies to provide necessary
assistance to MSME units in Access to Finance/Credit, Access to Technology, Access to Market, Access
to Skills and other needs of the Sector. The organization will be assisted by professional agencies in
delivering various services to its stakeholders.
4. Setting up of District Level Single Window System for MSME units
4.1. In order to strengthen support to the industry particularly MSME sector at the District Level,
the State would set up a strong and effective Single Window System at the District level.
4.2. The District Level Single Window System will provide following services to MSME Units:
(i). One stop clearances for all regulatory services

(ii). One stop clearances for all fiscal incentives
(iii). Facilitate access to Infrastructure
(iv). Facilitate access to Finance/ Credit
(v). Facilitate access to Technology
(vi). Facilitate access to Mentoring
(vii). Facilitate other support measures to MSME sector
(viii). Facilitate support to Self-Employment, Startup and Entrepreneurship Development
5. MSME Cluster Identification
5.1. The State would clearly identify and delineate various industry clusters based on their
presence in various geographic locations. The same would be marked on GIS for their visibility and
providing necessary linkages.
5.2. The State would particularly priorities following clusters for development in phase 1: Cycle
and Cycle Parts, Automobiles and Auto components, Light Engineering, Machine Tools, Leather and
Sports Goods, Petro-Chemicals, Secondary Steel, NRSE Equipment’s, Textile and Apparel, Agri and
Food Processing, Electronics, IT/ITES, Life Sciences and Pharmaceuticals.
6. MSME Cluster Development Programs
The State will follow cluster approach for development of MSME Sector. The State will focus on
optimal utilization of Central Government schemes for developing and upgrading various MSME
clusters. Common facilities will be set up in partnership with SPV’s of respective clusters. Apart from
the Schemes of Central Government for cluster development, the State would also formulate its own
scheme for cluster development based on the felt needs of the State and gaps in the Central Scheme.
7. Access to Technology for MSMEs
8. Access to Markets for MSMEs
9. Access to Infrastructure for MSMEs the State will provide developed sheds, flatted factories
and plug and play infrastructure for MSMEs across the districts.
10. Access to Finance for MSMEs
12. Common Environment Infrastructure in MSME clusters
The State will facilitate setting up of common environment infrastructure such as CETPs in various
MSME clusters. Apart from utilizing assistance available under various schemes, the State will
facilitate setting up of common environment infrastructure on PPP. The State will provide land and
other concessions for setting up of CETP and Private Partner will make the requisite investment and
will recover from industry in the form of user charges.
13. Revival and Rehabilitation of Sick MSME units
The State will closely monitor implementation of RBI’s framework for identification, nursing and
providing rehabilitation package to potentially viable sick units of the State. The State shall identify

and prepare district wise list of sick units. The identified viable sick MSMEs shall be provided relief
measures by the State for their rehabilitation and revival.
14. MSE facilitation councils at district level
14.1. MSE facilitation council has been set up under the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
Development (MSMED) Act 2006. It functions as a State-Level Council and MSEs have to visit
Chandigarh to seek Council’s remedial measures for the recovery of delayed payments from buyers
located anywhere in India.
14.2. In order to make the functioning of the Council effective, the State will also set up MSE
Facilitation Councils under the Chairmanship of respective Deputy Commissioners at Ludhiana,
Jalandhar, Amritsar, SAS Nagar, Patiala, Bathinda and Sangrur by designating them as ‘Director’ for
providing effective services to MSE units at district level.

CHAPTER - 84
START UP & ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY OF PUNJAB
1. State’s approach to Innovation and Entrepreneurship
The State is known for the enterprising spirit of its people, which brought green revolution and also
made Punjab a hub of small and medium enterprises. The State now has to transition to knowledge
and technology driven enterprises. It has to develop a new culture of innovation. The State recognizes
that innovation and entrepreneurship are crucial for future growth of State’s economy.
2. Startup Punjab - Building a Strong Eco-system for Startups
The State will launch “Startup Punjab” to build a strong eco-system for nurturing innovation and
Startup. The State will ensure necessary convergence and synergy in various Central and State
programs promoting innovation, entrepreneurship and Startup. It will promote networking of various
reputed academic institutions carrying out research and innovation and other organizations running
incubators and accelerators.
3. University and College Incubators
The State will promote setting up of Incubation Centres in Universities and other Academic
Institutions. These incubation centers play an important role in promoting entrepreneurial culture in
students. It inculcates the concept of entrepreneurship in the mind of students in place of finding the
jobs after completing their study. Besides the principles and practices of good business ownership
which incubator programs provide, the student business owners also enjoy a creative, innovative, and
engaging environment. The State will also put in the efforts to build strong academia industry linkages
and networking through these incubation centers. The incubation facilities could also be made
available to non-residents or non-students to bring greater benefits and learnings for all stakeholders.
The students will be provided information and support regarding available State & Central schemes,
incentives and grants.
4. IKG PTU to set up Fund for Startup
In order to help youth of the State and develop them into entrepreneurs, IKG Punjab Technical
University in partnership with State Government will set up Startup Fund of Rs. 100 crores, which will
be used for promoting incubation centers, seed money for Startups, scale up funding and other
support to the Startup units.25% funds will be dedicated to promote Startups by SC and Women
entrepreneurs.
5. Incubation Centres by other Government Organizations
There are a number of Incubation Centres set up by various Central and State Government
organizations such as Biotech Incubator, STPI Incubation Centre. These incubation centers need to be
promoted effectively and necessary linkages with the State Government programs and industry shall
be provided.
6. Private Incubators and Accelerators

The State would also encourage private sector lead Incubation Centres and Accelerators and provide
them necessary support. The State would frame a scheme to provide various fiscal and non-fiscal
incentives to promote development of Incubation Centres in private sector.
7. Setting up of sector specific incubators
In order to provide impetus to entrepreneurship in the focus sectors for development, the State would
encourage setting up of sector specific incubators such as Digital manufacturing, Lifesciences &
Biotechnology, Agro & Food Processing and Information Technology. These incubators will be set up
in and around the existing and envisaged industry clusters in the State.
8. Creation of common infrastructure and co-working spaces
The State would facilitate creation of adequate support infrastructure for boosting innovation
ecosystem. Such infrastructure would be created across different sectors in all districts in Punjab and
would comprise of components such as:
9. Special Focus on Women Entrepreneurship
Women entrepreneurs constitute a small percentage of overall entrepreneurs. Women

entrepreneurs need to be encouraged for significant social and economic development and inclusive
growth. The State would identify specific challenges women entrepreneurs face in formal and
informal sectors of economy including rural and urban areas and create facilitative environment for
women entrepreneurs to contribute to economic development.
10. Special Focus on SC Entrepreneurship
For growth and prosperity to be truly inclusive, all sections of the society need to partake in this
prosperity. Besides wage employment and education, the marginalized sections of the society also
need to envision, create and scale-up ventures to be a major participant in this growth story. There is
a need to substantially increase SC entrepreneurs and number of SC owned enterprises to enable the
socio-economic empowerment of the SC communities.

CHAPTER - 85
SKILL DEVELOPMENT IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY OF PUNJAB
1. Punjab Skill Development Mission
Nodal agency for Skill Development Skilled workforce is essential for growth and competitiveness of
Industries. The State has already set up Punjab Skill Development Mission, a nodal agency to
spearhead skill development activities in the State. The Mission would further be strengthened and
integrated with the Industry requirements.
2. Identifying the Skill Gap in various clusters
The State would work out specific skill development needs including advance skilling for various
sectors. The State would identify skill gaps in all the major industrial clusters.
3. Convergence of various skill development schemes
The State would ensure convergence of various skill training schemes to bring scale and synergy.
Various skill training schemes being run by different departments would be transferred to the Mission.
At the district level, District Bureau of Employment and Enterprises will be coordinating the
implementation of various skill development schemes.
4. Setting up of University of Skills and Vocational Education
The State will set up a University of Skills and Vocational Education in Punjab. The University will help
upgrade the standard of skills and vocational training in the State by devising Industry relevant
curriculum, offering skill based certificate, diploma and degree programs relevant for Industry and
Employers. The University will co-ordinate with the Department of Technical Education, Department
of Higher Education and Department of Industries and other relevant Departments and Organizations
of the State and Central Government and Industry bodies to enhance employability of students.
5. Setting up of new Multi Skill Development Centres
In order to ensure quality training and make skill training aspirational, the State has already set up
state of the art multi skill development centers at Ludhiana, Jalandhar, Amritsar, Hoshiarpur and
Bathinda. The State will further set up new MSDC in the remaining districts in PPP mode.
6. Setting up of cluster specific Skill Development Centre the State would work out specific skill
development needs including advance skilling for various sectors. The State would identify skill gaps
in all the major industrial clusters. The State will set up cluster specific Skill Development Centres,
which shall allow skilling of new entrants as well as skill upgradation of existing workers in the clusters.
The State will also set up Advanced Skill Development Centres for providing latest know-how and
courses to meet high end skill requirement of the Industry. These may be part of the Technology
Centres being set up in the State.
7. Skill Training by large employers The State would work with large employers in various
industry sectors to create skill training facilities in partnership with such employers.
8. Skill Registry

In order to help both the skilled candidate and employers, the State would maintain a registry of all
the skilled candidates passing out from different institutions and under various skill training schemes.
The State may utilize the Labour Information Management System developed by Central Government.
9.1. Invest Punjab
The State accords highest priority to enhance the ease of doing business in the State. Improving the
business environment is key to spur growth and generate employment. The State has set up ‘Invest
Punjab’, a unified regulator vested with the powers to grant regulatory clearances across 23
departments. Building on the success of Invest Punjab, to strengthen facilitation support to the
industry at the district level, the State would set up a similar mechanism at the District level to provide
one stop clearance for all regulatory services and one stop disbursement of all fiscal incentives apart
from providing host of other services to MSME units and other industrial units as may be notified by
the State.
9.2. Business First Portal – A unified electronic portal for online services to the Businesses
9.3. The State would take the ease of doing business in the State to the next level by replacing
multiple electronic interfaces by various regulatory departments and agencies providing services to
the Industries through their lifecycle by setting up a unified Business First portal. The Business First
portal will provide services to both existing as well as new industries. The portal will also provide
online facility for availing various fiscal incentives and centralized inspection mechanism. Business
first will provide a common platform driven by robust IT infrastructure and services for all regulatory
services and fiscal and non-fiscal incentives being delivered to the businesses throughout their
lifecycle.
9.4. The State would follow a business centric and whole of government approach to design
Business First portal. It will be one stop shop providing transparent, efficient and convenient interface,
through which the government and businesses can interact ensuring less physical touch points, easy
applicability and reduced timelines.
9.5. Business First portal will have a strong backend integration with every stakeholder to
mandatorily perform processing of application through the portal only. It will help real time tracking
of the status of various processes and generate alerts for possible delays. Business First portal will
provide dashboard for review and monitoring at various levels.
9.6. Reforms in the processes of core departments providing services to Industries Apart from
setting up Business First portal to provide hassle free services to the industries, the State would reform
and reengineer various processes of following departments/agencies based on the national and
international best practices on priority:
9.7. Deemed Approval for various Regulatory Clearances A statutory mechanism will be provided
for deemed approval for various regulatory clearances at all levels. The entrepreneur will be at liberty
to proceed further for execution of the project beyond the prescribed time limit subject to his
certifying that all the provisions of regulations will be complied with.
9.8. Reforms in Labour Regulations

9.9. The State would allow third party certification from the competent person for approval of
plan and permission to construct/extend/or take into use any building as a factory under the Factories
Act, 1948.
9.10. The State would introduce self-certification for registration of principal employer's
establishment under the Contracts Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 and registration under
the Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service)
Act, 1996
9.11. The State would further simplify the self-certification scheme for industries and employers
under various Central and State laws regarding labour, factories and industries. The requirement of
performance bank guarantee will be removed. The random inspections will be limited to not more
than 5% of the units. The self-certification scheme may be made mandatory for Startups, MSME,
IT/ITES, Life Sciences and Biotechnology and other such categories except for certain categories of
industries based on risk profiling of the industries.

PART 9
SWOT
SUGGESTIONS
RECOMMENDATIONS

CHAPTER -86
SWOT ANALYSIS OF THE STATE OF PUNJAB
Sr No Strength Weakness Opportunities Threats

1 Developed Land locked from Highest advantage Corona period and
infrastructure all side to Punjab from uneven situation
Centre point for Indo- Nearest Sea link is Eastern and in the market and
Pak-afghan Trade at Mundra Western Freight fear of lockdown
Four lane road 1300km, JNPT Corridors in trade
connectivity of all 1700km, Kolkata Ludhiana is the
district capitals 1800km starting point of
Eastern Dedicated Westside, trade Eastern Dedicated
freight corridor with Pak is almost Freight Corridor
Single point on hold Single point
connectivity to Jammu connectivity to
and Kashmir Pak-Afghan, if
trade opens
2 Manufacturing hub of comparison with Bicycle has very Price rise in

the North India Haryana good market to Logistic and
Ludhiana Benefits of NCR come, it become Transportation
Chandigarh-Mohali Better Road, Rail flagship industry in from Punjab
Jalandhar connectivity Atmanirbhar
Amritsar More Industrial Bharat
Land
State income with
GST, Stamp Duty,
Excise duty are
more than Punjab
3 Monopoly Comparison with Sportswear’s and Price rise in

Bicycle Himachal Pradesh sports goods have commodities
Rice It has benefited a very good future especially in Steel
Wheat lot in Excise free and Crude for Auto
Woollen Textile period, less and Plastic
Honey interest of industry Industries
Punjabi Entertainment to invest in Punjab
Abundant
Electricity due to
hilly region
4 Dominance Comparison with Online trading and Competition from

Tractors Jammu Kashmir exports have very JK
Tyres Now being Central good market and
Auto parts UT, more avenues opportunities
Hosiery to offer industries
Sports High Electricity
equipment Rate
Logistics and
transportation Cost
5 Entrepreneurs capital of High Logistic and It has the highest Phytosanitary
the North India Transportation growth projection hurdles to our
Oswal Group Cost for hosiery and agro exports
Nahar Group High Electricity and woollen market especially in Rice
Mittal Group Land Cost
6 MSMEs have the No big industrial Excise holiday is

biggest share in our group have over in Himachal,
exports. presence here. good opportunity
No big ticket for Punjab to lure
investment Pharma market
No big PSU has
presense
7 Investment in industries No big investment
mostly done by private in industry from
ventures Central or State
Govt
ISSUES OF THE CONCERNED
These issues are raised several meetings of District Level Export Promotion Committees and State
Level Export Committee meetings by Exporters, Officers and members of committee. Office of
Additional Director General of Foreign Trade Ludhiana complied these issues, suggestions and
requests.
High Logistic and transportation Cost
Being a landlocked and interior to sea port, our exporters faces two ways problem, higher
transportation in input material and transportation to sea. Table showing transportation cost from

Ludhiana to Mundra and Pipavav Port: (Source: Vardhamaan Group, Ludhiana)
High Electricity Cost:
Punjab is electric deficient state. The state has less avenues of hydroelectricity, solar power.
Traditional coal based electricity generation is quite pollutant. Due to sound agriculture base,
subsidy on farm electricity, burden on industry on electricity is quite high. Following Table is
showing comparison of electricity charges in Haryana and Punjab: (Source Vallabh Textile, Ludhiana)
ELECTRICITY CONSUMPTION COMPARISON BETWEEN PUNJAB AND HARYANA
PUNJAB HARYANA
FACTORY LOAD IN KW 500 250
SUPPLY 11KVA 11 KVA
BASIC RATE ( INR )( PER UNIT ) 5.98 6.65
SUBSIDY 0.98 0
GROSS RATE ( AFTER ALL TAXES ) ( per unit in INR) 7.25-7.50 7.75-8.00
FIXED CHARGES ( PER KW ) Rs. 165 190
AVERAGE ELECTRICITY BILL 6-7 lakhs 3-3.50 lakhs
No big ticket investment
All big ticket investment in the north India have been attacked by NCR region. Recently Noida took
all electronics and mobile related investment and become one of the largest producer and exporter
of mobiles. Similarly, Gurgaon is for IT, Faridabad is for Auto.

Chandigarh Region has good opportunity for Import Substitution and Atmanirbhar Bharat in the
sector of Chemical, Pharma and Electronics.
Requirement of Logistic Policy for the state
For a comprehensive Logistics Policy for the State, Provisions of the IT Act need to be included so as
to make the digital documents attain legal sanctity.
The other requirements may be as under:
Development of Modern Warehousing: Use of technologies like RFID for capturing, management &
monitoring of assets in the warehouses should be adopted. A completely automated SCM (Supply
Chain Management System) should be enabled & made available in warehouse such that timely
requirements are addressed and adequate storage is planned.
Digital Infrastructure: iLOG platform should be capable to consume and generate web services, which
can be leveraged and made available for the purpose of integration with other State Specific
Applications / modules. Setting up of a dedicated online support system for quick resolution of various
issues / concerns which can arise w.r.t the newly developed platform.
An automated tool should be enabled to help the various users raised their concerns in a time bound
manner, complying to the approvedservice levels.
A Fleet Management System should be a mandatorily made part of the-logistics system wherein the
availability of trucks, their tracking and allocation of drivers as per the requirements should be made
available.
Skilling Ecosystem: Skill enhancement trainings should be imparted for helping be users for adaptation
and use of the iLOG system.
No big investment in SEZs and EOUs
SEZ and EOU are primarily designed for export promotion. However, there are no significant numbers
of SEZs and EOUs in Punjab. Even there are amble opportunities to set up EOUs in the field of Bicycle,
Auto parts, Textile, the region face short of entrepreneurship in setting up these units.
Trade Fairs, International & National, Exhibitions & Expos
Punjab Small Industries and Export Corporation (PSIEC), is the nodal agency of the state for national
Trade Fairs. Two major annual Trade Fairs organized are India International Trade Fair (IITF) from,
14th to 27th November at Pragati Maidan, New Delhi. On similar line trade exhibition and fair may be
organized in Punjab to promote exports.
International Cooperation Unit (ICU)
An ICU has been set in the PSIEC, under which three-way interaction between the State, Ministry of
Commerce, Ministry of External Affairs and the Country's Missions & Posts abroad is done, for matters
of inward foreign investment as well as coordination for visit of delegations abroad. This has been set
up under an initiative of the MEA.
Indo Pak Border Trade - Negative List of Items
The Government of Pakistan vide their order dated 20.03.2012 have introduced a negative list
comprising of 1209 items which cannot be exported to Pakistan. Now all items (except these 1209
items) totaling about 6000 items can be exported from India to Pakistan. However, only 137 items are
actually allowed for import from India to Pakistan through land route via the Wagah border. In
order to boost export from Punjab more items need to be allowed for export through land route from
Wagah.
Opening up of border Trade Points at Hussainiwala & Suleman Ki.
Trade through the Hussainiwala border in Ferozepur and Suleman Ki border in Fazilka districts may be
allowed. The necessary infrastructure like Integrated Check Post (ICP), Custom House, Cargo
Warehouses, Scanners and other allied facilities on the lines of the ICP at Wagah border may also be
created at these places.
Access to Gwadar and Karachi ports
Pakistan may be urged to provide Indian businessmen access to Gwadar and Karachi ports, by land
route from Wagah, for trading with Central Asia and Middle East Countries. This would cut down
transportation cost vis a vis Mumbai/Mundhra. Currently Pakistan does not allow transit passage to
consignments for onward destinations like CIS/Middle-East countries other than Afghanistan.
Supply of Material through Containers
At present, truckloads of goods in sacks are brought across the border, unloaded and then again
loaded in the trucks/vehicles of the respective countries. Trade should be allowed through Customs
sealed containers to enable smooth and efficient movement of cargo for prevention of theft and loss
of perishable goods. Large whole body truck scanners have been installed at the ICP, Attari in April
2019 but are still not made operational. On the Pakistan side the scanners are functional since long.
There is potential to set up an ICD at Attari.
Permission for Flow of Commerce though Pakistan Territory to CIS Nations & Middle-East Countries
To further boost trade, Pakistan may be requested to allow flow of commerce through its territory to
Commonwealth of Independent States, in short CIS nations and the Middle-East as it does in the case
of Afghanistan. Currently Pakistan does not allow transit passage to consignments with destination as
CIS/Middle-East countries.
It was also standard practice earlier that Trade & Industry engaged in trade with the SAARC region
were given SAARC visas or tickets on Passports, but this system has been greatly curtailed at present.
Prime Minister of India had, during the SAARC summit in Kathmandu in 2014, announced business
visas with 3-5 years' validity for citizens of all SAARC nations. Modalities are being worked out for the
same.
Trans Asian Railway (TAR) Network
The rail terminal at Attari will facilitate movement of container trains on the Trans Asian Railway (TAR)
network from Dhaka to Istanbul in the first stage and subsequently between Singapore and
Netherlands as identified by *UNESCAP. This will give a boost to Border Trade with Pakistan and
Central/West Asia. The International North-South Transport Corridor (INSTC) is one of the arms of the
TAR project. The corridor connects the Arabian sea port of Chabahar in southern Iran to Moscow via
Tehran & Baku, in Azerbaijan.
Sea route Access to Central Asia, Middle East and West Asia through Chabahar Port
A tripartite agreement was signed in May 2016 between India, Iran and Afghanistan to develop the
strategic Chabahar Port in the Gulf of Oman at a cost of USD 500 million. Developing the port is a

strategic move for boosting India's trade with Central Asian, Middle East and West Asian countries.
The port will give India a trade route with Afghanistan, bypassing Pakistan. Chabahar is just 93 nautical
miles ahead of Gwadar Port in Pakistan.
The port became operational in December 2017. The first two years of the contract were grace period
which meant India didn't have to guarantee any cargo for the port. From January 2020, India will
facilitate 30,000 TEUs (twenty-foot equivalent units) of containerized cargo at the port. The quantum
will rise to 2,50,000 TEUs by the 10th year. This port will make way for India to bypass Pakistan in
transporting goods to Afghanistan and CIS using a sea-land route as at present, Pakistan does not
allow transit passage to India through its territory.
The gateway port also provides a strategic link with the International North-South Transport Corridor
(INSTC) of which both India & Iran are initial signatories along with Russia. It entails ship, rail, and road
route for (multi modal) transportation of cargo. The route primarily involves moving freight from
India, Iran, Azerbaijan and Russia. The objective of the corridor is to increase trade connectivity
between the major cities of Mumbai, Tehran, Baku, Moscow and further with Europe and Central
Asia.

CHAPTER – 87
PROPOSED SCHEMES
This chapter contains proposed schemes for Government of Punjab for promotion of exports in the
region. These proposed schemes are suggested after analyzing export data, export scenario,
consultations with all stakeholders and understanding of WTO guidelines.
PROPOSED SCHEME - 1
EXPORT ORIENTED INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT SCHEME
OBJECTIVE
To develop infrastructure in a district which can visibly and directly boost export of that region.
NATURE OF REWARDS
To fund Rs 5 cr in a year may be spend in each district of India on infrastructure which visibly and
directly boost exports of that district.
A fund shall be spent on following infrastructure projects:
Sr No Type
1 Road
2 Rail and related facilities
3 Seaport and related facilities
4 Airport and related facilities
5 Pipeline (Water, Gas, Liquid, Chemical)
6 Pollution Control Plants
7 Electricity Production and Distribution
8 Development of industrial Parks
9 Water treatment plants
10 Warehouse, Logistic park, Selling Centre
11 Inland Container Depot – ICD
12 Processing Units
13 Exhibition Centre
14 Training Facility
15 Testing Labs
16 R&D Centre
17 Small Housing Facilities for Labours
18 Geographical Indication (GI) Registration
19 Marketing Product
WHO CAN APPLY?

(1) SPV (Special Purpose Vehicle) created bygroup of exporters having minimum 20 exporters of the
region. SPV shall be registered under Section 8 of Company Act as Non-Profit Organization, members
of SPV shall have export continuous export performance in last three years or
(2) Chamber of Commerce having at least 500 members from Punjab before three financial years or
(3) Centre Government department, PSU, Board, Corporation, Directorate or
(4) State Government department, PSU, Board, Corporation, Directorate
TITLE AND OWNERSHIP

Title and Ownership will be in the hand of the applicant.
LAND PURCHASE
Land may be purchased or taken as long lease not less than 30 years in the name of the applicant.
Expenses related to Land and Lease shall be borne by the applicant.
FUND ALLOCATION
The Government grant will be restricted to 80% of the cost of Project of maximum Rs.5 cr crore. The
government grant will be 90% for CFCs for the applicant with more than 50% (a) micro/ village or (b)
women owned or (c) SC/ST units. The cost of Project includes cost of building, pre-operative expenses,
preliminary expenses, machinery & equipment, miscellaneous fixed assets, support infrastructure
such as water supply, electricity and margin money for working capital.
PROCEDURE
The application shall be made to Regional Office of Directorate General of Foreign Trade, Ministry of
Commerce as co-chair District Level Export Promotion Committee (DEPC) of the concerned district.
Regional Office of DGFT may scrutinize the applications, verify the claims, identify requirements, study
Project Report, calculate viability of the project and projection thereof. This regional office then
recommends DEC about the project.
District Level Export Promotion Committee headed by Deputy Commissionerhas power to decide on
which mode, which type, in which place, on which price the above infrastructure can be developed
on the recommendation of Regional Office of Directorate General of Foreign Trade, Ministry of
Commerce.
DEC then put the project before State Level Export Promotion Committee (SEPC) headed by Chief
Secretary. SEC may study and scrutinize the project and may approve the project.
Chairman (Deputy Commissioner) and Co-Chair (Regional office of DGFT) shall strictly vigil on expense
of fund and relation with exports. The committee shall monitor infrastructure progress development
under this scheme on periodical basis. Export shall be boosted with infrastructure improvement under
this scheme and direct relationship with exports must be established.
FUND ESTIMATE
There are 22 districts so fund allocation would be 22 x 5 = Rs 110 cr per annum.
Benefits:
It slowly but in solid way can create export infrastructure in all parts of Punjab. Fund is small but it
impacts.
PROPOSED SCHEME - 2
EXPORT MARKETING AND BRANDING (EMB)
OBJECTIVE

Objective of this scheme to promote Products and service produced in Punjab as brand in
international market. Some of the products of Punjab are known for their unique manufacturing
capacity and unique quality. However, majority of MSME are involved in manufacturing in town of
export excellent, however their capacity to spend in branding is low. So government of Punjab may
promote branding of these products as place specification.
NATURE OF REWARDS
Sum of Rs 10 cr may be spend to each product in specified international market in each year. Mode
of promotion is advertisement in TV newspapers, Internet; organization of exhibitions, seminars,
workshop; Product display, spreading awareness about product.
Research, Process of the applications of Geographical Indication may also be eligible for the scheme.
PROCEDURE
Regional Office of Directorate General of Foreign Trade, Ministry of Commerce as the member of Sate
Level Export Committee (SEC) may scrutinize the applications, verify the claims, identify requirements,
study Product, calculate viability of the product and projection thereof. This regional office then
recommends SEC about the project about when, where and how marketing of the product to be taken
place. This regional office may also identify the product of Geographical Indication and apply; monitor
and take follow up about GI.
The regional office of DGFT put the project before State Level Export Committee (SEC) headed by
Respected Chief Secretary. SEC may study and scrutinize the project and may approve the project.
There are below products and services on which Punjab has monopoly:
Sr No Products and Services State Product Category
Punjabi Entertainment
1 Movie, Songs, Dance Canada, USA, UK Entertainment
Religious Tourism
2 Amritsar etc Canada, USA, UK Tourism
3 Bicycle, Tractors Europe, Africa Auto
4 Hosiery, Woolen USA, Africa, CIS Textile
5 Basmati Rice Iran, Gulf Agro
Engineering,
6 Sports goods and equipment SAARC Textile
7 Punjabi Jutti For Geographical Indication
8 Phulkari For Geographical Indication
9 Basmati Rice For Geographical Indication
10 Amritsari Papad, Vadia For Geographical Indication
FUND ESTIMATE
One product needs the fund of Rs 10cr each, it is estimated Rs 100 cr for 10 products in each year.
BENEFITS
Without branding, no product can be exported. Our MSMEs and farmers have less financial avenues
to promote their brand in international market. 10 cr is reasonably good sum of money by which
effective branding can be done, our products can be recognized.

PROPOSED SCHEME –3
CHANGING ADMINISTRATIVE STRUCTURE WITHIN STATE
ESTABLISHMENT OF DIRECTORATE OF EXPORTS
The dire need of this era to establish Directorate of Exports in every state on the line of Ministry of
MSME where the center has Ministry of MSME and every state government has Directorate of MSME
in their domain. It will not only synchronize the state and center policy of exports but also will act as
nodal coordination point for exporters between state and center. It will infuse enthusiasm and new
blood even at the bottom level of export system of the region/state. Exporters of the state will get
information, knowledge, training and if it works will get single window in their region to resolve their
almost all issues related to the exports. It will also help in creating and maintaining the database at
micro level and analyze the same data from which performance, potential and trends can be checked
and projections can be made on its basis to achieve optimum which in results make our exporters
competitive at international level.
OBJECTIVES
1. Formulation and Implementation of State Export Policy
2. Coordination Point between state and DGFT (as it is formulating and implementing agency of
Foreign Trade Policy of India) about exports
3. Nodal agency to provide coordination among export related departments and agencies i.e. DGFT,
DGTR, SEZ, Customs, GST, EPCs, Ministry of railway, in line ministries
4. Coordinating agency between District Administration, State Government departments and

exporters
5. Analysis of logistics of exports in the state and coordination with Ministry of Railway, Ministry of
Roads and Highway, NHAI, Ministry of Ports etc.
6. Coordination between State Export/trade bodies (Govt./Pvt.) Ministry of External Affairs, their
offices in foreign countries and consulate generals
7. Organization and administration of trade fairs for exports in the state
8. Analysis of finance of exports and coordination between banks, NBFCs, RBI, ECGC
STRUCTURE
The directorate shall work under Department of Industries and Commerce.
A joint Secretary level officer may be the head of the directorate.
The head may be assisted by 2 JAG level officers who may have at least 5 years’ experience in trade
and commerce and 4 STS level officers who may have at least 3 years’ experience in trade and
commerce.

EXPORTS FROM PUNJAB SCHEME (EPS)
OBJECTIVE
Objective of the scheme is to compensate high transport costs from Punjab to sea ports of India by
virtue of being a landlocked state and offset other disadvantages to promote exports from Punjab.
NATURE OF REWARDS
Exports of notified goods/products with ITC[HS] code, to notified markets as listed in Appendix (this
appendix is yet to be decided), shall be rewarded under the scheme. Appendix also lists the rate(s) of
rewards on various notified products [ITC (HS) code wise]. The basis of calculation of reward would
be on realised FOB value of exports in free foreign exchange, or on FOB value of exports as given in
the Shipping Bills in free foreign exchange, whichever is less, unless otherwise specified.
Shipping Bill shall specify state of origin as Punjab. Export invoices must be generated from Punjab.
Monetary benefits shall be directly transferred to the account of the exporters in cash.
PROCEDURE
The applicant shall submit forms with copy of Shipping Bills, electronic Bank Realisation Certificates
(eBRCs) and Export Invoices with GST details, to Regional Office of Directorate General of Foreign
Trade, Ministry of Commerce as the member of District and State Level Export Promotion Committee.
Exporter name mentioned in Shipping Bill is entitled for application. The office may scrutinize the
applications, verify the claims, identify requirements, study the Product and calculate viability of the
product and projection thereof. The regional office then recommends Directorate of Industries,
Government of Punjab whether the application is fit for acceptance. Directorate would then accept
the request and disburse the fund.
APPENDIX, for example
Rate of
S.No HS ITC(HS) Description of goods Reward
Code Code
Mens or boys overcoats, carcoats, capes, cloaks,
anoraks (including skijackets), windcheaters,
windjackets and similar articles, knitted or crocheted,
6101 other than those of heading 6103
610120 Of cotton
1 61012000 Ovrcoat, Capes, Cloaks, Anoraks Etc Of Cotton 0.5%
610190 Of other textile materials
2 61019090 Other (Excl Silk) 0.5%
Womens or girls overcoats, carcoats, capes, cloaks,

anoraks (including skijackets), windcheaters, wind
jackets and similar articles, knitted or crocheted, other
6102 than those of heading
6104

610220 Of cotton
3 61022000 Ovrcoat,Car-Coats,Capes Etc Of Cotton 0.5%
610290 Of other textile materials
4 61029090 Ovrcoats,Car-Coats,Capes Etc Of Othr Fbrs 0.5%
Mens or boys’ suits, ensembles, jackets, blazers,

trousers, bib and brace overalls, breeches and shorts
6103
(other than swimwear), knitted or
crocheted
EXPORT PROMOTION AND STATE DUTIES & TAXES REMISSION
OBJECTIVE
Objective of the scheme is to remit taxes and duties paid to the state which are not remitted in any
other scheme ie stamp duty.
NATURE OF REWARDS
Exporters shall have fulfilled ten times of exports against stamp duty paid at the time of sale deed
registration or lease deed registration within six years of stamp duty paid date.
Monetary benefits shall be directly transferred to the account of the exporters in cash.
PROCEDURE
The applicant shall submit forms with copy of Shipping Bills, electronic Bank Realisation Certificates
(eBRCs) and Export Invoices with GST details, to Regional Office of Directorate General of Foreign
Trade, Ministry of Commerce as the member of District and State Level Export Promotion Committee.
Exporter name mentioned in Shipping Bill is entitled for application. The office may scrutinize the
applications, verify the claims, identify requirements, study the Product and calculate viability of the
product and projection thereof. The regional office then recommends Directorate of Industries,
Government of Punjab whether the application is fit for acceptance. Directorate would then accept
the request and disburse the fund.

CHAPTER – 88
TARGET TILL 2026
Without target, policy, projection and data analysis would be futile. This report envisages all round
development of Exports from Punjab and targeting doubling of exports till 2026. This report envisages
following targets of flagship industries of Punjab in their respective export figures:
Export from Punjab and target in 2026
Sr No Product Exports in 18-19 Target in 2026 in

in Rs cr approx. Rs cr
1 All type of Rice 6,682 12,000
2 Basmati Rice 6,667 10,000
3 Cotton 162 300
4 Cotton Yarn 4506 9,000
5 All types of Hosiery 1,277 2,400
6 Hand Tools 400 800
7 Bicycle 283 500
8 Punjabi Entertainment 5 10
9 Tourism and Hotel 10 20
Industries
REASONS FOR DOUBLING THE EXPORT FIGURES AS A TARGET
Government Policies
There has been a paradigm shift in the government policies in relation to exports. Earlier the focus
was sector wise or region wise. However, the deepening of the focus and the new vision to prepare
districts as export hubs would lead to doubling exports and achieving the said target.
Ministry of Commerce through DGFT is engaging with State and Central government agencies to
promote the initiative of Districts as Export Hubs. The objective is to convert each District of the
country into an Export Hub by identifying products with export potential in the District, addressing
bottlenecks for exporting these products, supporting local exporters/manufacturers to scale up
manufacturing, and find potential buyers outside India with the aim of promoting exports, promoting
manufacturing & services industry in the District and generate employment in the District.
Government of Punjab has come up with new initiative of ‘Invest Punjab’ with single window
clearance of all investment project. Government of Punjab is taking initiative of reducing red tapism,
reducing time of clearance of project. District Administrations are also promoting exports through
different initiative ie District Export Hub.
Government of Punjab has come up with Industrial Policy 2017. It makes real sense to entrepreneurs
and exporters of the region. After implementation of the policy, now in 2021, good results are coming
up.
Market improvement after Corona Period

One thing is evident that markets have recovered well after the onslaught observed in the months of
February and March of 2020. As markets fell following the global lockdown, equities indices
experienced historic drops around the world.
Soon, the flattening of the curve and hopes of vaccine development gave a glimmer of hope of
improvement in the overall economic activity at the global level. Gradual upliftment of lockdown
restrictions further provided the scope of the revival of business activities.
Based on COVID-19 trajectory and geography specific characteristics, various recovery scenarios can
be projected. We are seeing some signs of recovery with global market indices clawing back close to
pre-crisis levels, positive net fund flows, and improved transactional market-making activities in
Q2’20.
Price rise in commodities
As the economic activities around the world are gearing up, the production and demand for such
commodities have risen. As the Indian economy started its unlocking phase, it saw a pent-up demand
for commodities, driving prices further.
The pandemic has the potential to affect commodity demand and supply for an extended period, the
analysis finds.
Negative impact on Chinese Products
Unlike the financial crisis which stifled global demand for traded products, the pandemic triggers a
`triple effect' on trade through the following three channels: Disruption of domestic supply, Reduction
in global demand and Contagion effect spread through disrupted global value chains (GVCs).
Traditional manufacturers of hosiery, auto parts, hand tools and machine makers see huge demand
from USA and Western Countries who want to see alternatives of Chinese supply.
Bumper agro product output
India's kharif food grains production is expected to be in excess of 144 million tons in the 2020-21
crop season that started from July and which could pull down prices in the absence of adequate
demand further enraging farmers.
According to the first advanced estimate of farm production, released by the Ministry of Agriculture,
food grains production in 2020-21 is projected to be a record 144.52 million tons, which is 0.80 per
cent more than the production in 2019-20.
Though the government is betting on a bumper harvest to increase the overall agriculture growth and
boost the rural economy, robust production in recent years did not really translate into gains for
farmers as prices remained subdued.
There is no impact of corona on agriculture. Sowing is in full swing and our exports have also grown.
Conditions are conducive for a bumper crop this year.
WHETHER WE CAN ACHIEVE TARGET
Yes, with the joint efforts of entrepreneurs, exporters, governments and their departments and other
bodies and associations, we can achieve the target.

Total export of Punjab in 2018--19 is Rs 60,000 cr approx., this report envisages minimum rise to Rs
1,20,000 cr in 2026. Our target to doubling of our exports from Punjab by 2026.

Export Punjab

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Export Punjab

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Export Punjab

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Suvidh Shah, ITS

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 1

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 2

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 3

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 6

DISTRICT AS AN EXPORT HUB – A VISION

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 7

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 8

4.1 The objectives of this District Export Promotion Plan are:

 To enhance the volume of exports from each district.

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 9

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 10

DISTRICT LEVEL EXPORT PROMOTION COMMITTEES(DEPC) IN PUNJAB

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 11

S.No Official / Department Members

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 13

THE ACTIVITIES OF THE DLEPC

THE TERMS OF REFERENCE

 Benchmarking baseline export promotion of District-current situation.

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 14

STATUS OF DISTRICT EXPORT PLANS

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 15

STATE LEVEL EXPORT PROMOTION COMMITTEE (SEPC) IN PUNJAB

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 16

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 17

The meeting has ended with a vote of thanks to the chair.

1. Sh. VK Janjua, Addl. Chief Secretary, Labour & Employment, Punjab

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 18

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 19

ECONOMIC PROFILE OF PUNJAB

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 20

S. No Items Unit Number

6 Density Per Sq. Km 550

POPULATION CHART OF PUNJAB (CENSUS DATA)

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 22

ECONOMIC AND EXPORT DATA OF PUNJAB

RANK OF PUNJAB IN CONTRIBUTION TO GDP OF INDIA

Table: Rank of all states/UTs as per their GDP of 2019-20

Rank State/UT Nominal GDP (trillion INR, lakh crore ₹)

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 23

RANK OF PUNJAB IN CONTRIBUTION TO GST IN INDIA

Rank State Oct-19 Oct-20 Growth

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 24

RANK OF PUNJAB IN CONTRIBUTION TO EXPORTS FROM INDIA

Table: Rank of major states/UTs as per their Exports in 2018-19

Rank FY 18-19 Average from % to India's

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 25

Table: Top 25 products, exported from Punjab in 2018-19 with HS Code

Sr. Hs Code Commodity FY 18-19 in Rs

SMALL/MSME INDUSTRIAL UNITS AS ON 31.3.2019

Sr.No Item 31.3.2019

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 26

DISTRICT WISE DATA OF SMALL ENTERPRISES AS ON 31.03.19

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 27

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 28

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 29

Export Analysis & Export Vision – Punjab 2021- 26 Page 30

PER UNIT STATUS OF SMALL SCALE INDUSTRIAL UNITS AS ON 31.03.2019 (PUNJAB)

2013- 2014- 2015- 2016- 2017- 2018-